JP2024015293A - Game machine - Google Patents

Abstract

PROBLEM TO BE SOLVED: To provide a game machine capable of enhancing interest in a game.

SOLUTION: Until balls distributed to a right side passage 75 by a distribution device 73 pass a normal pattern gate 76a in a unit and arrive at a left-end position of a protruding/retracting plate 79b, the protruding/retracting plate 79b has a great chance of being in a projecting state and maintaining its state. As a result, the balls reaching the left-end position of the protruding/retracting plate 79b collide with a left-end part of the protruding/retracting plate 79b, roll on an upper surface of the protruding/retracting plate 79b from that position, and are guided to a side of a special pattern 2 winning hole 78.

SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 8

COPYRIGHT: (C)2024,JPO&INPIT

Description

The present invention relates to gaming machines such as pachinko machines.

Conventionally, gaming machines such as pachinko machines have been used to shoot game media such as balls toward a gaming area provided on a gaming board, and then insert the gaming media into one of a plurality of ball entrances provided in the gaming area. There is a system in which a lottery is conducted based on the entry of balls, and when a player wins in the lottery, a predetermined gaming value is awarded to the player (for example, Patent Document 1 ).

Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-231902

However, in the gaming machine described above, the pattern of ball entry into the ball entry means is monotonous, and there is still room for improvement in this respect.

The present invention has been made in view of the circumstances exemplified above, and an object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine that can improve the interest of gaming.

In order to achieve this object, the gaming machine according to claim 1 has a first firing mode in which the firing means fires the game ball toward at least a first region of the gaming area, and a second mode different from the first region. The game ball is configured to be able to fire the game ball in a second firing mode in which the game ball is fired toward the player, and a first ball entering means into which the game ball fired by the firing means can enter is arranged in the first area of the game area. Similarly, a second ball entering means is arranged in the first area of the game area into which the game ball fired by the shooting means can enter. Furthermore, the movable means changes the flowing direction of the game ball fired by the firing means. Here, the game ball ejected by the ejection means is configured to be able to enter the third ball entry means, and a lottery is conducted by the lottery means based on the entry of the game ball into the third ball entry means. The movable means is driven by the driving means based on the lottery result of the lottery means. When the movable means is driven by the driving means, the game ball launched into the second region is guided to the first region by the game ball guide means provided on the movable means.

According to the game machine according to claim 1, the firing means has a first firing mode in which the game ball is fired toward at least a first area of the game area, and a second mode in which the game ball is fired toward a second area different from the first area. The game ball is configured to be able to be ejected in a second ejection mode, and a first ball entry means into which a game ball emitted by the ejection means can enter is disposed in a first region of the game area, and a second ball entry means is disposed in a first region of the game area. A second ball entry means is arranged in the first region into which a game ball launched by the launch means can enter. Furthermore, the movable means changes the flowing direction of the game ball fired by the firing means. Here, the game ball ejected by the ejection means is configured to be able to enter the third ball entry means, and a lottery is conducted by the lottery means based on the entry of the game ball into the third ball entry means. The movable means is driven by the driving means based on the lottery result of the lottery means. When the movable means is driven by the driving means, the game ball launched into the second region is guided to the first region by the game ball guide means provided on the movable means. Thereby, by driving the movable means, the game ball launched towards the second area can be guided to the first area, and depending on whether or not the movable means is driven, the game ball can be guided to the first area. Whether or not the game ball enters the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means can be varied. Therefore, by varying the entry pattern of the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means through which the game ball enters depending on each launch mode, it is possible to enrich the variation of the game and improve the interest. effective.

It is a front view of a pachinko machine in a first embodiment. It is a back view of a pachinko machine. It is a front view of a game board of a pachinko machine. FIG. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the periphery of the alternate distribution unit and the normal power unit when viewed from the front. (a) is a schematic perspective view of the normal electric unit for explaining the behavior of the ball when the retractable plate is in the retracted state (non-protruding state), and (b) is a schematic perspective view of the normal electric unit when the retractable plate is in the protruded state. FIG. 3 is a schematic perspective view of a normal electric unit for explaining the behavior of a ball in a certain case, and (c) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the normal electric unit along the Vc-Vc line in (b). It is a schematic diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball entering from the distribution ball entrance of the alternate distribution unit and the behavior of the appearance board when hitting left-handed in the "normal game state", (a) This figure shows the behavior of the ball when the ball enters the alternate distribution unit when hitting to the left in the "normal game state" and is distributed to the left path by the distribution device. '' shows the behavior of the ball when the ball enters the alternate distribution unit and is distributed to the right path by the distribution device when the ball is hit to the left. (a) shows the falling timing of the ball distributed to the right path of the alternate distribution unit, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the appearance board when hitting left in the "normal game state". It is a chart, and (b) shows the falling timing of the ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the appearance board when hitting right in the "normal game state". This is a timing chart. When batting left-handed in the "latency probability variation state", the behavior of the ball that enters from the distribution ball entry port of the alternate distribution unit, the behavior of the appearance plate, and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the appearance plate FIG. 3(a) is a schematic diagram for explaining a ball that enters an alternate distribution unit 71 when the ball is hit to the left in a "latency probability variation state" and is distributed to a left path 74 by a distribution device 73. The behavior of the ball is shown, and (b) shows how the ball that entered the alternate distribution unit 71 is distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 when the ball is hit to the left in the “latency probability variation state”. It shows behavior. (a) is a timing chart showing the falling timing of the ball distributed to the right path, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the appearance board when hitting from the left in the "latency probability variation state", (b) is a timing chart showing the falling timing of the ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the appearance board when hitting right in the "latency probability variation state". be. FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram for explaining the behavior of the appearing plate and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the appearing plate when the ball is hit right in the “probability fluctuation state”. (a) is a timing chart showing the falling timing of the ball distributed to the right path, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the appearing board when hitting left-handed in the "probability fluctuation state"; b) is a timing chart showing the falling timing of the ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the appearance board when hitting right in the "probability fluctuation state". (a) is a diagram schematically showing area division settings and effective line settings of a display screen, and (b) is a diagram illustrating an actual display screen. It is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of a pachinko machine. It is a diagram schematically showing the configuration of various counters, counter buffers, first held ball storage area, second held ball storage area, held ball execution area, general ball held ball storage area, and general ball held ball execution area. . (a) is a diagram schematically showing an example of a jackpot random number table, and (b) is a diagram schematically showing an example of a jackpot type table for special drawing 1, and a drawing showing an example of a jackpot type table for special drawing 2. FIG. 3 is a diagram schematically showing an example of a table. (a) is a diagram schematically showing an example of a random number table for a regular jackpot, (b) is a diagram schematically showing an example of a regular fluctuation time table, and (c) is a diagram schematically showing an example of a regular random number table. FIG. 3 is a diagram schematically showing an example of a power control table. 3 is a flowchart showing timer interrupt processing executed by the MPU in the main control device. It is a flowchart showing the starting prize winning process executed by the MPU in the main control device. 3 is a flowchart showing a gate passage process executed by an MPU in the main control device. It is a flowchart which shows special figure fluctuation processing performed by MPU in a main control device. 3 is a flowchart showing a variation start process executed by the MPU in the main control device. It is a flowchart which showed the normal figure fluctuation process performed by MPU in a main control device. It is a flowchart showing jackpot processing executed by the MPU in the main control device. It is a flowchart showing the big prize opening/closing control process executed by the MPU in the main control device. It is a flowchart which showed the normal electric power control process performed by MPU in a main control device. 3 is a flowchart showing NMI interrupt processing executed by the MPU in the main control device. 3 is a flowchart showing startup processing executed by an MPU in the main control device. 3 is a flowchart showing main processing executed by an MPU in the main control device. It is a figure which showed typically an example of the common figure fluctuation time table of 2nd Embodiment. (a) is for explaining the behavior of a ball that enters from the distribution ball entrance of the alternate distribution unit and the behavior of the appearance board when hitting left-handed in the "normal game state" of the second embodiment. FIG. 6(b) shows the behavior of a ball that enters from the distribution ball entrance of the alternate distribution unit and the behavior of the appearance board when hitting left-handed in the “latency probability variation state” of the second embodiment. , is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball rolling on the upper surface of the appearing plate, and (c) shows the behavior of the appearing plate when hitting right in the “probability fluctuation state” of the second embodiment; FIG. 6 is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball rolling on the upper surface of the retractable plate. FIG. 30(a) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the normal power unit taken along line AA in FIG. 30(a). (a) is a timing chart showing the falling timing of the ball distributed to the right path in the "normal game state" of the second embodiment, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the appearing board; b) is a timing chart showing the falling timing of the ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the appearance board in the "normal game state" of the second embodiment. (a) is a timing chart showing the falling timing of the ball distributed to the right path, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the appearance board in the "latency probability variation state" of the second embodiment, (b) is a timing chart showing the falling timing of the ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the appearance board in the "latency probability variation state" of the second embodiment. be. (a) is a timing chart showing the falling timing of the ball distributed to the right path, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the appearing board in the "probability fluctuation state" of the second embodiment; b) is a timing chart showing the falling timing of the ball that has flowed into the normal power unit, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the appearance board in the "probability fluctuation state" of the second embodiment. It is a figure which showed typically an example of the normal power role control table of 3rd Embodiment. It is a flowchart which showed the normal electric power control process performed by MPU in the main control device of 3rd Embodiment. (a) is for explaining the behavior of a ball that enters from the distribution ball entrance of the alternate distribution unit and the behavior of the appearance board when hitting left-handed in the "normal game state" of the third embodiment. FIG. 7B shows the behavior of a ball that enters from the distribution ball entry opening of the alternate distribution unit and the behavior of the appearance plate when hitting left in the “latency probability variation state” of the third embodiment. , is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball rolling on the upper surface of the appearing plate, and (c) shows the behavior of the appearing plate when hitting right in the “probability fluctuation state” of the third embodiment; FIG. 6 is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball rolling on the upper surface of the retractable plate. (a) is a timing chart showing the falling timing of the ball distributed to the right path, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the appearing board in the "probability fluctuation state" of the third embodiment; b) is a timing chart showing the falling timing of the ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit in the "probability fluctuation state", the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the appearance board. (a) is for explaining the behavior of a ball entering from the distribution ball entrance of the alternate distribution unit and the behavior of the appearance board when hitting left-handed in the "normal game state" of the fourth embodiment. FIG. 7B shows the behavior of a ball that enters from the distribution ball entrance of the alternate distribution unit and the behavior of the appearance board when hitting left-handed in the “latency probability variation state” of the fourth embodiment. , and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the appearance board, and (c) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the appearance plate, and (c) shows the behavior of the alternating distribution unit when hitting to the left in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fourth embodiment. FIG. 3 is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball that enters from a ball entrance, the behavior of a retractable plate, and the behavior of a ball rolling on the upper surface of the retractable plate. (a) is a timing chart showing the falling timing of the ball distributed to the left path in the "normal game state" of the fourth embodiment, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the appearing board; b) is a timing chart showing the falling timing of the ball distributed to the right path, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the appearance board in the "normal game state" of the fourth embodiment. (a) is a timing chart showing the falling timing of the ball distributed to the left path, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the appearance board in the "latency probability variation state" of the fourth embodiment, (b) is a timing chart showing the falling timing of the ball distributed to the right path, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the appearance board in the "latency probability variation state" of the fourth embodiment. (a) is a timing chart showing the falling timing of the ball distributed to the left path, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the appearing board in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fourth embodiment; b) is a timing chart showing the falling timing of the ball distributed to the right path, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the appearance board in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fourth embodiment. (a) explains the behavior of a ball that enters from the distribution ball entrance of the alternate distribution unit and the behavior of the retractable normal electric hand when hitting left-handed in the "normal game state" of the fifth embodiment. (b) is a diagram showing the behavior of a ball entering from the distribution ball entry opening of the alternate distribution unit and the appearance and retrieval formula when hitting left-handed in the "latency probability variation state" of the fifth embodiment. It is a diagram for explaining the behavior of the normal electric role and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the retractable electric role, and (c) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of the normal electric role and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the retractable electric role. FIG. 3 is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a retractable ordinary electric function and the behavior of a ball rolling on the upper surface of the retractable electric function at a time. (a) is a timing chart showing the falling timing of the ball distributed to the right path in the "normal game state" of the fifth embodiment, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the appearing board; b) is a timing chart showing the falling timing of the ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the appearance board in the "normal game state" of the fifth embodiment. (a) is a timing chart showing the falling timing of the ball distributed to the right path, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the appearance board in the "latency probability variation state" of the fifth embodiment, (b) is a timing chart showing the falling timing of the ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the appearance board in the "latency probability variation state" of the fifth embodiment. be. (a) is a timing chart showing the falling timing of the ball distributed to the right path, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the appearing board in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fifth embodiment; b) is a timing chart showing the falling timing of the ball that has flowed into the normal power unit, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the appearance board in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fifth embodiment. (a) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball that enters from the distribution ball entry port of the alternate distribution unit when hitting left-handed in the "normal game state" of the sixth embodiment; (b) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of the appearing plate and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the appearing plate when hitting right in the “latency probability variation state” of the sixth embodiment, (c) These are diagrams for explaining the behavior of the protruding plate and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the protruding plate when hitting right in the “probability fluctuation state” of the sixth embodiment. (a) is a timing chart showing the falling timing of the ball distributed to the right path in the "normal gaming state" of the sixth embodiment, and (b) is a timing chart showing the falling timing of the ball distributed to the right path in the "normal gaming state" of the sixth embodiment. It is a timing chart showing the falling timing of the ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the appearance board. (a) is a timing chart showing the falling timing of a ball distributed to the right path in the "latent probability variable state" of the sixth embodiment, and (b) is a timing chart showing the falling timing of the ball distributed to the right path in the "latent probability variable state" of the sixth embodiment. '' is a timing chart showing the falling timing of the ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the appearance board. (a) is a timing chart showing the falling timing of the ball distributed to the right path in the "probability variation state" of the sixth embodiment, and (b) is a timing chart showing the falling timing of the ball distributed to the right path in the "probability variation state" of the sixth embodiment. It is a timing chart showing the falling timing of the ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the appearance board. (a) is a diagram schematically showing an example of a general pattern jackpot random number table of the seventh embodiment, and (b) is a diagram schematically showing an example of a general pattern fluctuation time table of the seventh embodiment. (c) is a diagram schematically showing an example of a normal electric utility control table according to a seventh embodiment. It is a flowchart which showed the normal pattern fluctuation process performed by MPU in the main control device of 7th Embodiment. (a) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball that enters from the distribution ball entry port of the alternate distribution unit when hitting left-handed in the "normal game state" of the seventh embodiment; (b) (c) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of the appearing plate and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the appearing plate when hitting right in the “latency probability variation state” of the seventh embodiment; These are diagrams for explaining the behavior of the protruding plate and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the protruding plate when hitting right in the “probability fluctuation state” of the seventh embodiment. (a) is a diagram schematically showing an example of the general pattern jackpot random number table of the eighth embodiment, and (b) is a diagram schematically showing an example of the general pattern fluctuation time table of the eighth embodiment. (c) is a diagram schematically showing an example of a normal electric utility control table according to the eighth embodiment. (a) is for explaining the behavior of a ball that enters from the distribution ball entrance of the alternate distribution unit and the behavior of the appearance board when hitting left-handed in the "normal game state" of the eighth embodiment. FIG. 10B shows the behavior of a ball entering from the distribution ball entry port of the alternate distribution unit when batting left-handed in the "latency probability variation state" of the eighth embodiment, and the behavior of the ball entering the ball from the distribution ball entry port of the alternate distribution unit when batting right-handed, and the behavior of the ball that enters the ball from the distribution ball entry port of the alternate distribution unit when batting right-handed in the "latency probability variation state" of the eighth embodiment. FIG. 12(c) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of the ball that enters the ball, the behavior of the appearing plate, and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the appearing plate; FIG. FIG. 55(d) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of the protruding plate and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the protruding plate when hitting right in the “fluctuation state”; FIG. It is a typical sectional view of the normal power unit 79 along the B line. (a) is a timing chart showing the falling timing of the ball distributed to the right path in the "normal game state" of the eighth embodiment, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the appearing board; b) is a timing chart showing the falling timing of the ball flowing into the normal electric unit, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the appearance board in the "normal game state" of the eighth embodiment. (a) is a timing chart showing the falling timing of the ball distributed to the right path, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the appearance board in the "latency probability variation state" of the eighth embodiment, (b) is a timing chart showing the falling timing of the ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the appearance board in the "latency probability variation state" of the eighth embodiment. be. (a) is a timing chart showing the falling timing of the ball distributed to the right path, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the appearing board in the "probability fluctuation state" of the eighth embodiment; b) is a timing chart showing the falling timing of the ball that has flowed into the normal power unit, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the appearance board in the "probability fluctuation state" of the eighth embodiment.

<First embodiment>
Embodiments of the present invention will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings. First, with reference to FIGS. 1 to 26, a first embodiment will be described in which the present invention is applied to a pachinko game machine (hereinafter simply referred to as a "pachinko machine") 10. FIG. 1 is a front view of a pachinko machine 10 in the first embodiment, FIG. 2 is a rear view of the pachinko machine 10, and FIG. 3 is a front view of a game board 13 of the pachinko machine 10.

As shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine 10 includes an outer frame 11 whose outer shell is formed by wooden frames combined into a substantially rectangular shape, and a pachinko machine 10 which is formed to have substantially the same external shape as the outer frame 11. The inner frame 12 is supported so as to be openable and closable. Metal hinges 18 are attached to the outer frame 11 at two locations, upper and lower on the left side when viewed from the front (see Fig. 1), in order to support the inner frame 12. A frame 12 is supported so as to be openable and closable toward the front side.

A game board 13 (see FIG. 3) having a large number of nails, winning holes (ball entrances) 63, 65a, 77, 78, etc. is removably attached to the inner frame 12 from the back side. A pinball game is played by the ball flowing down the front surface of the game board 13. The inner frame 12 includes a ball firing unit 112a (see FIG. 13) that fires a ball to the front area of the game board 13, and a ball firing unit 112a that guides the ball fired from the ball firing unit 112a to the front area of the game board 13. A rail (not shown) or the like is attached. Note that details of the game board 13 will be described later with reference to FIG.

On the front side of the inner frame 12, there are provided a front frame 14 that covers the upper front side of the inner frame 12, and a lower plate unit 15 that covers the lower side of the front frame 14. In order to support the front frame 14 and the lower tray unit 15, metal hinges 19 are attached at two locations, upper and lower on the left side when viewed from the front (see FIG. 1), and the front frame serves as an opening/closing axis on the side where the hinges 19 are provided. 14 and a lower tray unit 15 are supported so as to be openable and closable toward the front side. Note that the locking of the inner frame 12 and the locking of the front frame 14 are respectively unlocked by inserting a special key into the keyhole 21 of the cylinder lock 20 and performing a predetermined operation.

The front frame 14 is assembled with decorative resin parts, electrical parts, etc., and is provided with a window 14c having a substantially elliptical opening in its substantially central portion. A glass unit 16 having two sheets of glass is arranged on the back side of the front frame 14, and the front side of the game board 13 can be seen on the front side of the pachinko machine 10 through the glass unit 16.

On the front frame 14, an upper tray 17 for storing balls is formed in a substantially box shape with an open upper surface and protrudes forward, and prize balls, rental balls, etc. are discharged into this upper tray 17. The bottom surface of the upper tray 17 is formed to be sloped downward to the right side when viewed from the front (see FIG. 1), and the inclination guides the balls thrown into the upper tray 17 to the ball firing unit 112a (see FIG. 13). Further, a frame button 22 is provided on the left side of the upper surface of the upper plate 17 when viewed from the front.

The frame button 22 is a button that is pressed by the player, for example, when changing the stage of the performance displayed on the third symbol display device 81 (see FIG. 3), which will be described later. In addition, the frame button 22 is used to display a variable display of a third symbol (hereinafter referred to as a third symbol) corresponding to the first special symbol used in the first lottery game or corresponding to the second special symbol used in the second lottery game. The variable display is referred to as a "variable effect."

Note that the first lottery game refers to the special drawing 1 first prize opening 77a or the special drawing 1 second prize opening 77b (see FIG. 4) provided in the alternate distribution unit 71 (see FIG. 3), which will be described later. Figure 1 first winning hole 77a and special drawing 1 second winning hole 77b may be collectively referred to as "special drawing 1 winning hole 77"). This is a lottery game that is based on a lottery (sometimes referred to as "winning"). Further, the second lottery game is a lottery game that is caused by winning in the special drawing 2 winning hole 78 (see FIG. 4) similarly provided in the alternate distribution unit 71 (see FIG. 3).

In addition, the variable performance is a performance displayed on the third symbol display device 81 (see FIG. 3), which will be described later. For example, it is executed when a prize is won in the special drawing 1 winning hole 77 or the special drawing 2 winning hole 78 (see FIGS. 3 and 4, which will be described later), and the pattern (the third pattern described later) is changed for a predetermined period of time. After that, the result of the lottery to be held for the winning prize (whether it is a jackpot or not) is presented to the player based on the combination of symbols that are stopped and displayed. In addition, in the first embodiment, the third symbol display device 81 is configured to be able to execute only one lottery game, and a first special symbol based on the first lottery game and a second special symbol based on the second lottery game are displayed. The third symbol is used in common with the special symbol to display the lottery result based on the first lottery game or the lottery result based on the second lottery game.

Furthermore, the stage is a performance mode that provides uniformity to various performances displayed on the third symbol display device 81 (see FIG. 3), which will be described later. There are three stages: "Stage" and "Island Stage." Various performances such as the above-mentioned fluctuating performance and the "reach display" performed during the fluctuating performance are designed to be performed in accordance with the theme given to each stage.

In addition, the "reach display" refers to the display one step before the "jackpot display" that indicates that a jackpot will occur in a variable production executed on the third symbol display device 81 (see FIG. 3), which will be described later. . Specifically, the third symbols of the left symbol row Z1 and right symbol row Z3 (see FIG. 12), which will be described later, stop at the same symbol, and the middle symbol row Z2 (see FIG. 12) does not stop yet and continues to fluctuate. It refers to the state of being

In the pachinko machine 10 of this embodiment, the "reach display" can be roughly divided into one unit of element that makes up the "normal reach" performance (hereinafter, one unit of element that makes up the production is referred to as "variable element"), The variable element of "Super Reach" is developed and executed from the variable element of the "Normal Reach", and the variable element of "Super Reach" has a higher jackpot expectation than the variable element of the "Normal Reach", and the variable element of the "Normal Reach" is also developed and executed, There is also a variable element called ``Special Reach'', which has higher jackpot expectations than the variable element of ``Super Reach''.

Changes in the stage may occur during a period when a variable effect is not being performed (i.e., during a demonstration display) or during a variable element of "high-speed variation" in which the third symbol changes rapidly in a variable effect that is invisible to the player. This is performed when the frame button 22 is pressed by the player. Then, each time the frame button 22 is operated, the display is repeatedly changed in the order of "town stage" → "sky stage" → "island stage" → "town stage" → . . . Immediately after the power is turned on, the "city stage" is set as the initial stage.

In addition, when the variable element of "Normal Reach" is started in the variable effect performed on the third symbol display device 81 (see FIG. 3), which will be described later, the variable element of "Normal Reach" is changed to the variable element of "Super Reach" or When the variable element of "Special Reach" develops, a selection screen for the variable element of "Super Reach" or the variable element of "Special Reach" is displayed on the third symbol display device 81 during the variable element of "Normal Reach". It may be configured as follows.

Specifically, on the selection screen, multiple candidates are displayed that can be selected as the variable element of "Super Reach" or the variable element of "Special Reach", and while the selection screen is displayed, the frame button 22 is pressed. The selected candidate is configured to be changed when the player performs a pressing operation. Then, the variable element of “Super Reach” or the variable element of “Special Reach” is determined based on the production candidate that was selected when developing the variable element of “Super Reach” or the variable element of “Special Reach”. According to the determination, the variable element of "Super Reach" and the variable element of "Special Reach" are executed on the third symbol display device 81.

In the first embodiment, the frame button 22 is configured as a button to be pressed, but instead of the frame button 22, the player can press the frame button 22 in a predetermined direction with respect to the pachinko machine 10 (for example, with respect to the pachinko machine 10, It may be configured with an operating lever that can be tilted forward, backward, rightward, and leftward. Based on the direction in which the operating lever is tilted, the selection of the production stage may be changed, or the variable element of "Super Reach" or the variable element of "Special Reach" may be determined.

Furthermore, although the frame button 22 is configured to be placed on the front side of the upper plate 17 in a side view, the frame button 22 may be placed in any position as long as it can be pressed down by the player. For example, it may be arranged on the upper surface side of the upper plate 17, or in the vicinity (on the upper surface or side surface) of the lower plate 50, which will be described later.

The front frame 14 is provided with light emitting means such as various lamps around the front frame 14 (for example, at the corners). These light-emitting means are controlled to change the light-emitting mode by lighting or blinking in response to changes in the game state such as when hitting a jackpot or during a predetermined "ready-to-reach display", and serve to enhance the performance effect during the game. Illumination sections 29 to 33 each having a built-in light emitting means such as a light emitting diode (hereinafter abbreviated as "LED") are provided around the periphery of the window section 14c. .

In the pachinko machine 10, these illumination parts 29 to 33 function as performance lamps such as jackpot lamps, and when there is a jackpot or "reach display", the built-in LED lights up or blinks, causing each of the illumination parts 29 to 33 to lights up or flashes to notify you that you are hitting the jackpot, or that you are in the "reach display" that is one step before hitting the jackpot. Further, in the upper left part of the front frame 14 when viewed from the front, there is provided a display lamp 34 which has a built-in light emitting means such as an LED and can display whether a prize ball is being paid out or when an error has occurred.

A small window 35 is formed on the lower side of the right side illumination section 32 by attaching transparent resin from the back side so that the back side of the front frame 14 can be seen, and a small window 35 is formed on the front side of the game board 13 (see FIG. 3). ) can be seen from the front of the pachinko machine 10. In addition, in the pachinko machine 10, the area around the illumination parts 29 to 33 is made of acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (hereinafter abbreviated as "ABS") which is chromium plated in order to create a more dazzling appearance. .) A resin plating member 36 is attached.

A ball rental operation section 40 is arranged below the window section 14c. The ball rental operation section 40 is provided with a frequency display section 41, a ball rental button 42, and a return button 43. When the ball rental operation section 40 is operated with bills, cards, etc. placed in a card unit (ball rental unit, not shown) arranged on the side of the pachinko machine 10, the ball rental unit 40 is operated according to the operation. The loan is made. Specifically, the frequency display section 41 is an area where information on the remaining amount of the card or the like is displayed, and a built-in LED lights up to display the remaining amount in numbers as the remaining amount information. The ball rental button 42 is operated to obtain rental balls based on information recorded on a card, etc. (recording medium), and rental balls are supplied to the upper tray 17 as long as there is a balance on the card, etc. be done. The return button 43 is operated when requesting the return of a card or the like inserted into the card unit.

Note that the ball lending operation section 40 is not necessary in a pachinko machine in which balls are lent directly to the upper tray 17 from a ball lending device etc. without going through a card unit, a so-called cash machine. It is also possible to add a decorative sticker or the like to the installation part so that the component configuration is the same. A pachinko machine using a card unit and a cash machine can be used in common.

The lower tray unit 15 located below the upper tray 17 has a substantially box-shaped lower tray 50 with an open top surface formed in the center thereof for storing balls that cannot be stored in the upper tray 17. There is. On the right side of the lower tray 50, there is provided an operating handle 51 that is operated by the player in order to drive a ball to the front of the game board 13. Inside the operating handle 51 is a ball firing unit 112a (see FIG. 13). A touch sensor 51a for permitting the drive of the operating handle 51, a push-button stop switch 51b for stopping the firing of the ball while the button is pressed, and a rotation operation amount of the operating handle 51 based on changes in electrical resistance. A variable resistor (not shown) for detection is built-in.

When the operation handle 51 is rotated clockwise by the player, the touch sensor 51a is turned on and the resistance value of the variable resistor changes in accordance with the amount of operation, and the resistance value of the variable resistor changes in accordance with the amount of rotation of the operation handle 51. The ball is shot with a strength corresponding to the resistance value of the variable resistor which changes with the movement of the ball, and the ball is thereby hit into the front of the game board 13 with a flight distance corresponding to the player's operation. Further, when the operation handle 51 is not operated by the player, the touch sensor 51a and the stop switch 51b are off.

A ball removal lever 52 is provided at the front lower part of the lower tray 50 to operate when discharging the balls stored in the lower tray 50 downward. This ball removal lever 52 is always biased to the right, and by sliding it to the left against the bias, the bottom opening formed on the bottom of the lower plate 50 opens. The ball falls naturally from the bottom opening and is ejected. This operation of the ball removal lever 52 is normally performed with a box (generally referred to as a "dollar box") placed below the lower tray 50 for receiving the balls ejected from the lower tray 50. The operating handle 51 is disposed on the right side of the lower tray 50 as described above, and the ashtray 53 is attached on the left side of the lower tray 50.

Next, as shown in FIG. 2, the back side of the pachinko machine 10 is mainly provided with control board units 90, 91 and a back pack unit 94. The control board unit 90 is formed into a unit by mounting a main board (main controller 110), an audio lamp control board (audio lamp controller 113), and a display control board (display controller 114). The control board unit 91 is formed into a unit by mounting a payout control board (payout control device 111), a firing control board (firing control device 112), a power supply board (power supply device 115), and a card unit connection board 116.

The back pack unit 94 is made up of a back pack 92 forming a protective cover portion and a dispensing unit 93. In addition, each control board includes a Micro-Processing Unit (hereinafter abbreviated as "MPU") as a one-chip microcomputer that controls each control, a port for communicating with various devices, and a port for various lottery operations. A random number generator used for this purpose, a clock pulse generation circuit used for time counting and synchronization, etc. are installed as necessary.

The main control device 110, the audio lamp control device 113, the display control device 114, the payout control device 111, the firing control device 112, the power supply device 115, and the card unit connection board 116 are housed in board boxes 100 to 104, respectively. . The board boxes 100 to 104 include a box base and a box cover that covers the opening of the box base, and the box base and box cover are connected to each other to accommodate each control device and each board.

Further, the board box 100 (main controller 110) and the board box 102 (dispensing control device 111 and firing control device 112) have a box base and a box cover connected in an unopenable manner by a sealing unit (not shown) (caulking structure). connection). Furthermore, a seal (not shown) is affixed to the connecting portion between the box base and the box cover, spanning the box base and the box cover. This seal is made of a brittle material, and if you try to peel off the seal to open the board boxes 100, 102 or forcefully open the board boxes 100, 102, the box base side and box cover It is cut into two sides. Therefore, by checking the sealing unit or the sealing seal, it is possible to know whether the substrate boxes 100, 102 have been opened.

The dispensing unit 93 includes a tank 130 located at the top of the back pack unit 94 and opening upward, a tank rail 131 connected below the tank 130 and gently inclined toward the downstream side, and a tank rail 131 located downstream of the tank rail 131. A case rail 132 vertically connected to the side, and a dispensing device 133 provided at the most downstream part of the case rail 132 and dispensing balls using a predetermined electrical configuration of a dispensing motor 216 (see FIG. 13). ing. The tank 130 is sequentially replenished with balls supplied from the island equipment of the game hall, and the payout device 133 pays out the required number of balls as appropriate. A vibrator 134 for applying vibration to the tank rail 131 is attached to the tank rail 131.

Further, the payout control device 111 is provided with a state return switch 120, the firing control device 112 is provided with a variable resistor operation knob 121, and the power supply device 115 is provided with a RAM erase switch 122. The state return switch 120 is operated to eliminate the ball jam (return to normal state) when a dispensing error occurs, such as a ball jam in the dispensing motor 216 (see FIG. 13), for example. The operating knob 121 is operated to adjust the firing force of the firing solenoid. The RAM erase switch 122 is operated when the power is turned on to return the pachinko machine 10 to its initial state.

Next, the specific configuration of the game board 13 and the detailed configurations of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the normal power unit 79 will be explained with reference to FIGS. 3 to 5. First, as shown in FIG. 3, the game board 13 has a wooden base plate 60 cut into a substantially square shape when viewed from the front, a large number of nails, windmills, and rails 61, 62 for guiding the ball, and a ball that is won. A general winning hole 63 where you can get a predetermined prize ball, a central variable winning device 65 that is opened when a jackpot occurs in the first lottery game, and a right side that opens when a jackpot occurs in the second lottery game. A variable winning device 67, an alternating winning machine having a special figure 1 winning hole 77 for the first lottery game, a special figure 2 winning hole 78 for the second lottery game, and an in-unit normal symbol gate 76a (see FIG. 4) to be described later. Assemble the minute unit 71, a normal electric unit 79 having a right side ordinary symbol gate 76b and a retractable ordinary electric character 79a (see FIG. 4), a variable display device unit 80 having a third symbol display device 81, etc. The peripheral edge portion is attached to the back side of the inner frame 12.

The general winning opening 63, the central variable winning device 65, the right side variable winning device 67, the alternate distribution unit 71, the normal electric unit 79, and the variable display device unit 80 are arranged in through holes formed in the base plate 60 by router processing. The game board 13 is fixed from the front side of the game board 13 with wood screws or the like. Further, the front center portion of the game board 13 can be visually recognized from the front side of the inner frame 12 through the window 14c of the front frame 14 (see FIG. 1). The configuration of the game board 13 will be described below, mainly with reference to FIG. 3.

On the front surface of the game board 13, an outer rail 62 formed by bending a band-shaped metal plate into a substantially arc shape is installed, and a band-shaped metal plate similar to the outer rail 62 is installed at the inner side of the outer rail 62. An arcuate inner rail 61 formed by is erected. The front outer periphery of the game board 13 is surrounded by the inner rail 61 and the outer rail 62, and the front and back sides are surrounded by the game board 13 and the glass unit 16 (see FIG. 1). A game area where games are played is formed by the behavior of the players. The game area is a generally circular area defined by two rails 61 and 62 and an arcuate member 70 on the front side of the game board 13 (a winning opening etc. is provided, and a space where the fired balls are placed). (area flowing downstream).

The two rails 61 and 62 are provided to guide the ball shot from the ball shooting unit 112a (see FIG. 13) to the upper part of the game board 13. A return ball prevention member 68 is attached to the tip of the inner rail 61 (top left in FIG. 3) to prevent balls that have been guided to the top of the game board 13 from returning to the ball guide path again. be done. A return rubber 69 is attached to the tip of the outer rail 62 (upper right in FIG. 3) at a position corresponding to the maximum flight part of the ball, and when a ball is launched with more than a predetermined force, it hits the return rubber 69 and loses its momentum. (Hereinafter, the act of firing a ball with the force of hitting the return rubber 69 and passing the right side of the variable display unit 80 when viewed from the front will be referred to as "hitting to the right.") , the act of causing the fired ball to pass through the left side of the variable display unit 80 when viewed from the front is referred to as "hitting to the left"). In the first embodiment, in a left-handed game, a ball can enter the alternate distribution unit 71, but it is configured so that it is difficult for a ball to enter the normal electric unit 79. Furthermore, in a right-handed game, the ball is configured so that it is difficult for a ball to enter the alternate distribution unit 71, while it is possible for the ball to enter the normal electric unit 79. The specific configuration will be described later.

Furthermore, between the lower right end of the inner rail 61 and the upper right end of the outer rail 62, there is a resin arc member 70 formed with an arc connecting the rails on the inner surface. It is fixed by being driven into the plate 60.

A special symbol display device 37 is provided at the upper right side of the gaming area when viewed from the front (upper right side in FIG. 3), and is provided with a plurality of LEDs 37a serving as light emitting means and a 7-segment display 37b. The special symbol display device 37 performs variable display of each special symbol (hereinafter, the variable display of the special symbol is referred to as "dynamic display") according to each control performed by the main control device 110 (see FIG. 13), which will be described later. At the same time, the gaming status of the pachinko machine 10 is displayed.

The plurality of LEDs 37a indicate balls for which variable display has not been performed among the balls that have won (balls entered) in the special drawing 1 first prize opening 77a, the special drawing 1 second prize opening 77b, and the special diagram 2 winning opening 78, which will be described later. The number of reserved balls, which is the number of reserved balls, is indicated by the lighting state. Further, the number of jackpot rounds and error display are also indicated by the lighting state of the LED 37a corresponding to the state. Note that the LED 37a is configured such that each LED emits light in a different color (for example, red, green, blue), and by combining the emitted light colors, it is possible to indicate various gaming states of the pachinko machine 10 with a small number of LEDs. .

The 7-segment display 37b is composed of two 7-segment LEDs on the left and right sides. The 7-segment LED on the left side displays a first special symbol (hereinafter, the first special symbol may be abbreviated as "special symbol 1") indicating the determination result of the first lottery game. Further, the 7-segment LED on the right side displays a second special symbol (hereinafter, the second special symbol may be abbreviated as "special symbol 2") indicating the determination result of the second lottery game.

Specifically, the 7-segment LED on the left side indicates the winning amount determined based on the winning in the special drawing 1 first prize opening 77a or the special drawing 1 second prize opening 77b provided in the alternate distribution unit 71, which will be described later. After a variable display (in the first embodiment, the center segment of the seven segments is displayed blinking) until a variable time (dynamic display time) has elapsed, a symbol indicating the determination result is stopped and displayed. In addition, the 7-segment LED on the right side displays a variable display until a variable time (dynamic display time) determined based on winnings in the special drawing 2 winning hole 78 provided in the alternate distribution unit 71, which will be described later, has elapsed. After that, a symbol indicating the judgment result is displayed. For any of the 7 segment LEDs, if the judgment result is a loss, a "-" symbol with only one segment in the center lit will be displayed, and if the judgment result is a jackpot, a "-" symbol corresponding to the jackpot will be displayed. Symbols such as ``3'' and ``7'' are displayed.

In addition, in this pachinko machine 10, a judgment is made as to whether or not it is a jackpot (jackpot lottery) for the ball that enters the special drawing 1 winning hole 77 or the special drawing 2 winning hole 78, and when it is determined that it is a jackpot, The jackpot type is also determined according to the winning openings 77 and 78 that have won. The jackpot types determined here are "15R guaranteed strange jackpot" or "7R hidden probability strange jackpot" based on the winning in the special drawing 1 winning hole 77, and based on the winning in the special drawing 2 winning hole 78. Only the "15R guaranteed strange jackpot" is available.

Here, the "15R probability variable jackpot" is a probability variable jackpot that shifts to the "probability variable state" after the maximum number of rounds is 15, and the "7R latent probability variable jackpot" is a probability variable jackpot with a maximum number of rounds of 7. This is a variable jackpot that shifts to a "latent probability fluctuating state" after a round of jackpots.

In the first embodiment, the following three gaming states are set as the gaming states. As the first game state, the jackpot probability of the special symbol is low (1/300 in the first embodiment), and the probability of winning of the regular symbol indicating the determination result of whether or not the retractable regular electric character 79a is driven is set. There is also a "normal gaming state" in which the probability is low (1/10 in the first embodiment). In other words, in the "normal game state", special symbols are less likely to hit the jackpot than in other game states ("probability fluctuation state" and "latent probability fluctuation state" described later), and the fluctuating display of normal symbols (hereinafter referred to as "normal") is difficult to hit. The variable display time of the variable display of the symbol (referred to as "variable display") is long ("3 seconds" in the first embodiment), and the protrusion time of the retractable plate 79b provided on the retractable normal electric character 79a. is configured to be a short time (“2 seconds” in the first embodiment). Therefore, the "normal gaming state" is set as the initial state of the pachinko machine 10, and the special symbols are displayed in a specified number of times (in the first embodiment , 100 times).

As the second gaming state, the jackpot probability of the special symbol is higher than the "normal gaming state" (1/100 in the first embodiment), and the winning probability of the normal symbol is also higher than the "normal gaming state". A "probability variation state" with a probability (9/10 in the first embodiment) is provided. That is, in the "probability fluctuation state", the special symbols are easier to hit the jackpot than in the "normal game state", and the fluctuation time of the normal symbols is shorter than in the "normal game state" (in the first embodiment, "0.5 seconds"). ''), and the projecting time of the retractable plate 79b provided on the retractable normal electric role 79a is configured to be longer than in the "normal game state" (in the first embodiment, "5 seconds"). There is. This "probability fluctuation state" is such that when a jackpot occurs based on the first lottery game of the first special symbol, it will occur at a rate of 10% after the jackpot based on the first lottery game of the first special symbol. In addition, when a jackpot occurs based on the second lottery game of the second special symbol, the jackpot occurs without exception (i.e., 100%) after the jackpot based on the second lottery game of the second special symbol. has been set (see Figure 15).

As the third game state, the jackpot probability of the special symbol is higher than the "normal game state" (1/100 in the first embodiment), and the probability of winning the normal symbol is also higher than the "normal game state". A "latency probability variation state" with a probability (9/10 in the first embodiment) is provided. In other words, in the "latency probability variation state", the jackpot probability of the special symbol is the same as in the "probability variation state", and the variation time of the normal symbol is short ("0.5 seconds" in the first embodiment). On the other hand, the projecting time of the retractable normal electric combination 79a is configured to be the same short time as in the "normal game state" ("2 seconds" in the first embodiment). Therefore, the "latent probability fluctuation state" is the same as the "probability fluctuation state", the jackpot probability of the special symbol, the winning probability of the regular symbol, and the fluctuation time of the regular symbol, and the appearance board of the regular electric character 79a. The protrusion time of 79b is set to be the same as in the "normal gaming state". This "latent probability fluctuation state" is such that when a jackpot occurs based on the first lottery game of the first special symbol, it will occur at a rate of 90% after the jackpot based on the first lottery game of the first special symbol. (See Figure 15).

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the "normal gaming state" is the most disadvantageous gaming state for the player, and the "latent probability variation state" is the gaming state more advantageous for the player than the "normal gaming state". Therefore, the "probability fluctuation state" is a gaming state that is more advantageous to the player than the "latent probability fluctuation state", that is, the most advantageous gaming state.

An alternate distribution unit 71 into which balls flowing down the game area can enter is arranged at the lower center of the game area. This alternate distribution unit 71 mainly has a distribution ball entrance 72 into which balls flowing down the game area can enter, and a ball entering the distribution ball entrance 72 into an alternate distribution unit 71. A sorting device 73 that alternately distributes to the left route 74 or the right route 75, an in-unit normal symbol gate 76a buried in the right route 75, and a ball that has been distributed to the left route 74 by the distribution device 73 can enter. Special figure 1 first prize opening 77a, special figure 1 second prize opening 77b into which the balls distributed to the right path 75 by the sorting device 73 can enter, special figure 1 first prize opening 77a and special figure 1 It is constituted by a special figure 2 winning hole 78 arranged between the second winning hole 77b and the second winning hole 77b.

When a ball enters the special figure 1 first prize opening 77a or the special figure 1 second prize opening 77b provided in this alternate distribution unit 71, the special figure 1 prize opening switch (not shown) provided on the back side of the game board 13 ) is turned on, and the main controller 110 (see FIG. 13) draws a jackpot lottery for the first special symbol due to the turning on of the special symbol 1 prize opening switch, and moves the special symbol according to the lottery result. The target is displayed on the 7-segment display 37b of the special symbol display device 37, and the third symbol display device 81 executes a variable performance of the third symbol.

In addition, when a ball enters the special figure 2 winning hole 78 provided in the alternate distribution unit 71, the special figure 2 winning hole switch (not shown) provided on the back side of the game board 13 is turned on, and the special figure 2 winning hole switch (not shown) provided on the back side of the game board 13 is turned on. Due to the turning on of the winning opening switch, a jackpot lottery for the second special symbol is drawn in the main controller 110 (see FIG. 13), and a dynamic display of the special symbol according to the lottery result is performed on the special symbol display device 37-7. It is shown on the segment display 37b, and a variable effect of the third symbol is executed on the third symbol display device 81.

In addition, the special drawing 1 first winning hole 77a, the special drawing 1 second winning hole 77b, and the special drawing 2 winning hole 78 are each one of the winning holes from which two balls are paid out as prize balls when a ball wins. It has also become. Details of this alternate distribution unit 71 will be described later with reference to FIG. 4.

A normal power unit 79 is arranged on the right side of the alternate distribution unit 71. This normal electric role unit 79 mainly includes a right side normal symbol gate 76b, a retractable type ordinary electric role 79a having a retractable plate 79b inclined toward the alternate distribution unit 71, back side deceleration parts 79c1, 79c3, 79c5 and a deceleration section 79c composed of front side deceleration sections 79c2 and 79c4.

The retractable normal electric hand 79a is configured to drive and control one retractable board 79b into a protruding state or a retracted state according to the variable display result of the normal symbol. When the protruding plate 79b is in the protruding state, the ball rolls on the upper surface of the protruding plate 79b to the left along the inclination, and while the protruding plate 79b maintains the protruding state, the ball rolls on the protruding plate 79b. When the ball is rolled to the left end of 79b, it is configured to be able to guide the ball to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side in the alternate distribution unit 71. Details of this normal power unit 79 will be described later with reference to FIG.

Here, with reference to FIG. 4, the configurations of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the normal power unit 79 of the first embodiment will be specifically described. FIG. 4 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the vicinity of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the normal power unit 79 when viewed from the front. In addition, in FIG. 4, for convenience of explanation, the composition excludes the parts on the front side of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the normal power unit 79 (cover part 79x (see FIG. 5), which will be described later). The alternating distribution unit 71 and the normal power unit 79 are expressed with a schematic sectional view showing the internal structure of the minute unit 71 and the normal power unit 79, and each member (part) constituting these will be explained.

As described above, the alternate distribution unit 71 includes a distribution ball entrance 72 that allows balls to enter the alternate distribution unit 71, and a distribution device that allows balls that enter the distribution ball entrance 72 to be sorted. A dividing device 73, a left path 74 through which the balls distributed to the left side of the alternate distribution unit 71 when viewed from the front by the distribution device 73 flow down, and a left path 74 through which the balls distributed by the distribution device 73 to the right side of the alternate distribution unit 71 when viewed from the front. A right path 75 through which the ball flows down, an in-unit normal symbol gate 76a that is provided near the sorting device 73 of the right path 75 and which obtains a lottery opportunity for a normal symbol when the ball passes through, and a left path 74. Special figure 1 first prize opening 77a where the ball that flows down the right path 75 can win, special figure 1 second prize opening 77b where the ball flowing down the right path 75 can win, special figure 1 first prize opening 77a and special figure 1 first prize opening 77a. A special figure 2 winning hole 78 is provided between the 2 winning hole 77b and the center position of the alternate distribution unit 71 when viewed from the front.

In addition, as described above, the normal electric unit 79 has a right side normal symbol gate 76b that constitutes the only route through which the ball can enter the normal electric unit 79, and a gate that can be displaced into a protruding state or a retracted state. A retractable normal electrical function 79a including a retractable plate 79b and a plurality of deceleration parts 79c (rear side deceleration parts 79c1, 79c3, 79c5) with which the ball collides when the ball rolls on the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b. and front side deceleration portions 79c2, 79c4 (see FIG. 5 for both)).

As described above, in this normal electric unit 79, the right side is It is configured so that a ball does not enter the inside of the normal electric unit 79 from any route other than the route through which the ball enters the normal symbol gate 76b.

In addition, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, there is a space between the distribution ball entrance 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the right normal symbol gate 76b of the normal electric unit 79 on the right side of the distribution ball entrance 72. An outlet (not shown) is provided for discharging the balls that have flowed into the game board 13 to the outside of the game board 13. Therefore, in a left-handed game, balls that do not enter the alternate distribution unit 71 and flow down to the normal electric unit 79 side can be prevented from reaching the right side normal symbol gate 76b.

The distribution ball entry port 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 is a path through which the balls flowing down the game area can pass when flowing into the alternate distribution unit 71. is configured to be guided to a sorting device 73 provided on the downstream side (towards the bottom of the alternate sorting unit 71).

As described above, the distribution device 73 of the alternate distribution unit 71 is a device for alternately distributing the balls flowing down from the distribution ball entry port 72 to the left path 74 or the right path 75, and has a rotating shaft portion 73a. , a center plate part 73b extending upward from the outer periphery of the rotating shaft part 73a, and a left receiving plate 73c and a right receiving plate 73d extending left and right from the outer periphery of the rotating shaft part 73a, It is constituted by a distribution side magnet (not shown) built into the center plate portion 73b. In addition, on the wall on the back side of the game board 13 of the alternate distribution unit 71, a unit side magnet ( (not shown) is built-in.

This sorting device 73 is configured to be able to rotate 30 degrees left and right around a rotating shaft portion 73a, and in the state shown in FIG. The entire left receiving plate 73c is positioned below the rotating shaft 73a and the right receiving plate 73d is above the rotating shaft 73a. It is in a condition to guide the ball that has flown down to the right path 75. The right guide position is maintained by the repulsive action between the distribution side magnet and the unit side magnet.

Here, a manner in which balls entering the alternate distribution unit 71 are alternately distributed to the left path 74 or the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 will be described. First, as in the state shown in FIG. 4, the tip side of the left side receiving plate 73c comes into contact with the wall of the alternate distribution unit 71, and the entire left side receiving plate 73c is below the rotating shaft portion 73a, and the right side receiving plate 73d If the ball is located above the rotating shaft portion 73a, the balls that have entered the alternate distribution unit 71 and flowed down from the distribution ball entry port 72 are distributed to the center plate portion 73b and the right receiving plate 73d of the distribution device 73. It fits into the space formed by. Then, the distribution device 73 rotates by pushing down the right side receiving plate 73d due to the weight of the ball, and the tip side of the right side receiving plate 73d comes into contact with the wall of the alternate distribution unit 71, and the entire right side receiving plate 73d rotates. The left receiving plate 73c is located below the shaft portion 73a and above the rotating shaft portion 73a. Therefore, the sorting device 73 is in a state where the ball can flow down to the right path 75 side, and in this state, the ball is guided to the right path 75 by rolling on the upper surface of the right receiving plate 73d. At this time, the force of pushing down the right receiving plate 73d (rotating the distribution device 73) due to the weight of the ball is greater than the repulsive force between the distribution side magnet (not shown) and the unit side magnet (not shown). Since the size is larger, the sorting device 73 is rotated against the repulsive force of the magnet. Then, due to the repulsive force of the magnet, the left side receiving plate 73c is placed above the rotational shaft portion 73a and the right side receiving plate 73d is placed below the rotational shaft portion 73a, that is, the left side guide position is set. maintained.

Then, the balls that enter the alternate distribution unit 71 and flow down from the distribution ball entry port 72 are stored in the space formed by the center plate portion 73b and the left receiving plate 73c of the distribution device 73. Then, the distribution device 73 rotates by pushing down the left side receiving plate 73c due to the weight of the ball, and the tip side of the left side receiving plate 73c comes into contact with the wall of the alternate distribution unit 71, causing the entire left side receiving plate 73c to rotate. The right receiving plate 73d is located below the shaft portion 73a and above the rotating shaft portion 73a. Therefore, the sorting device 73 is in a state where the balls can flow down to the left side path 74, and in this state, the balls are guided to the left side path 74 by rolling on the upper surface of the left receiving plate 73c. At this time as well, the force pushing down the left side receiving plate 73c (rotating the distribution device 73) due to the weight of the ball is greater than the repulsive force between the distribution side magnet (not shown) and the unit side magnet (not shown). Since this is larger, the sorting device 73 is rotated against the repulsive force of the magnet. Then, due to the repulsive force of the magnet, the left side receiving plate 73c is located below the rotating shaft portion 73a and the right receiving plate 73d is located above the rotating shaft portion 73a, that is, the state is at the right guiding position. maintained. By repeating these movements alternately, balls entering the alternate distribution unit 71 are alternately distributed to the left path 74 and the right path 75.

The left side path 74 of the alternate distribution unit 71 is a path along which the balls guided to the left side of the alternate distribution unit 71 by the distribution device 73 flow down. A left side exit is provided on the lower left side of this left side path 74, through which the balls flowing down the left side path 74 flow out, and a special drawing 1 first prize opening 77a is provided below the left side exit. . Therefore, the ball guided to the left path 74 is configured to flow down inside the left path 74, then be discharged from the left exit and enter the special drawing 1 first prize opening 77a.

Further, the left path 74 has a predetermined length as a downstream path for balls, and in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the balls distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73 are It is configured so that it takes "2 seconds" from the time it flows into the port 74 to the time it reaches the left side exit. That is, the balls distributed to the left by the distribution device 73 will flow out from the left exit of the left path 74 "2 seconds" after the timing, and will enter the special drawing 1 first prize opening 77a.

The right side path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71 is a path along which the balls guided to the right side in the alternate distribution unit 71 by the distribution device 73 flow down. A right side exit is provided on the lower right side of this right side path 75, through which the balls flowing down the right side path 75 flow out, and a special drawing 1 second prize opening 77b is provided below the right side exit. . Further, a retractable plate 79b is disposed below the right side exit so that the left end of the retractable plate 79b of a normal power unit 79, which will be described later, is located.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, after the ball guided to the right path 75 flows down the right path 75, if the retractable plate 79b is not in the protruding state (that is, in the retracted state), It is configured such that the ball flowing out from the right exit of the right path 75 enters the special map 1 second prize opening 77b. On the other hand, when the protruding plate 79b is in the protruding state, the ball ejected from the right exit of the right path 75 collides with the protruding protruding plate 79b and the flow direction is changed, causing the upper surface of the protruding plate 79b to move toward the left end. It is configured to roll and be guided to the special drawing 2 winning opening 78 side. The ball guided to the special drawing 2 winning opening 78 side is configured so that it can win a prize in the special drawing 2 winning opening 78 while colliding with a plurality of nails planted so as to be easily guided to the special drawing 2 winning opening 78. has been done.

Further, like the left side path 74, the right path 75 has a predetermined length as a downstream path for balls, and in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the balls are distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73. The ball is configured to take "2 seconds" from entering the right path 75 to reaching the right exit. That is, the balls distributed to the right side by the distribution device 73 flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 "2 seconds" after the timing, and enter the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b or the special drawing 2 winning opening 78. You will win a prize.

An in-unit normal symbol gate 76a is buried near the sorting device 73 on the right path 75 (about one ball to the right). This intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a is provided with a through hole (not shown) for the ball to pass through. When the ball flowing into the right path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71 passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in this unit, a second ball entrance switch (not shown) provided in the through hole is turned on. Due to this, the main control device 110 performs a winning lottery of normal symbols. This in-unit normal symbol gate 76a only serves as a lottery trigger for variable display of normal symbols, and is configured so that even if a ball passes through, no prize balls or the like will be paid out.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, as described above, since the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a is buried in the right path 75, the balls distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 are always inside the unit. It is configured to pass through the normal symbol gate 76a.

As a result of the normal symbol lottery carried out based on the ball that passed through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, if it is determined to be a hit, the "○" symbol will be stopped and displayed through the variable display on the normal symbol display device 83. After that, the retractable plate 79b of the retractable normal electric function 79a is activated. As a result, the retractable plate 79b, which is recessed into the game board 13 and unable to roll (guide) the ball, is moved (displaced) from the recessed state to the protruded state for a predetermined period of time that differs depending on the game state. The ball will be in a state where it can roll on the upper surface of the appearance board 79b, and it will be in a state where it can enter the special figure 2 winning hole 78.

Here, the balls immediately after being sorted by the sorting device 73 have their downward direction switched to a right angle, and due to the distributed momentum, they swing up and down in the right path 75, and the walls forming the right side path 75 and It is flown down after colliding multiple times. Therefore, when attempting to detect a ball immediately after being sorted by the sorting device 73 using the second ball entry switch (not shown) of the normal symbol gate 76a within the unit, the ball may be detected while passing through the normal symbol gate 76a within the unit. There is a concern that an event may occur in which the ball shakes and is detected by the second ball entrance switch multiple times (hereinafter, multiple false detections by switches such as the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit are referred to as "chattering"). .

Therefore, as in the first embodiment, by providing the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a at a position at least one ball or more away from the sorting device 73, the passage wall of the right path 75 is provided for at least one ball. (not shown), the behavior of the ball is stabilized, and the ball passes through the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a in a state where the swinging movement of the ball immediately after being distributed by the distribution device 73 is reduced. Chattering caused by the balls distributed by the dividing device 73 can be prevented from occurring. In addition, the position of the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit is such that the farther it is located from the sorting device 73, the more suitable it is for preventing the occurrence of chattering.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, it takes "1.9 seconds" from when a ball passes through the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a buried in the right path 75 to when it flows out from the right exit of the right path 75. It is designed to take a long time. That is, the ball distributed to the right side by the distribution device 73 passes through the unit normal symbol gate 76a after "0.1 second" from that timing, and "1. After 9 seconds, it flows down the right path 75, and then flows out from the right exit of the right path 75 and enters the special drawing 1 second prize opening 77b or the special drawing 2 winning hole 78.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, when a ball enters the right path 75, a normal symbol lottery opportunity is obtained based on passage of the intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a. Also, a game state in which the variable display time is longer than the time from when the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit until it flows out to the right exit of the right path 75 (in the first embodiment, the "normal game state". (described later with reference to 16(b)), and a game state in which the variable display time is shorter than the time from when the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit until it flows out to the right exit of the right path 75 (described later with reference to 16(b)). In one embodiment, a "latency probability variation state" (and "probability variation state" (described later with reference to FIG. 16(b)) is provided. That is, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, from when the ball passes through the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a and variable display of normal symbols starts until the variable display ends, the ball moves to the right path. A gaming state in which the ball flows out from the right exit of the right path 75 (i.e., the "normal gaming state"), and a gaming state in which the ball does not flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 but is flowing down inside the right path 75 (i.e., A "latent probability varying state" (and a "probability varying state") is provided.

Then, the winning probability of the normal symbol is changed between the "normal game state" and the "latent probability variable state" (and the "probability variable state"), and in the "normal game state", the winning probability of the normal symbol is changed by the variable display of the normal symbol. While making it more difficult to win (in the first embodiment, it is 1/10, which will be described later in FIG. 16(a)), in the "latency probability variation state" (and "probability variation state") The variable display of the symbols makes it easier to win (9/10 in the first embodiment, which will be described later with reference to FIG. 16(a)).

Therefore, in the "normal game state", even if you win with the variable display of the normal symbols, the ball has already entered the special pattern 1 second prize opening 77b at the timing when the appearance board 79b is in the protruding state. Since a prize has been won, the ball flowing into the right path 75 is configured not to be guided to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side. In addition, in the "normal game state", the variable display of normal symbols makes it difficult to win, so even if multiple balls continuously flow into the right path 75, those balls The configuration is such that the possibility of being guided to the special drawing 2 winning opening 78 side is low.

On the other hand, in the "latency probability variation state", at the timing when the ball that has entered the right path 75 flows out from the right exit, the variable display of the normal symbol based on the passage of the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a has ended, and There is a high possibility that the winner is won in the variable display and the recessed board 79b is in a protruding state. Therefore, the ball collides with the appearance plate 79b and rolls on the upper surface of the appearance plate 79b toward the left end, thereby being guided to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side.

With this configuration, in the "normal game state", the ball that enters the alternate distribution unit 71 will win either the special drawing 1 first winning hole 77a or the special drawing 1 second winning hole 77b. Accordingly, the first lottery game with the first special symbol can be executed. On the other hand, in the "latency probability variation state" (and "probability variation state"), if the ball that enters the alternate distribution unit 71 is distributed to the left path 74, it will enter the special drawing 1 first prize opening 77a. , if it is sorted to the right path 75, it is configured so that it is entered into the special figure 2 winning slot 78, and the first lottery game with the first special symbol and the second lottery game with the second special symbol are executed alternately. be done. Therefore, in the same left-handed game, the patterns of winning holes 77 and 78 that can win a prize are different between the "normal game state" and the "latent probability variable state" to provide variation to the game and improve the interest of the game. be able to.

The right side normal symbol gate 76b of the normal electric unit 79 is integrally formed in the upper right part of the normal electric unit 79, and has a through hole (not shown) provided in the vertical direction for the ball to pass through. There is. When the ball passes through this right side normal symbol gate 76b, a second ball entrance switch (not shown) provided in the through hole is turned on, and due to this turning on, the main controller 110 selects a winning lottery for the normal symbol. It will be done. This right side normal symbol gate 76b, like the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a, only serves as a lottery trigger for variable display of normal symbols, and even if a ball passes through, prize balls etc. will not be paid out. It is composed of

In addition, in the first embodiment, the right side normal symbol gate 76b has an alarm function in the case of being hit to the right in the "normal game state" and the "latent probability variation state". Specifically, when the passage of a ball is detected by the right side normal symbol gate 76b in the "normal game state" and the "latency probability variation state", it is determined that a right-handed game is being executed, and the audio output device 226 ( (See FIG. 13) is configured to output an alarm sound. With this configuration, it is possible to suppress the player from playing right-handed games in the "normal game state" and "latent probability variation state" in which right-handed games are not encouraged, and the gameplay of the present invention can be improved. can be maintained.

The retractable type normal electricity unit 79a of the normal electricity unit 79 is integrally formed at the lower part of the normal electricity unit 79. In this retractable type normal electric unit 79a, one retractable plate 79b that can guide the balls flowing into the normal electric unit 79 toward the alternate distribution unit 71 side is tilted toward the alternate distribution unit 71 side (for example, A solenoid (not shown) for the protruding/retracting plate is provided so that the protruding/retracting plate 79b can be displaced into a protruding state or a retracted state.

This retractable plate 79b is formed with a width of 55 mm, a depth of 20 mm, and a constant thickness (for example, 1 mm) over the entire length. (not shown). When the variable display of the normal symbol is won, the solenoid for the retractable board is driven and protrudes from the through hole, so that the retractable board 79b projects from the surface of the game board 13 toward the front side of the pachinko machine 10. When the protruding and retracting plate 79b is in the protruding state, it is arranged so as to close the lower part of the normal electric unit 79 and guide the balls flowing down from the upstream side to the left (that is, toward the alternate distribution unit 71 side). ing.

When the main control device 110 of the first embodiment wins with the variable display of the normal symbol, the main control device 110 drives the solenoid for the appearing and retracting board for a predetermined period of time, and controls the normal electric unit 79 for the predetermined period of time. The base 79y (see FIG. 5) is maintained in a protruding state from the through hole provided in the base 79y (see FIG. 5). When the protruding/retracting plate 79b is in the protruding state, the balls that have flowed into the normal electric unit 79 roll along the slope on the upper surface of the protruding/retracting plate 79b and are guided to the alternate distribution unit 71 side. On the other hand, when the retractable plate 79b is recessed into the base 79y (see FIG. 5), the ball does not roll on the upper surface of the recessed retractable plate 79b and is ejected to the lower side of the normal electric unit 79. Ru.

The deceleration part 79c of the normal electric unit 79 is a plurality of rib-shaped back side deceleration parts 79c1, 79c3, 79c5 (see FIG. 5) provided on the base 79y (see FIG. (c)) and a plurality of rib-shaped front speed reducers provided on the back side (base 79y side) of the cover 79x (see FIG. 5) located on the facing side of the base 79y (see FIG. 5). 79c2 and 79c4 (see FIG. 5(c)).

The back speed reducers 79c1, 79c3, 79c5 and the front speed reducers 79c2, 79c4 (hereinafter, the back speed reducers 79c1, 79c3, 79c5 and the front speed reducers 79c2, 79c4 are collectively referred to as the "speed reducer 79c") ) are arranged alternately and evenly, so that when the ball rolls on the upper surface of the protrusion plate 79b, the ball repeatedly collides with the deceleration part 79c and rolls while decelerating in a meandering manner. It is composed of With this configuration, it is possible to efficiently reduce the speed of the balls flowing down on the projecting and retracting plate 79b, and it is possible to suppress the occurrence of ball clogging and the like.

As a result, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the ball that has reached the right end of the appearing plate 79b rolls toward the left end on the upper surface of the appearing plate 79b, and by the time it reaches the left end of the appearing plate 79b, It is configured to take 2.5 seconds. As a result, even if the protruding plate 79b is in the protruding state, if the protruding plate 79b switches to the retracted state while the ball collides with the deceleration part 79c, the ball will roll on the upper surface of the protruding plate 79b. The ball is configured to flow out to the lower side of the normal power unit 79.

Here, with reference to FIG. 5, the displacement mode of the protruding/retracting plate 79b in the normal electric unit 79 and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the protruding/retracting plate 79b will be described. As described above, FIG. 5(a) is a schematic perspective view of the normal power unit 79 for explaining the behavior of the ball when the protruding plate 79b is in the retracted state (non-protruding state). 5(b) is a schematic perspective view of the normal power unit 79 for explaining the behavior of the ball when the protruding plate 79b is in the protruding state, and FIG. 5(c) is the Vc of FIG. 5(b). It is a schematic cross-sectional view of the normal power unit 79 along the -Vc line.

As shown in FIG. 5(a), when the appearance plate 79b is in the retracted state, the ball that flows into the normal electric unit 79 from the right side normal symbol gate 76b does not come into contact with the appearance plate 79b and remains in the normal electric function unit 79. It is discharged to the lower side of the winning combination unit 79 and does not enter any of the winning openings 77 and 78.

On the other hand, as shown in FIGS. 5(b) and 5(c), when the protruding plate 79b is in the protruding state, the ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit 79 from the right normal symbol gate 76b is in the protruding state. collides with the right end of the retractable board 79b, and due to the inclination of the retractable board 79b, the upper surface of the retractable board 79b rolls toward the left side of the game board 13 (see FIG. 3) when viewed from the front, that is, toward the alternate distribution unit 71 side. do.

Specifically, the ball rolling from the right end of the protruding/retracting plate 79b toward the left end on the upper surface of the protruding/retracting plate 79b first moves to the first rear side deceleration portion 79c1 provided on the base 79y side of the normal electric unit 79. The traveling direction is changed by the collision, and the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b rolls toward the cover part 79x. Then, it collides with the first front deceleration part 79c2 provided on the cover part 79x side of the normal electric unit 79, and due to the collision, the traveling direction is changed again, and the upper surface of the protruding plate 79b is moved toward the base part 79y side. tumbling to. After that, it collides with the second back speed reduction part 79c3 provided on the base 79y side of the normal electric unit 79, and the collision changes the traveling direction again, causing the upper surface of the protruding plate 79b to move toward the cover part 79x side. move. Then, it collides with the second front deceleration part 79c4 provided on the cover part 79x side of the normal electric unit 79, and the collision changes the traveling direction again, causing the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b to move toward the base 79y side. tumbling to. After that, it collides with the third back speed reduction part 79c5 provided on the base 79y side of the normal electric unit 79, and the collision changes the traveling direction again, causing the upper surface of the protruding plate 79b to move toward the cover part 79x side. While moving, it flows out from the left end of the retractable plate 79b.

In addition, the ball flowing out from the left end of the appearing board 79b is configured so that it can enter a prize in the special drawing 2 prize opening 78 provided in the alternate distribution unit 71 while colliding with a plurality of planted nails. There is.

Therefore, the ball rolling on the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b moves the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b in a so-called zigzag pattern while repeatedly colliding with the plurality of rear side deceleration parts 79c1, 79c3, 79c5 and the plurality of front side deceleration parts 79c2, 79c4. to roll. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment is configured such that it takes 2.5 seconds for the player to remain on the upper surface of the retractable board 79b. As a result, in game states such as the "normal game state" and the "latency probability variation state", the protrusion time of the appearing board 79b is short, and the appearing board 79b is in a state where the ball is rolling on the upper surface of the appearing board 79b. When the ball 79b switches from the protruding state to the retracted state, the ball falls (flows down) vertically from the position where it is rolling on the upper surface of the protruding/retracting plate 79b, and falls to the lower part of the normal power unit 79 (external). ) is discharged. In addition, when rolling on the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b corresponding to the upper position of the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b, a prize is won in this special figure 1 second winning opening 77b.

With this configuration of the deceleration part 79c, it is possible to decelerate the falling speed of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b and to make the time for rolling on the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b constant. This makes it possible to make the time that the ball stays on the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b constant and long. Therefore, by increasing the residence time on the protruding board 79b compared to the case where there is no deceleration part 79c, in order to realize the gameplay of the present invention, it is possible to adjust the protruding time of the protruding board 79b for each game state. Game specifications can be designed easily.

Furthermore, the more the speed of the ball rolling down by the deceleration part 79c is delayed, the longer the rolling time of the ball rolling on the retractable plate 79b can be made, so the total length of the retractable plate 79b can be shortened. Accordingly, the entire ordinary power unit 79 can be made more compact. Therefore, the area occupied by the retractable plate 79b in the left-right direction (lateral direction) of the pachinko machine 10 can be reduced. As a result, it is possible to contribute to improving the degree of freedom in designing the pachinko machine 10.

Here, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, after the ball passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b of the normal electric unit 79, until the ball is flown down to the right end position of the appearing board 79b, It is configured to take 1 second. In other words, the ball that has passed through the right side normal symbol gate 76b reaches the right end position of the protruding plate 79b ``1 second'' after that timing, and if the protruding plate 79b is in a non-protruding state, it continues to flow downstream. On the other hand, if the protruding/retracting plate 79b is in a protruding state, it collides with the protruding/retracting plate 79b and rolls on the upper surface of the protruding/retracting plate 79b along the inclination.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the normal electric role unit 79 equipped with the appearance plate 79b is configured to be able to be linked (interlocked) with the structure of the alternate distribution unit 71, and the normal symbol and the By controlling the appearance board 79b differently, the left-handed game is configured so that it is easier to obtain gaming value in the "normal game state" or the "latent probability variable state", and the game value is more easily obtained in the "probability variable state". , the game is structured so that it is easier to obtain gaming value in a right-handed game.

Specifically, by changing the control regarding the normal symbols and the appearance board 79b depending on the gaming state, in the "normal gaming state", a prize is won in the special drawing 1 first prize opening 77a or the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b. The game state is such that the first lottery game with the first special symbol is likely to occur, and in the "latency probability variation state", it is easy to win alternately in the special drawing 1 first prize opening 77a and the special drawing 2 winning opening 78. , the first lottery game with the first special symbol and the second lottery game with the second special symbol can occur alternately, and in the "probability fluctuation state", it is easy to win in the special symbol 2 winning hole 78, A game state is set in which a second lottery game with two special symbols is likely to occur. The game value obtained in the second lottery game with the second special symbol is configured so that the game value obtained in the second lottery game with the second special symbol is more likely to be in an advantageous situation for the player than the game value obtained in the first lottery game with the first special symbol.

With this configuration, the patterns of the winning holes 77 and 78 that can (easily win) a prize are made different for each gaming state, and it is possible to enrich the variation of the game and improve the interest. By configuring the game so that the game value obtained can be changed in stages, it is possible to provide the player with the interest of transitioning to a game state with a higher value in stages, thereby improving the interest in the game.

Conventionally, in a general pachinko machine that uses a plurality of special symbols (for example, a first special symbol and a second special symbol) and one normal symbol, two or more gaming states other than the "normal gaming state" (For example, there are pachinko machines that can generate any two or more game states of "probability fluctuation state," "time reduction state," or "latency probability fluctuation state.")

Specifically, for example, it is configured so that it is possible to win the special pattern 1 winning hole corresponding to the first special symbol, but it is configured so that it is difficult to win the special pattern 2 winning hole corresponding to the second special symbol. A "normal gaming state" is provided.

In addition, the probability of winning the special symbol and the normal symbol increases from the "normal gaming state", making it easier for the special symbol to hit the jackpot, and driving the regular electric prize based on the winning (winning) of the regular symbol. A "probability fluctuation state" is provided so that it is easy to win a prize in the special figure 2 winning hole corresponding to the 2 special symbols.

Furthermore, only the winning probability of the normal symbol increases from the "normal gaming state", and the winning probability of the special symbol is the same as in the "normal gaming state", and by driving the normal electric role based on the winning (hit) of the normal symbol. A so-called "time reduction state" is provided which is configured to make it easier to win the special figure 2 winning hole corresponding to the second special symbol. There have been many pachinko machines that are configured to be able to generate these gaming states. Then, a difference is provided between the gaming value obtained in the first lottery game with the first special symbol and the gaming value obtained in the second lottery game with the second special symbol (for example, the second lottery game is more It is easy to win a jackpot, etc.), thereby providing variations to the game and increasing the interest of the game.

Such pachinko machines are configured in such a way that it is possible (or easy to do so) to win in the special drawing 1 winning slot in the "normal gaming state", and it is possible (or easy) to win in the special drawing 2 winning slot in the "probability fluctuation state" or "time reduction state". The winning openings that are easy to win (can be) won depending on the gaming state are fixed. Furthermore, even if a difference is established between the gaming value obtained in the first lottery game with the first special symbol and the gaming value obtained in the second lottery game with the second special symbol, the winning amount is fixed for each gaming state. The game becomes a game where you put a ball in your mouth and see if you hit the jackpot or not, and there is a risk that the game will become monotonous.

Therefore, in recent pachinko machines, balls are placed alternately into the special pattern 1 winning hole where you can get the first lottery game with the first special symbol and the special pattern 2 winning hole where you can get the second lottery game with the second special symbol. A conventional alternating sorting unit with a function to win prizes is used. Specifically, a sorting device, a special drawing 1 winning hole, and a special drawing 2 winning hole are provided in the conventional alternating sorting unit, and the ball that enters the conventional alternating sorting unit is passed through the sorting device to a special drawing. There is a pachinko machine that is configured so that winnings are alternately entered into the winning hole in FIG. 1 and the winning hole in the special figure 2 winning hole, so that starting conditions for a plurality of special symbols can be satisfied in one game state.

In a pachinko machine that employs this conventional alternating sorting unit, when a ball enters the conventional alternating sorting unit in a predetermined game state (for example, "normal game state"), the first special symbol is Since the first lottery game and the second lottery game with the second special symbol are awarded alternately, a plurality of special symbol lottery games are obtained in the game state, and different lottery games are alternately executed in one game state. It has a gameplay feature that increases the interest of the game.

In addition, in a pachinko machine equipped with this conventional alternating distribution unit, if you want to achieve a gaming state of "probability fluctuation state" or "time reduction state" in which it is easy to win a prize in one of the winning slots, it is necessary to In addition to installing a regular symbol gate in the conventional alternating sorting unit, we also install a regular electric prize near the special figure 2 winning hole (for example, on the right side of the special figure 2 winning hole) of the conventional alternating sorting unit, or separately install a special figure 2 winning hole with a regular electric prize. has been established. Then, in the above-mentioned "probability fluctuation state" or "time reduction state", if the player hits right and the ball passes through the normal symbol gate, the winning probability of the normal symbol increases, so While the ball is configured to be easily driven, by driving the normal electric combination, a state is realized in which it is easy for the ball to win only in the special figure 2 winning hole.

That is, in the above-mentioned pachinko machine using the conventional alternating distribution unit, in the "normal game state", the player is made to hit the ball left-handed, and the ball hit to the left enters the conventional alternating distribution unit. It is configured so that winnings can be won alternately in the special drawing 1 winning hole and the special drawing 2 winning hole. In the "probability variation state", the player is made to hit the ball to the right, and the ball hit to the right is configured to easily pass through the normal symbol gate provided on the right side of the game area. Then, by winning in the variable display of the normal symbol that is executed due to passing through the normal symbol gate, the ordinary electric symbol provided near the special symbol 2 winning opening is driven, and the ordinary electric symbol is driven. The structure is such that it is easy for the ball to enter the middle and special map 2 winning slots. Further, in the "time reduction state", as in the "probability variation state", the player is made to hit the ball to the right, and the ball is configured to easily enter the special drawing 2 winning slot.

On the other hand, in the pachinko machine equipped with the above-mentioned conventional alternating distribution unit, in the multiple game states of "probability fluctuation state" and "time reduction state", it is easy to win only in the special drawing 2 winning slot, Since the winning openings that are easy to win in a plurality of gaming states are fixed, there is a risk that the gaming becomes monotonous.

Furthermore, in the above-mentioned pachinko machine equipped with the conventional alternating distribution unit, a difference is provided in the game value obtained between the first lottery game with the first special symbol and the second lottery game with the second special symbol (for example, (e.g., it is easier to win the "15R fixed strange jackpot" in the second lottery game), in the "normal game state" which is the most disadvantageous for the player, the balls alternately enter the special drawing 1 winning hole and the special drawing 2 winning hole. Winning a prize results in an uneven gaming state in which there is a difference in the gaming value obtained even though the player is in a disadvantageous gaming state. If a jackpot occurs based on winning in the special drawing 1 winning slot, where the gaming value obtained in the "normal gaming state" is low, the player will receive a jackpot based on winning in the special drawing 2 winning slot. There is a risk that the player may feel a sense of loss due to not being able to win the game, and lose interest in playing games even though he or she has won the jackpot.

Therefore, in a pachinko machine equipped with a conventional alternating distribution unit, a difference in gaming value is set between the first lottery game with the first special symbol and the second lottery game with the second special symbol in the "normal game state". First, when the gaming state changes, that is, when the second lottery game with the second special symbol is obtained in the "probability fluctuation state" or "time reduction state", the obtained gaming value is changed from the "normal gaming state". The game is structured so that the game changes, and the game specifications are such that the player does not lose interest in the game, while variations in the game are provided.

As a result, in a pachinko machine equipped with this conventional alternating distribution unit, if the gaming value obtained for each winning hole does not change in the "normal gaming state", the conventional alternating distribution unit can win 2 special drawings. There is a possibility that the necessity of providing an opening will be diminished, and the significance of employing the conventional alternating distribution unit may be lost.

Here, in order to clearly differentiate the winning openings that can be won for each gaming state, multiple non-electric accessories (for example, accessories other than electric accessories that are driven by electrical power) are used. There is a pachinko machine that allows different winning openings to be won depending on the game state.

Specifically, a predetermined regular symbol gate, a regular electric prize that can be driven when a ball passes through the regular symbol gate, and a plurality of non-electric prizes each having a special symbol prize opening, A plurality of actuating members are provided, each of which operates a corresponding non-electric accessory by the weight of the ball passing through the electric accessory. Then, the operating member through which the ball can pass is changed by changing the opening mode of the normal electric winning combination (for example, short opening or long opening) depending on the gaming state, and the opening mode is changed according to the gaming state. There is a pachinko machine that is configured to change the winning openings of special symbols that can win depending on the game state by using different non-electric accessories (see, for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2014-100432).

In such a pachinko machine, for example, there is a special symbol 1 first prize opening for the first special symbol in which a ball can win when hitting left-handed in the "normal gaming state", and a "first probability variation state (latent probability variation state)". A first non-electric accessory with a built-in special pattern 1 second prize opening for the first special symbol that allows the ball to win when the ball is hit right-handed in the "state)" and right-handed hit in the "second probability fluctuation state" A second non-electric accessory is provided in which a special figure 2 winning hole for a second special symbol in which a ball can sometimes be won is built-in. In addition, in the "normal game state", the winning probability of normal symbols is set low, while in the "first probability variation state (latent probability variation state)" and "second probability variation state", the winning probability of normal symbols is set high. Set. Then, when hitting right, a first activation corresponding to the first non-electric accessory is placed inside the ordinary electric role which becomes activated by winning the variable display of the ordinary symbol based on the passage of the ball to the ordinary symbol gate. and a second actuating member corresponding to the second non-electric accessory. In addition, the opening pattern of the normal electric role changes depending on the game state (for example, in the "first probability fluctuation state" it is driven with a short opening, and in the "second probability fluctuation state" it is driven with a long opening). An operating lever is provided to This actuating lever is configured to guide the ball flowing into the normal electric role to the first actuating member when the opening pattern of the normal electric role is a short release, and also when the normal electric role is a long release pattern. In the case of a pattern, the ball is normally configured to guide the ball that has flowed into the conductor to the second actuating member. By configuring this way, in the "normal gaming state", it is possible to win only in the special drawing 1 first prize opening, and in the "first probability fluctuation state", it is possible to win only in the special drawing 1 second prize opening. It is configured so that it is easy to win, and it is configured so that it is easy to win only in the special drawing 2 winning hole in the "second probability fluctuation state".

However, pachinko machines that use the above-mentioned non-electric accessories are configured to change the winning openings for each game state by utilizing the non-electric accessories, but they are generally not familiar to players. Since the gameplay is constructed using thin non-electric accessories, it is difficult for players to understand the game specifications. As a result, players will avoid playing games on pachinko machines whose game specifications are difficult to understand, and there is a risk that the performance of the pachinko machines will not increase.

In addition, in the above-mentioned pachinko machine equipped with a non-electric accessory, an operating member is provided inside the ordinary electric accessory, and a special mechanism that mechanically interlocks the operating member and the non-electric accessory is used to enter the winning hole. It is configured to change the aspect. For this reason, the number of parts used in the pachinko machine increases due to the special mechanism that mechanically interlocks the operating member and the non-electric accessory, which may increase the manufacturing cost.

Furthermore, in the pachinko machine equipped with the above-mentioned non-electric accessory, in the plurality of game states of "normal game state" and "first probability fluctuation state", the special symbol 1 for the first special symbol is entered into the first prize hole. It is in a state where it is possible to win a prize, or in a state where it is easy to win only in the special drawing 1 second prize opening. Therefore, since the configuration is such that only the lottery opportunity of the first special symbol can be obtained in a plurality of game states, there is a risk that the game will become monotonous if the lottery opportunity obtained is the same special symbol.

In addition, in a pachinko machine equipped with the above-mentioned non-electric accessories, in order to obtain a lottery opportunity for a special symbol, a ball is first placed into the ball slot of a normal symbol to win the normal symbol, and then the normal symbol is With the release of the electric accessory based on the winning, by placing a ball in the electric accessory and placing the ball (winning) into the operating member provided in the electric accessory, you can finally win the prize corresponding to the special symbol. It is configured such that the lottery opportunity for the special symbol cannot be obtained unless the ball enters the mouth and the player goes through the plurality of steps described above. Therefore, if the device at any stage (for example, the operating member) breaks down, there is a possibility that it will not be possible to obtain a chance to draw a special symbol.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, two special symbols (a first special symbol and a second special symbol) that are frequently adopted in general pachinko machines and one normal symbol are used, and further, By arranging the normal electric prize unit 79 having the retractable ordinary electric prize 79a so as to be organically linked to the conventionally existing alternating distribution unit 71, it is possible to win prizes in three gaming states. Easy) The winning holes 77 and 78 are configured to have different patterns.

In the first embodiment, the time for the ball to flow down each path 74, 75, the time for the ball to reach the protruding plate 79b, the time for rolling on the upper surface of the protruding plate 79b, or the driving time for the protruding plate 79b (protruding time) is merely an example, and it is naturally possible to set each of the above-mentioned times in any manner in order to realize the gameplay in the first embodiment. The effect is equivalent to the expected effect.

Here, with reference to FIGS. 6 to 11, the game performance in each game state, that is, the behavior of the ball based on the shooting mode of the ball and the behavior of the appearance board 79b accompanying it will be explained. First, the gameplay in the "normal gaming state" will be explained with reference to FIGS. 6 and 7.

FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball entering from the distribution ball entry port 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the behavior of the appearance plate 79b when hitting left in the "normal game state". be. FIG. 6(a) shows the behavior of a ball when the ball enters the alternate distribution unit 71 and is distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73 when the ball is hit to the left in the "normal game state". . Further, FIG. 6(b) shows the behavior of the ball when the ball that enters the alternate distribution unit 71 is distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 when hitting left in the "normal game state". ing.

Further, FIG. 7(a) shows the falling timing of the ball distributed to the right path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the appearance and reappearance plate 79b when hitting left in the "normal game state". FIG. 7(b) is a timing chart showing the projection time, and FIG. 7(b) shows the timing chart of the ball flowing into the normal electric unit 79 (passing the right side normal symbol gate 76b) when hitting right in the "normal game state". It is a timing chart showing the falling timing, the variable display of normal symbols, and the protrusion time of the appearing and retracting board 79b.

First, as shown in FIG. 6(a), the ball distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73 in the "normal game state" is transferred to the left path 74 "2 seconds" after being distributed by the distribution device 73. It flows out from the left side exit and enters the special drawing 1 first prize opening 77a located below the left side exit.

On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 6(b), the balls distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 in the "normal game state" are first distributed "0.1 seconds" after being distributed by the distribution device 73. It passes through the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a and flows out from the right exit of the right path 75 "1.9 seconds" after passing through the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 7(a), if the ball is distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73, it will flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 "2 seconds" after the timing of the distribution. It is composed of In addition, "0.1 seconds" after the ball is distributed to the right path 75, the ball passes through the unit normal symbol gate 76a buried in the right path 75, and the normal symbol is generated by passing through the unit normal symbol gate 76a. A lottery opportunity is obtained, and the variable display of the normal symbol is started on the condition that there are no reserved balls of the normal symbol.

The variable display in the "normal gaming state" is performed for "3 seconds". Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is longer than the time required from the timing when the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit until it flows out from the right exit of the right path 75, the variable display result is derived. The player passes through the placement position of the appearance board 79b and enters the special drawing 1 second prize opening 77b as it is.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 7(b), when a ball is hit to the right in the "normal game state", the ball that passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b returns to the right end position of the appearance board 79b after "1 second". reach. In addition, since the variable display time of the normal symbols in the "normal game state" is "3 seconds", the normal symbols appear before the variable display based on passing through the right side normal symbol gate 76b ends, that is, based on the variable display. Before the plate 79b is in the protruding state, it flows out to the downstream side of the normal electric unit 79 (downward side of the game board 13).

In addition, even if the balls enter the ball continuously, it is difficult for the normal symbols to hit in the "normal game state", and the time it takes for the appearing board 79b to maintain the protruding state after a winning occurs is "2". seconds" (see FIG. 15(c)), and the time required to roll the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b from the right end to the left end is 2.5 seconds.

As a result, while the appearing board 79b maintains the protruding state, it rolls on the upper surface of the appearing board 79b without rolling to the special drawing 2 winning opening 78 (special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b) side. When the protruding/retracting plate 79b is displaced to the retracted state while the retractable plate 79b is being moved, it flows down to the downstream side of the normal power unit 79. Furthermore, when the right side normal symbol gate 76b detects passage of a ball in the "normal game state", it is configured to sound an alarm. As a result, the player can be made to play a left-handed game without having to play a right-handed game in the "normal gaming state."

In this way, in the "normal game state", the ball that enters the alternate distribution unit 71 in a left-handed game is either the special chart 1 first winning hole 77a or the special chart 1 second winning hole 77b. Since the winnings can be won alternately, the game is configured such that the first lottery game with the first special symbol can be executed. In addition, when an event occurs in which three or more balls enter the alternate distribution unit 71 in succession, the end timing of the variable display time of the normal symbol and the ball flowing out from the right exit of the right path 75 are determined. Since the outflow timing is changed, the above-mentioned gameplay is disrupted. However, since the ball entry opening 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 is not equipped with a winning assist function like the appearance board 79b, this situation itself is a rare case, and the continuous The present invention will be explained without considering the entry of the ball.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 8 and 9, the gameplay in the "latency probability variation state" will be explained.

FIG. 8 shows the behavior of a ball entering from the distribution ball entry port 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71, the behavior of the appearance plate 79b, and the top surface of the appearance plate 79b when hitting to the left in the “latency probability variation state”. FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram for explaining the behavior of a rolling ball. FIG. 8A shows the behavior of a ball that enters the alternate distribution unit 71 and is distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73 when the ball is hit to the left in the "latency probability variation state". Further, FIG. 8(b) shows the behavior of a ball that enters the alternate distribution unit 71 and is distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 when the ball is hit to the left in the "latency probability variation state". There is.

Further, FIG. 9(a) shows the falling timing of the ball distributed to the right path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the appearance board 79b when hitting left in the "latency probability variation state". FIG. 9(b) is a timing chart showing the protrusion time of the symbol, and FIG. 9(b) shows the flow into the normal electric role unit 79 (passed through the right side normal symbol gate 76b) when hitting right in the "latency probability variation state". It is a timing chart showing the falling timing of the ball, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the appearing board 79b.

First, as shown in FIG. 8(a), the balls that are distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73 in the "latency probability variation state" are not distributed by the distribution device 73 as in the "normal game state". Two seconds later, the ticket flows out from the left exit of the left path 74 and enters the special drawing 1 first prize opening 77a located below the left exit.

On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 8(b), the ball that is sorted to the right path 75 by the sorting device 73 in the "latency probability variation state" is first distributed by the sorting device 73 to the "0.1 second" It then passes through the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a, and flows out from the right exit of the right path 75 "1.9 seconds" after passing through the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 9(a), if the ball is distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73, it will flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 "2 seconds" after the timing of the distribution. It is composed of In addition, "0.1 seconds" after the ball is distributed to the right path 75, the ball passes through the unit normal symbol gate 76a buried in the right path 75, and the normal symbol is generated by passing through the unit normal symbol gate 76a. A lottery opportunity is obtained, and variable display of normal symbols is started.

The variable display in the "latency probability variation state" is performed for "0.5 seconds". Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time required from when the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit until it flows out from the right exit of the right path 75, the ball appears and disappears from the plate 79b. At the timing when the position is reached, the result of the variable display is derived.

In addition, in the "latency probability variation state", the winning probability of the normal symbol is configured to be easier to win than in the "normal game state". Furthermore, the protrusion time of the appearance board 79b in the "latency probability variable state" is "2 seconds", which is the same as in the "normal game state", but the total time from when the variable display starts until the appearance board 79b protrudes and disappears. The time is "2.5 seconds".

Therefore, after the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a within the unit until it reaches the position where the retractable board 79b is placed, the retractable board 79b is likely to be in a protruding state and maintain that state. As a result, the ball that has reached the placement position of the protruding plate 79b collides with the left side portion of the protruding plate 79b, rolls from that position on the upper surface of the protruding plate 79b toward the left end, and enters the special drawing 2 prize opening. You will be guided to the 78 side.

In addition, as shown in FIG. 9(b), when a ball is hit to the right in the "latency probability variation state", the ball that has passed through the right side normal symbol gate 76b will reach the right end of the appearance board 79b after "1 second". reach the position. Further, the variable display time of the normal symbol in the "latency probability variation state" is "0.5 seconds". Furthermore, the winning probability of normal symbols in the "latent probability varying state" is set higher than in the "normal gaming state".

As a result, the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time from passing through the right side normal symbol gate 76b until reaching the right end position of the appearance board 79b, and the winning probability of the normal symbol is also high. When the ball that has passed through the gate 76b reaches the right end of the protruding plate 79b, there is a high possibility that the protruding plate 79b is in a protruding state.

However, while the time it takes for the protruding plate 79b to maintain its protruding state after a hit is "2 seconds", the time required for rolling the upper surface of the protruding plate 79b from the right end to the left end is "2.5 seconds". ”. As a result, the ball that rolled from the right end to the left end of the appearing board 79b is transferred to the special map 2 winning opening 78 (special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b) while the appearing board 79b maintains the protruding state. When the retractable plate 79b is displaced to the retracted state without rolling to the side, it flows down from the rolling position to the downstream side of the normal electric unit 79 (downward side of the game board 13).

In addition, when the right side normal symbol gate 76b detects passage of a ball in the "latent probability variation state", it is configured to sound an alarm similarly to the "normal game state". As a result, the player can be made to play a left-handed game without having to play a right-handed game in the "latency probability variation state."

In this way, in the "latency probability variation state", the ball that enters the alternate distribution unit 71 in a left-handed game is placed in either the special chart 1 first prize opening 77a or the special diagram 2 winning hole 78. In order to win prizes alternately, a first lottery game with a first special symbol and a second lottery game with a second special symbol are alternately executed.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 10 and 11, the gameplay in the "probability fluctuation state" will be explained. FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram for explaining the behavior of the protruding plate 79b and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the protruding plate 79b when the ball is hit right in the "probability fluctuation state".

Furthermore, FIG. 11(a) shows the falling timing of the ball distributed to the right path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the appearance plate 79b when hitting left in the "probability fluctuation state". FIG. 11(b) is a timing chart showing the projection time, and FIG. 11(b) shows the timing of the ball flowing into the normal electric unit 79 (passing the right normal symbol gate 76b) when hitting right in the "probability fluctuation state". It is a timing chart showing the falling timing, the variable display of normal symbols, and the protrusion time of the appearing and retracting board 79b.

First, as shown in FIG. 10, the ball that passes through the right normal symbol gate 76b and flows into the normal electric unit 79 in the "probability fluctuation state" flows down to the downstream side and passes through the right normal symbol gate 76b. One second after passing, it reaches the right end position of the retractable plate 79b.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 11(b), when the ball passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b, an opportunity to draw a normal symbol is obtained, and variable display of the normal symbol is started. The variable display in the "probability fluctuation state" is performed for "0.5 seconds." The ball that has passed through the right side normal symbol gate 76b is configured to reach the right end position of the appearance board 79b "1 second" after the timing of passing through the right side normal symbol gate 76b. Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time from when the ball passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b to the right end of the appearance board 79b, the ball is at the right end of the appearance board 79b. At the timing reached, the result of the variable display has been derived.

In addition, in the "probability fluctuation state", the winning probability of the normal symbol is configured to be easier to win than in the "normal gaming state". Furthermore, the protrusion time of the appearance board 79b in the "probability fluctuation state" is "5 seconds", and the total time from the start of the variable display until the appearance board 79b projects and sinks is "5.5 seconds". ing.

Therefore, from when the ball passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b until it reaches the right end position of the protruding plate 79b, it is highly likely that the protruding plate 79b becomes in a protruding state and maintains that state. As a result, the ball that reached the position of the right end of the appearing board 79b collides with the right end of the appearing board 79b, and from that position rolls on the upper surface of the appearing board 79b toward the left end, toward the special figure 2 prize opening 78 side. You will begin to be guided.

Furthermore, the time required for the ball to roll from the right end to the left end of the appearance board 79b is "2.5 seconds," but as described above, from the start of the variable display in the "probability fluctuation state" to the appearance board 79b. Since the time it takes for 79b to protrude and sink is "5.5 seconds," the ball that has passed through the right side normal symbol gate 76b will hit the upper surface of the intrusion plate 79b while the intrusion plate 79b maintains the protrusion state. The player rolls all the way from the right end to the left end and is guided to the special drawing 2 winning slot 78 side.

In addition, a plurality of balls that have continuously flowed into the normal electric unit 79 from the ball that triggered the execution of the variable display of the normal symbols are kept in the special figure 2 prize opening while the appearance board 79b maintains the protruding state. The player is guided to the 78 side and is configured to be able to win into the special drawing 2 winning hole 78. Specifically, in the first embodiment, if the ball launch interval is "0.6 seconds" and the ball always passes through the right normal symbol gate 76b at each interval, three balls will be additionally fired. You will be guided to the special drawing 2 prize opening 78 side. That is, in the first embodiment, when the appearance board 79b is in the protruding state once, it is configured so that the lottery opportunity for the second lottery game of the second special symbol can be obtained four times. Therefore, by executing the right-handed game in the "probability fluctuation state", it is easier to obtain multiple lottery opportunities for the second lottery game with the second special symbol, and a predetermined prize ball (i.e., 2 balls/1 prize). This allows the player to play the game without significantly damaging the balls he or she owns.

As shown in FIG. 11(a), when the ball is hit to the left in the "probability variation state", the ball is distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73, as in the "latent probability variation state". In this case, the liquid is configured to flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 "2 seconds" after the distributed timing. In addition, "0.1 seconds" after the ball is distributed to the right path 75, the ball passes through the unit normal symbol gate 76a buried in the right path 75, and the normal symbol is generated by passing through the unit normal symbol gate 76a. A lottery opportunity is obtained, and variable display of normal symbols is started.

The variable display in the "probability fluctuation state" is performed for "0.5 seconds." Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time required from when the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit until it flows out from the right exit of the right path 75, the ball appears and disappears from the plate 79b. At the timing when the position is reached, the result of the variable display is derived.

In addition, in the "probability fluctuation state", the winning probability of the normal symbol is configured to be easier to win than in the "normal gaming state". Further, the protrusion time of the appearance board 79b in the "probability fluctuation state" is longer than in the "normal game state" by "5 seconds". Therefore, the total time from the start of the variable display until the protruding and retracting plate 79b protrudes and retracts is "5.5 seconds".

Therefore, after the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a within the unit until it reaches the position where the retractable board 79b is placed, the retractable board 79b is likely to be in a protruding state and maintain that state. As a result, the ball that reached the placement position of the appearing board 79b collides with the left side of the appearing board 79b, rolls from that position on the top surface of the appearing board 79b toward the left end, and moves toward the special map 2 winning slot 78 side. I was guided.

Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state", balls that enter the alternate distribution unit 71 in a left-handed game alternately enter the special chart 1 first winning hole 77a and the special chart 2 winning hole 78, while The ball that enters the normal electric unit 79 from the right side normal symbol gate 76b in a right-handed game is configured to easily enter the special figure 2 winning hole 78. Further, the "probability fluctuation state" is configured such that an alarm sound is not output even if the ball passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b, and a right-handed game is possible. Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state", a game in which the second lottery game with the second special symbol, which is advantageous to the player, is more likely to be performed is performed by continuously playing a right-handed game than by playing a left-handed game. It is composed of

As described above, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, in a left-handed game, the first winning hole 77a of the special drawing 1 or the second winning hole 77b of the special drawing 1 in the "normal game state" is The first lottery game with the first special symbol and the special symbol 2 winning hole 78 are played based on winnings in the special symbol 1 first prize opening 77a in the "latent probability fluctuation state". A game based on a second lottery game with a second special symbol based on winnings can be performed. In addition, in a right-handed game, it is possible to perform a game using a second lottery game with a second special symbol based on winnings in the special symbol 2 winning hole 78 in the "probability fluctuation state". Therefore, by varying the variations of the winning holes 77 and 78 that can win prizes in each of the three game states, it is possible to provide variations to the game and improve the interest of the game.

In addition, instead of changing the winning probability of the normal symbols from the "normal gaming state" as in the "latent probability variable state" or "probability variable state", the appearance type normal electronic character changes depending on the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10. It is also possible to change the length of time that the protruding plate 79b of the retractable electric function 79a protrudes or the number of times that the protruding plate 79b of the retractable normal electric function 79a protrudes in one hit. Specifically, in the "latency probability variation state" or "probability variation state", the time during which the appearance plate 79b of the appearance type normal electric role 79a protrudes is made longer than in the "normal game state", or The number of times that the appearance board 79b of the appearance-type normal electric combination 79a projects may be increased more than in the "normal game state". In addition, in the "latent probability variation state" or "probability variation state", the probability of hitting the normal symbol increases, the protruding time of the appearing plate 79b of the retractable regular electric character 79a becomes longer, and the retractable ordinary electric character 79a At least two of the steps of increasing the number of protrusions of the protruding and retracting plate 79b may be performed at the same time.

Returning to FIG. 3, the explanation will be continued. A plurality of general winning holes 63 are arranged in the gaming area, from which 5 to 15 balls are paid out as prize balls when the balls win. Further, as described above, the variable display device unit 80 is arranged from the central portion to the right side area of the gaming area. The variable display device unit 80 displays the third symbol in synchronization with the dynamic display on the special symbol display device 37, triggered by the ball entering the special symbol 1 winning hole 77 or the special symbol 2 winning hole 78 (starting winning). A third symbol display device 81 composed of a liquid crystal display (hereinafter simply referred to as a "display device") that performs a variable display, and a normal symbol that is triggered by the passage of a ball through the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a or the right normal symbol gate 76b. A normal symbol display device 83 composed of an LED that variably displays the symbol is provided. Further, a center frame 86 is disposed in the variable display device unit 80 so as to surround the outer periphery of the third symbol display device 81.

The third symbol display device 81 is composed of a large 17-inch liquid crystal display, and the display contents are controlled by a display control device 114 (see FIG. 13), which will be described later. Three symbol rows Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 12) are displayed.

Each symbol row Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 12) is composed of a plurality of symbols, and these symbols are vertically scrolled for each symbol row Z1 to Z3 to display the third symbol on the display screen of the third symbol display device 81. It is displayed variably. The third symbol display device 81 of the first embodiment is commonly used in the first lottery game with the first special symbol and the second lottery game with the second special symbol, and is used for control of the main controller 110. While the accompanying game state is displayed on the special symbol display device 37, a decorative display corresponding to the display on the special symbol display device 37 is performed using the third symbol on the third symbol display device 81. It is something. Note that instead of the display device, the third symbol display device 81 may be configured using reels or the like, for example.

Here, with reference to FIG. 12, the display contents of the third symbol display device 81 will be explained. FIG. 12 is a diagram for explaining the display screen of the third symbol display device 81, and FIG. 12(a) is a diagram schematically showing area division settings and effective line settings of the display screen, FIG. 12(b) is a diagram illustrating an actual display screen.

The third symbol is composed of ten types of main symbols numbered from "0" to "9". Each main symbol is composed of numbers from "0" to "9" attached to the rear symbol consisting of a wooden box, among which odd numbers ("1", "3", "5", "7", The main design with the number "9" is a large number added almost completely to the front of the wooden box. On the other hand, the main designs with even numbers ("0", "2", "4", "6", "8") have characters such as a plane, a furoshiki, and a helmet almost completely on the front of the wooden box. A simulated attached symbol is added to the lower right side of the attached symbol so that even numbers are small and green and are displayed on the front side of the attached symbol.

In addition, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, when the lottery result of any special symbol by the main controller 110 (see FIG. 13), which will be described later, is a jackpot, a variable effect in which the same main symbols are aligned is created. The system is structured so that a jackpot occurs after the fluctuating effects are completed. If the jackpot transitions to the "probability variable state (probability variable state)" after the jackpot ends and a maximum of 15 rounds of jackpots are awarded, a variable effect in which the main symbols with odd numbers (equivalent to "probability variable symbols") are aligned will be performed. be exposed. On the other hand, when shifting to the "latent probability variable state" after the end of the jackpot, a variable effect is performed in which main symbols to which even numbers are added (corresponding to "latent probability variable symbols") are aligned.

As shown in FIG. 12(a), the display screen of the third symbol display device 81 is roughly divided into three parts in the vertical direction, and the lower two-thirds is reserved as the main display area Dm where the third symbol is displayed in a variable manner. It consists of a cockpit display area Db that displays the number of pitches, etc., and the other upper one-third is a sub-display area Ds that displays preview effects, characters, etc.

The main display area Dm is divided into three display areas Dm1 to Dm3: left, middle, and right, and the left symbol row Z1 is displayed in the display region Dm1, the middle symbol row Z2 is displayed in the display region Dm2, A right symbol row Z3 is displayed in the display area Dm3.

In each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3, the third symbols described above are displayed in a prescribed order. That is, in each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3, the main symbols are arranged in ascending (or descending) numerical order, and a variable effect is performed by periodically scrolling from top to bottom for each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3. Note that the arrangement of numbers may be configured to be different in each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3. For example, in the left symbol row Z1, the main symbol numbers may be arranged in descending order, while in the middle symbol row Z2 and right symbol row Z3, the main symbol numbers may be arranged in ascending order.

Further, in the main display area Dm, third symbols are displayed in three rows of upper, middle, and lower rows for each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3. The middle part of this main display area Dm is set as the effective line L1, and in each variable production, the third symbol is placed on the effective line L1 in the order of left symbol row Z1 → right symbol row Z3 → middle symbol row Z2. Stop display. If the combination of jackpot symbols (combination of the same main symbols, hereinafter referred to as "jackpot display") is aligned on the active line L1 when the third symbol is stopped, a jackpot video will be displayed as a jackpot.

On the other hand, while the third symbol display device 81 (special symbol display device 37) is performing a variable performance (dynamic display) of the third symbol corresponding to the first special symbol or the second special symbol, the ball is specially When a ball enters the winning hole 77 in FIG. 1, the number of times the ball enters (the number of balls held) is held up to a maximum of four times. The number of reserved balls is shown by the special symbol display device 37, and the special symbol 1 first to fourth reserved symbol display areas Db1a to Db1d in the first reserved symbol display area Db1 corresponding to the first special symbol in the cockpit display area Db. It is also shown when The special figure 1 1st to 4th reserved symbol display areas Db1a to Db1d display one reserved symbol (in the normal display mode, an "○" symbol ( White circle symbols)) are displayed respectively, and the number of reserved balls is displayed according to the number of reserved symbols displayed in the first to fourth reserved symbol display areas Db1a to Db1d of special figure 1.

That is, in the special figure 1 first to fourth reserved symbol display areas Db1a to Db1d, if one reserved symbol is displayed in the special figure 1 first reserved symbol display area Db1a, the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol is is one time, and if a total of two reserved symbols are displayed, one each in the special figure 1 first and second reserved symbol display areas Db1a and Db1b, the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol is twice, and if a total of 3 reserved symbols are displayed, one each in the special figure 1 1st to 3rd reserved symbol display areas Db1a to Db1c, the number of reserved balls of the 1st special symbol is 3 times, and if a total of 4 reserved symbols are displayed, one each in the special figure 1 1st to 4th reserved symbol display areas Db1a to Db1d, the number of reserved balls of the 1st special symbol is 4 times. In addition, if no pending symbols are displayed in the special figure 1 1st to 4th pending symbol display areas Db1a to Db1d, the number of reserved balls of the 1st special symbol is 0 and there is a variable performance that is being held. Show that you do not.

Also, while the third symbol display device 81 (special symbol display device 37) is performing a variable performance (dynamic display) of the third symbol corresponding to the first special symbol or the second special symbol, the ball is specially When a ball enters the prize opening 78 in FIG. 2, the number of times the ball enters (the number of balls held) is held up to a maximum of four times. The number of reserved balls is shown by the special symbol display device 37, and the special symbol 2 first to fourth reserved symbol display areas Db2a to Db2d of the second reserved symbol display area Db2 corresponding to the second special symbol of the cockpit display area Db It is also shown when In the special figure 2 first to fourth reserved symbol display areas Db2a to Db2d, one reserved symbol (in the normal display mode, an "○" symbol ( White circle symbols)) are displayed respectively, and the number of reserved balls is displayed according to the number of reserved symbols displayed in the special figure 2 first to fourth reserved symbol display areas Db2a to Db2d.

That is, in the special figure 2 first to fourth reserved symbol display areas Db2a to Db2d, if one reserved symbol is displayed in the special figure 2 first reserved symbol display area Db2a, the number of reserved balls of the second special symbol is one time, and if a total of two reserved symbols are displayed, one each in the special figure 2 first and second reserved symbol display areas Db2a and Db2b, the number of reserved balls of the second special symbol is twice, and if a total of three reserved symbols are displayed, one each in the special figure 2 first to third reserved symbol display areas Db2a to Db2c, the number of reserved balls of the second special symbol is 3 times, and if a total of 4 reserved symbols are displayed, one each in the special figure 2 1st to 4th reserved symbol display areas Db2a to Db2d, the number of reserved balls of the 2nd special symbol is 4 times. In addition, if no pending symbols are displayed in the special figure 2 1st to 4th pending symbol display areas Db2a to Db2d, the number of reserved balls of the 2nd special symbol is 0 and there is a pending variable effect. Show that you do not.

In addition, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the first lottery game with the first special symbol and the second lottery game with the second special symbol are not executed at the same time, but only one of the lottery games is executed. It is composed of In addition, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, when any of the lottery games in progress is finished, if the reserved balls of the first special symbol and the reserved balls of the second special symbol are respectively stored, is configured to execute the second lottery game with the second special symbol preferentially over the first lottery game with the first special symbol (so-called special symbol 2 priority variation). Note that the lottery games may be executed in the order of winning, or the first lottery game with the first special symbol and the second lottery game with the second special symbol may be executed simultaneously.

In the center of the cockpit display area Db, there is provided an execution symbol display area Db0 in which an execution symbol indicating that a variable performance is being executed in the main display area Dm is displayed. This executed symbol display area Db0 is provided in the central part of the cockpit display area Db, that is, on the right side of the special figure 1 first reserved symbol display area Db1a and on the left side of the special figure 2 first reserved symbol display area Db2a, It is configured so that an executed symbol larger than each pending symbol displayed in each pending symbol display area Db1a to Db1d, Db2a to Db2d is displayed. In addition, in this execution symbol display area Db0, the reserved symbols displayed in the special figure 1 first reserved symbol display area Db1a or the special figure 2 first reserved symbol display area Db2a are moved (shifted) and displayed as executed symbols. Ru.

The execution symbol displayed in the execution symbol display area Db0 will be erased when the variable performance ends, and with the deletion of the execution symbol, the displayed pending symbol will be moved to the lower side (the right side if it is the first special symbol, the right side if it is the first special symbol, etc.). 2 If it is a special symbol, it will be moved and displayed as a reserved symbol on the left side). Specifically, for example, in a situation where there are no reserved symbols of the second special symbol and four reserved symbols of the first special symbol, the variation performance of the first special symbol or the second special symbol ends. When the executed symbol displayed in the executed symbol display area Db0 is erased, the reserved symbol displayed in the special figure 1 first reserved symbol display area Db1a is moved as the executed symbol in the executed symbol display area Db0. (shift) and displayed. Further, the reserved symbols displayed in the special figure 1 second reserved symbol display area Db1b are moved (shifted) and displayed as reserved symbols in the special figure 1 first reserved symbol display area Db1a. Furthermore, the reserved symbols displayed in the special figure 1 third reserved symbol display area Db1c are moved (shifted) and displayed as reserved symbols in the special figure 1 second reserved symbol display area Db1b. Further, the reserved symbols displayed in the special figure 1 fourth reserved symbol display area Db1d are moved (shifted) and displayed as reserved symbols in the special figure 1 third reserved symbol display area Db1c.

Also, for example, in a situation where there are four reserved symbols of the second special symbol, the executed symbol displayed in the executed symbol display area Db0 is erased with the end of the variable performance of the first special symbol or the second special symbol. When the reserved symbol displayed in the special figure 2 first reserved symbol display area Db2a is moved (shifted) and displayed as an executed symbol in the executed symbol display area Db0. Further, the reserved symbols displayed in the special figure 2 second reserved symbol display area Db2b are moved (shifted) and displayed as reserved symbols in the special figure 2 first reserved symbol display area Db2a. Further, the reserved symbols displayed in the special figure 2 third reserved symbol display area Db2c are moved (shifted) and displayed as reserved symbols in the special figure 2 second reserved symbol display area Db2b. Further, the reserved symbols displayed in the special figure 2 fourth reserved symbol display area Db2d are moved (shifted) and displayed as reserved symbols in the special figure 2 third reserved symbol display area Db2c.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, while the variable performance is executed in the main display area Dm, the executed symbols continue to be displayed in the executed symbol display area Db0 (during the variable element of "Super Reach" or "Special Reach") (excluding variable factors). On the other hand, when the variable performance ends, or when the variable element of "Super Reach" or the variable element of "Special Reach" is being executed, the executed symbols are configured to be deleted. That is, when the executed symbol is displayed in the executed symbol display area Db0, it indicates that the variable performance is being executed (continued) in the main display area Dm, and the executed symbol is displayed in the executed symbol display area Db0. If not, it indicates that the variable effect is not being executed (not being continued) in the main display area Dm, or that the variable element of "Super Reach" or the variable element of "Special Reach" is being executed.

Further, the cockpit display area Db is configured to be able to execute a "reservation change notice" using the reservation symbols and execution symbols displayed in the cockpit display area Db. This "pending change notice" means changing the display color of the pending symbols and executed symbols in multiple stages from before to during the execution of the variable performance to change the jackpot expectation level of the variable performance executed in the main display area Dm. This is a forewarning.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, as a "pending change notice", the display color of the pending symbols and executed symbols is changed from "white" which is the normal display mode, to "blue" which is the blue display mode, to red. The display mode is configured to be changeable to "red" in the display mode or "rainbow color" in the rainbow color display mode. This pachinko machine 10 is configured so that when a "jackpot display" or a "reach display" occurs in a variable performance, the display color selection ratio of the pending symbol and the executed symbol is different. By changing the display color of this pending symbol and executed symbol from the normal display mode (“white”) to another display mode (for example, “blue”), “ It is possible to suggest to the player the possibility that a "reach display" or "jackpot display" will occur for each display color.

Specifically, in the "pending change notice", if the pending symbol and the executed symbol are displayed in "blue" rather than the normal display format ("white"), the changes indicated by the pending symbol and the executed symbol are The percentage of "reach display" and "jackpot display" in the production is set high. In addition, when the pending symbol and executed symbol are displayed in “red” rather than “blue”, the rate of “reach display” or “jackpot display” is higher in the fluctuating effects indicated by the pending symbol and executed symbol. Set. Furthermore, when the pending symbols and executed symbols are displayed in "rainbow color" rather than "red", the percentage of "reach display" or "jackpot display" is higher in the fluctuating effects indicated by the pending symbols and executed symbols. set high.

In addition, when the display mode of the pending symbol and the executed symbol is "red", the mode of performance (mainly (hereinafter, the "Super Reach" performance mode or the "Special Reach" performance mode may be collectively referred to as the "Super Reach or higher" production mode). ) is set to be executed. Furthermore, when the display mode of the pending symbol and the executed symbol is "rainbow color", the setting is made so that the appearance of the "jackpot display" is confirmed in the fluctuating effect indicated by the "rainbow colored" pending symbol or executed symbol. has been done. Therefore, in this embodiment, the display mode of the pending symbols and executed symbols is changed to "reach display" or "jackpot display" in stages in the order of normal ("white") → "blue" → "red" → "rainbow color". is set so that the expectation level of appearance is high.

It should be noted that the "rainbow color" display mode of the "pending change notice" does not appear in the pending symbols, but is set to be able to appear only in the executed symbols. This means that if the pending symbol is not executed due to some abnormality (for example, a power outage) after the "rainbow color" display mode that confirms the occurrence of a jackpot appears with the pending symbol, the player will receive a profit. This results in dissatisfaction due to not being able to get the jackpot that should have been achieved. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the above-mentioned dissatisfaction from occurring by configuring the pending symbols so that the "rainbow color" display mode, which is sure to cause a jackpot, does not appear in advance.

In addition, with this "reservation change notice", when the display mode of the pending symbol has changed and the pending symbol shifts due to the execution (extinguishment) of the variation effect, the display mode of the changed pending symbol will shift. It is configured to be carried over (inherited) and reflected on the previous pending symbol or executed symbol. That is, when the display mode of the pending symbols changes, even when the changed pending symbols are shifted to other pending symbol display areas Db1 to Db3 or executed symbol display area Db0 due to the execution of a variation effect, the display before the shift The mode is configured to be maintained as it is as the display mode of the pending symbol or the executed symbol after the shift.

Therefore, for example, if the display color of the reserved symbol changes to "red" in the special pattern 1 fourth reserved symbol display area Db1d, the reserved symbol changes from the special symbol 1 third reserved symbol display area Db1c to the special symbol 1 second reserved symbol. When shifting from the symbol display area Db1b to the special figure 1 first reserved symbol display area Db1a to the executed symbol display area Db0, the "red" reserved symbol or executed symbol is configured to continue to be displayed. Ru.

In addition, in the first embodiment, the number of suspended balls in the variable performance based on the ball entering the special drawing 1 winning hole 77 or the special drawing 2 winning hole 78 was configured to be held up to a maximum of 4 times, respectively. The maximum number of balls held is not limited to four, but may be set to three or less, or five or more (for example, eight). In addition, instead of displaying the reserved symbols in the cockpit display area Db, the number of reserved balls can be displayed numerically on a part of the third symbol display device 81, or the area divided into four can be displayed in a manner that differs by the number of reserved balls ( For example, it may be displayed in different colors or lighting patterns. Moreover, since the number of reserved balls is shown by the special symbol display device 37, it is not necessary to display the number of reserved balls on the third symbol display device 81. In addition, if information regarding the number of reserved balls (reserved symbols, etc.) is not displayed on the third symbol display device 81, it is not possible to execute a "reserved change notice" based on the reserved symbols, so other character symbols, etc. may be additionally displayed. By making it appear, it may be configured to execute a prefetched notice similar to the "pending change notice."

Further, the variable display unit 80 is provided with four holding lamps indicating the number of held balls, corresponding to the maximum number of held balls of the first special symbol and the second special symbol, and the number of held balls is displayed according to the number of held lamps in the lit state. It may also be used to display a number. In addition, if the configuration is such that the number of balls on hold is displayed using a hold lamp, it is natural that a look-ahead notice similar to the "hold change notice" in the first embodiment can be executed by providing a plurality of display colors for the hold lamp. possible.

The sub-display area Ds is provided in a horizontally elongated manner above the main display area Dm, and is further equally divided into three small areas Ds1 to Ds3 in the left-right direction. The small areas Ds1 to Ds3 are areas for displaying characters and preview effect images, respectively. The images displayed in each of the small areas Ds1 to Ds3 give the player a sense of expectation of winning a jackpot as a result of the variable performance performed in the main display area Dm. The cockpit display area Db is a reserved symbol indicating the number of reserved balls, which is the number of balls (reserved balls) for which fluctuation effects have not been executed among the balls that have entered the special map 1 winning hole 77 or the special map 2 winning hole 78. This is an area that displays the executed symbols related to the variable performance that is being executed.

On the actual display screen, as shown in FIG. 12(b), a total of nine main symbols of the third symbol are displayed in the main display area Dm. In the sub-display area Ds, in the left small area Ds1, a moving image such as a preview symbol appearing is displayed, indicating that the fluctuating performance performed in the main display area Dm is in a state where it is easier to transition to a jackpot than usual. Suggested to the player.

In addition, in the sub-display area Ds, in the central small area Ds2, a predetermined character (a boy wearing a headband in the first embodiment) usually performs a predetermined action, and the variable effect performed in the main display area Dm Based on this, the boy's hair, which is usually black, changes the color of his headband, which is usually white, or a different character appears, etc., to create a preview effect. will be held.

Furthermore, in the sub-display area Ds, a level meter (not shown) appears in the right small area Ds3, which indicates step-by-step whether or not a jackpot will occur in the variable performance performed in the main display area Dm. Is displayed. This level meter increases (adds) each time the expectation of occurrence of "reach display" or the expectation of jackpot in the fluctuating performance increases based on the appearance of preview symbols etc. in the fluctuating performance. It is configured to suggest that a jackpot is confirmed when the display limit (MAX display) of the level meter is reached. Therefore, the sub-display area Ds has a function of indicating the occurrence of "reach display" in the main display area Dm.

Returning to FIG. 3, the explanation will be continued. The normal symbol display device 83 is configured such that the ball is connected to the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a or the right-side normal symbol gate 76b (hereinafter, the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a and the right-side normal symbol gate 76b are collectively referred to as the "normal symbol gate 76"). A variable display is performed in which a "○" symbol and an "x" symbol are alternately lit up as display symbols (normal symbols) each time the vehicle passes through a symbol (in some cases). In the pachinko machine 10, when the variable display on the normal symbol display device 83 stops at a predetermined symbol (in the first embodiment, the "○" symbol), the retractable ordinary electric hand 79a operates for a time corresponding to the gaming state. (the retractable plate 79b is protruded).

The number of reserved balls at the normal symbol gate 76 is reserved up to four times, and the number of reserved balls is displayed by lighting on the regular symbol retaining lamp 84 provided in the center frame 86. Four normal symbol retention lamps 84 are provided, corresponding to the maximum number of symbols reserved, and are arranged above the third symbol display device 81. Then, the number of reservations is displayed based on the number of normal symbol reservation lamps 84 lit.

The variable display of the normal symbols can be performed by switching between lighting and non-lighting of a plurality of lamps in the normal symbol display device 83 as in the first embodiment, as well as by using the special symbol display device 37 or the third symbol display device. 81 may be used for this purpose. Similarly, the normal symbol holding lamp 84 may be lit in a part of the third symbol display device 81. Also, when passing through the normal symbol gate 76, the maximum number of reserved balls is not limited to 4 times, but is 3 times or less, or 5 times, similar to the special pattern 1 winning hole 77 or the special drawing 2 winning hole 78. It may be set to a higher number of times (for example, 8 times). Further, when the number of reserved balls is indicated by the special symbol display device 37, the normal symbol retention lamp 84 may not be lit.

A central variable winning device 65 is disposed below the alternate distribution unit 71 when viewed from the front, and a horizontally long rectangular central large winning opening (large open opening) 65a is provided approximately at the center thereof. Further, a right side variable prize winning device 67 is disposed on the right side of the normal electric unit 79 when viewed from the front, and a right side large winning opening (large opening opening) 67a having a horizontally long rectangular shape is provided approximately in the center thereof.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, when the lottery of the first special symbol or the second special symbol in the main controller 110 (see FIG. 6) becomes a jackpot, after a predetermined time (variable time) has elapsed, the jackpot is won. The occurrence of a jackpot is indicated by lighting up the 7-segment display 37b of the special symbol display device 37 so as to display the stop symbol, and by displaying the stop symbol corresponding to the jackpot on the third symbol display device 81. Thereafter, the game state changes to a special game state (jackpot) in which the ball is likely to win. As this special game state, if a jackpot occurs as a result of the lottery with the first special symbol, the central large prize opening 65a, which is normally closed, will be closed until a predetermined period of time (for example, 30 seconds) has elapsed, or If a jackpot occurs as a result of the lottery with the second special symbol, the right jackpot 67a, which is normally closed, will be opened until a predetermined period of time (for example, 30 seconds has elapsed). (or until 10 balls are won).

The central large winning hole 65a or the right large winning hole 67a is closed after a predetermined time has elapsed, and after the closing, the central large winning hole 65a or the right large winning hole 67a is opened again for a predetermined time. The opening/closing operation of the central large prize opening 65a or the right side large prize opening 67a can be repeated, for example, 15 times (15 rounds) at most. The state in which this opening/closing operation is performed is a form of special gaming state (jackpot state) that is advantageous for the player, and the player is given a larger amount than usual as a reward for gaming value (gaming value). Prize balls will be paid out.

The central variable winning device 65 includes a horizontally long rectangular central opening/closing plate (not shown) that covers the central large winning opening 65a, and a central large winning opening solenoid for driving the central opening/closing plate forward to open and close around the lower side of the central opening/closing plate. (not shown). The central large prize opening 65a is normally in a closed state in which balls cannot enter the prize or it is difficult to enter the prize. In the case of a jackpot based on the first lottery game with the first special symbol, the central large prize opening solenoid is driven to tilt the central opening/closing plate to the lower front side, and the ball fired by left-handed hitting enters the central large prize opening. 65a temporarily forms an open state in which it is easy to win a prize, and operates to alternately repeat the open state and the normal closed state. That is, when a jackpot based on the first lottery game of the first special symbol is won during left-handed play in the "normal game state" or "latency probability variation state", the central jackpot 65a is controlled to open and close. The player is configured to be able to play subsequent games while continuing to play the left-handed game.

The right side variable winning device 67 has the same configuration as the central variable winning device 65, and has a horizontally long rectangular right opening/closing plate (not shown) that covers the right large winning opening 67a, and a right opening/closing plate (not shown) that covers the right opening/closing plate, and the lower side of the right opening/closing plate as an axis. It is equipped with a right-side large prize opening solenoid (not shown) for driving the opening and closing to the front side. The right side big prize opening 67a is normally in a closed state in which a ball cannot enter a prize or it is difficult to enter a prize. In the event of a jackpot based on the second lottery game with the second special symbol, the right side big prize opening solenoid is driven to tilt the right side opening/closing plate forward and downward, and the ball fired with the right hit is sent to the right side big winning hole. 67a temporarily forms an open state in which it is easy to win a prize, and operates to alternately repeat the open state and the normal closed state. That is, if you win a jackpot based on the second lottery game with the second special symbol when you hit right in the "latent probability fluctuation state" or when you hit right in the "probability fluctuation state", this right jackpot 67a will open. Since the opening/closing is controlled and then the game enters the "probability fluctuation state", the player is configured to be able to play subsequent games while continuing to play the right-handed game.

Note that the special game state is not limited to the form described above. A large opening that opens and closes separately from the central large winning opening 65a or the right large winning opening 67a is provided in the gaming area, and when the 7-segment display 37b corresponding to a jackpot is lit on the special symbol display device 37, a central large winning opening is created. The mouth 65a or the right side grand prize opening 67a is opened for a predetermined period of time, and while the central grand prize opening 65a or the right side grand prize opening 67a is open, the ball enters the central grand prize opening 65a or the right side grand prize opening 67a. As a trigger, a game state in which a large opening provided separately from the central large winning hole 65a or the right large winning hole 67a is opened a predetermined number of times for a predetermined time may be formed as a special gaming state.

Pasting spaces K1 and K2 are provided at the left and right corners of the lower side of the game board 13 for pasting certificate stamps, identification labels, etc. It can be visually recognized through the small window 35 (see FIG. 1).

Furthermore, the game board 13 is provided with an out port 66. Balls that have not entered any of the winning ports (ball entry ports) 63, 64, and 65a are guided through the out port 66 to a ball discharge path (not shown). A large number of nails are planted on the game board 13 in order to appropriately disperse and adjust the falling direction of the balls, and various members (accessories) such as a windmill are also arranged.

Next, with reference to FIG. 13, the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 will be described. FIG. 13 is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10.

The main control device 110 is equipped with an MPU 201 as a one-chip microcomputer that is an arithmetic unit. The MPU 201 includes a read only memory (hereinafter abbreviated as "ROM") 202 that stores various control programs and fixed value data to be executed by the MPU 201, and a control program stored in the ROM 202. Random Access Memory (hereinafter abbreviated as "RAM") 203, which is a memory for temporarily storing various data etc. when executing a program, as well as an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, Various circuits such as data transmission and reception circuits are built-in.

In addition, in order to instruct sub-control devices such as the payout control device 111 and the audio lamp control device 113 to operate, various commands are transmitted from the main control device 110 to the sub-control devices by the data transmission/reception circuit. Such commands are sent in only one direction from the main controller 110 to the sub-controllers.

The main controller 110 handles the main functions of the pachinko machine 10, such as setting the jackpot lottery, dynamic display and variable effects on the special symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81, and lottery results for variable display on the normal symbol display device 83. Execute processing. The RAM 203 is provided with a counter buffer 203c that stores various counters for controlling these processes.

In addition, the ROM 202 includes a jackpot random number table 202a, a jackpot type table 202b, a pending number table 202c, a stop pattern table 202d, a fluctuation pattern table 202e, a random number table 202f for ordinary symbols, a regular symbol fluctuation time table 202g, and an ordinary power control table 202h. at least stored. The main control device 110 executes the above-mentioned main controls using various counters stored in the RAM 203 and various tables stored in the ROM 202.

Here, with reference to FIG. 14, the counter etc. provided in the RAM 203 of the main control device 110 will be explained. These counters etc. are used for jackpot lottery, dynamic display settings on the special symbol display device 37, variable display settings on the third symbol display device 81, variable display result lottery on the normal symbol display device 83, etc. It is used by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 to perform this. Furthermore, in the description of the various counters, various tables stored in the ROM 202 of the main controller 110 will also be described with reference to FIGS. 15 and 16.

The settings for the jackpot lottery, the dynamic display of the special symbol display device 37, and the variable performance settings of the third symbol display device 81 include the jackpot random number counter C1 used for the jackpot lottery and the stop type of the jackpot symbol. A jackpot type counter C2 used for selection, a stop pattern selection counter C3 used for selecting the production mode of the variation production, a first initial value random number counter CINI1 used for setting the initial value of the jackpot random number counter C1, and variation pattern selection. A variation type counter CS1 used for this purpose is used.

In addition, a random number counter C4 per regular symbol is used for the lottery on the regular symbol display device 83, and a second initial value random number counter CINI2 is used to set the initial value of the random number counter C4 per regular symbol. Each of these counters is a loop counter in which 1 is added to the previous value each time it is updated, and returns to "0" after reaching the maximum value.

Each counter is updated, for example, at 4 millisecond intervals, which is the execution interval of timer interrupt processing (see Figure 17), and some counters are updated irregularly during main processing (see Figure 28). The updated value is appropriately stored in the counter buffer 203c set in a predetermined area of the RAM 203. The details will be described later, but the RAM 203 includes a first holding ball storage area 203d consisting of four holding areas (first holding areas 1 to 4) related to the first special symbol, and a first holding ball storage area 203d that includes four holding areas related to the second special symbol. A second reserved ball storage area 203e consisting of areas (second reserved areas 1 to 4) is provided, and each of these areas has access to the special drawing 1 winning hole 77 or the special drawing 2 winning hole 78. The values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the stop pattern selection counter C3, and the fluctuation type counter CS1 are stored in accordance with the timing of ball entry.

Each counter will be explained in detail. The jackpot random number counter C1 is sequentially incremented by 1 within a predetermined range (for example, "0 to 899"), and reaches the maximum value (for example, "899" in the case of a counter that can take a value of "0 to 899"). The configuration is such that it returns to "0" after reaching the value. In particular, when the jackpot random number counter C1 is updated once, the value of the first initial value random number counter CINI1 at that time is read as the initial value of the jackpot random number counter C1, and the jackpot random number counter C1 is updated from that initial value. It will be done.

The first initial value random number counter CINI1 is configured as a loop counter that is updated in the same range as the jackpot random number counter C1. That is, for example, if the jackpot random number counter C1 is a loop counter that can take a value of "0 to 899", the first initial value random number counter CINI1 is also a loop counter that can take a value of "0 to 899". The first initial value random number counter CINI1 is updated once every time the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17) is executed, and is repeatedly updated within the remaining time of the main process (see FIG. 28).

The value of the jackpot random number counter C1 is updated, for example, periodically (in the first embodiment, once for each timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17)). Then, at the timing when the ball enters the special drawing 1 winning hole 77 (starting winning), the ball is placed in the first reserved ball storage area 203d of the RAM 203 provided corresponding to the special drawing 1 winning hole 77 (first special symbol). is stored in the jackpot random number counter storage area 203d1 of any one of the first reservation areas 1 to 4. Also, at the timing when the ball enters the special drawing 2 winning hole 78 (starting winning), the ball is placed in the second reserved ball storage area 203e of the RAM 203 provided corresponding to the special drawing 2 winning hole 78 (second special symbol). It is stored in the jackpot random number counter storage area 203e1 of any one of the second reservation areas 1st to 4th.

The value of the random number that makes the jackpot random number counter C1 a jackpot is set by the jackpot random number table 202a stored in the ROM 202 of the main controller 110, and the jackpot random number counter C1 is set by the jackpot random number table 202a stored in the ROM 202 of the main controller 110, and the jackpot random number counter C1 is stored in the jackpot random number counter storage areas 203d1 and 203e1 of the reservation area. When the value of the random number counter C1 matches the value of the random number that is a jackpot set by the jackpot random number table 202a, a jackpot is determined.

Here, details of the jackpot random number table 202a will be explained with reference to FIG. 15(a). FIG. 15A is a schematic diagram schematically showing an example of the jackpot random number table 202a stored in the ROM 202. The jackpot random number table 202a is a low probability state that is used when the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10 is a low probability state (a period in which it is not a "probability fluctuation state" or a "latent probability fluctuation state") which is a "normal gaming state". When the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10 is a high probability state with a higher probability of winning a jackpot than a low probability state, ``probability fluctuation state (certain change in progress)'' or ``latent probability fluctuation state (latency probability change in progress)'' There are two types: one for high probability states and one for high probability states. The numbers of random numbers that constitute a jackpot included in each of the low probability state and the high probability state are set to be different. In this way, by varying the number of random numbers that result in a jackpot, the probability of a jackpot is changed between the low probability state and the high probability state.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the number of values of the jackpot random number counter C1 (jackpot random number value) that becomes a jackpot in a low probability state is three, and the value "7,307,582" is the jackpot random number It is stored in table 202a. That is, the jackpot probability of the special symbol in the low probability state (namely, the "normal gaming state") is set to be 3/900=1/300.

On the other hand, the number of random number values (jackpot random numbers) that result in a jackpot in a high probability state is 9, and the values ``28,122,298,390,486,567,656,750,866'' are It is stored in the jackpot random number table 202a. That is, the jackpot probability of the special symbol in the high probability state (that is, the "probability fluctuation state" or "latent probability fluctuation state") is set to be 9/900=1/100.

In addition, in the first embodiment, the jackpot random numbers for the low probability state and the jackpot random numbers for the high probability state stored in the jackpot random number table 202a are set so that they do not overlap. is set. Here, if there is a value that is a jackpot random number value regardless of the situation of the pachinko machine 10, that value will be easily predicted from the outside, so there is a risk that there will be a high possibility that a jackpot will be won illegally. On the other hand, as in the first embodiment, by changing the value of the random number that results in a jackpot depending on the situation (that is, depending on whether the pachinko machine 10 is in a high probability state or a low probability state), it is possible to win a jackpot. Since the value of the random number can be made difficult to predict, fraud can be suppressed.

Returning to FIG. 14, the explanation will be continued. The jackpot type counter C2 determines the jackpot type in the event of a jackpot, and is incremented by 1 in order within a predetermined range (for example, "0 to 99") until the maximum value (for example, "0 to 99") is added. In the case of a counter that can take a value of ``99'', the counter returns to ``0'' after reaching ``99''. The value of the jackpot type counter C2 is updated periodically (in the first embodiment, once for each timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17)), for example. Then, at the timing when the ball enters the special drawing 1 winning hole 77 (starting winning), the ball enters the first holding ball storage area 203d of the RAM 203 corresponding to the special drawing 1 winning hole 77 (first special symbol). It is stored in the jackpot type counter storage area 203d2 of the same first holding area as the first holding area in which the jackpot random number counter C1 is stored among the first to fourth holding areas. In addition, at the timing when the ball enters the special drawing 2 winning hole 78 (starting winning), the second holding ball storage area 203e of the RAM 203 provided corresponding to the special drawing 2 winning hole 78 (second special symbol) It is stored in the jackpot type counter storage area 203e2 of the same second holding area as the second holding area where the jackpot random number counter C1 is stored among the first to fourth holding areas.

Here, for example, if the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in one holding area in the first holding ball storage area 203d or the second holding ball storage area 203e is not a random number that becomes a jackpot, that is, it is a loss. If it is a random number, the variation pattern in the variation performance and the type of stop symbol (hereinafter referred to as "stop type") will be the one at the time of loss. On the other hand, if the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in one holding area in the first holding ball storage area 203d or the second holding ball storage area 203e is a random number that results in a jackpot, the fluctuation pattern or stop in the fluctuation performance The type will be the one at the time of jackpot. In this case, the fluctuation pattern and stop type at the time of the jackpot are determined in accordance with the jackpot type indicated by the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the same holding area.

The value of the jackpot type counter C2 in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment is configured as a loop counter in the range of "0 to 99". The jackpot type is determined based on this jackpot type counter C2 and the jackpot type table 202b stored in the ROM 202. This jackpot type table 202b includes a jackpot type table 202b1 for special figure 1, which is referred to in the first lottery game with the first special symbol, and a jackpot type for special figure 2, which is referred to in the second lottery game with the second special symbol. A table 202b2 is provided.

Here, with reference to FIGS. 15(b) and 15(c), the special figure 1 jackpot type table 202b1 and the special figure 2 jackpot type table 202b2 will be described. FIG. 15(b) is a diagram schematically showing an example of the special symbol 1 jackpot type table 202b1 corresponding to the first special symbol stored in the ROM 202, and FIG. It is a diagram schematically showing an example of a special figure 2 jackpot type table 202b2 corresponding to the second special symbol. As shown in FIGS. 15(b) and 15(c), the jackpot type table 202b associates the type of special symbol, the jackpot type according to the type of the special symbol, and the value of the jackpot type counter C2. It's a table.

As for the jackpot type, as mentioned above, after a jackpot with a maximum number of rounds of 15, until the special symbol variation effect is executed 100 times (so-called special time 100 times.Hereinafter, Special Time ) may be abbreviated as "ST".) During this period, the jackpot probability of special symbols and the probability of winning of normal symbols become high probability state, and the fluctuation time of normal symbols is shortened (first implementation In the first embodiment, the protrusion time of the retractable plate 79b of the retractable normal electrical function 79a is changed from "2 seconds" to "5 seconds"). After the "15R probability variable jackpot" which transitions to the "probability variable state" (changed to ``probability variable state'') and the jackpot with a maximum number of rounds of 7, until the special symbol variable effect is executed 100 times (so-called ST100 times) During this period, the jackpot probability of special symbols and the probability of winning of normal symbols become high probability, and the fluctuation time of normal symbols is shortened (in the first embodiment, changed from "3 seconds" to "0.5 seconds"). On the other hand, the "7R latent probability variable jackpot" transitions to the "latent probability variable state" in which the projecting time of the appearing board 79b of the appearing normal electric role 79a remains short ("2 seconds" in the first embodiment). ”.

In the special figure 1 jackpot type table 202b1 and the special figure 2 jackpot type table 202b2, each jackpot type is associated with possible values of the jackpot type counter C2 that determines the jackpot type.

In the example of the jackpot type table 202b1 for special drawing 1 in FIG. 15(b), the value "0 to 89" of the jackpot type counter C2 is associated with "7R latent probability variable jackpot", and the value "0 to 89" of jackpot type counter C2 is associated with "15R probability variable jackpot". The value "90 to 99" of the jackpot type counter C2 is associated with the jackpot type counter C2.

In the first special symbol lottery in the first embodiment, the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the jackpot random number counter storage area 203d1 of any of the first holding balls storage areas 203d becomes the jackpot. value, the jackpot type associated with the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the jackpot type counter storage area 203d2 of the same first holding area is determined from the special figure 1 jackpot type table 202b1. For example, if the value of jackpot type counter C2 is "20", "7R potential variable jackpot" is determined as the jackpot type, and if the value of jackpot type counter C2 is "95", "15R probability variable jackpot" is determined as the jackpot type. ” is determined. That is, if a jackpot is won in the first lottery game with the first special symbol (i.e., the lottery based on the ball entering the special symbol 1 winning hole 77), "7R latent probability strange jackpot" is selected with a 90% probability. ``15R Probable Variable Jackpot'' is selected with a probability of 10%.

In addition, in the example of the special figure 2 jackpot type table 202b2 in FIG. 15(c), the value "0 to 99" of the jackpot type counter C2 is associated with "15R probability variable jackpot".

In the second special symbol winning/failure lottery in the first embodiment, similar to the first special symbol winning/failure lottery, the jackpot random number stored in the jackpot random number counter storage area 203e1 of any of the holding areas of the second holding ball storage area 203e When the value of the counter C1 is a value that becomes a jackpot, the jackpot type corresponding to the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the jackpot type counter storage area 203e2 in the same holding area is the jackpot type table for special figure 2. 202b2. For example, regardless of the value of the jackpot type counter C2 (“0 to 99”), “15R probability variable jackpot” is determined as the jackpot type. That is, when a jackpot is won in the second lottery game with the second special symbol (i.e., the lottery based on the ball entering the special symbol 2 winning hole 78), the "15R probability strange jackpot" is selected with a 100% probability. is set to

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, since the lottery game using the second special symbol has greater gaming value for the player than the lottery game using the first special symbol, the player does not know how to use the second special symbol. A game feature is created in which the player receives a lottery based on a special symbol, that is, the ball enters the special pattern 2 winning hole 78 rather than the special pattern 1 winning hole 77. This creates variations in the game and increases the interest of the game. ing.

Note that the probability that each jackpot type will be selected in the event of a jackpot is appropriately set depending on the model. Then, in accordance with the set probability, the value of the jackpot type counter C2 associated with each jackpot type is defined in the jackpot type table 202b.

Further, the probability that the jackpot type is selected may be changed depending on the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10. In this case, a jackpot type table 202b corresponding to each gaming state may be prepared, and the number of values of the jackpot type counter C2 associated with each jackpot type may be changed in each jackpot type table 202b.

Returning to FIG. 14, the explanation of the various counters will be continued. The stop pattern selection counter C3 is configured to increment sequentially by 1 within the range of 0 to 99, for example, and return to 0 after reaching the maximum value (that is, 99).

In the first embodiment, the rough performance mode of the variable performance at the time of jackpot and loss displayed on the third symbol display device 81 is determined based on the number of pending variable performances and the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3. selected. Specifically, "Non-reach (shortened)" or "Non-reach (Normal)" production mode in which "Reach display" does not occur, and "Normal reach" in which only variable elements of "Normal reach" are executed as "Reach display" The "Normal Reach" production mode, the "Super Reach" production mode that develops from the variable elements of "Normal Reach" and executes the variable elements of "Super Reach", and the "Special Reach" production mode that also develops from the variable elements of "Normal Reach". Five performance modes are selected, including the "Special Reach" performance mode in which the variable element of "" is executed.

Here, each performance mode will be explained in detail. Among the production modes, the "non-reach (shortened)" production mode and the "non-reach (normal)" production mode are defined as "non-reach (shortened)" production mode in each display area Dm1 to Dm3 (see FIG. 12(a)) of the main display area Dm. This is a performance mode in which the same third symbol does not stop in the left display area Dm1 and right display area Dm3 and does not generate a "reach display" after the variable element of "high speed variation" is performed.

The variable elements of "high-speed variation" are displayed in each symbol row Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 12(a)) in the variation performance performed in the main display area Dm of the third symbol display device 81 (see FIG. 12). This refers to a variable element in which the third symbol is scrolled at high speed downward in the vertical direction of the display screen. In this "high-speed fluctuation", the third symbol is fluctuated so that the display contents of the third symbol cannot be clearly recognized by the player, and the stop results of the previously stopped fluctuating performance are irregularly mixed (shuffled). is executed as

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, after the variable element of "high-speed variation" is performed, the variable element of "low-speed variation" is performed except for a specific performance mode ("non-reach (shortening)" production mode). It is configured to be The variable element of "low-speed variation" is visually visible to the player after the variable element of the above-mentioned "high-speed variation" in the variation performance performed in the main display area Dm (see FIG. 12(a)) of the third symbol display device 81. It refers to a variable element that scrolls the third symbol at a slow speed as possible. In this variable element of "low speed fluctuation", while making the player recognize the display contents of the third symbol, the third symbol row is changed in the order of left symbol row Z1 → right symbol row Z3 → middle symbol row Z2 (see FIG. 12(a)). Stop displaying the symbol. If the same third symbol stops in the left symbol row Z1 and right symbol row Z3, it is assumed that a "reach display" has occurred and develops into a variable element of "normal reach", while in the left symbol row Z1 and right symbol row Z3 When a different third symbol stops, the middle symbol row Z2 is stopped and displayed, and the fluctuating performance is ended (excluding when it develops into a "pseudo series" described later).

Therefore, in the "non-reach (normal)" performance mode, after the "high speed fluctuation" fluctuation element is performed, the "low speed fluctuation" fluctuation element is performed, and each symbol row Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 12(a) ) stop in order, and the first variable performance ends. On the other hand, in the "non-reach (shortened)" production mode, the "low speed fluctuation" variable element is not performed after the "high speed fluctuation" is performed, and after the completion of the "high speed fluctuation" variable element, each symbol row Z1 ~ Z3 stops at the same time, and the fluctuating performance of 1 ends.

Among the presentation modes, the "normal reach" presentation mode refers to the variable presentation of each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 12(a)) in the main display area Dm, in which the same pattern is applied to the left symbol row Z1 and the right symbol row Z3. Immediately after the third symbol stops, the variable element of "Normal reach" is executed, and other "reach display", that is, the "reach display" that does not develop into the variable element of "Super reach" or the variable element of "Special reach". This is one of the production modes. In this "normal reach" variable element, as described above, the third symbol that is stopped and displayed in the left symbol row Z1 (left display area Dm1) and right symbol row Z3 (right display area Dm3) of the main display area Dm Displayed larger than usual. Further, the third symbol in the middle symbol row Z2 (the middle display area Dm2) is scrolled downward in the vertical direction of the display screen at a low speed, and the third symbol in the middle display area Dm2 is displayed in a state where it can be visually recognized by the player. . Furthermore, in the variable element of this "normal reach", the sub-display area Ds is erased (not shown) along with the enlarged display of the main display area Dm.

Among the production modes, the "super reach" production mode is one of the production modes of "reach display" in which variable elements of "super reach" are executed, developed from variable elements of "normal reach". In this "Super Reach" performance mode, while the "Super Reach" variable element is being executed, the cockpit display area Db (see FIG. 12(a)) is erased from the display state of the "Normal Reach" variable element, and this " The third symbol, the reach-forming symbol, which was the cause of the "reach display" is displayed in a reduced size at the upper left of the display area of the display screen. Then, the background display in the main display area Dm changes from the variable element of "normal reach", and a plurality of character designs are made to appear to perform "battle performance (for example, kickboxing)" (not shown).

In the first embodiment, the system is configured to suggest whether or not the variable performance is appropriate based on the result (win or loss) of the "battle performance". Specifically, for example, in the above-mentioned "battle effect," if the player's character symbol wins over the enemy's character symbol, the variable effect suggests that it will be a "jackpot display," and the player If the side's character pattern loses to the enemy's character pattern, the fluctuating performance is configured to indicate a "loss display."

Among the production modes, the "special reach" production mode is one of the production modes of "reach display" in which variable elements of "special reach" are executed, which are developed from variable elements of "normal reach". In this "Special Reach" production mode, while the variable element of "Special Reach" is being executed, the display state of the variable element of "Normal Reach" is changed from the display state of the variable element of "Normal Reach" to the cockpit display area Db (Fig. 12 (see (a)) is erased, and the third symbol, the reach-forming symbol, which was the cause of this "reach display", is displayed in a reduced size at the upper left of the display area of the display screen. Then, the background display in the main display area Dm (see FIG. 12(a)) changes from the variable elements of "Normal Reach", and multiple characters different from the variable elements of "Super Reach" appear, and the "Competitive Effect" (for example, a car race)” (not shown).

The first embodiment is configured to suggest the propriety of the variable performance based on the result (win or loss) of the "competitive performance". Specifically, for example, in the above-mentioned "competitive effect," if the player's character symbol wins over the opponent's character symbol, the player's If the side's character pattern loses to the enemy's character pattern, the fluctuating performance is configured to indicate a "loss display."

The value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 is updated, for example, periodically (in the first embodiment, once for each timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17)). Then, at the timing when the ball enters the special drawing 1 winning hole 77 (starting winning), the ball is placed in the first reserved ball storage area 203d of the RAM 203 provided corresponding to the special drawing 1 winning hole 77 (first special symbol). The jackpot random number counter C1 is stored in the stop pattern selection counter storage area 203d3 of the first reservation area in which the jackpot random number counter C1 is stored in the first reservation first to fourth areas. Also, at the timing when the ball enters the special drawing 2 winning hole 78 (starting winning), the ball is placed in the second reserved ball storage area 203e of the RAM 203 provided corresponding to the special drawing 2 winning hole 78 (second special symbol). The jackpot random number counter C1 is stored in the stop pattern selection counter storage area 203e3 of the second reservation area in which the jackpot random number counter C1 is stored among the second reservation first to fourth areas.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 is referred to according to the validity of the variable performance, the current game state, and the number of currently pending variable performances (number of pending balls). The stop pattern table 202d is configured differently. That is, the stop pattern table 202d is provided with a plurality of types, and is configured to be selected depending on the number of variable performances on standby (number of pending balls), etc.

In addition, in the first embodiment, when determining the detailed fluctuation pattern of the fluctuation performance, first, based on the pending number table 202c provided in the ROM 202, the validity of the fluctuation performance, the current gaming state, and the current One of the stop pattern tables 202d corresponding to the number of variable performances (number of reserved balls) is selected. Then, a rough performance mode of the variable performance is selected based on the selected stop pattern table 202d and the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3. Thereafter, a detailed variation pattern (variation time) of the variation performance is determined based on the selected performance mode and the value of a variation type counter CS1, which will be described later.

The plurality of types of stop pattern tables 202d are set so that the range of the random number value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 from which the performance mode is selected is different for each stop pattern table 202d. The reason why a plurality of stop pattern tables 202d are prepared is to change the selection ratio of the production mode of the variable production according to the propriety of the variation production, the game state, and the number of reserved balls. That is, (1) a jackpot occurs in the variable performance of the acquired third symbol, or (2) the current gaming state of the pachinko machine 10 is "probability variation state", "latent probability variation state", or "normal gaming state". This is to change the selection ratio of the performance mode according to (3) the number of suspended balls of the suspended variable performance.

The first reason for this is to change the degree of expectation of a jackpot for each production mode. In other words, depending on whether you win the jackpot lottery or lose the jackpot lottery, there are different stop patterns, ie, "non-reach" presentation mode, "normal reach" presentation mode, "super reach" presentation mode, and "special reach" presentation mode. By configuring the system so that the selection ratio of the modes is different, the degree of expectation of a jackpot is changed for each performance mode. Specifically, for example, if you win the jackpot lottery, you can easily select the "super reach" presentation mode or the "special reach" presentation mode, and if you do not win the jackpot lottery, you can select the "non-reach" presentation mode. To make it easy to select a mode and a "normal reach" performance mode. By configuring this way, the "Super Reach" performance mode and the "Special Reach" performance mode can be made easy to hit the jackpot, while the "Normal Reach" production mode and the "Non-Reach" production mode are difficult to hit the jackpot. It is possible to create a performance or a performance that does not lead to a jackpot, and it is possible to differentiate the degree of expectation of a jackpot for each performance mode. Therefore, when a performance that is easy to hit a jackpot appears in a fluctuating performance, it is suggested to the player that there is a high possibility of a jackpot occurring while the performance that is easy to hit a jackpot is being performed, thereby increasing the interest of the game. There is.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, when the obtained lottery result is a jackpot, based on the stop pattern table 202d that makes it easy to select a performance that is easy to win a jackpot, and difficult to select a performance that is difficult to hit a jackpot. It is configured to select a performance mode (stop pattern) which is the rough content of the variable performance. On the other hand, if the acquired lottery result is a loss, the performance mode (stop pattern) of the variable performance is determined based on the stop pattern table 202d that makes it difficult to select a performance that is easy to hit the jackpot and easy to select a performance that is difficult to hit the jackpot. Configure to select. As a result, when notifying the player of the lottery result of the third symbol in a variable performance, if a performance that is likely to lead to a jackpot is being executed, a jackpot is likely to occur with that variable performance, and a performance that is difficult to hit is executed. By making it difficult for a jackpot to occur in the fluctuating performance when the fluctuating performance is being carried out, and by providing a difference in the expected jackpot value for each performance mode (stop pattern), the interest of the game can be increased during the execution of the fluctuating performance.

In addition, the second reason is that the ball enters the special figure 1 winning hole 77 in a state where the number of times of waiting for the fluctuating performance of the first special symbol has reached the upper limit, or the number of times of waiting for the fluctuating performance of the second special symbol is This is to reduce as much as possible the wasted balls (so-called non-lottery due to overflow winnings) based on balls entering the special drawing 2 winning hole 78 when the upper limit has been reached. To explain more specifically, the number of standby times for the fluctuating effects of the first special symbol and the second special symbol is each set at a maximum of 4 times, and since the fluctuating effects are executed for at least a certain period of time, the "probability" In the game state in which balls are likely to enter the special symbol 2 winning hole 78 in the "variable state", it is easy to reach the maximum number of reserved balls for the second special symbol. In these game states, if you select a variable performance with a long variable time, the ball will frequently enter the special figure 2 winning hole 78 when the maximum number of reserved balls of the second special symbol has been reached, and the special figure 2 Even though the ball enters the winning hole 78, the lottery opportunity for the second special symbol cannot be obtained. In addition, even in the "normal game state", if you select a variable performance with a long variation time when the maximum number of balls reserved for the first special symbol has been reached, the first special symbol will be suspended during the execution of the variable performance. Since the number of balls is not used up, even if a ball enters the special symbol 1 winning hole 77 during that time, a lottery opportunity for the first special symbol cannot be obtained. In such a state, the player determines that no gaming value can be obtained even if the ball enters the special drawing 1 winning hole 77, and the variable effect is exhausted and the player is able to obtain the number of reserved balls again. The ball stops firing and the game is interrupted until the ball reaches the target. When the game is interrupted, the operating rate of the pachinko machine 10 decreases, which affects the management of the game parlor.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, a game state in which the maximum number of reserved balls of the third symbol (first special symbol or second special symbol) is easily reached, or a state where the maximum number of reserved balls is close to (or matches) Regarding the number of reserved pitches, it is configured to select the production mode of the variable production based on the stop pattern table 202d in which a short variation time is likely to be selected. This prevents balls from entering the special pattern 1 winning hole 77 or the special pattern 2 winning hole 78 when the maximum number of reserved balls for the third symbol (first special symbol or second special symbol) has been reached. be able to.

Furthermore, the third reason is to maintain the state in which the fluctuating performance is being executed for a long time by setting the execution time long and delaying the end of the fluctuating performance. To explain specifically, when the number of reserved balls for a variable effect is small (no), a new ball is placed into either the special drawing 1 winning hole 77 or the special drawing 2 winning hole 78 within the variable time of the variable effect being executed. Unless the ball enters the ball, the next variable performance cannot be started, and the third symbol display device 81 must display a demo screen or the like. If the player does not perform a variable performance on the third symbol display device 81 even though he or she is playing a game by shooting balls, the player may not be able to obtain the entertainment related to the jackpot lottery that the player is looking for. I get excited about the game. In addition, the player recognizes that the pachinko machine 10 is such that it is difficult for the ball to enter the special drawing 1 winning hole 77 or the special drawing 2 winning hole 78 because the variable performance is not performed on the third symbol display device 81. However, there is a risk that the player may decide that it is a machine with which it is difficult to obtain gaming value and stop playing on that pachinko machine 10.

Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment is configured to select the production mode of the variable production based on the stop pattern table 202d in which a long variation time is likely to be selected when the number of balls on hold for the variation production is small. There is. Thereby, a situation in which the variable performance is not performed on the third symbol display device 81 is made difficult to occur, and the execution state of the variable performance on the third symbol display device 81 can be maintained for a long time.

The variation type counter CS1 is configured such that, for example, it is sequentially incremented by 1 within the range of 0 to 199, and returns to 0 after reaching the maximum value (that is, 199). The value of the variation type counter CS1 is updated once every time a timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17), which will be described later, is executed once, and is repeatedly updated within the remaining time in the main process (see FIG. 28). Then, at the timing when the ball enters the special drawing 1 winning hole 77 (starting winning), the ball is placed in the first reserved ball storage area 203d of the RAM 203 provided corresponding to the special drawing 1 winning hole 77 (first special symbol). The jackpot random number counter C1 is stored in the fluctuation type counter storage area 203d4 of the first reservation area in which the jackpot random number counter C1 is stored in the first reservation first to fourth areas. Also, at the timing when the ball enters the special drawing 2 winning hole 78 (starting winning), the ball is placed in the second reserved ball storage area 203e of the RAM 203 provided corresponding to the special drawing 2 winning hole 78 (second special symbol). It is stored in the fluctuation type counter storage area 203e4 of the second reservation area where the jackpot random number counter C1 is stored among the second reservation first to fourth areas.

The variation type counter CS1 is used to determine a detailed variation pattern of the variation effect. That is, the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 uses the value of the variation type counter CS1 and the variation pattern table 202e stored in the ROM 202 to perform detailed processing in the performance mode selected by the stop pattern table 202d and the stop pattern selection counter C3. Determine the fluctuation pattern. Determining the fluctuation pattern is specifically determining the fluctuation time of the fluctuation performance. The audio lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114 change the reach type and detailed pattern of the third symbol displayed on the third symbol display device 81 based on the variation pattern (variation time) determined by the variation type counter CS1. The variation mode is determined, and whether or not to execute the preview performance and the execution mode of the preview performance are determined.

In this way, the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 selects a rough variation pattern of the variation performance and determines only the variation time. With this configuration, there is no need for the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 to control detailed advance notice lottery etc. necessary for executing the variable effect, so the processing of the MPU 201 regarding the variable effect can be reduced. can. Further, it is no longer necessary to prepare commands for all the variation patterns of the variation effect in the main control device 110, and the ROM capacity of the main control device 110 can be reduced.

In addition, the audio lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114 determine detailed fluctuation patterns in the fluctuation performance based on the fluctuation time (rough fluctuation pattern) determined by the main control device 110, thereby controlling the fluctuation performance. You can increase your freedom of choice. Furthermore, in the pachinko machine 10 where the gaming state changes from moment to moment, it becomes possible to select or change the production content of the variable production at any time in response to the change, and it is possible to execute an appropriate production according to the gaming state. can.

Here, each variable element making up the variation pattern will be explained. A variable element constitutes a part of one variable effect, and one variable effect is constructed by combining each variable element. In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the variable elements include a "high-speed variation" variation element, a "low-speed variation" variation element, a "pseudo-link" variation element, a "normal reach" variation element, and a "super reach" variation element. A variable element, a "special reach" variable element, and a "re-variation" variable element are provided.

The "high-speed variation" variation element is a variation element that scrolls and varies at high speed so that the content of the third symbol cannot be clearly recognized by the player. This variable element of "high-speed fluctuation" is performed for "3 seconds" at the beginning of the variable performance when the "non-reach (shortened)" performance mode is selected, and the variable element other than "non-reach (shortened)" For example, if the performance mode "Non-reach (normal)" is selected, the variable performance is performed for "7 seconds" at the beginning. In addition, when the variable element of this "high-speed variation" ends, the variable element of "low-speed variation" to be described later is started (executed), or the variation effect ends as it is.

The variable element of "low-speed variation" starts after the execution of the variable element of "high-speed variation" of "7 seconds", and determines whether or not to scroll the third symbol to make it visible and generate a "reach display". It is a variable element that can be shown. This variable element of "low speed fluctuation" is not executed when the "non-reach (shortened)" production mode is selected, and is not executed when the "non-reach (shortened)" production mode is selected. )" effect mode) is selected, "3 seconds" is performed after the variation element of "high-speed variation". That is, in the "non-reach (shortened)" performance mode, after the "high-speed fluctuation" variable element is performed, each symbol row Z1 to Z3 in the main display area Dm is displayed without passing through the "low-speed fluctuation" variable element. It is configured to stop rapidly (so-called "bitter stop"). In addition, when the variable element of "low speed fluctuation" ends, the variable element of "pseudo-link" described later will start (execution), or the variable element of "normal reach" described later will start (execute). , or the variable performance is configured to end immediately.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the "non-reach (normal)" performance mode includes the variable element of "high-speed variation" of "7 seconds" and the variable element of "low-speed variation" of "3 seconds". A variable performance is composed of the included variation patterns. In addition, in the "non-reach (shortened)" performance mode, the fluctuation performance is configured with a fluctuation pattern of only the variable element of "high-speed fluctuation" of "3 seconds".

The variable element of "pseudo series" is a variable element in which the start of the variable effect occurs multiple times (the pseudo stop occurs once) in one variable effect. Specifically, in each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 of the third symbol display device 81, the variable element of "high speed fluctuation" is started and switched to the variable element of "low speed fluctuation", and then in all the symbol rows Z1 to Z3. This is a variable element in which a unit effect is performed in which a predetermined stop result (for example, pseudo consecutive chance number "677") is displayed after the variable effect is completed. The variable element of this "pseudo-connection" is that when the above-mentioned predetermined stop result stops after the variable element of "low-speed fluctuation", the variable element of "high-speed fluctuation" starts again from that stop result, as if it were once again. A performance is executed as if a variable performance had started.

In this "pseudo-continuation" variation element, a predetermined stop result (so-called pseudo-continuation chance) appears after the execution of the "low-speed variation" variation element, and the second "high-speed variation" variation element is executed again. , which is a variable element that then develops into a variable element of "normal reach". In other words, for the variable element of "pseudo-connection", a pseudo-variation stop (hereinafter referred to as "pseudo-stop") is performed once in which a pseudo-run chance item is displayed, and after that, a predetermined stop result is achieved in that pseudo-stop. This is a variable element that appears and starts the variable element of "high-speed variation" again. The pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment is configured such that after the "pseudo-reach" variable element ends, it always develops into at least a "normal reach" variable element. This "pseudo-continuation" variation element is performed "10 seconds" after the "low-speed variation" variation element.

In addition, in the first embodiment, the number of pseudo stops is set to one in the variable element of "pseudo series", but the number of pseudo stops is changed to execute the variable element of "pseudo series" in which the number of pseudo stops is performed twice or more. may be configured. Furthermore, it may be configured to perform a variable element (so-called "pseudo false" variable element) that indicates whether or not the pseudo consecutive chance will stop before the occurrence of the "pseudo consecutive" variable element. . In this "pseudo false" variable element, the effect of whether or not a predetermined stop result will appear after the execution of the "low speed change" variable element (for example, the symbol forming the above predetermined stop result is on the active line L1 ( (See Fig. 12(a)) to perform a reciprocating motion on the top and whether or not to stop. It may be configured so that the variable element of "pseudo-connection" does not develop. By providing a variable element of this "pseudo false", after the variable element of the "pseudo false" ends, it will develop into a variable element of "normal reach", or a "loss display" will appear (for example, "687 ”) and the variable performance ends as it is.

The variable elements of "Normal reach" are the variable elements of "Low speed fluctuation" or the variable elements of "Pseudo chain" (hereinafter, the variable elements of "Low speed fluctuation" or the variable elements of "Pseudo chain") are collectively referred to as "Slow speed fluctuation" variable elements or "Pseudo chain" variable elements. A variation that shows whether or not a jackpot will occur depending on the fluctuation result of the middle symbol row Z2 when reach-forming symbols are stopped and displayed in the left symbol row Z1 and right symbol row Z3 in the "variation element of "variation, etc."). is an element. This "normal reach" variation element is performed "10 seconds" after the "low speed variation, etc." variation element.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, after the variable element of "normal reach" is executed, there is a pattern that directly displays a "loss display", a pattern that directly displays a "jackpot display", and a pattern that directly displays a "super reach". There is a pattern that develops into a variable element, a pattern that develops into a variable element of "Special Reach", and a pattern that executes a variable element of "re-variation" after a temporary "loss display" appears. has been done.

The variable element of "Super Reach" is developed and executed when the fluctuation of the middle symbol row Z2 continues without stopping the "loss display" in the variable element of "Normal Reach", and the "Battle" is executed in the main display area Dm. It is a variable element that shows whether or not a jackpot will occur by performing "performance". This "super reach" variable element is performed "10 seconds" after the execution of the "normal reach" variable element.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, after the variable element of "super reach" is executed, a pattern that directly displays a "loss display", a pattern that directly displays a "jackpot display", and a temporary A pattern is prepared in which the variable element of "revariation" is executed after the "loss display" appears.

The variable element of "Special Reach" is developed and executed when the "loss display" does not stop in the variable element of "Normal Reach" and the fluctuation of the middle symbol row Z2 continues, and the "Competitive Reach" variable element is developed and executed in the main display area Dm. It is a variable element that shows whether or not a jackpot will occur by performing "performance". This "special reach" variable element is performed "20 seconds" after the execution of the "normal reach" variable element.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, after the variable element of "Special Reach" is executed, a pattern that directly displays a "loss display", a pattern that directly displays a "jackpot display", and a temporary A pattern is prepared in which the "re-variation" occurs after the "loss display" appears.

Note that the configuration is such that after the execution of the variable element of "Normal Reach", the variable element of "Super Reach" or the variable element of "Special Reach" develops, but instead of this configuration, reach formation is performed after "Slow Variation". When the symbol stops, it may be configured so that it suddenly develops into a "super reach" variable element or a "special reach" variable element without passing through the "normal reach" variable element. Further, the variable element of "Special Reach" may be configured to be executed after the variable element of "Super Reach" is executed.

The variable element of "re-variation" is a variable element that is developed and executed after a "loss display" once appears in any "reach display", and a "jackpot display" appears. The variable element of this "re-variation" is performed for "10 seconds" after any "reach display".

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, a pattern is prepared in which a "jackpot display" appears after the variable element of "re-variation" is executed.

Further, the variable element of this "re-variation" is configured to occur only when the "15R probability variable jackpot" or the "7R latent probability variable jackpot" is won. That is, in the case of "loss indication", the variable element of "re-variation" is configured not to be executed. This is because the variable element of "re-variation" is a variable element that changes the temporarily displayed "losing display" to one of the "jackpot displays", so if the "losing display" does not win the jackpot If you go to that, there will be a discrepancy in the production. Therefore, the variable element of this "re-variation" is selected only in the variation pattern table 202e for jackpots, and is configured not to be selected in the variation pattern table 202e for loses.

The random number counter C4 per common figure is configured as a loop counter that sequentially increments by 1 within the range of, for example, "0 to 99" and returns to "0" after reaching the maximum value (that is, "99"). Further, when the random number counter C4 per ordinary figure completes one revolution, the value of the second initial value random number counter CINI2 at that time is read as the initial value of the random number counter C4 per ordinary figure.

The second initial value random number counter CINI2 is configured as a loop counter that is updated in the same range as the random number counter C4 per common map (value = "0 to 99"), and is updated every timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 17). It is updated once and repeatedly within the remaining time of the main process (see FIG. 28).

The value of the random number counter C4 per ordinary symbol is updated, for example, periodically (in the first embodiment, once for each timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17)), and the value of the random number counter C4 per ordinary symbol is updated, for example, once every timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 17) in the first embodiment. At the timing when passing through the symbol gate 76a or the right side normal symbol gate 76b) is detected, any of the regular symbol holding areas 1 to 4 provided in the regular symbol holding ball storage area 203h of the RAM 203 is held. stored in the area. Then, the data is sequentially shifted to the normal pattern held ball execution area 203i in the order stored in the normal pattern held ball storage area 203h, and the value of the random number counter C4 per normal pattern stored in the normal pattern held ball execution area 203i is changed. Make a hit judgment against the target.

The random number value for winning the normal symbol is set by the random number table 202f (see FIG. 16(a)) for the normal symbol stored in the ROM 202 of the main controller 110 for each gaming state, and is set in the normal symbol holding area. If the value of the stored normal figure counter C4 matches the random number value set by the normal figure random number table 202f, it is determined that the game has won. Then, according to the gaming state, the normal symbol fluctuation time table 202g (see FIG. 16(b)) is referred to, the variable display time of the normal symbol is set, and after the variable display time has elapsed on the normal symbol display device 83, A symbol "○" is lit and displayed as a stop symbol (normal symbol). Thereafter, the normal electric role control table 202h (see FIG. 16(c)) is referred to according to the game state, and the protrusion time of the retractable type ordinary electric role 79a is set, and during the ejection time, the appearance and reappearance are set. The plate 79b is operated to protrude, and the ball is configured to be able to roll on the upper surface of the protruding and retracting plate 79b during this period.

On the other hand, if the value of the normal pattern winning counter C4 stored in the normal pattern holding area does not match the value of the random number that is a win set by the normal pattern random number table 202f, it is determined that the game is a loss. Then, according to the gaming state, the normal symbol fluctuation time table 202g (see FIG. 16(b)) is referred to, a variable display time is set, and after the variable display time has elapsed on the normal symbol display device 83, the stop symbol (normal As a symbol), an "x" symbol is lit up and displayed.

Here, details of the random number table 202f per normal figure will be explained with reference to FIG. 16(a). FIG. 16A is a schematic diagram schematically showing an example of the random number table 202f per common figure stored in the ROM 202.

The random number table 202f per normal symbol indicates the period when the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10 is in the "normal gaming state" and is not in the "probability fluctuating state" or the "latent probability fluctuating state" (including during jackpots of special symbols). )), and the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10 is a "probability fluctuation state" or "latent probability fluctuation" which is a high probability state in which the probability that the special symbol will be a jackpot is higher than the low probability state. There are two types: one for high probability states and one for high probability states. The number of winning random numbers included in each of the low probability state and the high probability state is set to be different. In this way, by varying the number of random numbers that result in a win between the low probability state and the high probability state, the probability of winning is changed between the low probability state and the high probability state.

As shown in FIG. 16(a), in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the number of values of the random number counter C4 per common figure that becomes a win in the low probability state is 10, and the value is "90 to 99". is stored in the random number table 202f per ordinary figure. That is, the winning probability of the normal symbol in the low probability state (namely, the "normal gaming state") is set to be 10/100=1/10.

On the other hand, in the case of a high probability state, the number of values of the random number counter C4 per common figure that is a hit is 90, and the values "10 to 99" are stored in the random number table 202f per common figure. In other words, the winning probability of the normal symbol in the high probability state (ie, "probability fluctuation state" or "latent probability fluctuation state") is set to be 90/100=9/10.

As a result, by changing the probability of success or failure of the normal symbols according to the game state, when the player hits left-handed and the ball passes through the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a in the alternate distribution unit 71, the appearance board It is possible to make a difference whether 79b is easy to protrude or not. As a result, when a ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, the appearance plate 79b is likely to protrude, and the protruding appearance plate 79b can guide the ball to the special figure 2 prize opening 78 side. A situation in which it is difficult for the protruding board 79b to protrude, and because the protruding board 79b is in a recessed state (non-protruding state), the ball is not guided by the protruding board 79b and enters the special map 1 second prize opening 77b as it is. By varying the or depending on the gaming state, it is possible to create different gameplay for each gaming state.

Furthermore, even when the player hits to the right, when the ball passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b provided in the normal electric unit 79, it is possible to make a difference as to whether or not the appearing board 79b is likely to protrude. can. As a result, when a ball passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b, the appearance plate 79b is likely to protrude, and the protruding appearance plate 79b can guide the ball to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side. By varying the situation in which the board 79b is difficult to protrude and whether it is directly flown down to the game area below the game board 13 depending on the game state, different game properties can be created for each game state.

Next, details of the normal figure fluctuation time table 202g will be explained with reference to FIG. 16(b). FIG. 16(b) is a schematic diagram schematically showing an example of the regular figure fluctuation time table 202g stored in the ROM 202.

The common figure fluctuation time table 202g, like the random number table 202f per common figure, is divided into two types: one for low probability states and one for high probability states. Then, the variable display time of the normal symbol is set for the low probability state (i.e., "normal game state") and the high probability state (i.e., "probability fluctuation state" or "latent probability fluctuation state"). are set up differently. In this way, by making the variable display time of the normal symbol different between the low probability state and the high probability state, the time during which the correctness result of the normal symbol is derived is changed between the low probability state and the high probability state.

As shown in FIG. 16(b), in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the variable display time of the normal symbol set in the low probability state is set to "3 seconds" in the normal symbol variation time table 202g. stipulated by. In other words, the time from when the variable display of the normal symbol starts until the stop symbol is derived in the low probability state is set to be "3 seconds" without fail.

On the other hand, the variable display time of the normal symbol set in the high probability state is defined in the ordinary symbol fluctuation time table 202g to be "0.5 seconds". In other words, the time from when the variable display of the normal symbol is started until the stop symbol is derived in the high probability state is set to be "0.5 seconds" without fail.

As a result, by changing the variable display time of the normal symbols according to the game state, when the player hits left, the ball that has passed through the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a in the alternate distribution unit 71 appears on the appearance plate 79b. It is possible to make a difference as to whether or not the variable display of the normal symbol ends within the time it takes for the variable display to reach the placement position. As a result, when a ball passes through the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a and the variable display of the normal symbol is executed based on the passage, the variable display of the normal symbol is performed by the time the ball reaches the placement position of the appearance board 79b. When the display is finished and the ball can be guided to the special figure 2 prize opening 78 side by the protruding plate 79b that is in the protruding state based on the variable display result, or when the ball reaches the placement position of the protruding plate 79b, it is still a normal symbol. Since the variable display continues to be executed and the appearing board 79b is in the recessed state (non-protruding state), the ball is not guided by the appearing board 79b and enters the special drawing 1 second prize opening 77b as it is. By varying the situation depending on the gaming state, it is possible to create different gameplay for each gaming state.

Furthermore, even when the player hits right, the ball passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b provided on the normal electric unit 79 and reaches the position on the appearance board 79b. It is possible to make a difference whether the variable display ends or not. As a result, when the ball passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b and the variable display of the normal symbol is executed based on the passage, the variable display of the normal symbol ends before the ball reaches the placement position of the appearance board 79b. However, based on the variable display result, the ball may be guided to the special drawing 2 winning slot 78 side (alternate sorting unit 71 side) by the protruding plate 79b that is in the protruding state, or the ball may reach the placement position of the protruding plate 79b. At that time, the variable display of the normal symbols is still being executed, and since the appearing board 79b is in the recessed state (non-protruding state), the ball is not guided by the appearing board 79b and moves directly to the game board 13 (FIG. 3). (Refer to) By varying the situation in which the ball is flown down to the lower gaming area depending on the gaming status, it is possible to create different gameplay for each gaming status.

Next, the normal power control table 202h will be explained with reference to FIG. 16(c). FIG. 16(c) is a schematic diagram schematically showing an example of the normal power control table 202h stored in the ROM 202. The normal power control table 202h is referred to when a normal symbol hits, and the projection time of the appearance board 79b is defined based on the gaming state at the timing when the normal symbol hits.

The normal electric role control table 202h is divided into groups based on the gaming state in which the normal symbols are drawn. Specifically, it is for the left-handed playing state referred to as the "normal gaming state" and the "latent probability variation state" which are the gaming states when playing left-handed, and the "probability variation state" which is the gaming state when playing right-handed. The protrusion time of the protruding and retracting plate 79b is changed depending on the referenced right-handed hitting state.

As shown in FIG. 16(c), in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the setting is set when a normal symbol is won in the left-handed playing state, that is, the "normal gaming state" or the "latent probability varying state". The protruding time of the protruding and retracting plate 79b is specified in the normal power control table 202h to be "2 seconds". In other words, in a game state other than the "probability fluctuation state" (that is, "normal game state" or "latent probability fluctuation state"), when a normal symbol is won, the protrusion time of the appearance board 79b is "2 seconds" without fail. ”.

On the other hand, the normal electric role control table 202h is set so that the protrusion time of the appearing board 79b that is set when a normal symbol is won in the right-handed game state, that is, the "probability fluctuation state" is "5 seconds". stipulated. That is, in the "probability fluctuation state", when a normal symbol is won, the protrusion time of the appearance board 79b is set to be "5 seconds" without fail.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, variations in the probability of winning or failing the normal symbols, the variable display time of the normal symbols, and the protruding time of the appearing board 79b are configured to be different depending on each gaming state. Specifically, in the "normal game state", the probability of success or failure of the normal symbols is set to be low, the variable display time of the normal symbols is long, and the protrusion time of the appearing board 79b is set to be short. has been done. In addition, in the "latency probability variation state", the probability of winning or failing the normal symbol is set to be high, the variable display time of the normal symbol is short, and the protrusion time of the appearance board 79b is set to be short. There is. Further, in the "probability fluctuation state", the probability of winning or failing the normal symbol is set to be high, the variable display time of the normal symbol is short, and the protruding time of the appearance board 79b is set to be long. .

In this way, the RAM 203 of the main controller 110 is provided with various counters, and the ROM 202 of the main controller 110 is provided with various tables. The pachinko machine performs jackpot lottery, dynamic display and variable performance settings on special symbol display device 37 and third symbol display device 81, and display result lottery on normal symbol display device 83 according to each of the above-mentioned tables 202a to 202h. Ten main operations can be performed.

Returning to FIG. 13, the explanation will be continued. In addition to the counter buffer 203c shown in FIG. 14, the RAM 203 includes a stack area in which the contents of the internal registers of the MPU 201 and the return address of the control program executed by the MPU 201 are stored, and various flags, counters, and input/output data. It has a work area (work area) in which values such as output (Input/Output; hereinafter abbreviated as "I/O") are stored. Note that the RAM 203 is configured to be able to retain (back up) data by being supplied with backup voltage from the power supply device 115 even after the power to the pachinko machine 10 is cut off, and all data stored in the RAM 203 is backed up. .

When the power is cut off due to an occurrence of a power outage or the like, the stack pointer and the values of each register at the time of the power cutoff (including when the power cut occurs; the same applies hereinafter) are stored in the RAM 203. On the other hand, when the power is turned on (including power-on due to resolution of a power outage; the same applies hereinafter), the state of the pachinko machine 10 is restored to the state before the power was cut off, based on the information stored in the RAM 203. Writing to the RAM 203 is executed by the main process (see FIG. 28) when the power is turned off, and restoration of each value written to the RAM 203 is executed during the start-up process when the power is turned on (see FIG. 27). Note that the power failure signal SG1 from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 is input to the non-maskable interrupt (hereinafter abbreviated as "NMI") terminal of the MPU 201 when the power is cut off due to an occurrence of a power failure, etc. When the power failure signal SG1 is input to the MPU 201, the NMI interrupt process (see FIG. 26) is immediately executed as a process during a power failure.

The RAM 203 further includes a first held ball counter 203a, a second held ball counter 203b, a first held ball storage area 203d, a second held ball storage area 203e, a held ball execution area 203f, and a regular ball held ball counter 203g. , a general ball holding area 203h, and a holding ball execution area 203i.

The first reserved ball number counter 203a is the special figure 1 first prize opening 77a or the special figure 1 second prize that is detected during the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17) that is periodically executed every 4 milliseconds. Ball entering the opening 77b (Hereinafter, the ball entering the special drawing 1 first winning opening 77a, the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b, or the special drawing 2 winning opening 78 may be referred to as "starting winning") ), the number of reserved balls ( This is a counter that counts up to 4 times (the number of wait times).

The first reserved ball counter 203a is set to "0" as an initial value by the initial setting process of the RAM 203 after the power is turned on (S913 in FIG. 27). Then, each time a starting prize in any of the special symbol 1 winning holes 77 is detected and the number of reserved balls in the dynamic display (fluctuating effect) regarding the first special symbol increases, 1 is added up to the maximum value "4". (See S203 in FIG. 18). On the other hand, the first reserved ball number counter 203a is decremented by 1 each time the dynamic display (variable effect) of the first special symbol is executed (see S308 in FIG. 20).

The second reserved ball number counter 203b, like the first reserved ball number counter 203a, is a special figure 2 winning opening detected during the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17) that is periodically executed every 4 milliseconds. 78, dynamic display of the second special symbol is performed on the special symbol display device 37 (fluctuation performance of the third symbol corresponding to the second special symbol is performed on the third symbol display device 81). This is a counter that counts the number of balls on hold (number of times on standby) up to four times.

Like the first reserved pitch number counter 203a, the second reserved pitch number counter 203b is set to "0" as an initial value by the initial setting process of the RAM 203 after the power is turned on (S913 in FIG. 27). Then, each time a starting prize into the special symbol 2 winning hole 78 is detected and the number of reserved balls in the dynamic display (fluctuating effect) regarding the second special symbol increases, 1 is added up to the maximum value "4" (Fig. (See S207 of 18). On the other hand, the second reserved ball counter 203b is decremented by 1 each time the dynamic display (variable effect) of the second special symbol is executed (see S305 in FIG. 20).

The value of the first reserved ball number counter 203a (i.e., the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol) or the value of the second reserved ball number counter 203b (i.e., the number of reserved balls of the second special symbol) is determined by the number of reserved balls command The audio lamp control device 113 is notified by (see S210 in FIG. 18). The held ball number command is transmitted from the main controller 110 to the audio lamp control device 113 every time a starting prize is detected and the first held ball number counter 203a or the second held ball number counter 203b is incremented by 1. This is a command.

The audio lamp control device 113 can acquire the value of the number of balls held in the dynamic display (fluctuating effect) of the first special symbol or the second special symbol held in the main control device 110 by the number of balls commanded. can. Thereby, in the audio lamp control device 113, it is possible to manage the number of times the dynamic display (fluctuating effect) of each special symbol is held without accessing the main control device 110. In addition, each time a starting prize is detected, a command for the number of reserved balls is sent from the main controller 110 to the audio lamp controller 113, thereby dynamically displaying (variable) each special symbol managed in the audio lamp controller 113. Even if the number of balls on hold for the actual dynamic display (fluctuation effect) deviates from the number of balls on hold for the actual dynamic display (fluctuation effect) held in the main control device 110 due to the influence of noise, etc., the number of balls on hold for the next received ball The deviation can be corrected using the pitch count command.

Note that the audio lamp control device 113 transmits a display held pitch number command for notifying the number of held balls to the display control device 114 every time the number of held balls managed therein changes. The display control device 114 displays a reserved symbol in the cockpit display area Db of the third symbol display device 81 based on the number of reserved balls notified by this display reserved pitch number command.

Further, in the first embodiment, when the main control device 110 transmits a held ball number command to the audio lamp control device 113, in the held ball number command, the first held ball number counter 203a incremented by 1 or the Along with the above-mentioned starting prize which triggered the addition of not only the value of the second reserved pitch number counter 203b but also the first reserved pitch number counter 203a or the second reserved pitch number counter 203b, the counter buffer 203c (see FIG. 14) It also includes the values of the jackpot random number counter C1, jackpot type counter C2, stop pattern selection counter C3, and fluctuation type counter CS1 obtained from the above.

That is, when there is a starting prize, the values of the jackpot random number counter C1, jackpot type counter C2, stop pattern selection counter C3, and fluctuation type counter CS1 acquired from the counter buffer 203c by the main controller 110 are A number of commands are transmitted to the audio lamp controller 113.

In the audio lamp control device 113, the values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the stop pattern selection counter C3, and the fluctuation type counter CS1, which are transmitted by the number of reserved balls command, are used to execute a fluctuation performance based on the respective values. It reads ahead before executing the variable performance and determines how the variable performance will turn out (whether it will be a jackpot or not, what will be the variable time, etc.) before executing the variable performance. Then, based on the results of the pre-read judgment, it is possible to decide on the execution of various effects, and to determine the effect contents and execution timing of the "pending change notice".

In addition, the number of pending balls command indicating the number of pending balls for the variable performance and the command indicating the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 etc. may be transmitted separately. As a command indicating the value of the jackpot random number counter C1, etc., which is different from the reserved ball number command, a reserved ball number command is generated at the timing of the ball entering the special drawing 1 winning hole 77 or the special drawing 2 winning hole 78. , a command similar to the variation pattern command and stop type command (pre-variation pattern command and pre-stop type command) based on the ball entry may be generated and transmitted to the audio ramp control device 113. In this case, regarding the program for generating the pre-variation pattern command and the pre-stop type command, by reusing the program of the variation pattern command and the stop type command, it is possible to facilitate the creation of the program.

As described above, the first reserved ball storage area 203d contains the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the stop jackpot random number counter C1, which are acquired from the counter buffer 203c upon detection of a starting winning in any of the special drawing 1 winning holes 77. This is a memory for storing the values of the pattern selection counter C3 and the variation type counter CS1, respectively. When the MPU 201 detects that a ball has won a prize (starting prize) in any of the special figure 1 winning holes 77 during the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17), the MPU 201 inputs each counter C1 to C3 from the counter buffer 203c. The value of CS1 is acquired and stored in the first reserved ball storage area 203d. The first reserved ball storage area 203d has four reserved balls so that the data (each value of counters C1 to C3, CS1) corresponding to the first special symbol 1 starting winning can be stored (reserved) for up to four times. It has areas (first reservation areas 1 to 4) (see FIG. 14).

As described above, the second reserved ball storage area 203e stores the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the stop pattern selection counter acquired from the counter buffer 203c upon detection of a starting winning into the special figure 2 winning hole 78. C3 and a memory for storing each value of the variation type counter CS1. During the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17), when the MPU 201 detects that the ball has entered the special drawing 2 winning hole 78 (starting winning), the MPU 201 saves the values of each counter C1 to C3 and CS1 from the counter buffer 203c. is acquired and stored in the second reserved ball storage area 203e. The second reserved ball storage area 203e has four reserved balls so that the data (values of counters C1 to C3, CS1) corresponding to the first winning of the second special symbol can be stored (reserved) up to four times. It has areas (second reservation first to fourth areas) (see FIG. 14).

As described above, the reserved ball execution area 203f is used for the jackpot lottery of the first special symbol or the second special symbol that starts execution or is being executed, or the operation of the special symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81. This is a memory for storing data (values of counters C1 to C3 and CS1) to be referred to in processes such as displaying targets and setting variable effects.

When the MPU 201 detects that it is the timing to start executing the variable performance of the first special symbol or the second special symbol, the MPU 201 performs the jackpot lottery of the first special symbol or the second special symbol, the special symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display. In order to execute processes such as dynamic display and variable performance settings of the device 81, data corresponding to each starting prize stored in the first held ball storage area 203d or the second held ball storage area 203e described above ( Among the values of counters C1 to C3, CS1), if data corresponding to a starting prize related to the second special symbol is stored in the second reserved ball storage area 203e, the data corresponding to a starting winning of 1 of the data is stored. The data is shifted to this held ball execution area 203f. On the other hand, the data corresponding to the starting prize regarding the second special symbol is not stored in the second reserved ball storage area 203e, and the data corresponding to the starting winning regarding the first special symbol is stored in the first reserved ball storing area 203d. If so, the data corresponding to one starting prize of the data is shifted to this held ball execution area 203f. That is, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the dynamic display (variable performance) regarding the second special symbol is executed with priority, and the dynamic display (variable performance) regarding the first special symbol is executed with priority. It is configured to be executed on the condition that the dynamic display (fluctuation effect) is not suspended. Note that a shift in the first embodiment refers to moving data stored in one area to another area.

Here, with reference to FIG. 14 again, details of the first held ball storage area 203d, the second held ball storage area 203e, and the held ball execution area 203f will be described. The first reserved ball storage area 203d, the second reserved ball storage area 203e, and the reserved ball execution area 203f are used for the jackpot lottery of the first special symbol or the second special symbol and the operation of the special symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81. It is used by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 to perform target display and setting of variable effects.

As described above, the jackpot random number counter used for the jackpot lottery is used for the jackpot lottery of the first special symbol or the second special symbol, and for the dynamic display and variable effects settings of the special symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81. C1, a jackpot type counter C2 used to determine the jackpot type, a stop pattern selection counter C3 used to determine the performance mode of the fluctuating performance, and a fluctuation type counter CS1 used to determine the fluctuating pattern. The first reserved ball storage area 203d stores each value of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1 obtained from the counter buffer 203c by the MPU 201 when a ball enters the special map 1 winning hole 77 (starting winning). , the second reserved ball storage area 203e stores each value of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1 acquired from the counter buffer 203c by the MPU 201 when a ball enters the special drawing 2 winning hole 78 (starting winning). .

The first holding ball storage area 203d is composed of four holding areas (first holding areas 1 to 4). The four holding areas (first holding areas 1 to 4) each include a jackpot random number counter storage area 203d1 that stores the value of the jackpot random number counter C1, and a jackpot type counter storage area that stores the value of the jackpot type counter C2. 203d2, a stop pattern selection counter storage area 203d3 that stores the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3, and a fluctuation type counter storage area 203d4 that stores the value of the fluctuation type counter CS1.

Further, the second holding ball storage area 203e is composed of four holding areas (second holding first to fourth areas), similar to the first holding ball storage area 203d. Each of the four holding areas (second holding first to fourth areas) includes a jackpot random number counter storage area 203e1 that stores the value of the jackpot random number counter C1, and a jackpot type counter C2, similar to the first holding ball storage area 203d. A jackpot type counter storage area 203e2 for storing the value of , a stop pattern selection counter storage area 203e3 for storing the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3, and a fluctuation type counter storage area 203e4 for storing the value of the fluctuation type counter CS1 are provided. It is being

In the first embodiment, the jackpot random number counter storage areas 203d1, 203e1, the jackpot type counter storage areas 203d2, 203e2, the stop pattern selection counter storage areas 203d3, 203e3, and the fluctuation type counter storage areas 203d4, 203e4 are combined into one. Although these holding ball storage areas 203d and 203e are provided together, a plurality of holding ball storage areas may be provided for each of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1.

As described above, the first reserved ball storage area 203d contains data (each value of each counter C1 to C3, CS1) acquired at the timing when a ball enters any special drawing 1 winning hole 77 (starting winning). will be stored for up to four times, but in that case, the area with the smallest area number (1st to 4th) among the four vacant areas (1st holding area 1st to 4th area) will be stored. Data is stored in order. In other words, the smaller the area number is, the older the data corresponding to the start-up win to the special drawing 1 winning hole 77 is stored, and the data corresponding to the start winning of the special drawing 1 winning hole 77 that is the oldest in terms of time is stored in the first reserved area. Data corresponding to the starting prize winning number 77 will be stored.

In addition, in the second reserved ball storage area 203e, data (each value of each counter C1 to C3, CS1) obtained at the timing when a ball enters the special map 2 winning hole 78 (starting winning) is stored for up to 4 times. However, in that case, data will be stored in order from the area with the smallest area number (1st to 4th) among the four vacant areas (2nd reservation areas 1st to 4th). be done. In other words, the area with the smaller area number stores the data corresponding to the start winning to the special drawing 2 winning hole 78 which is older in time, and the data corresponding to the start winning to the special drawing 2 winning hole 78 which is the oldest in terms of time is stored in the second reservation first area. Data corresponding to the starting prize winning number 78 will be stored.

On the other hand, the reserved ball execution area 203f consists of only one area. Like the first reserved ball storage area 203d or the second reserved ball storage area 203e, this reserved ball execution area 203f includes a jackpot random number counter storage area 203f1 that stores the value of the jackpot random number counter C1, and a jackpot random number counter storage area 203f1 that stores the value of the jackpot random number counter C2. A jackpot type counter storage area 203f2 for storing the value, a stop pattern selection counter storage area 203f3 for storing the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3, and a fluctuation type counter storage area 203f4 for storing the value of the fluctuation type counter CS1 are provided. There is.

When the MPU 201 determines that it is time to start executing the variable effect, the data (values of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1) are stored in the second holding first area of the second holding ball storage area 203e. In this case, the data stored in the second holding first area is shifted to each area 203f1 to 203f4 of this holding ball execution area 203f. On the other hand, the MPU 201 determines that when it is time to start executing the variable effect, no data is stored in the second holding first area of the second holding ball storage area 203e, and the data is stored in the first holding ball storage area 203d. When data is stored in the first holding area, the data stored in the first holding area is shifted to each area 203f1 to 203f4 of this holding ball execution area 203f.

Then, the data shifted to the reserved ball execution area 203f is referred to in the fluctuation start process (see FIG. 21), and a jackpot lottery is performed based on the reference data and the gaming state, and a fluctuation pattern corresponding to the lottery result is performed. and determine the stop type. In the special symbol display device 37, dynamic display is performed under the control of the main controller 110 based on the determined variation pattern and stop type.

Further, the fluctuation pattern and stop type determined here are notified to the audio lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114 by a fluctuation pattern command and a stop type command. Then, under the control of the audio lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114, the third symbol display device 81 performs a variation effect based on the variation pattern and stop type notified by the variation pattern command and the stop type command.

Details of data shifting will be explained. When the MPU 201 determines that it is time to start executing the variable performance, it determines whether data is stored in the second reservation first area of the second reservation ball storage area 203e. As a result of the judgment, if it is determined that data is stored in the second reservation first area, the random value of the jackpot random number counter storage area 203e1 of the second reservation first area is used as the jackpot random number of the reservation ball execution area 203f. Shift to counter storage area 203f1. Similarly, the random value of the jackpot type counter storage area 203e2 of the second reservation first area is shifted to the jackpot type counter storage area 203f2, and the random value of the stop pattern selection counter storage area 203e3 of the second reservation first area is shifted, It shifts to the stop pattern selection counter storage area 203f3, and shifts the random value in the fluctuation type counter storage area 203e4 of the second pending first area to the fluctuation type counter storage area 203f4.

Then, when the shift of the data to the held ball execution area 203f is completed, the second held first area becomes vacant, so it is stored (held) in each area (second to fourth) of the second held ball storage area 203e. ) is shifted to an area (first to third) with one smaller area number. In the first embodiment, data is shifted only in the second holding areas (first to fourth) where data is stored (held) in the second holding ball storage area 203e.

Here, the data shift performed for each holding area in the second holding ball storage area 203e will be explained. For example, the value of the second held ball counter 203b when the start judgment of the variable effect is made is "4", and the data is stored in all areas (first to fourth) of the second held ball storage area 203e. Suppose that In this state, when the data in the second holding first area is shifted to the holding ball execution area 203f and the second holding first area becomes vacant, the MPU 201 transfers the data in the other areas (second to fourth). are shifted to the areas (first to third) whose area numbers are one smaller. That is, the data in the second reserved second area is shifted to the second reserved first area, the data in the second reserved third area is shifted to the second reserved second area, and the data in the second reserved fourth area is shifted. is shifted to the second holding area and the third area.

Further, for example, if the value of the second pending pitch counter 203b is "2" when the start judgment of the variable production is made, the MPU 201 transfers only the data of the second pending second area to the second pending ball counter 203b. Shift to 1 area and finish shifting the data. As described above, in the first embodiment, data shift processing is not performed for the second holding areas (third to fourth) where no data is stored (held), so the number of data shifts is reduced. The control burden can be reduced.

Incidentally, regardless of the presence or absence of data, each data in the second reservation area (second to fourth) may be configured to be shifted to an area whose area number is one smaller. In that case, it is not necessary to determine whether data is stored (on hold) in the second holding area (second to fourth), making it easier to create a program.

On the other hand, if the MPU 201 determines that no data is stored in the second holding first area of the second holding ball storage area 203e when it is time to start executing the variable effect, then the MPU 201 It is determined whether data is stored in the first reservation first area of the ball storage area 203d. As a result of the judgment, if data is stored in the first reservation first area, the random value of the jackpot random number counter storage area 203d1 of the first reservation first area is stored in the jackpot random number counter storage area 203f1 of the reservation ball execution area 203f. Shift to. Similarly, the random value of the jackpot type counter storage area 203d2 of the first reservation first area is shifted to the jackpot type counter storage area 203f2, and the random value of the stop pattern selection counter storage area 203d3 of the first reservation first area is shifted to the jackpot type counter storage area 203f2. It shifts to the stop pattern selection counter storage area 203f3, and shifts the random value in the fluctuation type counter storage area 203d4 of the first reservation first area to the fluctuation type counter storage area 203f4.

When the shift of the data to the held ball execution area 203f is completed, the first held ball storage area 203f becomes vacant, so it is stored (held) in each area (second to fourth) of the first held ball storage area 203d. ) is shifted to an area (first to third) with one smaller area number. In the first embodiment, data is shifted only in the first holding areas (first to fourth) in which data is stored (held) in the first holding ball storage area 203d.

Here, the data shift performed for each holding area in the first holding ball storage area 203d will be explained. For example, the value of the first held ball counter 203a when the start judgment of the variable production is made is "4", and the data is stored in all areas (first to fourth) of the first held ball storage area 203d. Suppose that In this state, when the data in the first holding first area is shifted to the holding ball execution area 203f and the first holding first area becomes vacant, the MPU 201 transfers the data in the other areas (second to fourth). are shifted to the areas (first to third) whose area numbers are one smaller. That is, the data in the first reserved second area is shifted to the first reserved first area, the data in the first reserved third area is shifted to the first reserved second area, and the data in the first reserved fourth area is shifted. is shifted to the first reservation third area.

Further, for example, if the value of the first pending pitch counter 203a is "2" when the start judgment of the variable performance is made, the MPU 201 transfers only the data of the first pending second area to the first pending pitch number counter 203a. Shift to 1 area and finish shifting the data. As described above, in the first embodiment, data shift processing is not performed for the first holding areas (third to fourth) where no data is stored (held), so the number of data shifts is reduced. The control burden can be reduced.

Incidentally, regardless of the presence or absence of data, each data in the first reservation area (second to fourth) may be configured to be shifted to an area whose area number is one smaller. In that case, it becomes unnecessary to determine whether data is stored (on hold) in the first holding area (second to fourth), making it easier to create a program.

Returning to FIG. 13, the explanation will be continued. The normal pattern reserved ball number counter 203g is set to the normal pattern gate 76 (intra-unit normal pattern gate 76a or right-side normal pattern This is a counter for counting the number of reserved balls (the number of times of standby) of variable display of normal symbols performed on the normal symbol display device 83 up to a maximum of 4 times based on the passage of balls to the gate 76b).

As with the reserved pitch number counters 203a and 203b, the normal figure reserved pitch number counter 203g is set to "0" as an initial value by the initial setting process of the RAM 203 after the power is turned on (see S913 in FIG. 27). Then, each time the passage of a ball to one of the normal symbol gates 76 is detected and the number of reserved balls in the variable display related to the normal symbol increases, 1 is added to the maximum value "4" (see S223 in FIG. 19). . On the other hand, the normal symbol reserved ball number counter 203g is decremented by 1 each time the variable display of the normal symbol is executed (see S405 in FIG. 22).

The normal symbol holding ball storage area 203h is a memory for storing the normal symbol per-capture counter C4 acquired from the counter buffer 203c upon detection of passage of a ball to any of the normal symbol gates 76. When the MPU 201 detects that the ball has passed through the normal symbol gate 76 during the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17), it acquires the value of the normal symbol per-counter C4 from the counter buffer 203c, and displays the normal symbol reserved ball. It is stored in the storage area 203h. The normal figure holding ball storage area 203h has four holding areas (normal figure holding balls) so that the data (value of the counter C4 per normal symbol) corresponding to one holding ball of the normal symbol can be stored (reserved) for up to four times. (Refer to FIG. 14).

The normal pattern holding ball execution area 203i is a memory for storing data (the value of the random number counter C4 per normal pattern) to be referenced in the normal pattern winning lottery and variable display processing that starts execution or is currently being executed. It is.

When the MPU 201 detects that it is the timing to start executing the variable display of the normal symbol, the MPU 201 displays the above-mentioned normal symbol reserved ball in order to execute processes such as winning lottery of the normal symbol and setting of the variable display of the normal symbol display device 83. Among the data (value of random number counter C4 per normal figure) stored in the storage area 203h, one piece of data is shifted to this normal figure holding ball execution area 203i. Note that a shift in the first embodiment refers to moving data stored in one area to another area.

Here, with reference to FIG. 14 again, details of the standard ball holding area 203h and the standard ball holding area 203i will be described. The regular symbol reserved ball storage area 203h and the regular symbol reserved ball execution area 203i are used by the MPU 201 of the main controller 110 to perform processes such as winning lottery of regular symbols and setting variable display of the regular symbol display device 83. Ru.

As described above, the normal symbol random number counter C4 used for the normal symbol winning lottery is used to set the normal symbol winning lottery and the variable display of the normal symbol display device 83. The normal symbol holding ball storage area 203h stores the value of the random number counter C4 per normal symbol obtained from the counter buffer 203c by the MPU 201 when the ball passes through any of the normal symbol gates 76.

The general ball storage area 203h is composed of four holding areas (first to fourth general ball holding areas). Each of the four holding areas (the first to fourth general figure holding areas) is provided with a random number counter storage area (not shown) for each ordinary figure that stores the value of the random number counter C4 for each ordinary figure.

As mentioned above, the data (the value of the random number counter C4 per regular symbol) obtained at the timing when the ball passes through any of the regular symbol gates 76 is stored in the regular symbol holding ball storage area 203h for up to four times. However, in that case, data is stored in order from the area with the smallest area number (first to fourth) among the four vacant reservation areas (general figure reservation areas 1 to 4). In other words, the smaller the area number is, the older the data corresponding to the passage of the ball to the normal symbol gate 76 is stored, and the data corresponding to the passing of the ball to the normal symbol gate 76 which is the oldest in terms of time is stored in the first area of normal symbol reservation. Data corresponding to the passage of the ball will be stored.

On the other hand, the general ball holding ball execution area 203i consists of only one area. This normal figure holding ball execution area 203i is provided with a random number counter storage area (not shown) per normal figure that stores the value of the random number counter C4 per normal figure, similar to the normal figure holding ball storage area 203h. .

When the MPU 201 determines that it is time to execute the variable display of the normal symbols, it transfers the data stored in the first area of the normal pattern holding ball storage area 203h to the normal pattern holding ball execution area 203i. shift.

Then, the data shifted to the normal pattern holding ball execution area 203i is referred to in the normal pattern fluctuation process (see FIG. 22), and based on the reference data and the gaming state, a winning lottery is performed, and the contents of the variable display Determine. In the normal symbol display device 83, a variable display is performed based on the determined content under the control of the main controller 110.

Details of data shifting will be explained. When the MPU 201 determines that it is time to start the execution of the variable display of normal symbols, the MPU 201 sets the random number value in the random number counter storage area (not shown) per normal symbol in the first area of normal symbol reservation in the ordinary symbol reservation ball storage area 203h. is shifted to the random number counter storage area (not shown) per normal figure in the normal figure held ball execution area 203i.

Then, when the shift of data to the general ball holding ball execution area 203i is completed, the first general ball holding area becomes vacant, so it is stored in each area (second to fourth) of the general ball holding area 203h. Shift processing is performed to move the (held) data to areas (first to third) where the area number is one smaller. In the first embodiment, data is shifted only for the normal pattern holding areas (first to fourth) in which data is stored (held) in the normal pattern holding ball storage area 203h.

Here, the data shift performed for each holding area in the regular ball holding ball storage area 203h will be explained. For example, when the determination to start variable display of normal symbols is made, the value of the normal symbol reserved ball number counter 203g is "4", and all areas (1st to 4th) of the regular symbol reserved ball storage area 203h are Assume that the data is stored. In this state, the data in the first area for holding the general ball is shifted to the holding ball execution area 203i, and when the first area for holding the general ball becomes vacant, the MPU 201 transfers the data to the other areas (second to fourth). data is shifted to the area (first to third) whose area number is one smaller. In other words, the data in the second area for general reservations is shifted to the first area for general reservations, the data in the third area for general reservations is shifted to the second area for general reservations, and the data in the fourth area for general reservations are shifted to the second area for general reservations. is shifted to the 3rd general reservation area.

Further, for example, if the value of the normal symbol holding ball number counter 203g is "2" when the start judgment of the variable display of the normal symbol is made, the MPU 201 displays only the data of the normal symbol holding second area. The data is shifted to the first drawing holding area and the data shift is completed. As described above, in the first embodiment, data shift processing is not performed for the general drawing reservation areas (third to fourth) where no data is stored (reserved), so the number of data shifts is reduced. The control burden can be reduced.

Note that, regardless of the presence or absence of data, each data in the general drawing reservation area (second to fourth) may be configured to be shifted to an area with an area number one smaller. In this case, it is not necessary to determine whether data is stored (on hold) in the common drawing holding areas (second to fourth), and therefore it is possible to easily create a program.

Returning to FIG. 13, the explanation will be continued. An input/output port 205 is connected to the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 via a bus line 204 consisting of an address bus and a data bus. The input/output port 205 includes a payout control device 111, a sound lamp control device 113, a special symbol display device 37, a normal symbol display device 83, a normal symbol holding lamp 84, and a front panel with the lower side of the opening/closing plate of the central large prize opening 65a as an axis. The central big prize opening solenoid for driving the opening/closing side to the side, the right big prize opening solenoid for driving the opening/closing front side around the lower side of the opening/closing plate of the right big prize opening 67a as an axis, and the retractable normal electric role 79a. A solenoid 209 consisting of a retractable plate solenoid for driving the plate 79b is connected, and the MPU 201 transmits various commands and control signals to these via the input/output port 205.

The input/output port 205 is also connected to various switches 208 consisting of a switch group, a sensor group, etc. (not shown), and a RAM erase switch circuit 253 (described later) provided in the power supply 115, and the MPU 201 receives output from the various switches 208. and the RAM erase signal SG2 output from the RAM erase switch circuit 253.

The payout control device 111 drives the payout motor 216 to control the payout of prize balls and rental balls. The MPU 211, which is a calculation device, includes a ROM 212 that stores control programs executed by the MPU 211, fixed value data, etc., and a RAM 213 used as a work memory or the like.

Like the RAM 203 of the main control device 110, the RAM 213 of the payout control device 111 has a stack area in which the contents of the internal register of the MPU 211 and the return address of the control program executed by the MPU 211 are stored, and various flags and counters. , and a work area (work area) in which values such as I/O are stored. The RAM 213 is configured to be able to retain (back up) data by being supplied with a backup voltage from the power supply device 115 even after the power to the pachinko machine 10 is cut off, and all data stored in the RAM 213 is backed up. Note that, similar to the MPU 201 of the main controller 110, the NMI terminal of the MPU 211 is configured so that a power outage signal SG1 is input from the power outage monitoring circuit 252 when the power is cut off due to an occurrence of a power outage, etc., and the power outage signal SG1 is When input to the MPU 211, NMI interrupt processing (see FIG. 26) is immediately executed as processing during a power outage.

An input/output port 215 is connected to the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111 via a bus line 214 composed of an address bus and a data bus. The input/output port 215 is connected to the main control device 110, the payout motor 216, the firing control device 112, and the like. Further, the payout control device 111 is connected to a prize ball detection switch 217 for detecting the paid out prize balls. Note that the prize ball detection switch 217 is connected to the payout control device 111, but not to the main control device 110.

The launch control device 112 controls the ball launch unit 112a so that the launch strength of the ball corresponds to the amount of rotational operation of the operating handle 51 when the main controller 110 issues an instruction to launch the ball. . The ball firing unit 112a includes a firing solenoid and an electromagnet (not shown), and the firing solenoid and electromagnet are permitted to be driven when predetermined conditions are met. Specifically, when the touch sensor 51a detects that the player is touching the operation handle 51, and the stop switch 51b for stopping the ball launch is turned off (not operated), the operation handle is turned off. The firing solenoid is excited in accordance with the amount of rotation of the operating handle 51, and the ball is fired with a strength corresponding to the amount of operation of the operating handle 51.

The audio lamp control device 113 outputs audio from an audio output device (such as a speaker not shown) 226, outputs turning on and off from a lamp display device (illumination sections 29 to 33, display lamps 34, etc.) 227, and outputs variable effects and continuous output. It controls the setting of the display mode of performances performed on the third symbol display device 81, such as advance notice performances.

The MPU 221, which is an arithmetic unit, has a ROM 222 that stores control programs executed by the MPU 221, fixed value data, etc., and a RAM 223 used as a work memory or the like.

An input/output port 225 is connected to the MPU 221 of the audio lamp control device 113 via a bus line 224 consisting of an address bus and a data bus. The main control device 110, display control device 114, audio output device 226, lamp display device 227, frame button 22, etc. are connected to the input/output port 225, respectively. In the first embodiment, the configuration is such that commands are sent only in one direction from the main controller 110 to the audio lamp controller 113, and the configuration is such that commands cannot be sent from the audio lamp controller 113 to the main controller 110. ing. On the other hand, the audio lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114 are configured to be able to send and receive commands to and from each other.

The audio lamp control device 113 also monitors the input from the frame button 22, and when the frame button 22 is operated by the player, changes the stage of the performance displayed on the third symbol display device 81, The sound output device 226 and the lamp display device 227 are controlled so as to change the back image of the "Super Reach" production mode, etc., and the third symbol is displayed on the display control device 114 based on the press of the frame button 22. Instruct the display device 81 to display the information.

The display control device 114 is connected to the voice lamp control device 113 and the third symbol display device 81, and based on the commands received from the voice ramp control device 113, changes the third symbol on the third symbol display device 81 and changes its continuity. This controls the preview performance.

The power supply device 115 includes a power supply unit 251 for supplying power to each part of the pachinko machine 10, a power failure monitoring circuit 252 for monitoring power cutoff due to a power failure, etc., and a RAM provided with a RAM erase switch 122 (see FIG. 2). It has an erase switch circuit 253. The power supply section 251 is a device that supplies necessary operating voltages to each of the control devices 110 to 114 and the like through a power path (not shown). As an overview, the power supply section 251 takes in an AC 24 volt voltage supplied from the outside, and generates a 12 volt voltage for driving various switches such as the various switches 208, solenoids such as the solenoid 209, motors, etc. A 5 volt voltage for logic, a backup voltage for RAM backup, etc. are generated, and these 12 volt voltage, 5 volt voltage, and backup voltage are used to supply necessary voltages to each control device 110 to 114, etc.

The power outage monitoring circuit 252 is a circuit for outputting a power outage signal SG1 to each NMI terminal of the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 and the MPU 211 of the dispensing control device 111 when the power is cut off due to an occurrence of a power outage or the like. The power outage monitoring circuit 252 monitors a stable DC voltage of 24 volts, which is the maximum voltage output from the power supply unit 251, and determines that a power outage (power outage, power interruption) has occurred when this voltage becomes less than 22 volts. Then, a power outage signal SG1 is output to the NMI terminal of the main control device 110 and the dispensing control device 111. By outputting the power outage signal SG1, the main control device 110 and the dispensing control device 111 recognize the occurrence of a power outage and execute the NMI interrupt process (see FIG. 26). Note that even after the stable DC voltage of 24 volts becomes less than 22 volts, the power supply unit 251 continues to output the 5 volt voltage, which is the drive voltage of the control system, for a sufficient time to execute the NMI interrupt processing. is configured to maintain normal values. Therefore, the main control device 110 and the payout control device 111 can normally execute and complete the NMI interrupt process.

The RAM erase switch circuit 253 is a circuit for outputting a RAM erase signal SG2 for clearing backup data to the main controller 110 when the RAM erase switch 122 (see FIG. 2) is pressed. When the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on, the main control device 110 clears the backup data and sends a payout initialization command to the payout control device 111 to clear the backup data. It is transmitted to the device 111.

Next, each control process executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110 will be explained with reference to the flowcharts of FIGS. 17 to 28. The processing of the MPU 201 can be roughly divided into startup processing that is started upon power-on (see FIG. 27), main processing that is executed after the startup processing (see FIG. 28), and periodic processing (see FIG. 28). In this example, there are a timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17) that is started at a 4-millisecond period) and an NMI interrupt process (see FIG. 26) that is started by inputting the power outage signal SG1 to the NMI terminal. For convenience of explanation, we will first explain timer interrupt processing (see Figure 17) and NMI interrupt processing (see Figure 26), and then explain startup processing (see Figure 27) and main processing (see Figure 28). Explain.

FIG. 17 is a flowchart showing timer interrupt processing executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110. The timer interrupt process is a periodic process that is repeatedly executed, for example, every 4 milliseconds. When the MPU 201 executes this timer interrupt process, various processes that should be executed periodically are performed.

In this timer interrupt processing, first, external output processing is executed (S101). In the timer interrupt processing and main processing, commands to be sent to the payout control device 111, the audio lamp control device 113, etc. are generated based on various processes, and are temporarily stored in a command sending ring buffer provided in the RAM 203. . In the external output process of S101, output data such as commands stored in the command transmission ring buffer is transmitted to each sub-side control device (peripheral control device).

For example, a command for the number of reserved balls set in a starting winning process (see FIG. 18) to be described later is transmitted to the audio lamp control device 113. In addition, the variation pattern command, stop type command, confirmation command, etc. set in the special figure variation process (see FIG. 20) and the variation start process (FIG. 21), which is a process of the special figure variation process, are sent to the audio lamp control device 113. Send. In addition, a ball launch signal set when a ball is launched in the launch control process of S112, which will be described later, is transmitted to the launch control device 112.

Next, the prize ball counting signal and the payout abnormality signal received from the payout control device 111 are read (S102), and then the jackpot process is executed to execute the process at the time of jackpot based on the first special symbol or the second special symbol ( S103). Details of this jackpot processing (S103) will be described later with reference to FIG. 23.

Next, a normal electric utility control process is executed to execute a drive control process for the protruding/retracting plate 79b of the retractable normal electric utility 79a (S104). To briefly explain, the variable display of normal symbols is performed on the normal symbol display device 83 on the condition that the ball passes through any of the normal symbol gates 76, and as a result of the variable display of the normal symbols, the winning symbol of the normal symbol is displayed. When a symbol (for example, an "O" symbol) appears and a winning state is achieved, the retractable plate 79b of the retractable normal electric hand 79a is driven to protrude for a predetermined period of time. Details of this normal power control process (S104) will be described later with reference to FIG. 25.

Next, a process of reading various winning switches is executed (S105). That is, it reads the states of various switches 208 connected to the main control device 110, determines the states of the switches 208, and stores detection information (winning detection information). Furthermore, a prize ball command corresponding to the number of acquired balls to be transmitted to the payout control device 111 based on the winning detection information is set in a ring buffer for command transmission provided in the RAM 203. As a result, the prize ball command is transmitted to the payout control device 111 by the process of S101 of the timer interrupt process to be executed next.

Next, the first initial value random number counter CINI1 and the second initial value random number counter CINI2 are updated (S106). Specifically, the first initial value random number counter CINI1 is incremented by 1, and when the counter value reaches the maximum value ("899" in the first embodiment), it is cleared to "0". Then, the updated value of the first initial value random number counter CINI1 is stored in the corresponding counter buffer 203c area of the RAM 203. Similarly, the second initial value random number counter CINI2 is incremented by 1, and when the counter value reaches the maximum value ("99" in the first embodiment), it is cleared to "0" and the second initial value is The updated value of the random number counter CINI2 is stored in the corresponding counter buffer 203c area of the RAM 203.

Furthermore, the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the stop pattern selection counter C3, the fluctuation type counter CS1, and the regular pattern random number counter C4 are updated (S107). Specifically, the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the stop pattern selection counter C3, the fluctuation type counter CS1, and the random number counter C4 per common pattern are each incremented by 1, and the counter values are set to the maximum value (first implementation). In the format, when they reach "899", "99", "99", "199", "99" respectively, they are cleared to "0". In addition, when the jackpot random number counter C1 or the random number counter C4 per common figure completes one round, the value of the first initial value random number counter CINI1 or second initial value random number counter CINI2 at that time is converted into the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 or the random number per common figure. The initial value is read as the initial value of the counter C4, and the initial value is set to the jackpot random number counter C1 or the normal hit random number counter C4. Then, the updated values of each counter C1 to C4 are stored in the corresponding counter buffer 203c area of the RAM 203.

Next, a start winning process is executed in response to a winning in the special drawing 1 winning hole 77 or the special drawing 2 winning hole 78 (S108), and then the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit or the right side normal symbol gate 76b. The gate passage process associated with this is executed (S109). The details of the starting winning process will be described later with reference to FIG. 18, and the details of the gate passage process (S109) will be described later with reference to FIG. 19.

After executing the gate passing process (S109), the process for dynamically displaying the special symbol by the special symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81 based on the processing contents of the start winning process (S108) are performed. A special symbol variation process is executed to set the variation pattern of the third symbol, etc. (S110). In addition, the details of the special figure variation process (S110) will be described later with reference to FIG. 20.

Next, based on the processing contents of the gate passage process (S109), a normal symbol variation process is executed (S111) to execute a process for variable display of normal symbols by the normal symbol display device 83. Note that the details of the ordinary figure variation process (S111) will be described later with reference to FIG. 22.

After executing the normal figure variation process (S111), a firing control process is executed (S112), and other processes that should be executed periodically are executed (S113), and the timer interrupt process is ended. Note that the firing control process (S112) is performed on the condition that the touch sensor 51a detects that the player is touching the operation handle 51, and the stop switch 51b for stopping firing is not operated. This is the process of determining whether to launch the ball on or off. Then, when the ball launch is on, in order to transmit the ball launch signal to the launch control device 112, information on the ball launch signal is set in a ring buffer for command transmission provided in the RAM 203. As a result, the ball firing signal is transmitted to the firing control device 112 via the payout control device 111 by the process of S101 of the timer interrupt process to be executed next.

Next, with reference to the flowchart of FIG. 18, the start winning process (S108), which is one process of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17) executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110, will be described. FIG. 18 is a flowchart showing this starting winning process (S108). In the starting winning process, it is determined whether or not a ball has entered the special drawing 1 first winning hole 77a, the special drawing 1 second winning hole 77b, or the special drawing 2 winning hole 78, and if there is a winning, each counter C1 A process of storing (holding) the values of C3 and CS1 in the first holding ball storage area 203d or the second holding ball storage area 203e corresponding to the winning a prize openings 77 and 78 is executed. It also executes a process for transmitting the values of each of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1 to be held together with the number of held balls to the audio lamp control device 113.

In this starting winning process (S108), the MPU 201 first determines whether the ball has won (starting winning) either the special drawing 1 first winning opening 77a or the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b. S201). Here, the special drawing 1 ball opening is used to detect the ball entering (winning) into the special drawing 1 first winning hole 77a or the special drawing 1 second winning hole 77b read in the switch reading process (see S105 in FIG. 17). Based on the output signal of the switch (not shown), the ball entering the special chart 1 first winning hole 77a or the special chart 1 second winning hole 77b is detected over three timer interrupt processes (see FIG. 17). .

When it is determined that the ball has entered the special drawing 1 first prize opening 77a or the special drawing 1 second prize opening 77b (there has been a starting prize) (S201: Yes), the first reserved ball number counter 203a is Whether or not the value (the number N1 of balls pending operation of the dynamic display (fluctuating effect) of the first special symbol pending in the main controller 110) is less than the upper limit value (“4” in the first embodiment). (S202). Then, even if there is a win in the special map 1 first winning hole 77a or the special map 1 second winning hole 77b, if the number of pending balls N1 is not 4 (S202: No), this starting winning process (S108) is executed. The process ends and returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17).

On the other hand, if the number of active pending balls N1<4 (S202: Yes), 1 is added to the value of the first pending ball number counter 203a (number of active pending balls N1) (S203). This time, since the winning is to the special figure 1 first prize opening 77a or the special figure 1 second prize opening 77b corresponding to the first special symbol, the first reserved ball storage area 203d is set to each random number C1 to C3, It is set as the storage destination of CS1 (S204), and the process moves to S209.

In the process of S201, if it is determined that the ball has not entered the special drawing 1 winning hole 77 (S201: No), then it is determined whether the ball has entered the special drawing 2 winning hole 78 (starting winning). It is determined (S205). Here, similar to the special drawing 1 winning hole 77, the special drawing 2 ball entering hole switch ( Based on the output signal of (not shown), the ball entering the special figure 2 winning hole 78 is detected over three timer interrupt processes (see FIG. 17).

When it is determined that the ball has entered the special map 2 winning hole 78 (there has been a starting prize) (S205: Yes), the value of the second reserved ball counter 203b (the number of reserved balls in the main controller 110) is determined (S205: Yes). It is determined whether or not the number of pending balls (N2) for dynamic display of the second special symbol (fluctuating effect) is less than the upper limit value ("4" in the first embodiment) (S206). Then, there is no winning in the special drawing 2 winning hole 78 (S205: No), or even if there is a winning in the special drawing 2 winning hole 78, the number of pending balls N2 is not 4 (S206: No). , this start winning process (S108) is ended, and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17).

On the other hand, if the number of active pending balls N2<4 (S206: Yes), 1 is added to the value of the second pending ball number counter 203b (number of active pending balls N2) (S207). This time, since the prize is to be won in the special figure 2 winning hole 78 corresponding to the second special symbol, the second reserved ball storage area 203e is set as the storage destination for each random number value C1 to C3, CS1 (S208), The process moves to S209.

In the process of S209, each value of the jackpot random number counter C1, jackpot type counter C2, stop pattern selection counter C3, and fluctuation type counter CS1 is read from the counter buffer 203c (see FIG. 14), and set as a storage destination in S204 or S208. The first reserved ball storage area 203d is the first reserved ball storage area 203d or the second reserved ball storage area 203d or the second reserved ball storage area 203d or the second reserved ball storage area 203e. If specified as the storage destination, the jackpot random number counter storage area 203d1, the jackpot type counter storage area 203d2, the stop pattern selection counter storage area 203d3, and the fluctuation type counter in the area corresponding to the value indicated by the first pending ball number counter 203a. Each is held (stored) in the storage area 203d4 (S209). In addition, when the second reserved ball storage area 203e is specified as the storage destination, the jackpot random number counter storage area 203e1, jackpot type counter storage area 203e2, and stoppage of the area corresponding to the value indicated by the second reserved ball number counter 203b are performed. It is held (stored) in the pattern selection counter storage area 203e3 and the variation type counter storage area 203e4 (S209).

Specifically, for example, the first reserved ball storage area 203d is set as the storage destination in the process of S204 based on the winning in the special drawing 1 winning hole 77, and the first reserved ball storage area 203d is set as the storage destination in the process of S203. If the value of the number counter 203a is "1", the values of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1 are held in each storage area of the first holding area. Furthermore, if the value of the first reserved pitch number counter 203a after addition is "2", the value of the first reserved pitch number counter 203a after addition is "3" in each storage area of the first reserved second area. If the value of the first reserved ball counter 203a after addition is "4", the counters C1 to C3 are stored in each storage area of the first reserved third area, and if the value of the first reserved pitch counter 203a after addition is "4", the counters C1 to C3 are stored in each storage area of the first reserved third area. , CS1 are held.

Further, for example, the second reserved ball storage area 203e is set as the storage destination in the process of S208 based on the winning in the special figure 2 winning hole 78, and the second reserved ball number counter 203b after the addition in the process of S207 If the value of is "1", the values of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1 are held in each storage area of the second storage first area. Further, if the value of the second reserved ball number counter 203b after addition is "2", the value of the second reserved pitch number counter 203b after addition is "3" in each storage area of the second reserved second area. If so, the counters C1 to C3 are stored in each storage area of the second reservation third area, and if the value of the second reservation pitch counter 203b after addition is "4", the counters C1 to C3 are stored in each storage area of the second reservation fourth area. , CS1 are held.

Next, the value of the first held ball number counter 203a or the second held ball number counter 203b (active held ball number N1 or active held ball number N2) after addition by the process of S203 or S207, and the first Speak a command for the number of held balls containing the values of the jackpot random number counter C1, jackpot type counter C2, stop pattern selection counter C3, and fluctuation type counter CS1 stored (held) in the held ball storage area 203d or the second held ball storage area 203e. In order to transmit it to the lamp control device 113, the command for the number of held balls is set in a ring buffer for command transmission provided in the RAM 203 (S210). As a result, the held pitch count command is transmitted to the audio lamp control device 113 by the external output process in S101 of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17) to be executed next. After completing the process of S210, the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17).

Note that the values of the counters C1 to C3, CS1 to be included in the held pitch count command in the process of S210 may be the values themselves read from the counter buffer 203c in the process of S209, or the values of the first held pitches in the process of S209 may be used. You may use the read value stored (reserved) in the ball storage area 203d or the second reserved ball storage area 203e.

In addition, in the processing of S201 and S205, if the ball wins in the special drawing 1 winning hole 77 and the special drawing 2 winning hole 78 at the same time, the winning process of the ball into the special drawing 1 winning hole 77 is executed with priority, Waiting for the winning process of the ball to the special figure 2 winning hole 78, and in the starting winning process (S108) in the next timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17), the winning of the ball to the waiting special figure 2 winning hole 78. It may be configured to execute processing.

Next, with reference to FIG. 19, the gate passing process (S109), which is one process of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17) executed by the MPU 201 in the main controller 110, will be described. FIG. 19 is a flowchart showing this gate passing process (S109). Gate passage processing (S109) determines whether or not a ball has passed (entered) the normal symbol gate 76a within the unit or the right side normal symbol gate 76b, and if the ball has passed (entered), a random number per normal symbol is determined. A process of storing (holding) the value of the counter C4 in the normal figure holding ball storage area 203h is executed.

In this gate passing process (S109), first, it is determined whether the ball has passed through the intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a or the right side normal symbol gate 76b (S221). Here, the normal pattern gate switch (not shown) that detects the passage (ball entry) of the ball into the in-unit normal pattern gate 76a or the right side normal pattern gate 76b read in the switch reading process (see S105 in FIG. 17) is used. Based on the output signal, passage (input) of the ball to the intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a or the right-side normal symbol gate 76b is detected over three timer interrupt processes (see FIG. 17).

When it is determined that the ball has passed (entered) the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a or the right-side normal symbol gate 76b (S221: Yes), the value of the regular symbol reserved ball number counter 203g (the value of the reserved ball number counter 203g in the main controller 110) is determined. It is determined whether or not the number of pending balls (HN) of the variable display of the normal symbol being displayed is less than the upper limit value ("4" in the first embodiment) (S222). Then, whether the ball passes through (enters) the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a or the right-hand normal symbol gate 76b (S221: No), or whether the ball passes through (enters into) the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a or the right-hand normal symbol gate 76b. ) even if the number of pending balls HN<4 (S222: No), this gate passing process (S109) is ended and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17).

On the other hand, if the number of active pending balls HN<4 (S222: Yes), 1 is added to the value of the normal pattern pending ball number counter 203g (active pending ball number HN) (S223). Then, the value of the counter C4 per ordinary figure is read from the counter buffer 203c (see FIG. 14), and the read data is stored in the ordinary figure holding areas 1 to 4 provided in the ordinary figure holding ball storage area 203h. It is stored in the area corresponding to the value indicated by the number of reserved balls counter 203g (S224).

Specifically, for example, if the value of the normal pattern reservation ball counter 203g after the addition in the process of S223 is "1", the value of the counter C4 per normal pattern is held in the normal pattern reservation first area. Also, if the value of the number of balls on hold for a regular game after the addition 203g is "2", it will be placed in the second area for holding the regular game, and if the value of the number of balls on hold for a game after the addition is "3", the ball will be placed on the second area for the game. If the value of the normal ball number counter 203g after the addition is "4" in the third holding area, the value of the counter C4 per normal drawing is held in the fourth holding area of normal drawings. After completing the process in S224, the gate passage process (S109) is completed and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17).

In the first embodiment, the number of reserved balls command related to the variable display of normal symbols is configured not to be sent to the voice lamp control device 113, but the number of reserved balls command related to the variable display of normal symbols is transmitted to the voice lamp control device. 113 to perform an effect (notification) regarding pending symbols, etc. regarding variable display of normal symbols. In this case, by including the value of the counter C4 per normal symbol in the reserved ball number command and transmitting it, the voice lamp control device 113 is configured to be able to execute the so-called pre-reading process regarding the normal symbol, and the variation of the performance regarding the normal symbol is made possible. It may be configured so that it is provided.

In addition, in the first embodiment, in the "normal game state" or "latent probability variation state", when the passage of a ball to the right normal symbol gate 76b is detected, an alarm sound command is sent to the audio lamp control device 113. In order to inform the player that right-handed hitting is not encouraged in the "normal gaming state" or "latency probability variation state," or to inform the staff at the gaming parlor that a game that is not encouraged is being performed. The audio output device 226 is configured to output an alarm sound in order to notify the user.

This means that in the "normal game state" or "latency probability variation state", the number of reserved balls with the variable display of the normal symbol is obtained by hitting to the right, where it is easy to obtain the variable display of the normal symbol, and then the left-handed game is performed. When a ball enters the alternate distribution unit 71 and is distributed to the right path 75, the execution balance between the falling timing of the ball, the variable display time of the normal symbol, and the appearance board 79b assumed in each game state. This is because the system collapses and the gameplay collapses. Therefore, by outputting an alarm sound when a ball is detected at the right side normal symbol gate 76b in the "normal game state" or the "latent probability variation state", the player is made to avoid playing the right-handed game, and the "normal In each game state, we try to eliminate as much as possible the possibility that a ball is detected by the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit when the number of reserved balls in the variable display of normal symbols is accumulated in the "gaming state" or the "latent probability variation state". It is possible to realize the same gameplay as described above.

Next, with reference to FIG. 20, the special figure variation process (S110), which is one process of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17) executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110, will be described. FIG. 20 is a flowchart showing this special figure variation process (S110). This special symbol variation processing (S110) is to control the dynamic display on the special symbol display device 37 and the variation performance performed on the third symbol display device 81.

In this special figure variation process (S110), first, it is determined whether or not there is a jackpot at present (S301). During a jackpot game, the jackpot game displayed on the third symbol display device 81 and the special symbol display device 37 during a jackpot game and during a predetermined time after the jackpot game ends are included. As a result of the determination, if it is a jackpot (S301: Yes), the special symbol variation process (S110) is ended and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17).

If it is not a jackpot (S301: No), it is determined whether the display mode of the special symbol display device 37 is dynamically displayed (S302), and the display mode of the special symbol display device 37 is dynamically displayed. If not (S302: No), then it is determined whether a predetermined period of time has passed after the dynamic display on the special symbol display device 37 has stopped (S303). As a result, if the predetermined time has not elapsed after the dynamic display stopped (S303: No), the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17). As a result, the stopped symbols in the dynamic display (fluctuation effect) are displayed on the special symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81 for a predetermined period of time, allowing the player to visually recognize the stopped symbols. .

On the other hand, as a result of the processing in S303, if a predetermined period of time has elapsed after the dynamic display stopped (S303: Yes), the value of the second reserved pitch counter 203b (the value of the second special pitch reserved in the main controller 110) It is determined whether or not the number of pending balls (N2) for dynamic display (fluctuating performance) related to symbols is greater than "0" (S304). As a result, if the value of the second held ball counter 203b (active held ball number N2) is not "0" (S304: Yes), it is the timing to start executing the dynamic display (fluctuating effect) regarding the second special symbol. First, the value of the second held ball counter 203b (number of active held balls N2) is subtracted by 1 (S305). This is because the execution of one of the dynamic displays (fluctuating effects) related to the second special symbol that has been suspended is started by the variation start process (S310) described later, so the second This is because the number of reserved balls related to the special symbol decreases by one.

Next, the data stored in the second reserved ball storage area 203e is shifted (S306). This data shift process is a process of sequentially shifting the data stored in the second holding first to fourth areas of the second holding ball storage area 203e toward the holding ball execution area 203f. 1 area → Hold ball execution area 203f, 2nd hold 2nd area → 2nd hold 1st area, 2nd hold 3rd area → 2nd hold 2nd area, 2nd hold 4th area → 2nd hold 3rd area The data in each area is shifted in this way.

On the other hand, in the process of S304, if it is determined that the value of the second held ball counter 203b (operated held ball number N2) is "0" (S304: No), then the first held ball number counter 203a It is determined whether or not the value (the number N1 of operation pending balls of the dynamic display (fluctuating effect) related to the first special symbol held in the main control device 110) is larger than "0" (S307). As a result, if the value of the first held ball counter 203a (operating held ball number N1) is not "0" (S307: Yes), it is the timing to start executing the dynamic display (fluctuating effect) regarding the first special symbol. First, the value of the first held ball counter 203a (actual held ball number N1) is subtracted by 1 (S308). This is because the execution of one dynamic display (variable effect) among the dynamic displays (variable effects) related to the first special symbol that has been held is started by the movement start process (S310) described later, so the held ball This is because the number decreases by one.

Next, the data stored in the first reserved ball storage area 203d is shifted (S309). This data shift process is a process of sequentially shifting the data stored in the first holding areas 1 to 4 of the first holding ball storage area 203d toward the holding ball execution area 203f. 1 area → Hold ball execution area 203f, 1st hold 2nd area → 1st hold 1st area, 1st hold 3rd area → 1st hold 2nd area, 1st hold 4th area → 1st hold 3rd area The data in each area is shifted in this way.

After the data shift process in S306 or S309, a fluctuation start process is executed for the special symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81 based on the values of various counters stored in the held ball execution area 203f by the data shift process. (S310), and returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17). Note that the fluctuation start process (S310) will be described later with reference to FIG. 21.

In the process of S307, if it is determined that the value of the first held ball counter 203a (operated held ball number N1) is "0" (S307: No), a demonstration effect is performed on the third symbol display device 81. In other words, it is determined whether the demonstration is in progress (S311). In this determination process, after transmitting a demo command to the display control device 114 via the audio lamp control device 113, the value of the first held ball number counter 203a or the second held ball number counter 203b (active held ball number N1 or activated The period until any value of the number of reserved pitches (N2) is determined to be greater than "0" is determined to be during the demonstration.

If it is determined that the demo is not in progress (S311: No), a demo command to be sent to the audio lamp control device 113 is set (S312), and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17). On the other hand, if it is determined that the demo is in progress (S311: Yes), the process directly returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17). The demo command set in the process of S312 is stored in a ring buffer for command transmission provided in the RAM 203, and is then executed during the external output process of the timer interrupt process (see S101 in FIG. 17). It is sent to the audio lamp control device 113.

When the voice lamp control device 113 receives the demo command, it sends a display demo command to the display control device 114, and the display control device 114 sends a demo command to the third symbol display device 81 based on the reception of the display demo command. Performs control to display effects.

Here, the demonstration command is set when, as described above, there is no held ball when a predetermined period of time has passed after the fluctuation has stopped. Therefore, if the variation effect is not started even after a predetermined period of time has passed after the variation is stopped, a demonstration effect is displayed on the third symbol display device 81.

Note that if it is determined in the process of S311 that the demo is not in progress (S311: No), a process of determining whether or not a second predetermined time period longer than the predetermined time period has elapsed after the fluctuation is stopped is performed. The demo command may be set by executing the process of S312 when the second predetermined time period has elapsed after the fluctuation has stopped. Thereby, when there are no reserved balls after the fluctuation is stopped, the stopped symbols of the stopped fluctuation performance can be shown to the player for a relatively long time without starting the demonstration performance immediately.

In the process of S302, when it is determined that the display mode of the special symbol display device 37 is dynamically displayed (S302: Yes), it is determined whether the dynamic display time (variable time) has elapsed (S313 ). The display time during the dynamic display of the special symbol display device 37 is determined according to the fluctuation pattern selected by the fluctuation type counter CS1 (determined according to the fluctuation pattern command), and this dynamic display time If (variable time) has not elapsed (S313: No), the display on the special symbol display device 37 is updated (S314), and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17).

In the first embodiment, in the 7-segment display 37b of the special symbol display device 37, for example, the center segment of the 7-segment display 37b blinks until a variable time period elapses after the dynamic display is started. The display mode is set.

On the other hand, if the dynamic display time (fluctuating time) of the dynamic display on the special symbol display device 37 has elapsed (S313: Yes), a display mode corresponding to the stopped symbol is set for the special symbol display device 37. (S315). The stop symbols are set in advance by a variation start process (S310) which will be described later with reference to FIG. In the fluctuation start process, whether or not it is a jackpot is determined according to the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f by the process of S306 or S309, and if it is a jackpot, the value of the jackpot type counter C2 is determined. After the jackpot, it is determined whether the symbol is a "15R probability variable jackpot" or a "7R probability variation jackpot".

In the first embodiment, when it becomes a "15R definite strange jackpot" after the jackpot, the symbol "7" is displayed on the 7 segment display 37b, and when it becomes a "7R sure strange jackpot", the 7 segment display 37b The symbol "3" is displayed on the screen. Furthermore, in the case of a loss, only the center segment of the 7-segment display 37b is displayed (ie, "-").

When the display mode of the special symbol display device 37 corresponding to the stop symbol is set in the process of S315, the stop symbol of the variable performance on the third symbol display device 81 is displayed on the 7-segment display 37b of the special symbol display device 37. In order to confirm the display in synchronization with the above, a confirmation command is set (S316), and the process moves to S317. The confirmation command is a command for causing the third symbol display device 81 to confirm and display the variable performance being executed. When the audio lamp control device 113 receives this confirmation command, it transmits a display confirmation command to the display control device 114. The display control device 114 is configured to stop the fluctuating performance of the third symbol on the third symbol display device 81 and display the stopped symbol in a determined manner by receiving the display confirmation command.

In the process of S317, in order to determine whether the state is a "probability fluctuation state" or a "latent probability fluctuation state", it is determined whether the value of an ST counter (not shown) provided in the RAM 203 is greater than "0". (S317).

This ST counter is a counter for indicating that the state is in a "probability fluctuation state" or "latent probability fluctuation state", and it is a counter for indicating a "probability fluctuation state" or "latent probability fluctuation state". In this case, a value of "100") is set, and if the value of the ST counter is greater than "0", the gaming state is determined to be a "probability fluctuation state" or a "latent probability fluctuation state". Specifically, in the jackpot processing (see FIG. 23) described later, the flag is configured to be set to "100" when the jackpot state ends and the "probability fluctuation state" or "latent probability state" starts. ing.

In the process of S317, if the value of the ST counter is not "0" (S317: Yes), it is a "probability fluctuation state" or "latent probability fluctuation state", and any special symbol is dynamically displayed (fluctuation effect). has been completed once, the value of the ST counter is decremented by 1 (S318), this special figure fluctuation process (S110) is ended, and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17).

On the other hand, in the process of S317, if the value of the ST counter is "0" (S317: No), it is the "normal gaming state", so the process of S318 is skipped and this special figure fluctuation process (S110) is executed. The process ends and returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17).

Next, with reference to FIG. 21, the variation start process (S310) which is one process of the special figure variation process (S110) executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110 will be described. FIG. 21 is a flowchart showing the fluctuation start process (S310). This fluctuation start process (S310) performs a jackpot or loss lottery (jackpot lottery) based on the values of various counters stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f according to the game state, and also performs a jackpot lottery (jackpot lottery). 3. The dynamic display and the dynamic pattern (variation pattern and stop type) of the variation effect performed on the 3-symbol display device 81 are determined.

In the fluctuation start process (S310), first, in order to determine the gaming state, it is determined whether the value of an ST counter (not shown) provided in the RAM 203 is greater than "0" (S321). As a result of the determination, if the value of the ST counter is "0" (S321: No), the gaming state is the "normal gaming state" and the jackpot probability of the special symbol is in the low probability state. A jackpot random number table 202a is set (S322), and the process moves to S324. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the ST counter is larger than "0" (S323: Yes), the gaming state is "probability fluctuation state" or "latent probability fluctuation state", and the special symbol jackpot Since the probability is in the high probability state, a jackpot random number table 202a for the high probability state is set (S323), and the process moves to S324.

In the process of S324, it is determined whether or not it is a jackpot based on the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f and the jackpot random number table 202a (see FIG. 15(a)) set in S322 or S323. A jackpot lottery (win/fail determination) process is performed to determine (S324).

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, whether or not there is a jackpot is determined based on the relationship between the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 and the gaming state (mode) at the time. As mentioned above, in the jackpot random number table 202a, when the possible gaming state (mode) of the pachinko machine 10 is the normal low probability state ("normal gaming state"), "7,307,582" is the jackpot random number. Specified as a numerical value. In addition, when the possible gaming state (mode) of the pachinko machine 10 is a high probability state (“probability fluctuation state” or “latent probability fluctuation state”), “28,122,298,390,486,567,656 , 750, 866'' is defined as the jackpot random value.

In the process of S324, the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f is compared with the jackpot random number values defined in the jackpot random number table 202a, and if they match, the jackpot is determined. It is determined that As a result of the processing in S324, if it is determined that it is a jackpot (S324: Yes), the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f and the jackpot for special figure 1 corresponding to the first special symbol. The display mode at the time of jackpot is set based on the type table 202b1 (see FIG. 15(b)) or the jackpot type table 202b2 for special figure 2 corresponding to the second special symbol (see FIG. 15(c)) (S325 ).

In this process, according to the jackpot type table 202b, the jackpot type associated with the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f, that is, after a jackpot with a maximum round number of 15 rounds, the "probability fluctuation state" is set. It is determined whether it is a "15R probability variable jackpot" which shifts to "15R probability variable jackpot" or a "7R potential probability variable jackpot" which shifts to "latent probability variable state" after the maximum number of rounds is 7 rounds. Then, based on the determined jackpot type, the display mode (display mode of the 7-segment display 37b) at the time of a jackpot on the special symbol display device 37 is set.

Specifically, the held ball execution area 203f determines whether the data stored in the held ball execution area 203f is data shifted from the first held ball storage area 203d or data shifted from the second held ball storage area 203e. If the data is stored in a shift source buffer (not shown) and shifted from the first held ball storage area 203d, the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the held ball execution area 203f, The jackpot type is determined based on the special figure 1 jackpot type table 202b1 (see FIG. 15(b)). In addition, if the data stored in the held ball execution area 203f is data shifted from the second held ball storage area 203e, the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the held ball execution area 203f and the special The jackpot type is determined based on the jackpot type table 202b2 for FIG. 2 (see FIG. 15(c)).

Next, a fluctuation pattern at the time of a jackpot is determined (S326), and the process moves to S329. Specifically, in the special symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81, based on the display mode (stop type) at the time of jackpot and the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f. A performance mode is selected from among the selected performance modes, and a dynamic time (variation time) of the dynamic display (variable performance) is determined based on the value of the variation type counter CS1. In determining the fluctuation pattern at the time of this jackpot, first, the stop pattern table 202d (see FIG. 13) to be used is selected according to the stop type of the jackpot.

Specifically, when "15R probability variable jackpot" is set as the jackpot type in the process of S325, in the stop pattern table 202d provided for "15R probability variable jackpot" (for example, stop pattern table for 15R probability variation), The performance mode associated with the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 stored in the held ball execution area 203f is selected. In addition, when "7R latent probability variable jackpot" is set as the jackpot type, in the stop pattern table 202d provided for "7R potential probability variable jackpot" (for example, the stop pattern table for 7R potential probability variable), the reserved ball execution area The production mode corresponding to the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 stored in 203f is selected.

Then, in the variation pattern table 202e provided for each performance mode set in the process of S325, a variation pattern associated with the value of the variation type counter CS1 stored in the held ball execution area 203f is selected. Then, the variation time is set based on the relationship between the predefined variation pattern and the variation time.

On the other hand, if it is determined in the process of S324 that it is not a jackpot (S324: No), a display mode for a loss is set (S327). In the process of S327, the display mode of the special symbol display device 37 is set to the display mode corresponding to the losing symbol, and the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 and the first reserved ball number counter stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f are set. Based on the value of 203a or (and) second reserved ball number counter 203b and the current gaming state, the performance mode to be displayed on the third symbol display device 81 is "non-reach (shortened)" production mode, "non-reach (Normal)", "Normal Reach", "Super Reach", or "Special Reach". In the first embodiment, each performance mode corresponds to whether the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10 is a "probability fluctuation state", a "latent probability fluctuation state", or a "normal gaming state". The stop pattern table 202d is set so that the range of values of the stop pattern selection counter C3 is different.

Next, a fluctuation pattern at the time of a loss is determined (S328), and the process moves to S329. In the process of S328, a variable time is determined in the special symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81 until the symbol is stopped and displayed in the case of a losing symbol. Specifically, in the variation pattern table 202e provided for each display mode (performance mode) at the time of loss determined in the process of S327, it corresponds to the value of the variation type counter CS1 stored in the held ball execution area 203f. Select the attached variation pattern. Then, the variation time is set based on the relationship between the predefined variation pattern and the variation time.

In this way, the process of setting the production mode and variation pattern at the time of a jackpot and the process of setting the production mode and variation pattern at the time of a loss are judged and determined by the same determination program using the same random numbers C3 and CS1. This makes it possible to standardize programs and reduce development man-hours during development.

In the process of S329, based on the variation time corresponding to the variation pattern determined in the processes of S326 and S328, the display control device 114 is notified of the variation time according to the variation pattern via the audio lamp control device 113. A pattern command is set (S329). Specifically, for example, if you win a jackpot lottery and the jackpot is a "15R guaranteed variable jackpot" and the variation pattern of "25 seconds" "super reach" is selected, the jackpot/" Variation pattern commands are set that indicate "Super Reach" of "15R Guaranteed Variable Jackpot" and "25 Seconds". In addition, if you lose the jackpot lottery and the variation pattern of "25 seconds" "Super Reach" is selected, a variation pattern command indicating the loss/"25 seconds" "Super Reach" will be set. . In this way, even if the variable effects have the same variation time, by setting the appropriateness of the variable effect and the general content of the variation pattern in the variable pattern command, the audio lamp control device 113 can control the effect mode including the appropriateness. By understanding the contents and the variation time, it is possible to determine the variation pattern of the variation performance in more detail based on that information.

In addition, a stop type command is set to notify the display control device 114 via the audio lamp control device 113 of the stop type set in the process of S325 or S327 (S330), and the special figure fluctuation process (see FIG. 20) ) Return to Specifically, for example, if you win a jackpot and the content of the jackpot is a "15R guaranteed strange jackpot", without specifying the specific stopping mode of the third symbol (for example, "7" symbol, etc.), A stop type command is set that indicates a "15R guaranteed strange jackpot". In addition, if you win a jackpot and the content of the jackpot is "7R latent probability variable jackpot", you can use "7R latent probability variable jackpot" without specifying the specific stopping mode of the third symbol (for example, "3" symbol, etc.). Set a stop type command that indicates "Jackpot".

On the other hand, if you do not win the jackpot and the "Super Reach" production mode is selected, the specific stopping mode of the third symbol (for example, "787" etc.) will not be specified, and the " Set a stop type command that indicates the "Super Reach" production mode. In addition, if you do not win the jackpot and the "Normal Reach" production mode is selected, the "Normal Reach" effect at the time of loss without specifying the specific stopping mode of the third symbol (for example, "737", etc.) ” Set a stop type command that indicates the production mode. Furthermore, if you do not win the jackpot and the "non-reach" production mode is selected, the specific stopping mode of the third symbol (for example, "258" etc.) will not be specified, and the " Set a stop type command that indicates the "non-reach" production mode.

In this way, by setting a rough stop type based on the propriety of the variation effect in the stop type command, the audio lamp control device 113 (display control device 114) can grasp the stop type based on the propriety of the variation effect and Based on this information, it is possible to determine the stopping result of the variable effect in more detail.

These fluctuation pattern commands and stop type commands are stored in a ring buffer for command transmission provided in the RAM 203, and these commands are It is sent to the audio lamp control device 113. When the audio lamp control device 113 receives the fluctuation pattern command and the stop type command, it generates a display fluctuation pattern command and a display type command based on the fluctuation pattern command and transmits them to the display control device 114.

Next, with reference to FIG. 22, the general figure fluctuation process (S111), which is one process of the timer interrupt process executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110, will be described. FIG. 22 is a flowchart showing the normal pattern variation process (S111). This ordinary symbol variation process (S111) is to control the variable display of ordinary symbols on the ordinary symbol display device 83.

In this normal symbol variation process (S111), first, it is determined whether or not the appearing board 79b of the appearing regular electric symbol 79a is currently protruding, that is, whether or not the normal symbol is hitting (S401). . As a result of the determination, if the appearance board 79b is protruding (S401: Yes), it means that the normal symbol is hitting, so the normal symbol fluctuation processing (S111) is ended and the timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 17). Return to

On the other hand, if the appearance board 79b is not protruding (S401: No), the normal symbol is not hitting, and then it is determined whether the display mode of the normal symbol display device 83 is in the variable display of the normal symbol. (S402). If the display mode of the normal symbol display device 83 is not in the variable display of normal symbols (S402: No), then it is determined whether a predetermined period of time has passed after the variable display in the normal symbol display device 83 has stopped (S403 ). As a result, if the predetermined period of time has not elapsed after the variable display stopped (S403: No), the normal figure variation process (S111) is ended and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17). Thereby, the stopped symbols in the variable display are displayed on the normal symbol display device 83 for a predetermined period of time, so that the stopped symbols can be visually recognized by the player.

On the other hand, as a result of the processing in S403, if a predetermined period of time has elapsed after the variable display stopped (S403: Yes), the value of the normal symbol pending ball counter 203g It is determined whether the displayed number of pending pitches (HN) is greater than "0" (S404). As a result, if the value of the normal pattern reserved ball counter 203g (operated pending ball number HN) is not "0" (S404: Yes), it is determined that it is the timing to start executing the variable display regarding the normal pattern, and first, the normal pattern is The value of the figure held ball counter 203g (actual held ball number HN) is subtracted by 1 (S405). This is because the execution of one of the variable displays related to the reserved normal symbols is started by the process (S406 to S413) described later, so the number of reserved balls related to the normal symbols decreases by one. .

Next, the data stored in the standard ball holding area 203h is shifted (S406). This data shift process is a process of sequentially shifting the data stored in the first to fourth areas of the normal pattern holding ball storage area 203h toward the normal pattern holding ball execution area 203i. First reservation area → Fuzu reservation ball execution area 203i, Fuzu reservation second area → Fuzu reservation first area, Fuzu reservation third area → Fuzu reservation second area, Fuzu reservation fourth area → Fuzu The data in each area is shifted, such as the third reserved area.

After the data shift process in S406, the normal symbols on the normal symbol display device 83 are changed based on the data stored in the normal symbol holding ball execution area 203i (i.e., the value of the common symbol per counter C4) by the data shift process. In order to execute the display, first, it is determined whether the gaming state is the "normal gaming state" (S407). As a result of the determination, if it is determined that the state is "normal gaming state" (S407: Yes), the variable display time of the normal symbols is set to "3 seconds" (S408), and the process moves to S410. On the other hand, if it is determined that the gaming state is not the "normal gaming state", that is, if it is determined to be the "probability fluctuation state" or the "latent probability fluctuation state" (S407: No), the variable display time of the normal symbol is set to "0.5 seconds", which is shorter than in the "normal gaming state" (S409), and the process moves to S410.

As a result, by changing the variable display time of the normal symbols according to the game state, when the player hits left, the ball that has passed through the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a in the alternate distribution unit 71 appears on the appearance plate 79b. It is possible to make a difference as to whether or not the variable display of the normal symbol ends within the time it takes for the variable display to reach the placement position. As a result, when a ball passes through the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a and the variable display of the normal symbol is executed based on the passage, the variable display of the normal symbol is performed by the time the ball reaches the placement position of the appearance board 79b. When the display is finished and the ball can be guided to the special figure 2 winning hole 78 side by the protruding protruding board 79b based on the variable display result, or when the ball reaches the placement position of the protruding board 79b, it is still a normal symbol. A situation in which the variable display is continuously executed and the ball is not guided by the appearing board 79b and enters the special drawing 1 second prize opening 77b as it is in the recessed state (non-protruding state). By varying the or depending on the gaming state, it is possible to create different gameplay for each gaming state.

Furthermore, even when the player hits right, the ball passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b provided on the normal electric unit 79 and reaches the position on the appearance board 79b. It is possible to make a difference whether the variable display ends or not. As a result, when the ball passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b and the variable display of the normal symbol is executed based on the passage, the variable display of the normal symbol ends before the ball reaches the placement position of the appearance board 79b. However, the situation is such that the ball can be guided to the special drawing 2 prize opening 78 side (alternate sorting unit 71 side) by the protruding appearance plate 79b based on the variable display result, or the ball has reached the placement position of the appearance plate 79b. Sometimes, the variable display of the normal symbols is still being executed, and the recessed board 79b is in the recessed state (non-protruding state), so the ball is not guided by the recessed board 79b and remains in the game area below the game board 13. By varying the situation in which the game is played depending on the game state, it is possible to create different gameplay for each game state.

In the process of S410, depending on the gaming state, the random number table 202f per normal symbol is referred to to determine whether or not the stop symbol in the variable display of the normal symbol, that is, the variable display of the normal symbol is appropriate (S410). Specifically, in the "normal game state", that is, in the low probability state, by referring to the group for the low probability state in the random number table 202f per normal pattern, the normal pattern stored in the normal pattern holding ball execution area 203i is selected. The value of the winning random number counter C4 is determined, and the stop symbol of the variable display of the normal symbol (that is, the validity of the normal symbol) is determined. In addition, in the "latent probability fluctuating state" or "probability fluctuating state", that is, the high probability state, the data is stored in the regular symbol holding ball execution area 203i with reference to the group for high probability states in the random number table 202f per regular symbol. The value of the random number counter C4 per ordinary symbol is determined, and the stop symbol of the variable display of the ordinary symbol (that is, the validity of the ordinary symbol) is determined. After the process of S410, the normal figure fluctuation process (S111) is ended and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17).

Therefore, by changing the probability of success or failure of the normal symbols according to the gaming state, when the player hits the ball left-handed and the ball passes through the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a in the alternate distribution unit 71, the ball will be sent from the right side exit. It is possible to make a difference as to whether the protruding/retracting plate 79b is in the protruding state or not depending on the timing at which the ball is ejected. As a result, when a ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, the appearance plate 79b is likely to protrude, and the protruding appearance plate 79b can guide the ball to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side. Is the situation where the board 79b is difficult to protrude and the ball is not guided by the recessed board 79b because it is in a recessed state (non-protruding state) and enters the special drawing 1 second prize opening 77b as it is? By varying , depending on the gaming state, it is possible to create different gameplay for each gaming state.

Furthermore, even when the player hits the ball to the right, when the ball passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b provided in the normal electric unit 79, it is possible to make a difference as to whether or not the appearing board 79b is likely to protrude or not. . As a result, when the ball passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b, the appearance plate 79b is likely to protrude, and the protruding appearance plate 79b can guide the ball to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side. By varying the situation in which the player 79b is difficult to protrude and is directly flowed down to the game area below the game board 13 depending on the game state, it is possible to create different playability for each game state.

In the process of S402, when it is determined that the display mode of the normal symbol display device 83 is in variable display (S402: Yes), it is determined whether or not the variable display time has elapsed (S411). The variable display time of the normal symbol display device 83 is determined according to the gaming state by the process of S408 or S409, and if this variable display time has not elapsed (S411: No), the display of the normal symbol display device 83 is is updated (S412), this normal figure fluctuation process (S111) is ended, and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17).

On the other hand, if the variable display time of the variable display on the normal symbol display device 83 has elapsed (S411: Yes), the display mode corresponding to the stop symbol preset in S410 is set for the normal symbol display device 83. (S413), the normal figure fluctuation process (S111) is ended, and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17).

As a result, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, when a ball passes through any of the normal symbol gates 76, the variable display on the normal symbol display device 83 is set based on this common symbol variation process (S111). From the start of the variable display on the normal symbol display device 83 until the variable display time has elapsed, the "○" symbol and the "x" symbol are alternately lit. Then, if the variable display result is a win, the "○" symbol is lit up, while if it is a loss, the "x" symbol is lit up.

In addition, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the probability of success or failure of the variable display of the normal symbol and the variable display time are changed according to the gaming state, and the protruding time of the appearing plate 79b of the retractable normal electric winning combination 79a is changed in accordance with the gaming state. configured to change accordingly. With this configuration, the ball that passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit will win the special figure 1 second prize opening 77b depending on whether it is in the "normal game state" or the "latent probability variable state" when playing left-handed. It is possible to change whether to enter the special drawing 2 winning hole 78 or to win the prize. Also, depending on whether or not the "probability fluctuation state" occurs when hitting right, the ball that has passed through the right side normal symbol gate 76b may roll on the top surface of the appearance plate 79b and be guided to the special figure 2 winning hole 78 side. You can change whether it is possible or not. As a result, the probability of success or failure of the normal symbols, the variable display time, and the protrusion time of the appearance board 79b are changed according to the game state at that time, and the winning openings 77 and 78 that can be won are changed for each game state, thereby creating variations in the game. By increasing the number of players, it is possible to increase the interest of the game.

Next, with reference to FIG. 23, the jackpot process (S103), which is one process of the timer interrupt process executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110, will be described. FIG. 23 is a flowchart showing the jackpot processing (S103).

As described above, in this jackpot processing (S103), when a special symbol jackpot occurs, the number of openings (round number) of the jackpot openings 65a and 67a is set according to the type of jackpot, and the central jackpot The opening time of the opening 65a or the right big winning opening 67a (hereinafter, the central big winning opening 65a and the right big winning opening 67a may be collectively referred to as "big winning opening 65a, 67a") is set. Then, in the case of a jackpot state, a jackpot opening/closing control process (see FIG. 24) for opening or closing the jackpot openings 65a and 67a is executed.

That is, the big winning holes 65a and 67a are opened every round in the jackpot state, and the maximum opening time of the big winning holes 65a and 67a (in the first embodiment, "30 seconds") has elapsed, or the big winning hole is opened. The closing condition is determined as to whether or not a prescribed number of balls (10 in the first embodiment) have entered the prizes in 65a and 67a. Then, when any of these closing conditions is satisfied, the big prize openings 65a and 67a are closed. The control regarding opening and closing of the big prize openings 65a and 67a is repeatedly executed a predetermined number of rounds.

In the jackpot processing (S103), first, it is determined whether or not there is a jackpot (S501). As a result of the determination, if it is not a jackpot (S501: No), then it is determined whether the dynamic display of the special symbol (fluctuation effect) has ended (S502).

As a result of the determination in S502, if the dynamic display (fluctuation effect) of the special symbol has not ended (S502: No), this jackpot process (S103) is ended and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17). On the other hand, if the dynamic display (variable performance) of the special symbol has ended (S502: Yes), then it is determined whether or not a jackpot has been won in the dynamic display (variable performance) (S503).

As a result of the determination in S503, if it is determined that the jackpot has not been won in the dynamic display (fluctuation effect) (S503: No), this jackpot processing (S103) is ended and the timer interrupt processing (FIG. 17) is performed. Return to ). On the other hand, if it is determined that a jackpot has been won in the dynamic display (fluctuation effect) (S503: Yes), in order to execute control regarding the won jackpot, first check whether the number of rounds of the won jackpot is 15R. In other words, it is determined whether or not the "15R probability-variable jackpot" has been won (S504).

As a result of the determination in S504, if the "15R guaranteed variable jackpot" has been won (S504: Yes), "15" is set in the round counter in order to control the opening of the jackpots 65a and 67a 15 times in this jackpot. (S505), and the process moves to S507. On the other hand, if you have not won the "15R guaranteed strange jackpot", that is, if you have won the "7R potential strange jackpot" (S504: No), the opening control of the big prize openings 65a and 67a will be performed 7 times in this jackpot. To do so, the round counter is set to "7" (S506), and the process moves to S507. The MPU 201 checks the value of the round counter, and if a value is set in the round counter (that is, "1" or more), the MPU 201 controls the opening of the big prize openings 65a and 67a and sets the value of the round counter. Subtract 1 from . Then, when the value of the round counter becomes "0", the jackpot being executed is terminated.

In the process of S507, in order to transmit the opening command to the audio lamp control device 113, the opening command is set in the command transmission ring buffer provided in the RAM 203 (S507). Next, the opening time (for example, "10 seconds") of the jackpot is set (S508), the jackpot processing (S103) is ended, and the process returns to the timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 17).

In the process of S501, if it is determined that the jackpot has already been won (S501: Yes), a big winning opening/closing control process (S509) is executed to control opening/closing of the big winning openings 65a, 67a.

Here, with reference to FIG. 24, the big winning opening opening/closing control process (S509), which is one process of the jackpot process executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110, will be described. FIG. 24 is a flowchart showing the big winning opening opening/closing control process (S509). As described above, in this big winning opening opening/closing control process (S509), the opening/closing control of the big winning openings 65a, 67a is executed based on the number of openings of the big winning openings 65a, 67a set in the jackpot process (S103). do.

In this big winning hole opening/closing control process (S509), first, it is determined whether any of the big winning holes 65a, 67a is open (S601). If the big winning holes 65a, 67a are not open (S601: No), the big winning holes 65a, 67a are not open and are in the interval time, so the process moves to S612, while the big winning holes 65a, 67a are not open. If 67a is open (S601: Yes), then whether the timing has elapsed for one opening time of the big prize openings 65a and 67a set in the opening time setting process (see S615 described later), which will be described later. (S602).

In the process of S602, if the opening time of the big winning holes 65a, 67a has elapsed (S602: Yes), the closing condition of the big winning holes 65a, 67a is satisfied, and the big winning holes 65a, 67a in that round are closed. Since it is the closing timing, the value of the winning prize counter is cleared to "0" (S603), and the process moves to S607 in order to close the big prize openings 65a and 67a. The closing process of the big prize openings 65a and 67a from S607 will be described later. On the other hand, in the process of S602, if the opening time of the grand prize openings 65a, 67a has not elapsed (S602: No), then it is determined whether the ball has entered the grand prize openings 65a, 67a (S604). ).

In the process of S604, if the ball has entered the big winning openings 65a and 67a (S604: Yes), the value of the winning counter is subtracted by 1 (S605), and then the value of the winning counter that has been subtracted by 1 becomes "0". ” (S606). If the value of the winning counter is not larger than "0" (S606: No), that is, if the value of the winning counter is less than or equal to "0", 10 balls have entered the grand prize openings 65a and 67a and the grand prize is won. Since the conditions for closing the winning holes 65a and 67a are satisfied, the process moves to S607 in order to close the big winning holes 65a and 67a.

In addition, in the process of S604, if it is determined that the ball has not entered the big winning openings 65a, 67a (S604: No), or in the process of S606, if the value of the winning prize counter is larger than "0" If it is determined that there is one (S606: Yes), the closing conditions for the grand prize openings 65a, 67a are not satisfied, and the processing of S607 to S616 is skipped in order to continue opening the grand prize openings 65a, 67a. Then, this big winning opening opening/closing control process (S509) is ended. After finishing this big winning opening/closing control process (S509), the process returns to the big winning process (see FIG. 23).

In the closing process of the grand prize openings 65a, 67a from S607, first, the closing setting of the grand prize openings 65a, 67a is performed (S607), and then, the grand prize openings 65a, 67a are closed to the audio lamp control device 113. A close command is set to indicate that the process has ended (S608), and the process moves to S609. Note that the closing command set in the process of S608 is stored in a ring buffer for command transmission provided in the RAM 203, and is stored in the external output process of the timer interrupt process to be executed next (see S101 in FIG. 17). and is transmitted to the audio lamp control device 113.

Next, in the process of S609, since 1 round of the big prize openings 65a and 67a has been completed, the value of the round counter is subtracted by 1 (S609), and the value of the round counter that is subtracted by 1 is a value larger than "0". It is determined whether or not (S610). If the value of the round counter is larger than "0" (S610: Yes), the number of rounds in the jackpot (remaining number of openings of the jackpots 65a and 67a) remains, so the next jackpot will be played. An interval time (for example, "2 seconds") is set until the winning openings 65a and 67a are opened (S611), and the process moves to S612.

On the other hand, in the process of S610, if the value of the round counter is not larger than "0" (S610: No), that is, if the value of the round counter is less than or equal to "0", the jackpot 65a in this jackpot, Since all the opening operations of 67a have been completed, in order to end the jackpot state, the jackpot opening control process (S509) is finished and the process returns to the jackpot process (see FIG. 23).

In the process of S612, it is determined whether the opening time set in S508 of the jackpot process (see FIG. 23) or the interval time set in S611 has elapsed (S612). As a result of the determination, if the opening time or the interval time has not elapsed (S612: No), the processes of S613 to S616 are skipped, this jackpot opening/closing control process (S509) is ended, and the jackpot process (FIG. 23) Reference).

On the other hand, if it is determined that the opening time or the interval time has elapsed (S612: Yes), it is the timing to open the big winning holes 65a, 67a, so first, set the opening time of the big winning holes 65a, 67a. Execute (S613). Next, in order to count the balls that have won into the opened big winning openings 65a and 67a, a winning counter is set to "10" (S614), and the process moves to S615. In the first embodiment, the value of this winning counter is configured to be decremented by 1 every time one ball enters the big winning holes 65a, 67a, and the MPU 201 is configured to subtract 1 from the value of the winning counter after the big winning holes 65a, 67a are opened. The big winning openings 65a and 67a are configured to be closed when a predetermined opening time has elapsed or when the value of the winning counter becomes "0".

In the process of S615, the maximum opening time (for example, "30 seconds") of the big prize openings 65a, 67a is set (S615), and the big prize openings 65a, 67a are being opened to the audio lamp control device 113. An opening command indicating this is set (S616), and this big winning opening opening/closing control process (S509) is ended. After finishing this big winning opening/closing control process (S509), the process returns to the big winning process (see FIG. 23).

Note that the release command set in the process of S616 is stored in a ring buffer for command transmission provided in the RAM 203, and is used during the external output process of the timer interrupt process (see S101 in FIG. 17) to be executed next. and is transmitted to the audio lamp control device 113.

Returning to FIG. 23, the explanation will be continued. After executing the big winning opening control process (S509), it is determined whether the value of the round counter is greater than "0" (S510). In the above-described big winning opening opening/closing control process, the value of the round counter is decremented as the big winning openings 65a and 67a are closed (see S609 in FIG. 24), so the value of the round counter is " If the value is larger than "0" (S510: Yes), in order to continue executing the jackpot, the processing of S511 to S516 is skipped, this jackpot processing (S103) is ended, and the timer interrupt processing ( (see FIG. 17).

On the other hand, if the value of the round counter is not larger than "0", that is, if the value of the round counter is "0" or less (S510: No), the jackpot termination condition is satisfied, so the jackpot is To end the game, first, an ending command indicating the start of a jackpot ending effect is set in the audio lamp control device 113 (S511). Then, in order to set the gaming state at the end of the jackpot to the "probability variation state" or "latent probability variation state" until the dynamic display of the special symbol (variation effect) is executed 100 times, the value of the ST counter is set to "100". is set (S512), a jackpot end setting process is performed to set the ending time, etc. (S513), and the process moves to S514. Note that the ending command set in the process of S511 is stored in a ring buffer for command transmission provided in the RAM 203, and is stored in the external output process of the timer interrupt process to be executed next (see S101 in FIG. 17). and is transmitted to the audio lamp control device 113.

In the process of S514, it is determined whether the jackpot type in this jackpot is a "7R latent probability variable jackpot" that causes a "latent probability variable state" (S514). As a result of the determination, if it is determined that the jackpot type is a "7R latent probability variable jackpot" that causes a "latent probability variable state" (S514: Yes), the gaming state is shifted to a "latent probability variable state" ( S515), this jackpot processing (S103) is ended. On the other hand, if it is determined that the jackpot type is not a "7R latent probability variable jackpot" that causes a "latent probability variable state", that is, if the jackpot type is a "15R probability variable jackpot" (S514: No), the gaming state is changed. A transition is made to the "probability fluctuation state" (S516), and this jackpot processing (S103) is ended. After the jackpot process ends, the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17).

In this way, by executing the jackpot process (see FIG. 23) and the jackpot opening/closing control process (see FIG. 24) that controls opening and closing of the jackpot openings 65a and 67a in the jackpot processing, the main control The MPU 201 of the device 110 performs processing for opening and closing the jackpots 65a and 67a at the time of a jackpot, and processing for transmitting various states at the jackpot to the audio lamp control device 113.

Next, with reference to FIG. 25, the normal electric power control process (S104), which is one process of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17) executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110, will be described. FIG. 25 is a flowchart showing the normal power control process (S104). In this normal electric win control process (S104), when a hit with a normal symbol occurs, the appearance/disappearance (protrusion and retraction) driving control of the retractable type normal electric win 79a on the appearance board 79b is executed according to the game state. That is, the protruding time of the protruding board 79b is set according to the game state, the protruding board 79b is driven to protrude, and when the set protruding time has elapsed, control is executed to retract the protruding board 79b. .

In the normal electric role control process (S104), first, it is determined whether or not the appearing board 79b is protruding, that is, whether or not the normal symbol is hitting (S701). As a result of the determination, if it is determined that the appearance board 79b is not protruding, that is, if it is determined that the normal symbol is not hitting (S701: No), then it is determined whether the variable display of the normal symbol has ended or not. (S702).

As a result of the determination in S702, if the variable display of the normal symbol has not ended (S702: No), this normal electric role control process (S104) is ended and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17), while If the variable display of the normal symbol has ended (S702: Yes), then it is determined whether or not a winning result has been won in the variable display (S703).

As a result of the determination in S703, if it is determined that there is no winning in the variable display (S703: No), this normal electric role control process (S104) is ended, and the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17) Return to On the other hand, if it is determined that a win has been won in the variable display (S703: Yes), in order to execute control regarding the won, first, the gaming state at the time of winning is a "probability fluctuation state". It is determined whether or not (S704).

As a result of the determination in S704, if it is determined that it is not in the "probability fluctuation state", that is, if the gaming state is the "normal gaming state" or the "latent probability fluctuation state" (S704: No), the normal electric role control table Based on the stipulated contents of 202h, the protrusion time of the protrusion plate 79b in the winning state is set to "2 seconds" (S705), and the process moves to S707. On the other hand, if it is determined that the state is in the "probability fluctuation state" (S704: Yes), the protrusion time of the appearance board 79b in the winning state is set to "5 seconds" based on the specified contents of the normal power control table 202h. (S706), the process moves to S707.

In the process of S707, a protruding process is performed for the protruding plate 79b (S707), the protruding plate 79b which has been in the retracted state is driven to the protruding state, this normal power control process (S104) is ended, and the timer interrupt process is performed. Return to (see FIG. 17).

As a result, by changing the protrusion time of the appearance board 79b based on the hit of a normal symbol according to the game state, when the player hits left, the player passes through the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a in the alternate distribution unit 71. When the ball reaches the position where the protruding and retracting plate 79b is arranged, it is possible to make a difference whether the protruding and retracting plate 79b maintains its protruding state or not. As a result, when a ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit and wins in the variable display of the normal symbol based on the passage, when the ball reaches the placement position of the appearing board 79b, the appearing board 79b is in a protruding state and can be guided to the special figure 2 prize opening 78 side by the appearing board 79b, or when the ball reaches the position of the appearing board 79b, the appearing board 79b is in a retracted state (non-recessed state). By changing depending on the game state whether the ball is not guided by the appearance board 79b and enters the special drawing 1 second prize opening 77b as it is (protruding state), different game characteristics can be achieved depending on the game state. can be produced.

Furthermore, even when the player hits the ball to the right, the ball that passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b provided in the normal electric unit 79 reaches the placement position of the appearing plate 79b and rolls on the upper surface of the appearing plate 79b. While moving, it is possible to make a difference whether the protruding/retracting plate 79b is in the retracted state (non-protruding state) or not. As a result, the ball passing through the right side normal symbol gate 76b reaches the placement position of the appearing plate 79b, that is, the right end of the appearing plate 79b, and the ball continues rolling on the upper surface of the appearing plate 79b. , the protruding state of the protruding plate 79b is maintained and the ball rolling toward the left end on the upper surface of the protruding plate 79b can be guided to the special figure 2 prize opening 78 side, or the ball is A situation in which, while rolling, the protruding time of the retractable board 79b ends and the retractable board 79b retracts, so that the ball that was rolling on the upper surface of the retractable board 79b directly flows down to the lower side of the game area. By varying the or depending on the gaming state, it is possible to create different gameplay for each gaming state.

In the process of S701, if it is determined that the appearing board 79b is protruding, that is, if it is determined that the normal symbol is hitting (S701: Yes), then the appearing and appearing board 79b set in S705 or S706 It is determined whether the protrusion time of the plate 79b has elapsed (S708). As a result of the determination, if it is determined that the set protrusion time of the protruding plate 79b has not elapsed (S708: No), in order to maintain the protruding state of the protruding plate 79b, the process of S709 is skipped and this process is performed. The normal power control process (S104) is ended and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17).

On the other hand, in the process of S708, if it is determined that the set protrusion time of the protruding plate 79b has elapsed (S708: Yes), the protruding process of the protruding plate 79b is performed (S709), and the protruding state is confirmed. The retractable plate 79b is driven to the retracted state, the normal power control process (S104) is ended, and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17).

As described above, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, by varying the winning probability and variable time of the normal symbol and the protrusion time of the appearing board 79b in accordance with the winning, the pachinko machine 10 can play a left-handed game. In , a game is played using a first lottery game with a first special symbol based on winnings in the special figure 1 first winning hole 77a or the special figure 1 second winning hole 77b in the "normal game state", and the "latent probability fluctuation" In the "state", a game with a first lottery game with a first special symbol based on winning in the first prize opening 77a of special symbol 1 and a second lottery game with a second special symbol based on winning in special symbol 2 winning opening 78 is performed. You can make it happen. In addition, in a right-handed game, it is possible to perform a game using a second lottery game with a second special symbol based on winnings in the special symbol 2 winning hole 78 in the "probability fluctuation state". Therefore, by varying the variations of the winning holes 77 and 78 that can win prizes in each of the three game states, it is possible to provide variations to the game and improve the interest of the game.

Next, with reference to FIG. 26, the NMI interrupt process executed in main controller 110 when a power outage or the like occurs will be described. FIG. 26 is a flowchart showing the NMI interrupt processing executed by the MPU in the main controller 110. The NMI interrupt process is a process executed by the MPU 201 of the main controller 110 when the power to the pachinko machine 10 is cut off due to a power outage or the like.

Through this NMI interrupt processing, information on the occurrence of power outage is stored in the RAM 203. That is, when the power to the pachinko machine 10 is cut off due to the occurrence of a power outage or the like, a power outage signal SG1 is output from the power outage monitoring circuit 252 to the NMI terminal of the MPU 201 in the main controller 110. When the power failure signal SG1 is input to the NMI terminal, the MPU 201 interrupts the control being executed, starts NMI interrupt processing, and stores the power failure occurrence information in the RAM 203 as the power failure occurrence information setting (S801 ), the NMI interrupt processing ends.

Note that the above NMI interrupt process is similarly executed by the payout control device 111, and information on the occurrence of power outage is stored in the RAM 213 by the NMI interrupt process. That is, when the power to the pachinko machine 10 is cut off due to a power outage or the like, a power outage signal SG1 is output from the power outage monitoring circuit 252 to the NMI terminal of the MPU 211 in the payout control device 111, and the MPU 211 interrupts the control being executed. Then, NMI interrupt processing is started.

Next, with reference to FIG. 27, a startup process executed by the MPU 201 in the main controller 110 when the main controller 110 is powered on will be described. FIG. 27 is a flowchart showing this startup process. This start-up process is started by a reset when the power is turned on.

In the start-up process, first, initial setting process associated with power-on is executed (S901). For example, a predetermined value is set in the stack pointer. Next, in order to wait for the sub-side control devices (peripheral control devices such as the audio lamp control device 113 and the payout control device 111) to become operational, a wait process (in the first embodiment, “1 second”) is performed. ) is executed (S902). Then, access to the RAM 203 is permitted (S903).

After that, it is determined whether the RAM erase switch 122 (see FIG. 2) provided in the power supply device 115 is turned on (S904), and if it is turned on (S904: Yes), the process moves to S911. On the other hand, if the RAM erase switch 122 is not turned on (S904: No), it is further determined whether power-off occurrence information is stored in the RAM 203 (S905), and if it is not stored (S905: No). , since there is a possibility that the process at the time of the previous power-off did not end normally, the process also moves to S911 in this case.

If power-off occurrence information is stored in the RAM 203 (S905: Yes), a RAM judgment value is calculated (S906), and if the calculated RAM judgment value is not normal (S907: No), that is, the calculated RAM If the judgment value does not match the RAM judgment value saved when the power was cut off, the backed up data has been destroyed, and the process also moves to S911 in such a case.

Note that, as will be explained in S926 of FIG. 28, the RAM determination value is, for example, a checksum value at the work area address of the RAM 203. Instead of this RAM judgment value, the effectiveness of the backup may be determined based on whether the keyword written in a predetermined area of the RAM 203 is correctly saved.

In the process of S911, a payout initialization command is transmitted in order to initialize the payout control device 111 serving as a sub-side control device (peripheral control device) (S911). When the payout control device 111 receives this payout initialization command, it clears the area (work area) other than the stack area of the RAM 213, sets an initial value, and becomes ready to start ball payout control. After transmitting the payout initialization command, the main control device 110 executes initialization processing of the RAM 203 (S912, S913).

As described above, in this pachinko machine 10, when the RAM data is to be initialized when the power is turned on, for example, when the hall starts business, the power is turned on while pressing the RAM erase switch 122. Therefore, if the RAM erase switch 122 is pressed when the startup process is executed, the RAM 203 initialization process (S912, S913) is executed. In addition, in the case where power-off occurrence information is not set or if a backup abnormality is confirmed by the RAM judgment value (checksum value, etc.), the RAM 203 initialization processing (S912, S913) is similarly executed. . In the RAM 203 initialization process (S912, S913), the used area of the RAM 203 is cleared to "0" (S912), and then an initial value is set in the RAM 203 (S913). After executing the initialization process of the RAM 203, the process moves to S910.

On the other hand, if the RAM erase switch 122 is not turned on (S904: No), the power-off occurrence information is stored (S905: Yes), and the RAM judgment value (checksum value, etc.) is normal ( S907: Yes), the power-off occurrence information is cleared while retaining the data backed up in the RAM 203 (S908). Then, a payout return command upon power restoration is transmitted to return the sub-side control device (peripheral control device) to the gaming state at the time of power cutoff (S909), and the process proceeds to S910. When the payout control device 111 receives this payout return command, it becomes ready to start ball payout control while retaining the data stored in the RAM 213.

In the process of S910, interrupts are permitted (S910). Then, the process moves to main processing (see FIG. 28), which will be described later.

Next, with reference to FIG. 28, a description will be given of the main processing executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110 after the start-up processing described above. FIG. 28 is a flowchart showing this main processing. This main processing is broadly divided into counter update processing and power-off processing.

In the main process, it is determined whether or not power-off occurrence information is stored in the RAM 203 (S921). If the power outage occurrence information is not stored in the RAM 203 (S921: No), the power outage signal SG1 is not output from the power outage monitoring circuit 252, and the power is not shut off. Therefore, in such a case, the first initial value random number counter CINI1, the second initial value random number counter CINI2, and the variation type counter CS1 are repeatedly updated (S922, S923).

First, the first initial value random number counter CINI1 and the second initial value random number counter CINI2 are updated (S922). Specifically, when the first initial value random number counter CINI1 and the second initial value random number counter CINI2 are incremented by 1, and the counter value reaches the maximum value ("899", "99" in the first embodiment), , clear to "0". Then, the updated values of the first initial value random number counter CINI1 and the second initial value random number counter CINI2 are stored in the corresponding counter buffer 203c areas of the RAM 203, respectively. Next, the variation type counter CS1 is updated by the same method as the process in S107 (see FIG. 17) (S923), and the process moves to S921.

Here, while this main process is being executed, the timer interrupt process described with reference to FIG. 17 is activated and executed at predetermined time intervals ("4 milliseconds" in the first embodiment). In the timer interrupt process, different processes are executed depending on the state of the game. For example, during a jackpot, the opening and closing of the big winning openings 65a and 67a are controlled, and if a ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76, display control regarding the variable display of normal symbols by the normal symbol display device 83 is performed. will be held. In addition, in the jackpot lottery executed when starting the dynamic display on the special symbol display device 37, the number of jackpot random numbers compared with the acquired jackpot random number counter C1 differs depending on whether it is in a high probability state or a low probability state. It's coming. Therefore, the time required to execute one timer interrupt process will vary depending on the state of the game. Therefore, the remaining time from the end of one timer interrupt process to the execution timing of the next timer interrupt process is not constant, but changes depending on the state of the game at the time.

The processes of S922 and S923 described above, which are part of the main process, are executed within the remaining time of this timer interrupt process. In other words, since the first initial value random number counter CINI1 and the second initial value random number counter CINI2 are repeatedly updated using this remaining time, the first initial value random number counter CINI1 and the second initial value random number counter CINI1 and the second initial value random number counter CINI2 are repeatedly updated. The counter CINI2 (that is, the initial value of the jackpot random number counter C1, the initial value of the normal hit random number counter C4) can be randomly updated, and the fluctuation type counter CS1 can also be randomly updated in the same way. In particular, by randomly updating the first initial value random number counter CINI1 and the second initial value random number counter CINI2, the jackpot random number counter C1 and the common symbol random number counter C4 are updated using these as initial values for updating. It can have randomness.

In addition, in the process of S921, if the power outage occurrence information is stored in the RAM 203 (S921: Yes), the power is cut off due to the occurrence of a power outage or the power is turned off, and the power outage signal SG1 is output from the power outage monitoring circuit 252. As a result, the NMI interrupt processing shown in FIG. 26 has been executed, so the processing at power-off after S924 is executed. First, the occurrence of each interrupt process is prohibited (S924), and a power-off command indicating that the power has been cut off is sent to other control devices (peripheral control devices such as the payout control device 111 and the audio lamp control device 113). and transmits it (S925). Then, a RAM judgment value is calculated, the value is saved (S926), access to the RAM 203 is prohibited (S927), and an infinite loop is continued until the power is completely cut off and processing cannot be executed. Here, the RAM judgment value is, for example, a checksum value in the backed up stack area and work area of the RAM 203.

Note that the process in S921 is executed at the end of one cycle of the processes in S922 and S923, which are performed within the remaining time of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17). As a result, in the main processing of the main controller 110, various settings by the timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 17) are completed, and at the timing when each counter CINI1, CINI2, and CS1 has been updated, information on the occurrence of power outage is generated. has been confirmed. Therefore, when recovering from a power-off state, the process can be started from the process of S921 after the start-up process (see FIG. 27) is completed. That is, the process can be started from the process of S921, as in the case where it is initialized in the start-up process.

Therefore, even if the contents of each register used by the MPU 201 are not saved to the stack area or the value of the stack pointer is not saved during power-off processing, the stack pointer is saved during the initial setting process (S901). By setting it to a predetermined value (initial value), it is possible to start from the process of S921. As a result, the control burden on the main controller 110 can be reduced, and accurate control can be performed without the main controller 110 malfunctioning or running out of control.

In the first embodiment, the process to be executed periodically is executed by the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17), and in the main process (see FIG. 28), each counter is Although we have explained the case where CINI1, CINI2, and CS1 are updated, some or all of the processing that was being executed in the timer interrupt processing (see Figure 17) can be performed as specified in the main processing (see Figure 28). It may be configured to be executed every time (for example, every 4 milliseconds). For example, the prize ball counting signal and payout abnormal signal reading process (S102), the jackpot process (S103), and the normal power control process (S104) that were executed in the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17) in the first embodiment And some or all of the switch reading process (S105), start winning process (S108), gate passage process (S109), special figure variation process (S110), regular figure variation process (S111), and launch control process (S112) , may be configured to be executed every 4 milliseconds in the main processing (see FIG. 28) instead of the timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 17).

In this case, a step is provided in the main process (see FIG. 28) to determine whether a predetermined period of time (4 milliseconds) has elapsed, and only when it is determined that the predetermined period of time has elapsed, a process is executed every predetermined time. The counters CINI1, CINI2, and CS1 may be updated regardless of whether or not a predetermined period of time has elapsed. As a result, the counters CINI1, CINI2, and CS1 are updated during the remaining time of the process that is executed at predetermined time intervals, but the process that is executed at predetermined time intervals is executed depending on the state of the game. Since the time required for this changes, even with this configuration, each of the counters CINI1, CINI2, and CS1 can be randomly updated.

As explained above, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, in a left-handed game, in the "normal game state", the player enters the special figure 1 first winning hole 77a or the special figure 1 second winning hole 77b. A first lottery game with a first special symbol based on winnings is played, and a first lottery game with a first special symbol based on winnings in the first prize opening 77a of special symbol 1 is played in the "latency probability fluctuation state". It is possible to perform a game with a second lottery game using a second special symbol based on winnings in the winning hole 78 in FIG. In addition, in a right-handed game, it is possible to perform a game using a second lottery game with a second special symbol based on winnings in the special symbol 2 winning hole 78 in the "probability fluctuation state". Therefore, by varying the variations of the winning holes 77 and 78 that can win prizes in each of the three game states, it is possible to provide variations to the game and improve the interest of the game.

In addition, by setting the game value obtained in the second lottery game of the second special symbol more advantageous to the player than the gaming value obtained in the first lottery game of the first special symbol, it is possible to win a prize in each game state. In addition to differentiating the winning openings 77 and 78 that are possible (easy to win), it is possible to provide the player with the interest of gradually transitioning to a high-value gaming state, and improve the interest in the game. . That is, in the "normal gaming state", it is easy to obtain the first lottery game that is disadvantageous to the player, and in the "latent probability variation state", which is easy to transition from the "normal gaming state", the first lottery game that is disadvantageous to the player is made easy to obtain. and a second lottery game that is advantageous for the player can be obtained alternately, and in the "probability fluctuation state" that is likely to transition from the "latent probability fluctuation state", the second lottery game that is advantageous for the player is obtained. It is possible to provide the player with the interest of making the game easier to obtain and gradually transitioning to a higher value game state.

Furthermore, special symbols and normal symbols that have been familiar to players have been used in the past, and the appearance board 79b is configured to be linked to the alternate distribution unit 71 that alternately distributes to the plurality of winning holes 77. By realizing this functionality, it is possible to make it easier for players to understand the specifications of the game, and it is possible to solve the problem of people avoiding playing games due to difficulty in understanding the game specifications, resulting in low performance.

In addition, since the above gameplay is achieved without using special mechanisms such as non-electric accessories, it is possible to prevent an increase in the number of parts for special mechanisms, thereby reducing the cost of the pachinko machine 10. It is possible to realize the above-mentioned gameplay without having to do so.

Furthermore, with the configuration of the deceleration part 79c, it is possible to reduce the falling speed of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b toward the left end, and to make the time for rolling on the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b constant. This makes it possible to make the time that the ball stays on the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b constant and long. Therefore, in order to realize the gameplay of the present invention by increasing the residence time on the protruding plate 79b compared to the case without the deceleration part 79c, it is possible to adjust the protruding time of the protruding plate 79b for each game state. Game specifications can be designed easily. Furthermore, the more the speed of the ball flowing down by the deceleration part 79c is delayed, the shorter the total length of the retractable plate 79b can be, and the whole normal power unit 79 can be made more compact.

<Second embodiment>
Next, the pachinko machine 10 in the second embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 29 to 34. In the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, a special symbol 2 winning hole 78 is provided in the center of the alternate distribution unit 71, and an in-unit normal symbol gate 76a is buried near the distribution device 73 in the right path 75. ing.

In addition, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, in order to realize the game specifications of the present invention, the protrusion plate 79b of the normal electric unit 79 is arranged to have a certain distance (width) in the left and right direction (lateral direction). At the same time, the alternating distribution is arranged so that the left side of the appearance plate 79b of the normal electric unit 79 is placed above the special drawing 1 second prize opening 77b provided on the right side of the alternating distribution unit 71. The unit 71 is configured so that a normal power unit 79 is disposed therein.

Furthermore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the appearance plate 79b is located between the right exit of the right path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the special drawing 1 second prize opening 77b. It is configured such that the deceleration section 79c of the role unit 79 is located therein.

However, the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a is only about one ball away from the sorting device 73, and this is just after the downward direction of the ball has been switched by the sorting device 73. In addition, since the ball rolling in the right path 75 in the horizontal direction when viewed from the front is detected, there is a possibility that the ball collides with the lower passage wall (not shown) of the right path 75 and bounces back. Since the movement may not be stable, there is a risk that chattering may occur due to the normal symbol gate 76a within the unit.

In addition, when the normal electric unit 79 is arranged in parallel with the alternating distribution unit 71 in the horizontal direction, the left end part of the appearing board 79b is located on the right side of the alternating distribution unit 71.The special drawing 1 second prize opening 77b When the configuration is such that it overlaps with the upper position, the degree of overlapping of the normal electric utility unit 79 with the alternating distribution unit 71 in the horizontal direction in front view is small, and the width of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the horizontal width of the ordinary electric utility unit 79 are small. , and the degree of freedom in designing the board surface in the gaming area may be reduced.

Furthermore, when the deceleration part 79c of the normal electric unit 79 is located above the special drawing 1 second prize opening 77b of the alternate distribution unit 71, the balls flowing out from the right exit of the right path 75 collide with the deceleration part 79c. However, there is a possibility that the behavior of the ball is disturbed due to the collision, and the ball flows out to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side even though the appearance plate 79b does not protrude.

On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 10 of the second embodiment, the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a is buried near the right exit of the right path 75, and is configured to detect balls flowing vertically downward. Further, the central part of the retractable plate 79b of the normal electric unit 79 is configured to be located between the right exit of the right path 75 and the special drawing 1 second prize opening 77b. Furthermore, it is configured so that the deceleration parts 79d and 79e are not arranged in the ball flowing space formed between the right side exit of the right side path 75 and the special figure 1 second prize opening 77b.

With this configuration, a ball that is freely falling vertically downward can be detected by the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a, so a ball whose behavior is stable as it flows down the right path 75 can be detected. By doing so, the occurrence of chattering at the normal symbol gate 76a within the unit can be eliminated.

In addition, because the central part of the appearing board 79b is located above the special drawing 1 second prize opening 77b, the overlapping part of the normal power unit 79 with respect to the alternating distribution unit 71 in the front view lateral direction increases, and the alternating The installation area of the distribution unit 71 and the normal electric unit 79 can be reduced, and the degree of freedom in board design in the gaming area can be increased.

Furthermore, by not arranging the deceleration parts 79d and 79e in the ball flow space between the right exit of the right path 75 and the special drawing 1 second prize opening 75, it is possible to prevent the ball from flowing down from the right exit of the right path 75. It is possible to prevent the occurrence of undesirable behavior (for example, the flow into the special drawing 2 prize opening 78 side).

In addition, since the deceleration parts 79d and 79e are arranged on both sides of the space in which the ball flows down from the right exit of the right path 75, when the projecting plate 79b is in the retracted state, the ball flows out from the right exit of the right path 75. If the behavior of the ball is disturbed and the ball is about to be ejected out of the alternate distribution unit 71 without flowing into the special drawing 1 second prize opening 77b, the ball collides with the deceleration parts 79d and 79e and is thrown out again. It can be configured to flow down to the special figure 1 second prize opening 77b side.

The pachinko machine 10 according to the second embodiment will be described below, focusing on the differences from the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment. In the following description, the same elements as those in the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals, and illustrations and explanations thereof will be omitted.

First, with reference to FIG. 29, the general figure fluctuation time table 202g in the second embodiment will be described. FIG. 29 is a schematic diagram schematically showing an example of the regular figure fluctuation time table 202g stored in the ROM 202 of the second embodiment.

As shown in FIG. 29, in the ordinary symbol fluctuation time table 202g of the second embodiment, the variable display time of the ordinary symbol set in the low probability state is set to "3 seconds". stipulated by. In other words, the time from when the variable display of the normal symbol starts until the stop symbol is derived in the low probability state is set to be "3 seconds" without fail.

On the other hand, the variable display time of the normal symbol set in the high probability state is defined in the ordinary symbol fluctuation time table 202g to be "0.1 second". That is, in the high probability state, the time from the start of the variable display of the normal symbol until the derivation of the stop symbol is set to be "0.1 second" without fail.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 30 to 34, the game performance in each game state of the second embodiment, that is, the behavior of the ball based on the firing mode of the ball and the accompanying behavior of the appearance board 79b will be described.

FIG. 30 shows, in each game state of the second embodiment, the behavior of a ball that enters from the distribution ball entry port 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 when hitting left-handed, or the behavior of the ball that enters the ball entering from the distribution ball entry port 72 of alternate distribution unit 71 when hitting right-handed. It is a schematic diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball that enters from the right side normal symbol gate 76b and the behavior of the appearance board 79b. FIG. 30(a) shows the behavior of a ball entering from the distribution ball entrance 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the behavior of the appearance board 79b when hitting left in the "normal game state" of the second embodiment. This is a diagram for explaining, and FIG. 30(b) shows the behavior of a ball that enters from the distribution ball entry port 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 when hitting left in the "latency probability variation state" of the second embodiment. 30(c) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of the appearing plate 79b and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the appearing plate 79b. FIG. FIG. 7 is a diagram for explaining the behavior of the protruding and retracting plate 79b and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the protruding and retracting plate 79b when the ball is hit to the right.

Further, FIG. 31 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the normal power unit 79 taken along line AA in FIG. 30(a).

Furthermore, FIG. 32(a) shows the falling timing of the ball distributed to the right path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the variable display of the normal symbol when hitting left in the "normal game state" of the second embodiment. , and the protrusion time of the appearance plate 79b. FIG. 32(b) is a timing chart showing the protrusion time of the appearance board 79b, and FIG. It is a timing chart showing the falling timing of the ball (which has passed through the normal symbol gate 76b), the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the appearing board 79b. Further, FIG. 33(a) shows the falling timing of the ball distributed to the right path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the variable display of the normal symbol when hitting left in the "latency probability variation state" of the second embodiment. FIG. 33(b) is a timing chart showing the protrusion time of the appearance plate 79b, and FIG. It is a timing chart showing the falling timing of the ball (which passed through the right side normal symbol gate 76b), the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the appearing board 79b. Furthermore, FIG. 34(a) shows the falling timing of the ball distributed to the right path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the variable display of the normal symbol when hitting left in the "probability fluctuation state" of the second embodiment. , and the protrusion time of the appearance plate 79b. FIG. 34(b) is a timing chart showing the protrusion time of the appearance plate 79b, and FIG. It is a timing chart showing the falling timing of the ball (which has passed through the normal symbol gate 76b), the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the appearing board 79b.

In addition, in the configuration of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the normal electric role unit 79 in the second embodiment, the difference from the first embodiment is the arrangement position of the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit and the configuration of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the normal electric role unit 79. The difference is that the arrangement position of the normal electrical unit 79 (protruding/retracting plate 79b) and the arrangement position of the deceleration parts 79d and 79e in the normal electrical unit 79 are different. That is, as shown in FIGS. 30(a) to 30(c) and 31, in the second embodiment, the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a is arranged near the right exit of the right path 75, and the normal electric unit The number of portions in which the protruding and retracting plates 79b of 79 are disposed in the alternate distribution unit 71 is increased, and the deceleration parts 79d and 79e of the normal electric unit 79 are disposed on both sides of the space in which the balls flow from the right exit of the right path 75, respectively. It is set up. Since the other configurations are the same as those in the first embodiment, their explanation will be omitted.

First, as shown in FIG. 30(a), the ball distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73 in the “normal game state” of the second embodiment is “2 seconds” after being distributed by the distribution device 73. ” After that, it flows out from the left side exit of the left side path 74 and enters the special drawing 1 first prize opening 77a located below the left side exit.

On the other hand, in the "normal game state" of the second embodiment, the balls distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 first appear on the normal symbols in the unit "1.8 seconds" after being distributed from the distribution device 73. It passes through the gate 76a and flows out from the right exit of the right path 75 "0.2 seconds" after passing through the unit normal symbol gate 76a.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 32(a), if the ball is distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73, it will flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 "2 seconds" after the timing of the distribution. It is composed of In addition, ``1.8 seconds'' after the ball is distributed to the right path 75, the ball passes through the unit normal symbol gate 76a arranged on the right path 75, and the ball passes through the unit normal symbol gate 76a. A symbol lottery opportunity is obtained, and the variable display of the normal symbol is started on the condition that there is no reserved ball of the normal symbol.

The variable display in the "normal gaming state" of the second embodiment is performed for "3 seconds". Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is longer than the time required from the timing when the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit until it flows out from the right exit of the right path 75, the variable display result is derived. The player passes through the placement position of the appearance board 79b and enters the special drawing 1 second prize opening 77b as it is.

Here, in the second embodiment, the buried position of the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a is near the right exit of the right path 75, and after the balls are sorted by the sorting device 73, they flow down for a while, and the ball flows down the right path 75. Since the ball is falling freely inside the ball, there is a high probability that its behavior is stable. Therefore, a ball exhibiting stable behavior can be detected by the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a, and chattering can be prevented from occurring.

In addition, as shown in FIG. 32(b), when a right shot is made in the "normal game state" of the second embodiment, the ball that passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b will appear on the appearance board after "1 second". The right end position of 79b is reached. Further, the variable display time of the normal symbols in the "normal game state" of the second embodiment is "3 seconds". Therefore, when the ball passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b in the "normal game state", the appearing plate 79b protrudes before the variable display of the normal symbol based on the passage of the right side normal symbol gate 76b ends, that is, based on the variable display. Before the state is reached, it flows out to the downstream side of the normal electric unit 79 (downward side of the game board 13).

In addition, even if the balls enter the ball continuously, it is difficult for the normal symbols to hit in the "normal game state", and the time it takes for the appearing board 79b to maintain the protruding state after a winning occurs is "2". (see FIG. 15C), and the time required to roll the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b from the right end to the left end is 2.5 seconds.

As a result, while the protruding board 79b maintains its protruding state, the upper surface of the protruding board 79b is moved toward the left end without rolling to the special drawing 2 winning opening 78 (special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b) side. When the retractable plate 79b is displaced to the retracted state while rolling, the ball flows down to the downstream side of the normal electric unit 79. Furthermore, when the right side normal symbol gate 76b detects passage of a ball in the "normal game state", it is configured to sound an alarm. As a result, the player can be made to play a left-handed game without having to play a right-handed game in the "normal gaming state."

In this way, in the "normal game state" of the second embodiment, the ball that enters the alternate distribution unit 71 in a left-handed game is either the special figure 1 first prize opening 77a or the special figure 1 second prize opening. 77b, a game in which a first lottery game with a first special symbol can be executed is performed.

Next, with reference to FIG. 30(b) and FIG. 33, the gameplay in the "latency probability variation state" of the second embodiment will be explained.

First, as shown in FIG. 30(b), the balls distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73 in the "latency probability variation state" of the second embodiment are Two seconds after being sorted from the left side route 73, the winnings flow out from the left side exit of the left side path 74 and enter the special drawing 1 first prize opening 77a located below the left side exit.

On the other hand, in the "latency probability variation state" of the second embodiment, the ball distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 first becomes normal within the unit after "1.8 seconds" after being distributed from the distribution device 73. It passes through the symbol gate 76a and flows out from the right exit of the right path 75 "0.2 seconds" after passing through the normal symbol gate 76a within the unit.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 33(a), if the ball is distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73, it will flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 "2 seconds" after the timing of the distribution. It is composed of In addition, ``1.8 seconds'' after the ball is distributed to the right path 75, the ball passes through the unit normal symbol gate 76a buried in the right path 75, and the normal symbol is generated by passing through the unit normal symbol gate 76a. A lottery opportunity is obtained, and variable display of normal symbols is started.

The variable display in the "latency probability variation state" of the second embodiment is performed for "0.1 seconds" (see FIG. 29). Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time required from when the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit until it flows out from the right exit of the right path 75, the ball appears and disappears from the plate 79b. At the timing when the position is reached, the result of the variable display is derived.

Furthermore, in the "latent probability varying state" of the second embodiment, the winning probability of the normal symbol is configured to be easier to win than in the "normal gaming state". Furthermore, the protrusion time of the infestation board 79b in the "latency probability variation state" of the second embodiment is "2 seconds", which is the same as in the "normal game state", but the intrusion board 79b does not protrude after the variable display starts. The total time it takes to become immersed is ``2.1 seconds.''

Therefore, after the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a within the unit until it reaches the position where the retractable board 79b is placed, the retractable board 79b is likely to be in a protruding state and maintain that state. As a result, the ball that flows out of the right side exit of the right path 75 and reaches the placement position of the protrusion plate 79b collides with the center part of the protrusion plate 79b, and then rolls on the upper surface of the protrusion plate 79b. , and will be guided to the special drawing 2 prize opening 78 side.

Here, in the pachinko machine 10 of the second embodiment, the central portion of the retractable plate 79b is arranged above the special figure 1 second ball entrance 77b. Furthermore, an outer deceleration section 79d is provided on the right side of the central portion of the retractable plate 79b, that is, on the outside of the alternate distribution unit 71, and an inner deceleration section is provided on the left side of the central portion, that is, on the inside of the alternate distribution unit 71. 79e are arranged, and the outer deceleration part 79d and the inner deceleration part 79e are not arranged in the central part of the protruding and retracting plate 79b.

That is, in the second embodiment, neither the outer decelerating portion 79d nor the inner decelerating portion 79e is disposed in the central portion of the retractable plate 79b, that is, in the portion intersecting with the right exit of the right path 75. .

Here, with reference to FIG. 31, the configuration of the normal power unit 79 of the second embodiment will be described. FIG. 31 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the normal power unit 79 taken along line AA in FIG. 30(a).

As shown in FIG. 31, when the protruding plate 79b is in the protruding state, the balls flowing into the right path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71 collide with the central part of the protruding plate 79b in the protruding state. The inclination causes the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b to roll toward the left side of the game board 13 (see FIG. 3) when viewed from the front, that is, toward the special figure 2 prize opening 78 side.

Specifically, the ball rolling from the center part of the protruding plate 79b on the upper surface of the protruding plate 79b first collides with the deep inside deceleration part 79e1 provided on the base 79y side of the normal electric unit 79, Due to the collision, the traveling direction is changed and the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b rolls toward the cover portion 79x. Then, it collides with the front inner deceleration part 79e2 provided on the cover part 79x side of the normal electric unit 79, and the collision changes the traveling direction again, causing the upper surface of the protruding plate 79b to move toward the base part 79y side. While rolling, it flows out from the left end of the retractable plate 79b. In the second embodiment, the time required for rolling from the central portion of the protruding/retracting plate 79b to the left end portion is configured to take “1 second”.

Further, as shown in FIG. 31, when the protruding plate 79b is in the protruding state, the ball that has passed through the right side normal symbol gate 76b of the normal electric unit 79 collides with the right end of the protruding plate 79b, The inclination of the retractable plate 79b causes the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b to roll toward the left side of the game board 13 (see FIG. 3) when viewed from the front, that is, toward the alternate distribution unit 71 side.

Specifically, the ball rolling from the right end of the protruding/retracting plate 79b toward the left end on the upper surface of the protruding/retracting plate 79b first moves to the first far outer deceleration portion 79d1 provided on the base 79y side of the normal electric unit 79. The traveling direction is changed by the collision, and the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b rolls toward the cover part 79x. Then, it collides with the first front outer deceleration part 79d2 provided on the cover part 79x side of the normal electrical unit 79, and the collision changes the traveling direction again, causing the upper surface of the protruding plate 79b to move toward the base part 79y. tumbling to. After that, it collides with the second deep outer deceleration part 79d3 provided on the base 79y side of the normal electric unit 79, and the collision changes the traveling direction again, causing the upper surface of the protruding plate 79b to move toward the cover part 79x side. move. Then, it collides with the second front outer deceleration part 79d4 provided on the cover part 79x side of the normal electrical unit 79, and the collision changes the traveling direction again, and the upper surface of the protruding plate 79b is turned toward the base part 79y. While rolling, it reaches the central part of the retractable plate 79b. In the second embodiment, the time required for rolling from the right end of the protruding/retracting plate 79b to the center portion is configured to take "1.5 seconds".

Then, the ball that passed through the central part of the protrusion plate 79b collides with the inner deceleration part 79e1 provided on the base 79y side of the normal electric unit 79, similar to the ball that flowed out from the right exit of the right path 75. Due to the collision, the traveling direction is changed and the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b rolls toward the cover portion 79x. Then, it collides with the front inner deceleration part 79e2 provided on the cover part 79x side of the normal electric unit 79, and the collision changes the traveling direction again, causing the upper surface of the protruding plate 79b to move toward the base part 79y side. While rolling, it flows out from the left end of the retractable plate 79b.

That is, in the second embodiment, the time required to roll from the right end to the center of the protruding and retractable plate 79b is 1.5 seconds, and the time required to roll from the center to the left end of the protruding and retractable plate 79b is 1.5 seconds. Since the time is configured to take "1 second", the time required for the protrusion plate 79b to roll from the right end to the left end is "1.5 seconds" + "1 second" = "2.5 seconds" ”.

In this way, in the second embodiment, it is configured such that it takes "1.5 seconds" for the outer decelerating portion 79d to roll from the right end to the center of the retractable plate 79b. Furthermore, it is configured such that it takes "1 second" for the protruding/retracting plate 79b to roll from the center portion to the left end portion due to the inner deceleration portion 79e. In other words, the time required to roll from the right end to the center of the protruding/retracting plate 79b is longer than the time required to roll from the center to the left end of the protruding/retracting plate 79b.

Further, by arranging a larger number of outer speed reducers 79d than inner speed reducers 79e, and configuring the outer speed reducer 79d to take a longer time to roll from the right end of the protruding and retracting plate 79b to the center, it is possible to alternately Even when the sorting unit 71 and the normal power unit 79 are made compact, the rolling time of the ball rolling on the recessive plate 79b can be lengthened. Therefore, in a game state in which right-handed hitting is not encouraged (i.e., "normal game state" and "latency probability variation state"), the time for rolling on the appearing board 79b is longer than the protruding time of the appearing board 79b. By configuring this, it is possible to prevent the inflow into the special drawing 2 winning hole 78. As a result, the special figure 1 winning hole 77 in the "normal gaming state", the special drawing 1 winning hole 77 and the special drawing 2 winning hole 78 in the "latent probability changing state", and the special drawing 2 winning hole 78 in the "probability changing state". , it is possible to realize a gaming experience in which the variations of winning holes 77, 78 that can win prizes in each of the three gaming states are different, and the interest of the game can be improved. The entire normal electric role unit 79 is overlapped with the alternating distribution unit 71 in the horizontal direction when viewed from the front, and the installation area of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the ordinary electric role unit 79 can be reduced, and the The degree of freedom in board design can be increased.

Furthermore, by not arranging the deceleration parts 79d and 79e in the ball flow space between the right exit of the right path 75 and the special drawing 1 second prize opening 75, the prediction of the ball flowing out from the right exit of the right path 75 is prevented. It is possible to prevent the occurrence of undesirable behavior (for example, the flow into the special drawing 2 prize opening 78 side).

Furthermore, by not disposing the deceleration parts 79d and 79e directly below the right exit of the right path 75, the velocity of the balls flowing out from the right exit of the right path 75 can be maintained without deceleration, and the speed within the right path 75 can be maintained. It is possible to prevent the occurrence of ball jams in the vicinity of the right side exit or ball jams in the vicinity of the right side exit.

In addition, the ball flowing out from the left end of the appearance board 79b is configured so that it can be won in the special figure 2 winning opening 78 disposed slightly to the right of the center line of the alternate distribution unit 71. Therefore, there is no need to arrange a member such as a nail to guide the ball to the special drawing 2 winning hole 78, and the number of parts in the pachinko machine 10 can be suppressed and manufacturing costs can be reduced.

Returning to FIG. 33(a), the explanation will be continued. As described above, in the "latency probability variation state" of the second embodiment, the time required for the ball to roll from the center part to the left end of the appearance plate 79b is "1 second", and the right side of the right path 75 The projecting state of the projecting plate 79b is maintained until the ball flowing out from the outlet completely rolls from the center portion to the left end of the projecting plate 79b. Therefore, the ball flowing out from the right exit of the right path 75 collides with the protruding and retractable plate 79b, rolls on the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b toward the left end, and can enter the special figure 2 winning hole 78.

In addition, as shown in FIG. 33(b), when a right shot is performed in the "latency probability variation state" of the second embodiment, the ball that passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b will appear after "1 second". The position of the right end of the plate 79b is reached. Further, the variable display time of the normal symbol in the "latency probability variation state" of the second embodiment is "0.1 second". Furthermore, the winning probability of the normal symbols in the "latent probability varying state" of the second embodiment is set higher than in the "normal gaming state".

As a result, the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time from passing through the right side normal symbol gate 76b until reaching the right end position of the appearance board 79b, and the winning probability of the normal symbol is also high. When the ball that has passed through the gate 76b reaches the right end of the protruding plate 79b, there is a high possibility that the protruding plate 79b is in a protruding state.

However, while the time it takes for the protruding plate 79b to maintain its protruding state after hitting is "2 seconds", the time required for rolling the upper surface of the protruding plate 79b from the right end to the center part is "1.5 seconds". ”. As a result, the ball that rolled from the right end of the protruding board 79b toward the central part (left end) is transferred to the special map 1 second prize opening 77b (special diagram 2 winning hole) while the protruding board 79b maintains its protruding state. When the retractable plate 79b is displaced to the retracted state without rolling to the opening 78) side, it flows down from the rolling position to the downstream side of the normal electric unit 79 (downward side of the game board 13). Furthermore, when the right normal symbol gate 76b detects passage of a ball in the "latency probability variation state", it is configured to sound an alarm. As a result, the player can be made to play a left-handed game without having to play a right-handed game in the "latency probability variation state."

In this way, in the "latency probability variation state" of the second embodiment, the ball that enters the alternate distribution unit 71 in a left-handed game is either the special figure 1 first prize opening 77a or the special figure 2 prize opening 78. In order to win alternately in any one of the above, the game is configured such that a first lottery game with a first special symbol and a second lottery game with a second special symbol are alternately executed.

Next, the gameplay in the "probability fluctuation state" of the second embodiment will be explained with reference to FIGS. 30(c) and 34.

First, as shown in FIG. 30(c), in the "probability fluctuation state" of the second embodiment, the ball that passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b and flows into the normal electric unit 79 flows downstream as it is. Then, "1 second" after passing through the right side normal symbol gate 76b, it reaches the position of the right end of the appearance board 79b.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 34(b), when the ball passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b, an opportunity to draw a normal symbol is obtained, and variable display of the normal symbol is started. The variable display in the "probability fluctuation state" of the second embodiment is performed for "0.1 seconds." The ball that has passed through the right side normal symbol gate 76b is configured to reach the right end position of the appearance board 79b "1 second" after the timing of passing through the right side normal symbol gate 76b. Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time from when the ball passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b to the right end of the appearance board 79b, the ball is at the right end of the appearance board 79b. At the timing reached, the result of the variable display has been derived.

Further, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the second embodiment, the winning probability of the normal symbol is configured to be easier to win than in the "normal gaming state". Furthermore, the protrusion time of the appearance board 79b in the "probability fluctuation state" of the second embodiment is "5 seconds", and the total time from the start of the variable display until the appearance board 79b projects and disappears is "5 seconds". 1 second”.

Therefore, from when the ball passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b until it reaches the right end position of the protruding plate 79b, it is highly likely that the protruding plate 79b becomes in a protruding state and maintains that state. As a result, the ball that reached the position of the right end of the appearing board 79b collides with the right end of the appearing board 79b, and from that position rolls on the upper surface of the appearing board 79b toward the left end, toward the special figure 2 prize opening 78 side. You will begin to be guided.

Furthermore, the time required for the ball to roll from the right end to the left end of the appearing plate 79b is "2.5 seconds", but as described above, the variable display in the "probability fluctuation state" of the second embodiment Since the time from the start of the protruding and retracting board 79b is "5.1 seconds", the ball that passed through the right side normal symbol gate 76b will be in the corresponding state while the retracting board 79b maintains the protruding state. The upper surface of the retractable board 79b is completely rolled from the right end to the left end, and is guided to the special drawing 2 winning opening 78 side.

In addition, a plurality of balls that have continuously flowed into the normal electric unit 79 from the ball that triggered the execution of the variable display of the normal symbols are kept in the special figure 2 prize opening while the appearance board 79b maintains the protruding state. The player is guided to the 78 side and is configured to be able to win into the special drawing 2 winning hole 78. Specifically, in the second embodiment, when the ball launch interval is "0.6 seconds" and the ball passes through the right normal symbol gate 76b at each interval, two balls are additionally special. You will be guided to the winning opening 78 side in FIG.

That is, in the second embodiment, when the appearance board 79b is in the protruding state once when hitting right in the "probability fluctuation state", by continuing hitting right, the lottery trigger for the second lottery game of the second special symbol is set. It is configured so that you can get it three times. Therefore, by executing the right-handed game in the "probability fluctuation state", it is easier to obtain multiple lottery opportunities for the second lottery game with the second special symbol, and a predetermined prize ball (i.e., 2 balls/1 prize). This allows the player to play the game without significantly damaging the balls he or she owns.

As shown in FIG. 34(a), when the ball is hit to the left in the "probability variation state" of the second embodiment, the ball is routed to the right by the distribution device 73 as in the "latent probability variation state". 75, it is configured to flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 "2 seconds" after the timing of the distribution. In addition, ``1.8 seconds'' after the ball is distributed to the right path 75, the ball passes through the unit normal symbol gate 76a buried in the right path 75, and the normal symbol is generated by passing through the unit normal symbol gate 76a. A lottery opportunity is obtained, and variable display of normal symbols is started.

The variable display in the "probability fluctuation state" of the second embodiment is performed for "0.1 seconds." Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time required from when the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit until it flows out from the right exit of the right path 75, the ball appears and disappears from the plate 79b. At the timing when the position is reached, the result of the variable display is derived.

Further, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the second embodiment, the winning probability of the normal symbol is configured to be easier to win than in the "normal gaming state". Furthermore, the protrusion time of the appearance board 79b in the "probability fluctuation state" of the second embodiment is longer than in the "normal game state" by "5 seconds". Therefore, the total time from the start of variable display until the protruding and retracting plate 79b protrudes and retracts is "5.1 seconds."

Therefore, after the ball passes through the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a, the ball collides with the center part of the projecting board 79b, and the projecting board 79b remains in the projecting state until it reaches the left end position of the projecting board 79b from the center part. It is highly likely that it will maintain its protruding state. As a result, the ball that reached the position of the central part of the appearing board 79b collides with the central part of the appearing board 79b, and from that position rolls on the upper surface of the appearing board 79b toward the left end, toward the special drawing 2 prize opening 78 side. be guided to.

On the other hand, as described above, in the "probability variation state" of the second embodiment, the ball that enters the normal electric unit 79 from the right side normal symbol gate 76b in a right-handed game is assisted by the appearance board 79b. It is configured so that it is easy to win a prize into the special drawing 2 winning hole 78. Therefore, even if you play a left-handed game, it is configured so that you can win in the special figure 2 winning hole 78, but if you continue to play a right-handed game in which you can receive assistance for winning in the special figure 2 winning hole 78. The second lottery game with the second special symbol is more likely to be executed when the second lottery game is played.

As explained above, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the second embodiment, in a left-handed game, in the "normal game state", the player enters the special figure 1 first winning hole 77a or the special figure 1 second winning hole 77b. A first lottery game with a first special symbol based on winnings is played, and a first lottery game with a first special symbol based on winnings in the first prize opening 77a of special symbol 1 is played in the "latency probability fluctuation state". It is possible to perform a game with a second lottery game using a second special symbol based on winnings in the winning hole 78 in FIG. In addition, in a right-handed game, it is possible to perform a game using a second lottery game with a second special symbol based on winnings in the special symbol 2 winning hole 78 in the "probability fluctuation state". Therefore, by varying the variations of the winning holes 77 and 78 that can win prizes in each of the three game states, it is possible to provide variations to the game and improve the interest of the game.

Further, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the second embodiment, the buried position of the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a is near the right exit of the right path 75, and after the balls are sorted by the distribution device 73, they are placed in the right path. 75 for a while, there is a high probability that the behavior is stable. Therefore, a ball exhibiting stable behavior can be detected by the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a, and chattering can be prevented from occurring.

Furthermore, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the second embodiment, it is configured such that it takes "1.5 seconds" for the protruding/retracting plate 79b to roll from the right end to the center due to the outer speed reducer 79d. Furthermore, it is configured such that it takes "1 second" for the protruding/retracting plate 79b to roll from the center portion to the left end portion due to the inner deceleration portion 79e. In other words, the time required to roll from the right end to the center of the protruding/retracting plate 79b is longer than the time required to roll from the center to the left end of the protruding/retracting plate 79b.

In this way, when the alternating distribution unit 71 and the normal electrical unit 79 are made more compact by configuring the outer deceleration portion 79d to lengthen the time for rolling from the right end to the center of the retractable plate 79b. Even in this case, the rolling time of the ball rolling on the retractable plate 79b can be increased. Therefore, in a game state in which right-handed hitting is not encouraged (i.e., "normal game state" and "latency probability variation state"), the time for rolling on the appearing board 79b is longer than the protruding time of the appearing board 79b. By configuring this, it is possible to prevent the inflow into the special drawing 2 winning hole 78. As a result, the special figure 1 winning hole 77 in the "normal gaming state", the special drawing 1 winning hole 77 and the special drawing 2 winning hole 78 in the "latent probability changing state", and the special drawing 2 winning hole 78 in the "probability changing state". , it is possible to realize a gaming experience in which the variations of winning holes 77, 78 that can win prizes in each of the three gaming states are different, and the interest of the game can be improved. The entire normal electric role unit 79 overlaps the alternating distribution unit 71 in the horizontal direction when viewed from the front, and the installation area of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the ordinary electric role unit 79 can be reduced, and the The degree of freedom in board design can be increased.

In addition, by not arranging the deceleration parts 79d and 79e in the ball flow space between the right exit of the right path 75 and the special drawing 1 second prize opening 75, it is possible to prevent the ball from flowing out from the right exit of the right path 75. It is possible to prevent the occurrence of undesirable behavior (for example, the flow into the special drawing 2 prize opening 78 side).

Furthermore, since the deceleration parts 79d and 79e are disposed on both sides of the downstream space of the right exit of the right path 75, when the retractable plate 79b is in the retracted state, the balls flowing out from the right exit of the right path 75 are Even if the behavior of the ball is disturbed and the ball is about to be ejected out of the alternate distribution unit 71 without flowing into the special drawing 1 second prize opening 77b, the ball collides with the deceleration parts 79d and 79e and is replayed. It can be configured to flow down to the special figure 1 second prize opening 77b side. Therefore, when the appearance board 79b is in the retracted state, the game balls flowing down the right path 75 can be reliably flowed into the special figure 1 second prize opening 77b.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10 in the second embodiment has the same configuration as the first embodiment, and has the same effects.

<Third embodiment>
Next, a pachinko machine 10 in a third embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 35 to 38. In the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, in a right-handed game in the "probability fluctuation state", by shortening the variable display time of the normal symbols and increasing the protrusion time of the appearance board 79b, the special symbol 2 winning hole 78 is The game realizes a game in which it is easy to win a prize and difficult to win in the special drawing 1 prize opening 77.

On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 10 of the third embodiment, regarding the protrusion mode of the appearance plate 79b in the "probability fluctuation state", the first pattern that makes it easy to win into the special figure 2 winning hole 78 and the special pattern 1 winning hole 77 ( A plurality of patterns including a second pattern that can win a prize in the special figure 1 second prize opening 77b) are provided, and a game feature of winning a prize in the special figure 1 winning hole 77 is provided even in the "probability fluctuation state". With this configuration, in the "probability fluctuation state", it is possible to win the jackpot by continuously winning the advantageous special map 2 winning hole 78 without letting the player win the disadvantageous special map 1 winning hole 77. This creates playability and improves the interest of the game.

The pachinko machine 10 according to the third embodiment will be described below, focusing on the differences from the pachinko machine 10 according to the first and second embodiments. In the following description, the same elements as in the first embodiment and the second embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals, and illustration and description thereof will be omitted.

First, with reference to FIG. 35, the normal power control table 202h in the third embodiment will be described. FIG. 35 is a schematic diagram schematically showing an example of the normal power control table 202h stored in the ROM 202 of the third embodiment. The normal electric role control table 202h is referred to when a normal symbol hits, and the projection time of the appearance board 79b is defined based on the gaming state at the timing when the normal symbol hits and the value of the normal symbol type counter C5. There is.

The normal symbol type counter C5 is for determining the protrusion time of the appearance board 79b in the event of a win in the variable display of the normal symbol, and is for determining the projection time of the appearance board 79b in order within a predetermined range (for example, "0 to 9"). The counter is incremented by 1 and returns to 0 after reaching the maximum value (for example, 9 in the case of a counter that can take a value of 9). The value of the ordinary figure type counter C5 is updated periodically (in the third embodiment, once for each timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17)). Then, at the timing when the ball passes through the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a or the right side normal symbol gate 76b, the normal symbol holding areas 1 to 4 provided in the normal symbol holding ball storage area 203h of the RAM 203 (see FIG. 13) are stored. Among these, the counter C4 per ordinary figure is stored in the ordinary figure type counter storage area (not shown) in the same ordinary figure holding area as the ordinary figure holding area where the ordinary figure per-counter C4 is stored.

Here, for example, if the value of the normal ball counter C4 stored in one normal ball holding area in the normal ball holding area 203h is not a random number that results in a win, that is, if it is a random number that results in a loss, The stop symbol of the variable display of the normal symbol becomes a losing symbol (for example, an "x" symbol). On the other hand, if the value of the normal pattern per counter C4 stored in the normal pattern holding area 1 in the normal pattern holding ball storage area 203h is a random number that results in a win, the stop symbol of the variable display of the normal pattern will be the winning pattern ( For example, it is a "○" symbol or a "◎" symbol). In this case, the protrusion mode (protrusion time) of the appearance plate 79b based on the hit is determined in accordance with the protrusion mode (protrusion time) indicated by the value of the common figure type counter C5 stored in the same common figure holding area. .

The value of the regular pattern type counter C5 in the pachinko machine 10 of the third embodiment is configured as a loop counter in the range of "0 to 9". Based on the normal symbol type counter C5 and the normal electric role control table 202h stored in the ROM 202, the protrusion mode (projection time) of the appearance board 79b based on the win of the variable display of the normal symbol is determined.

The normal electric role control table 202h of the third embodiment is divided into groups based on the gaming state in which the normal symbols are drawn. Specifically, it is for the left-handed playing state referred to as the "normal gaming state" and the "latent probability variation state" which are the gaming states when playing left-handed, and the "probability variation state" which is the gaming state when playing right-handed. The protrusion time of the protrusion plate 79b is changed based on the value of the normal pattern type counter C5 for the referenced right-hand hitting state.

As shown in FIG. 35, in the pachinko machine 10 of the third embodiment, the appearance is set when a normal symbol is won in the left-handed game state, that is, the "normal game state" or the "latent probability variable state". The protrusion time of the plate 79b is specified in the normal electric role control table 202h so that it is "2 seconds" (for example, "○" symbol) for all values of the ordinary symbol type counter C5 (i.e., "0 to 9"). has been done. That is, in a game state other than the "probability fluctuation state", when a normal symbol is won, the protrusion time of the appearance board 79b is set to be "2 seconds" without exception.

On the other hand, the protrusion time of the appearance board 79b that is set when a normal symbol is won in the right-hand playing state, that is, the "probability fluctuation state", is when the value of the normal symbol type counter C5 is "0 to 8". When the value of the ordinary symbol type counter C5 is "9", it becomes "5 seconds" (for example, "◎" symbol) and "2 seconds" (for example, "○" symbol). It is defined in table 202h. In other words, in the "probability fluctuation state", if the normal symbol is won, there is a 90% probability that the protrusion time of the appearing board 79b will be "5 seconds", and a 10% probability that the protruding time of the appearing board 79b will be "2 seconds". It is set to "seconds".

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the third embodiment, the winning probability of the normal symbols, the variable display time of the normal symbols, and the variation of the protrusion time of the appearing board 79b are configured to be different depending on each gaming state, and in particular, " In the "probability variation state", the protrusion time of the appearance plate 79b is configured to change according to the value of the ordinary figure type counter C5.

Next, with reference to FIG. 36, the normal power control process (S104), which is one process of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17) executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110 in the third embodiment, will be explained. do. FIG. 36 is a flowchart showing the normal electric power control process (S104) of the third embodiment. In the normal electric role control process (S104) of the third embodiment, when a hit with a normal symbol occurs, the protrusion time of the appearance board 79b is set according to the gaming state, and in particular, in the "probability fluctuation state", the projection time of the appearance board 79b is set. Control is executed to vary the protrusion time of the protruding/retracting plate 79b according to the value of the type counter C5.

Specifically, in the process of S704 of the normal electric role control process (S104) of the third embodiment, if it is determined that the state is in the "probability fluctuation state" (S704: Yes), then the normal figure type counter C5 is It is determined which value the value is (S751).

In the process of S751, if it is determined that the value of the ordinary symbol type counter C5 is "0 to 8" (S751: "0 to 8"), the winning state is determined based on the specified contents of the ordinary electric role control table 202h. The protrusion time of the protrusion plate 79b is set to "5 seconds" (S752), and the process proceeds to S707.

On the other hand, in the process of S751, if it is determined that the value of the ordinary figure type counter C5 is "9" (S751: "9"), the process moves to S705, and the specified contents of the ordinary electric role control table 202h Based on this, the protrusion time of the protrusion plate 79b in the hit state is set to "2 seconds" (S705), and the process moves to S707.

Thereby, the protrusion time of the appearance board 79b based on the hit of the normal symbol is changed according to the game state, and especially in the "probability variation state", the protrusion time of the appearance board 79b is changed based on the value of the normal symbol type counter C5. By changing this, when the player hits the ball to the right in the "probability fluctuation state", the projecting state of the projecting board 79b is maintained until the ball completely rolls on the upper surface of the projecting board 79b from the right end to the left end, resulting in a special figure. 2. To determine whether a prize can be won in the winning opening 78, the protruding plate 79b is displaced to the retracted state while the ball is rolling on the upper surface of the protruding plate 79b, and the special drawing 1 is arranged below the rolling position. The ball flows down to the guide part 77c, and it is possible to create a game in which it is possible to win a prize in the special drawing 1 second prize opening 77b.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 37 and 38, the game performance in each game state in the third embodiment, that is, the behavior of the ball based on the firing mode of the ball and the accompanying behavior of the appearance board 79b will be described.

FIG. 37 shows, in each game state of the third embodiment, the behavior of a ball that enters from the distribution ball entry port 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 when batting to the left, or the behavior of the ball that enters the ball from the distribution ball entry port 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 when batting from the right. It is a schematic diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball that enters from the right side normal symbol gate 76b and the behavior of the appearance board 79b. FIG. 37(a) shows the behavior of a ball that enters from the distribution ball entry opening 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the behavior of the appearance board 79b when hitting left-handed in the "normal game state" of the third embodiment. This is a diagram for explaining, and FIG. 37(b) shows the behavior of a ball that enters from the distribution ball entry opening 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 when hitting to the left in the "latency probability variation state" of the third embodiment. 37(c) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of the appearing plate 79b and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the appearing plate 79b. FIG. FIG. 7 is a diagram for explaining the behavior of the protruding and retracting plate 79b and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the protruding and retracting plate 79b when the ball is hit to the right.

Further, FIG. 38(a) shows the falling timing of the ball distributed to the right path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the variable display of the normal symbol when hitting left in the "probability fluctuation state" of the third embodiment. , and the protrusion time of the appearance plate 79b. FIG. 38(b) is a timing chart showing the protrusion time of the appearance plate 79b. FIG. It is a timing chart showing the falling timing of the ball (which has passed through the normal symbol gate 76b), the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the appearing board 79b.

In addition, in the third embodiment, since the behavior of the ball and the behavior of the appearance board 79b in the "normal game state" and the "latency probability variation state" are the same as in the first embodiment, their explanation will be omitted, and the "probability change state" will be omitted. The behavior of the ball and the behavior of the reappearance plate 79b in the "fluctuation state" will be explained.

First, as shown in FIG. 37(c), the ball that passes through the right normal symbol gate 76b and flows into the normal electric unit 79 in the "probability fluctuation state" of the third embodiment flows directly to the downstream side. Then, "1 second" after passing through the right side normal symbol gate 76b, it reaches the position of the right end of the appearance board 79b.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 38(b), when the ball passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b, a lottery opportunity for a normal symbol is obtained, and variable display of the normal symbol is started. The variable display in the "probability fluctuation state" of the third embodiment is performed for "0.5 seconds." The ball that has passed through the right side normal symbol gate 76b is configured to reach the right end position of the appearance board 79b "1 second" after the timing of passing through the right side normal symbol gate 76b. Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time from when the ball passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b to the right end of the appearance board 79b, the ball is at the right end of the appearance board 79b. At the timing reached, the result of the variable display has been derived.

Further, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the third embodiment, the winning probability of the normal symbol is configured to be easier to win than in the "normal gaming state". Furthermore, the protrusion time of the appearance board 79b in the "probability fluctuation state" of the third embodiment is "5 seconds" in the first pattern, "2 seconds" in the second pattern, and after the variable display starts. The total time from protrusion to retraction of the protrusion plate 79b is "5.5 seconds" or "2.5 seconds".

Therefore, from when the ball passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b until it reaches the right end position of the appearing plate 79b, the appearing plate 79b becomes in a protruding state and maintains that state regardless of the pattern. There is a high possibility that As a result, the ball that reached the position of the right end of the appearing board 79b collides with the right end of the appearing board 79b, and from that position rolls on the upper surface of the appearing board 79b toward the left end, toward the special figure 2 prize opening 78 side. You will begin to be guided.

Here, the normal power unit 79 of the third embodiment is provided with a plurality of aggregate deceleration parts 79f with which the balls collide when the balls roll toward the left end on the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b. This collective speed reducer 79f is located on the opposite side of the base from a plurality of back side collective speed reducers (not shown) provided at the base (not shown) where the normal electric unit 79 contacts the game board 13. It is constituted by a plurality of front-side integrated speed reducers (not shown) provided on the back side (base side) of the cover part (not shown).

The integrated deceleration portions 79f are alternately and evenly arranged in the normal electric unit 79 on the right end side of the projecting board 79b, and when the ball rolls toward the left end on the upper surface of the projecting board 79b, the ball is It is configured to roll while being decelerated by repeatedly colliding with the integrated deceleration section 79f. As a result, in the pachinko machine 10 of the third embodiment, the ball that has reached the right end of the retractable board 79b rolls toward the left end on the upper surface of the retractable board 79b until it reaches the left end of the retractable board 79b. The configuration is such that it takes 2.5 seconds to complete.

In addition, the integrated deceleration unit 79f is arranged so that it takes 2 seconds for the ball that has reached the right end of the protrusion plate 79b to completely roll over the position above the special figure 1 guide part 77c on the protrusion plate 79b. has been done. Furthermore, the special figure 1 guide part 77c is made wider than the winning opening width of the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b so that the ball flowing down from the appearance board 79b can be easily guided to the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b. For example, the width of the special drawing 1 second winning hole 77b is twice the width of the winning hole. As a result, even if the protruding plate 79b is in the protruding state, if the protruding plate 79b switches to the retracted state while the ball is colliding with the aggregated reduction unit 79f, the ball will not roll on the upper surface of the protruding plate 79b. The balls flow down to the special figure 1 guide section 77c and are configured so that they can be won in the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b.

In other words, the time from the start of the variable display in the "probability fluctuation state" of the third embodiment until the appearance board 79b protrudes and sinks in is "5.5 seconds" in the first pattern, while in the second pattern it is "5.5 seconds". 2.5 seconds”. Therefore, when the protruding time of the protruding plate 79b is the first pattern, the ball that has passed through the right side normal symbol gate 76b will move the upper surface of the protruding plate 79b from the right end while the protruding plate 79b maintains the protruding state. It rolls all the way to the left end and is guided to the special drawing 2 prize opening 78 side. On the other hand, if the protruding time of the protruding plate 79b is the second pattern, the ball that has passed through the right side normal symbol gate 76b will move the upper surface of the protruding plate 79b from the right end while the protruding plate 79b maintains the protruding state. It begins to roll, but while rolling in the upper position of the special figure 1 guide part 77c, the retractable plate 79b changes from the protruding state to the retracted state, and the special figure 1 is placed downstream from the rolling position. It flows down to the guide part 77c and can be won in the special drawing 1 second prize opening 77b.

Note that the aggregation deceleration section 79f is not disposed directly below the right exit of the right path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and directly below the right normal symbol gate 76b of the normal electric unit 79, but is located on the right side of the right exit when viewed from the front. Therefore, it is arranged to be located on the left side in front view from the right side normal symbol gate 76b. With this configuration, it is possible to prevent the ball flowing down from the right side exit of the right side path 75 or the right side normal symbol gate 76b from colliding directly with the aggregate reduction part 79f while flowing down in the vertical direction. Therefore, it is possible to prevent unexpected behavior of the ball flowing down from the right exit of the right path 75 or the right normal symbol gate 76b (for example, flowing into the special figure 2 winning hole 78 side).

As described above, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the third embodiment, the protruding manner of the appearance plate 79b in the "probability fluctuation state" is configured to change according to the value of the regular figure type counter C5. Specifically, as a protrusion pattern of the appearance board 79b in the "probability fluctuation state", a first pattern in which the protrusion state of the appearance board 79b is maintained for "5 seconds" and it is easy to win into the special drawing 2 winning hole 78; The projecting state of the appearance board 79b is set for "2 seconds", and a plurality of patterns are provided including a second pattern that can win a prize in the special drawing 1 winning opening 77 (special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b), and in the "probability fluctuation state". It is also configured to provide a game feature of winning a prize in the special figure 1 winning hole 77. With this configuration, in the "probability fluctuation state", it is possible to win the jackpot by continuously winning the advantageous special map 2 winning hole 78 without letting the player win the disadvantageous special map 1 winning hole 77. This creates playability and improves the interest of the game.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10 in the third embodiment has the same configuration as the first embodiment or the second embodiment, and has the same effects.

<Fourth embodiment>
Next, a pachinko machine 10 in a fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 39 to 42. In the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, the alternate distribution unit 71 and the normal electric role unit 79 are arranged in parallel in the horizontal direction when viewed from the front, and a left-handed game and a right-handed game are used depending on the game state, By varying the variations of winning holes 77 and 78 that can (easily) win for each game state, variations are provided in the game and the interest of the game is improved.

However, the vertical width of the pachinko machine 10 is larger than the horizontal width of the entire pachinko machine 10, and the design constraints on the left and right widths are larger than the design constraints on the top and bottom widths. Therefore, when the alternating distribution unit 71 and the normal electric unit 79 are arranged in parallel in the horizontal direction, a predetermined area in the game area of the game board 13 is divided between the alternating allocation unit 71 and the ordinary electric unit 79. There is a risk that this may become a factor that reduces the degree of freedom in designing other game components.

In addition, in order to realize the above-mentioned gameplay, there are a plurality of normal symbol gates 76, the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a and the right-side normal symbol gate 76b, and a drive caused by the passage of a ball to any of the normal symbol gates 76. Since it is necessary to provide a normal power unit 79, the number of parts increases, and there is a risk that manufacturing costs will increase.

In contrast, in the pachinko machine 10 of the fourth embodiment, the left path 74 of the alternate distribution unit 71 is configured to be short, and the special drawing 1 first prize opening 77a is arranged below the left exit of the left path 74. . Further, a right side depth passage 75a is provided in the right side passage 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71, and is configured to be long in the depth direction, and a special drawing 1 second prize opening 77b is arranged below the right side exit of the right side passage 75. And, the special figure 2 winning hole 78 is arranged between the special figure 1 first winning hole 77a and the special figure 1 second winning hole 77b.

In addition, a left side exit plate 79b1 is provided at a position below the left side exit of the left side path 74 of the alternate distribution unit 71, that is, at a position above the special drawing 1 first prize opening 77a, and a left side exit plate 79b1 is provided at a position below the right side exit of the right side path 75, namely, A right side appearing and retracting plate 79b2 is provided at a position above the special figure 1 second prize opening 77b. Further, a pre-distribution normal symbol gate 76c is embedded in the distribution ball entrance 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71.

While the driving states of the left side appearing board 79b1 and the right side appearing plate 79b2 are always movable in synchronization (interlocking), the variable display time of the normal symbol and the left side appearing plate 79b1 and the right side appearing side are changed depending on the game state. The protrusion time of the plate 79b2 is changed. With this configuration, the variations of the winning holes 77 and 78 that can be won in each of the three game states are made different, thereby providing variations in the game.

In addition, since the left side appearance plate 79b1 and the right side appearance plate 79b2 are arranged in the alternate distribution unit 71, and there is no need to provide the normal electric unit 79 on the right side of the alternate distribution unit 71, the right side normal symbol gate 76b is also provided. There will be no need. With this configuration, it is possible to realize the above-mentioned playability without providing the ordinary power unit 79 in parallel in the horizontal direction of the alternate distribution unit 71, and the pachinko machine 10 can realize new playability. The area occupied by the alternate distribution unit 71 and the normal power unit 79 in the left-right direction (horizontal direction) can be reduced. As a result, it is possible to contribute to improving the degree of freedom in designing the pachinko machine 10.

Further, since there is no need to provide parts such as the right side normal symbol gate 76b as in the first embodiment, the number of parts in the pachinko machine 10 can be reduced and the manufacturing cost of the pachinko machine 10 can be suppressed.

The pachinko machine 10 in the fourth embodiment will be described below, focusing on the differences from the pachinko machine 10 in the first to third embodiments. In the following description, the same elements as those in the first to third embodiments are denoted by the same reference numerals, and illustration and description thereof will be omitted.

Here, with reference to FIGS. 39 to 42, the game performance in each game state of the fourth embodiment, that is, the behavior of the ball that enters the alternate distribution unit 71 and the ball flowing down near the alternate distribution unit 71. The behavior of the ball and the accompanying behavior of the left side protruding and retracting plate 79b1 and the right side protruding and retracting plate 79b2 will be explained.

FIG. 39 shows the behavior of a ball entering from the distribution ball entry port 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71, the behavior of a ball flowing down near the alternate distribution unit 71, in each game state of the fourth embodiment, FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram for explaining the behavior of a protruding plate 79b. FIG. 39(a) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of balls entering from the distribution ball entry port 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the behavior of the appearance board 79b in the "normal game state" of the fourth embodiment. It is a diagram.

Further, FIG. 40(a) shows the falling timing of the balls distributed to the left path 74 of the alternate distribution unit 71 in the "normal game state" of the fourth embodiment, the variable display of the normal symbols, and the left side appearance board 79b1. FIG. 40(b) is a timing chart showing the falling timing of the balls distributed to the right path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71 in the "normal game state" of the fourth embodiment, and the normal It is a timing chart showing the variable display of symbols and the protrusion time of the right side protrusion plate 79b2.

First, as shown in FIG. 39(a), the ball that enters the alternate distribution unit 71 in the "normal game state" of the fourth embodiment is the normal symbol before distribution embedded in the distribution ball entrance 72. It passes through the gate 76c and reaches the sorting device 73 "0.1 seconds" later. Then, the liquid is distributed to the left side path 74 by the sorting device 73, and flows out from the left side exit of the left side path 74 “1.5 seconds” after the timing at which it is sorted by the sorting device 73.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 40(a), when a ball enters the distribution ball entry port 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71, the pre-distribution normal symbol embedded in the distribution ball entry port 72 It passes through the gate 76c, reaches the sorting device 73 ``0.1 seconds'' later, and is sorted to the left route 74. When the ball is distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73, it is configured to flow out from the left side exit of the left path 74 "1.5 seconds" after the timing of the distribution. In addition, when the ball passes through the pre-distribution normal symbol gate 76c, a lottery opportunity for the normal symbol is obtained, and variable display of the normal symbol is started on the condition that there is no reserved ball of the normal symbol.

The variable display in the "normal gaming state" of the fourth embodiment is performed for "3 seconds". Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is longer than the time required from the timing when the ball passes through the pre-distribution normal symbol gate 76c until it flows out from the left exit of the left path 74, the result of the variable display is not derived. Before entering, the player passes through the placement position of the left side appearance board 79b1 and enters the special drawing 1 first prize opening 77a.

Here, in the fourth embodiment, the buried position of the pre-distribution normal symbol gate 76c is the distribution inlet 72 before being distributed to the distribution device 73, and the ball flows down the distribution inlet 72 for a while. Therefore, there is a high probability that the behavior is stable. Therefore, a ball exhibiting stable behavior can be detected by the pre-distribution normal symbol gate 76c, and chattering can be prevented from occurring.

Returning to FIG. 39(a), the explanation will be continued. As shown in FIG. 39(a), the ball that enters the alternate distribution unit 71 next to the ball distributed to the left path 74 in the "normal game state" of the fourth embodiment is It passes through the pre-sorting normal symbol gate 76c embedded in 72 and reaches the sorting device 73 "0.1 seconds" later. Then, they are sorted into the right-hand path 75 by the sorting device 73, and a predetermined length (for example, 5 cm) that is inclined slightly downward (not shown in the drawing) toward the rear when the alternate sorting unit 71 is viewed from the front. meters) and a back passageway (not shown) of a predetermined length (e.g., 5 cm) that turns back toward the front from the rear passageway and slopes slightly downhill (not shown in the figure). (not shown), and flows out from the right exit of the right path 75 "5 seconds" after the timing distributed by the distribution device 73.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 40(b), when a ball enters the distribution ball entry port 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71, the pre-distribution normal symbol embedded in the distribution ball entry port 72 It passes through the gate 76c, reaches the sorting device 73 ``0.1 second'' later, and is sorted to the right route 75. When the ball is distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73, it is configured to flow out from the left exit of the right path 75 "5 seconds" after the timing of the distribution. In addition, when the ball passes through the pre-distribution normal symbol gate 76c, a lottery opportunity for the normal symbol is obtained, and variable display of the normal symbol is started on the condition that there is no reserved ball of the normal symbol.

The variable display in the "normal gaming state" of the fourth embodiment is performed for "3 seconds". Furthermore, in the "normal game state" of the fourth embodiment, if the variable display of normal symbols is won, the left side appearing board 79b1 and the right side appearing board 79b2 are configured to protrude for "2 seconds". Therefore, the total time of the variable display time of the normal symbol and the protrusion time of the right side appearance plate 79b2 is calculated from the time required from the timing when the ball passes through the pre-distribution normal symbol gate 76c until it flows out from the right exit of the right path 75. Since the ball is shorter, the ball distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 passes through the placement position of the right side appearance plate 79b2 after the variable display result is derived and the right side appearance plate 79b2 protrudes and retracts. Then, the player enters the special drawing 1 first prize opening 77a to win the prize.

In addition, in the "normal game state" of the fourth embodiment, the protrusion time of the left side appearing board 79b1 and the right side appearing board 79b2 is set to "2 seconds", but in the case of this configuration, the left side appearing board 79b1 and the right side appearing board 79b2 Since the protrusion time of the plate 79b2 is long, there is a possibility that the ball flowing down near the alternate distribution unit 71 will be guided to the special drawing 1 winning hole 77 or the special drawing 2 winning hole 78 by the left side appearing and falling board 79b1 or the right side appearing and falling board 79b2. becomes higher. Therefore, in order to make it difficult for the left side appearing board 79b1 or the right side appearing board 79b2 to win a prize in the special figure 1 winning hole 77 or the special figure 2 winning hole 78 in the "normal game state", the left side appearing board 79b1 and the right side appearing board 79b2 are protruded. The time may be configured to be set to a short time (for example, "0.1 seconds"). By configuring in this way, only the balls that have flowed into the alternate distribution unit 71 can win in the special figure 1 winning hole 77 in the "normal game state".

In this way, in the "normal game state" of the fourth embodiment, the ball that enters the alternate distribution unit 71 is either the special chart 1 first winning hole 77a or the special chart 1 second winning hole 77b. In order to win alternately, the game is configured such that a first lottery game with a first special symbol can be executed.

In addition, in the "normal game state" of the fourth embodiment, while the variable display of the normal symbols is being executed, or while the left side appearing board 79b1 and the right side appearing board 79b2 maintain the protruding state, the alternating vibration If a ball enters the minute unit 71 and passes through the pre-distribution normal symbol gate 76c, the game balance between the variable display time of the normal symbol and the projection time of the left side appearance board 79b1 and the right side appearance board 79b2 will be disrupted. , there is a risk that the ball may be guided toward the special drawing 2 winning opening 78 side by the left side appearing and falling board 79b1 or the right side appearing and falling board 79b2. Therefore, on the near side of the distribution ball entrance 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71, a fixed interval (for example, "3 seconds" which is the variable display time of the normal symbol, or a variable display time of the normal symbol and the left side appearance board 79b1) It may also be configured to provide an inflow constant interval device (for example, a rotating body, etc.) that causes the balls to flow into the alternate distribution unit 71 for a total of "5 seconds", which is the total time of the protrusion time of the right side protruding and retracting plate 79b2. good. By configuring in this way, it is possible to reliably realize the gameplay of the "normal game state" which is made up of a balance between the execution time of the variable display of the normal symbols and the protrusion time of the left side appearing board 79b1 and the right side appearing board 79b2. I can do it.

Next, with reference to FIG. 39(b) and FIG. 41, the gameplay in the "latency probability variation state" of the fourth embodiment will be explained.

FIG. 39(b) shows the behavior of a ball entering from the distribution ball entry port 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 in the "latency probability variation state" of the fourth embodiment, and the behavior of the ball flowing down near the alternate distribution unit 71. It is a figure for explaining the behavior of the ball, the behavior of the left side projecting plate 79b1 and the right side projecting plate 79b2, and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the left side projecting plate 79b1 or the right side projecting plate 79b2.

Further, FIG. 41(a) shows the falling timing of the ball distributed to the left path 74 of the alternate distribution unit 71 in the "latency probability variation state" of the fourth embodiment, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the left side appearance board. 41(b) is a timing chart showing the projection time of the ball 79b1, and FIG. , is a timing chart showing the variable display of normal symbols and the protrusion time of the right side recessed board 79b2.

First, as shown in FIG. 39(b), the ball that enters the alternate distribution unit 71 in the "latency probability variation state" of the fourth embodiment is It passes through the symbol gate 76c and reaches the sorting device 73 "0.1 seconds" later. Then, the liquid is distributed to the left side path 74 by the sorting device 73, and flows out from the left side exit of the left side path 74 “1.5 seconds” after the timing at which it is sorted by the sorting device 73.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 41(a), when a ball enters the distribution ball entry port 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71, the pre-distribution normal symbol embedded in the distribution ball entry port 72 It passes through the gate 76c, reaches the sorting device 73 after 0.1 seconds, and is sorted to the left route 74. When the ball is distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73, it is configured to flow out from the left side exit of the left path 74 "1.5 seconds" after the timing of the distribution. In addition, when the ball passes through the pre-distribution normal symbol gate 76c, a lottery opportunity for the normal symbol is obtained, and variable display of the normal symbol is started on the condition that there is no reserved ball of the normal symbol.

The variable display in the "latency probability variation state" of the fourth embodiment is performed for "0.5 seconds". Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbols is shorter than the time required from the timing when the ball passes through the pre-distribution normal symbol gate 76c until it flows out from the left exit of the left path 74, the ball does not appear on the left side appearance board 79b1. At the timing when the position on the right side is reached, the result of the variable display is derived.

Furthermore, in the "latent probability varying state" of the fourth embodiment, the winning probability of the normal symbol is configured to be easier to win than in the "normal gaming state". Furthermore, the projection time of the left side appearing board 79b1 (and right side appearing board 79b2) in the "latency probability variation state" of the fourth embodiment is "2 seconds", which is the same as in the "normal game state", but the variable display is started. The total time from when the left protruding/retracting plate 79b1 (and the right protruding/retracting plate 79b2) protrudes and retracts is "2.5 seconds."

Therefore, between the time the ball passes through the pre-distribution normal symbol gate 76c and the time it reaches the position of the right side of the left side appearance board 79b1, the left side appearance board 79b1 becomes in a protruding state and may maintain that state. Highly sexual. As a result, the ball that flows out of the left side exit of the left path 74 and reaches the right side of the left side plate 79b1 rolls toward the right end on the upper surface of the left side plate 79b1, and moves from the right end of the left side plate 79b1. You will be guided to the special drawing 2 prize opening 78.

Here, as shown in FIG. 39(b), in the pachinko machine 10 of the fourth embodiment, the right side portion of the left side retractable plate 79b1 is arranged above the special figure 1 first ball entrance 77a, and the left side retractable plate The left side portion of 79b1 is arranged so as to protrude outward (to the left) from the outer shape of the alternate distribution unit 71. In addition, the left outer decelerating part 79g and the left inner decelerating part 79h, which collide with the ball when rolling on the upper surface of the left side retractable plate 79b1, move the ball from the left path 74 to the special drawing 1 first prize opening 77a into the downflow space. is not set up. That is, as the decelerating parts 79g and 79h that collide with the balls rolling on the upper surface of the left side protruding and retracting plate 79b1, the left outer decelerating part 79g provided on the left side of the downstream space (i.e., outside the alternate distribution unit 71); A left inner deceleration section 79h provided on the right side of the downstream space (that is, inside the alternate distribution unit 71) is configured.

In the fourth embodiment, when the left side protrusion plate 79b1 is in the protruding state, the balls flowing into the left side path 74 of the alternate distribution unit 71 collide with the right side portion of the left side protrusion plate 79b1 in the protrusion state, and the left side protrusion plate 79b1 is in the protruding state. The inclination of the plate 79b1 causes the upper surface of the left side retractable plate 79b1 to roll toward the right side in front view of the game board 13 (see FIG. 3), that is, toward the special figure 2 prize opening 78 side.

Specifically, the ball rolling on the upper surface of the left side projecting plate 79b1 from the right side of the left side projecting plate 79b1 collides with the left inner deceleration part 79h, and the direction of travel is changed by the collision, and the ball rolls on the upper surface of the left side projecting plate 79b1. The liquid flows out from the right end of the left side protruding and retracting plate 79b1 while rolling on the upper surface of the left side plate 79b1. In the fourth embodiment, the ball flowing out from the left side exit of the left side path 74 is configured to take "1 second" to roll to the right end of the left side projection plate 79b1.

Similarly, when the left side projecting plate 79b1 is in the protruding state, the ball flowing down the left outer side of the alternate distribution unit 71 collides with the left side portion of the left side projecting plate 79b1 in the projecting state, and the left side projecting plate 79b1 is tilted. This causes the upper surface of the left side protruding/retracting plate 79b1 to roll toward the right side in the front view of the game board 13 (see FIG. 3), that is, toward the alternate distribution unit 71 side.

Specifically, the ball rolling from the left side portion of the left side protruding plate 79b1 on the upper surface of the left side protruding plate 79b1 collides with the plurality of left outer deceleration parts 79g, the direction of movement is changed, and the ball rolls on the upper surface of the left side protruding plate 79b1. While rolling, it reaches the above-mentioned downstream space in the left side protruding and retracting plate 79b1. In the fourth embodiment, the time required for rolling from the left side portion of the left side protruding/retracting plate 79b1 to the downstream space is configured to take "1.5 seconds".

That is, in the fourth embodiment, since the time required for the left side projecting plate 79b1 to roll from the downstream space to the right end is "1 second", the left side projecting and retracting plate 79b1 is moved from the left end to the right end. The configuration is such that the time required for rolling to reach the point is "1.5 seconds" + "1 second" = "2.5 seconds".

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the fourth embodiment, in the "latency probability variation state", while the ball flowing down the left outer side of the alternate distribution unit 71 is rolling from the left end to the right end of the left side appearance plate 79b1. In addition, the left protruding/retracting plate 79b1 is configured to be displaced from a protruding state to a retracted state. Therefore, in the "latency probability fluctuation state", the ball flowing down the left outside of the alternate distribution unit 71 is prevented from winning into the special drawing 2 winning hole 78, and winning only into the special drawing 1 first winning hole 77a. obtain.

Returning to FIG. 39(b), the explanation will be continued. As shown in FIG. 39(b), the ball that enters the alternate distribution unit 71 next to the ball that is distributed to the left path 74 in the "latency probability variation state" of the fourth embodiment is the distributed ball that enters the alternate distribution unit 71. It passes through the pre-sorting normal symbol gate 76c embedded in the mouth 72 and reaches the sorting device 73 ``0.1 seconds'' later. Then, it is sorted to the right side route 75 by the sorting device 73, passes through the right side deep passage 75a of the alternate sorting unit 71, and exits from the right side exit of the right side route 75 “5 seconds” after the timing at which it was sorted by the sorting device 73. leak.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 41(b), when a ball enters the distribution ball entry port 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71, the pre-distribution normal symbol embedded in the distribution ball entry port 72 It passes through the gate 76c, reaches the sorting device 73 ``0.1 second'' later, and is sorted to the right route 75. When the ball is distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73, it is configured to flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 "5 seconds" after the timing of the distribution. In addition, when the ball passes through the pre-distribution normal symbol gate 76c, a lottery opportunity for the normal symbol is obtained, and variable display of the normal symbol is started on the condition that there is no reserved ball of the normal symbol.

The variable display in the "latency probability variation state" of the fourth embodiment is performed for "0.5 seconds". Furthermore, in the "latency probability variation state" of the fourth embodiment, if the variable display of the normal symbol is won, the left side appearance board 79b1 and the right side appearance board 79b2 are configured to stick out for "2 seconds". Therefore, the total time of the variable display time of the normal symbol and the protrusion time of the right side appearance plate 79b2 is calculated from the time required from the timing when the ball passes through the pre-distribution normal symbol gate 76c until it flows out from the right exit of the right path 75. Since the ball is shorter, the ball distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 passes through the placement position of the right side appearance plate 79b2 after the variable display result is derived and the right side appearance plate 79b2 protrudes and retracts. Then, the player enters the special drawing 1 first prize opening 77a to win the prize.

Here, as shown in FIG. 39(b), in the pachinko machine 10 of the fourth embodiment, the left side portion of the right side retractable plate 79b2 is arranged above the special figure 1 second ball entrance 77b, and the right side retractable plate The right side portion of 79b2 is arranged so as to protrude outward (to the right) from the outer shape of the alternate distribution unit 71. In addition, the right outer decelerating part 79i and the right inner decelerating part 79j, which collide with the ball when rolling on the upper surface of the right side retractable plate 79b2, move from the right path 75 to the space where the ball flows to the special figure 1 second prize opening 77b. is not set up. That is, as the deceleration parts 79i and 79j that collide with the balls rolling on the upper surface of the right side protruding and retracting plate 79b2, the right outer deceleration part 79i provided on the right side of the downstream space (i.e., outside the alternate distribution unit 71), and the above-mentioned A right inner deceleration section 79j provided on the left side of the downstream space (that is, inside the alternate distribution unit 71) is configured.

In the fourth embodiment, when the right side projecting plate 79b2 is in the protruding state, the ball flowing down the right outside of the alternate distribution unit 71 collides with the right side portion of the right side projecting plate 79b2 in the projecting state, and the ball collides with the right side part of the right side projecting plate 79b2 in the projecting state The inclination of 79b2 causes the upper surface of the right side retractable plate 79b2 to roll toward the left side of the game board 13 (see FIG. 3) when viewed from the front, that is, toward the alternate distribution unit 71 side.

Specifically, the ball rolling from the right side of the right side protrusion plate 79b2 on the upper surface of the right side protrusion plate 79b2 collides with the plurality of right outer deceleration parts 79i, changes its traveling direction, and rolls on the upper surface of the right side protrusion plate 79b2. While rolling toward the left end, it reaches the above-mentioned downstream space on the right side protruding and retracting plate 79b2. In the fourth embodiment, the time required for rolling from the right end of the right side protruding/retracting plate 79b2 to the downstream space is 1.5 seconds.

That is, in the fourth embodiment, since the time required for the right side protrusion plate 79b2 to roll from the downstream space to the left end is "1 second", the right side protrusion plate 79b2 is moved from the right end to the left end. The configuration is such that the time required for rolling to reach the point is "1.5 seconds" + "1 second" = "2.5 seconds".

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the fourth embodiment, in the "latency probability variation state", while the ball flowing down the right outside of the alternate distribution unit 71 is rolling from the right end to the left end of the right side appearance plate 79b2. In addition, the right side protruding/retracting plate 79b2 is configured to be displaced from a protruding state to a retracted state. Therefore, in the "latency probability variation state", the ball flowing down the right outside of the alternate distribution unit 71 can be prevented from winning into the special drawing 2 winning hole 78, and can win into the special drawing 1 second winning hole 77b. It is configured as follows.

In this way, in the "latency probability variation state" of the fourth embodiment, the ball that enters the alternate distribution unit 71 is placed in either the special chart 1 second winning hole 77b or the special chart 2 winning hole 78. In addition to winning alternately, the ball flowing down near the outside of the alternate distribution unit 71 can win the special figure 1 first prize opening 77a or the special figure 1 second prize opening 77b, so the first lottery of the first special symbol It is configured such that a game is performed in which a game and a second lottery game with a second special symbol are executed.

Next, the gameplay in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fourth embodiment will be explained with reference to FIGS. 39(c) and 42.

FIG. 39(c) shows the behavior of a ball entering from the distribution ball entry port 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fourth embodiment, and the ball flowing down near the alternate distribution unit 71. , the behavior of the left-side projecting plate 79b1 and the right-side projecting plate 79b2, and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the left-side projecting plate 79b1 or the right-side projecting plate 79b2.

Further, FIG. 42(a) shows the falling timing of the ball distributed to the left path 74 of the alternate distribution unit 71 in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fourth embodiment, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the left side appearance plate 79b1. FIG. 42(b) is a timing chart showing the falling timing of the balls distributed to the right path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71 in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fourth embodiment, and the projection time of the normal It is a timing chart showing the variable display of symbols and the protrusion time of the right side protrusion plate 79b2.

First, as shown in FIG. 39(c), the ball that enters the alternate distribution unit 71 in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fourth embodiment has a pre-distribution normal symbol embedded in the distribution ball entrance 72. It passes through the gate 76c and reaches the sorting device 73 "0.1 seconds" later. Then, the liquid is distributed to the left side path 74 by the sorting device 73, and flows out from the left side exit of the left side path 74 “1.5 seconds” after the timing at which it is sorted by the sorting device 73.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 42(a), when a ball enters the distribution ball entry port 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71, the pre-distribution normal symbol embedded in the distribution ball entry port 72 It passes through the gate 76c, reaches the sorting device 73 ``0.1 seconds'' later, and is sorted to the left route 74. When the ball is distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73, it is configured to flow out from the left side exit of the left path 74 "1.5 seconds" after the timing of the distribution. In addition, when the ball passes through the pre-distribution normal symbol gate 76c, a lottery opportunity for the normal symbol is obtained, and variable display of the normal symbol is started on the condition that there is no reserved ball of the normal symbol.

The variable display in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fourth embodiment is performed for "0.5 seconds" similarly to the "latent probability fluctuation state". Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time required from when the ball passes through the pre-distribution normal symbol gate 76c until it flows out from the left exit, the ball is located at the right side of the left side appearance board 79b1. At the timing when , the variable display result has been derived.

Furthermore, in the "probability variation state" of the fourth embodiment, the winning probability of the normal symbol is configured to be easier to win than in the "normal game state", similar to the "latent probability variation state". Furthermore, the protrusion time of the left side appearing board 79b1 (and right side appearing board 79b2) in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fourth embodiment is "5 seconds", which is longer than in the "normal game state", and the projection time on the left side after the start of the variable display is longer than that in the "normal game state". The total time from protrusion to retraction of the protruding and retracting plate 79b1 (and the right protruding and retracting plate 79b2) is "5.5 seconds".

Therefore, between the time the ball passes through the pre-distribution normal symbol gate 76c and the time it reaches the position of the right side of the left side appearance board 79b1, the left side appearance board 79b1 becomes in a protruding state and may maintain that state. Highly sexual. As a result, the ball that flows out of the left side exit of the left path 74 and reaches the right side of the left side plate 79b1 rolls toward the right end on the upper surface of the left side plate 79b1, and moves from the right end of the left side plate 79b1. You will be guided to the special drawing 2 prize opening 78.

Further, as described above, the ball rolling from the right side portion of the left side protruding plate 79b1 toward the right end on the upper surface of the left side protruding plate 79b1 collides with the left inner deceleration portion 79h and flows out from the left exit of the left path 74. The configuration is such that it takes "1 second" for the ball to roll to the right end of the left protruding/retracting plate 79b1. Further, the ball rolling from the left side portion of the left side projecting plate 79b1 toward the right end on the upper surface of the left side projecting plate 79b1 collides with the plurality of left outer speed reducers 79g and the plurality of left inner speed reducers 79h, and collides with the left side projecting plate 79b1. The time required for rolling from the left end to the right end of 79b1 is 2.5 seconds.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the fourth embodiment, in the "probability fluctuation state", while the ball flowing down the left outer side of the alternate distribution unit 71 is rolling from the left end to the right end of the left side appearance plate 79b1, , the protruding state of the left side protruding/retracting plate 79b1 is maintained. Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state", the ball flowing down the left outer side of the alternate distribution unit 71 can roll toward the right end on the upper surface of the left side appearing plate 79b1 in the protruding state and win into the special figure 2 winning hole 78. .

Returning to FIG. 39(c), the explanation will be continued. As shown in FIG. 39(c), the ball that enters the alternate distribution unit 71 next to the ball distributed to the left path 74 in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fourth embodiment is It passes through the pre-sorting normal symbol gate 76c embedded in 72 and reaches the sorting device 73 "0.1 seconds" later. Then, it is sorted to the right side route 75 by the sorting device 73, passes through the right side deep passage 75a of the alternate sorting unit 71, and exits from the right side exit of the right side route 75 “5 seconds” after the timing at which it was sorted by the sorting device 73. leak.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 42(b), when a ball enters the distribution ball entry port 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71, the pre-distribution normal symbol embedded in the distribution ball entry port 72 It passes through the gate 76c, reaches the sorting device 73 ``0.1 second'' later, and is sorted to the right route 75. When the ball is distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73, it is configured to flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 "5 seconds" after the timing of the distribution. In addition, when the ball passes through the pre-distribution normal symbol gate 76c, a lottery opportunity for the normal symbol is obtained, and variable display of the normal symbol is started on the condition that there is no reserved ball of the normal symbol.

The variable display in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fourth embodiment is performed for "0.5 seconds". Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time required from the timing when the ball passes through the pre-distribution normal symbol gate 76c until it flows out from the right exit of the right path 75, the ball is displayed on the right side appearance plate 79b2. At the timing when the position on the left side is reached, the result of the variable display is derived.

Further, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fourth embodiment, the winning probability of the normal symbol is configured to be easier to win than in the "normal gaming state". Furthermore, the protrusion time of the right side appearing plate 79b2 (and left side appearing plate 79b1) in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fourth embodiment is "5 seconds", and the right side appearing plate 79b2 (and left side appearing plate 79b1) protrudes from the start of the variable display. The total time it takes for the plate 79b1) to protrude and retract is "5.5 seconds."

Therefore, between the time the ball passes through the pre-distribution normal symbol gate 76c and the time it reaches the position of the left side of the right side appearance board 79b2, the right side appearance board 79b2 becomes in a protruding state and may maintain that state. Highly sexual. As a result, the ball that flows out of the right exit of the right path 75 and reaches the position of the left side of the right side exit plate 79b2 rolls toward the left end on the upper surface of the right side exit plate 79b2, and moves from the left end of the right side exit plate 79b2. You will be guided to the special drawing 2 prize opening 78.

Further, as described above, the ball rolling from the left side portion of the right side protrusion plate 79b2 toward the left end on the upper surface of the right side protrusion plate 79b2 collides with the right inner deceleration part 79j and flows out from the right exit of the right path 75. The configuration is such that it takes "1 second" for the ball to roll to the left end of the right side projecting plate 79b2. Further, the ball rolling from the right side portion of the right side projecting plate 79b2 toward the left end on the upper surface of the right side projecting plate 79b2 collides with the plurality of right outer speed reducers 79i and the plurality of right inner speed reducers 79j, and the right side projecting plate The time required for rolling from the right end to the left end of 79b2 is 2.5 seconds.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the fourth embodiment, in the "probability fluctuation state", while the ball flowing down the right outside of the alternate distribution unit 71 is rolling from the right end to the left end of the right side appearance plate 79b2, , the protruding state of the right side protruding/retracting plate 79b2 is maintained. Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state", the ball flowing down the right outer side of the alternate distribution unit 71 can roll toward the left end on the upper surface of the right side appearance plate 79b2 in the protruding state and win into the special figure 2 prize opening 78. .

In this way, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fourth embodiment, the ball that enters the alternate distribution unit 71 enters the special figure 2 winning hole 78 and flows down near the outside of the alternate distribution unit 71. Since the ball can also win in the special symbol 2 winning hole 78, the game is configured such that the second lottery game with the second special symbol is likely to be executed.

As explained above, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the fourth embodiment, even in a single firing mode (that is, a left-handed game), in the "normal game state", the special figure 1 first prize opening 77a Or, let them play the first lottery game with the first special symbol based on the winning in the special drawing 1 second winning hole 77b, and the first drawing game based on the winning in the special drawing 1 first winning hole 77a in the "latency probability fluctuation state". A first lottery game with the first special symbol and a second lottery game with the second special symbol based on winnings in the special symbol second prize opening 78 are played, and in the "probability fluctuation state", the second lottery game with the second special symbol is played. A game can be performed using a second lottery game with a second special symbol based on winnings. Therefore, by varying the variations of the winning holes 77 and 78 that can win prizes in each of the three game states, regardless of the plurality of firing modes, it is possible to provide variations to the game and improve the interest of the game.

In addition, the above gameplay can be achieved without providing the normal electric unit 79 in parallel in the left and right direction (horizontal direction) of the alternate distribution unit 71, and while realizing new gameplay, the pachinko machine 10 The area occupied by the alternate distribution unit 71 (and the normal power unit 79) in the left-right direction (horizontal direction) can be reduced. As a result, it is possible to contribute to improving the degree of freedom in designing the pachinko machine 10.

Furthermore, since there is no need to provide parts such as the right side normal symbol gate 76b, the number of parts in the pachinko machine 10 can be reduced, and the manufacturing cost of the pachinko machine 10 can be suppressed.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10 in the fourth embodiment has the same configuration as the first to third embodiments, and has the same effects.

<Fifth embodiment>
Next, the pachinko machine 10 according to the fifth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 43 to 46. In the pachinko machine 10 in the first embodiment, a left-handed game and a right-handed game are used depending on the game state, and variations of the winning openings 77 and 78 that can (easily win) a prize are made different for each game state. , we are trying to increase the interest of the game by providing variations in the game.

In order to realize this gameplay, an appearance plate 79b is arranged so that the ball can pass through the upper part of the special drawing 1 second prize opening 77b provided on the right side of the alternate distribution unit 71. The ball is guided to the special figure 2 winning hole 78 while the player is allowed to play a right-handed game in the "fluctuation state" and the intrusion board 79b is maintained in the protruding state.

However, when the protrusion time of the protrusion board 79b ends and the protrusion plate 79b is displaced from the protruding state to the retracted state, the protrusion plate 79b rolls on the upper surface of the protrusion board 79b located in the upper part of the special drawing 1 second prize opening 77b. There is a possibility that the ball that was being held will win the special drawing 1 second prize opening 77b, and the first lottery game that is disadvantageous to the player will be executed.

On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 10 of the fifth embodiment, the outer special figure 2 winning opening 78a is arranged on the right outer side of the alternate distribution unit 71. In addition, a right side separating and retracting board 79b4 is arranged below the right side normal symbol gate 76b, and a unit side separating and retracting board 79b3 is arranged above the special figure 1 second prize opening 77b of the alternate distribution unit 71.

Then, the unit side separation and retraction plate 79b3 and the right side separation and retraction plate 79b4 are always linked (that is, when the unit side separation and retraction plate 79b3 is retracted, the right side separation and retraction plate 79b4 is also retracted, and the unit side separation and retraction plate 79b4 is also retracted. When the board 79b3 is in the protruding state, the drive control is performed so that the right side separation and retraction board 79b4 is also in the protrusion state, and the variable display time of the normal symbol and the unit side separation and retraction board 79b3 and the right side separation are controlled depending on the gaming state. The protrusion time of the protrusion plate 79b4 is changed. With this configuration, the variations of the winning holes 77 and 78 that can win in each of the three game states are made different, thereby providing variations in the game.

In addition, by arranging the outer special figure 2 winning hole 78a on the outside of the alternate distribution unit 71, and configuring it so that the ball does not pass above the special figure 1 second winning hole 77b even when the ball is hit to the right. , when the unit side separation and retrieval plate 79b3 and the right side separation and retrieval plate 79b4 are displaced from the protruding state to the retracted state, the ball rolling on the upper surface of the right side separation and retrieval plate 79b4 enters the special map 1 second prize opening 77b. It is possible to prevent winning. Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state", the ball can be won only in the outer special figure 2 winning hole 78a that is advantageous for the player, and the above-mentioned gaming property can be realized.

Furthermore, a unit-side separation and retraction plate 79b3 is arranged above the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b, and when the unit side separation and retraction plate 79b3 maintains the protruding state, it closes the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b. It is configured to prevent the ball from entering the special drawing 1 second prize opening 77b. Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state", even if the ball that rolled on the upper surface of the right side separation and appearance plate 79b4 flows down forcefully and rolls to the special drawing 1 second prize opening 77b side, the unit The side separating and retracting plate 79b3 prevents the ball from entering the special figure 1 second prize opening 77b and guides the ball to the outer special figure 2 winning opening 78a side again. Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state", the ball can be won only in the outer special figure 2 winning hole 78a that is advantageous for the player, and the above-mentioned gaming properties can be reliably realized.

The pachinko machine 10 according to the fifth embodiment will be described below, focusing on the differences from the pachinko machines 10 according to the first to fourth embodiments. In the following description, the same elements as those in the first to fourth embodiments are denoted by the same reference numerals, and illustrations and explanations thereof will be omitted.

First, with reference to FIGS. 43 to 46, the game performance in each game state of the fifth embodiment, that is, the behavior of the ball based on the firing mode of the ball, and the unit side separating and retracting plate 79b3 and the right side separating and retracting plate The behavior of 79b4 will be explained.

FIG. 43 shows, in each game state of the fifth embodiment, the behavior of a ball that enters from the distribution ball entry port 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 when batting to the left, or the behavior of the ball that enters the ball from the distribution ball entry port 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 when batting from the right. It is a schematic diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball that enters from the right side normal symbol gate 76b, and the behavior of the unit side separation and appearance board 79b3 and the right side separation and appearance board 79b4. FIG. 43(a) shows the behavior of a ball that enters from the distribution ball entry port 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71, and the unit side separation and appearance plate 79b3 when hitting left-handed in the "normal game state" of the fifth embodiment. FIG. 43(b) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of the right side separation and appearance plate 79b4, and FIG. A diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball entering from the mouth 72, the behavior of the unit-side separation and retrieval plate 79b3 and the right-side separation and retrieval plate 79b4, and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the unit-side separation and retrieval plate 79b3. FIG. 43(c) shows the behavior of the right side separation plate 79b4 and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the right side separation plate 79b4 when hitting right in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fifth embodiment. FIG.

Further, FIG. 44(a) shows the falling timing of the ball distributed to the right path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the variable display of the normal symbol when hitting left in the "normal game state" of the fifth embodiment. 44(b) is a timing chart showing the protrusion time of the unit side separation and retraction plate 79b3, and FIG. It is a timing chart showing the falling timing of the ball (passed through the right side normal symbol gate 76b), the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the right side separation appearance plate 79b4.

In addition, in the configuration of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the normal power unit 79 in the fifth embodiment, the points that are different from the first embodiment are the configuration of the left path 74 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the unit side separation protrusion plate. 79b3 and the right side separation protruding and retracting plate 79b4, the arrangement position of the outer special figure 2 winning opening 78a, and the arrangement position of the right speed reduction part 79k in the normal electric unit 79 are different. Since the other configurations are the same as those in the first embodiment, their explanation will be omitted.

First, as shown in FIG. 43(a), the ball distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73 in the “normal game state” of the fifth embodiment is “1 second” after being distributed by the distribution device 73. "After that, it flows out from the left side exit and enters the special drawing 1 first prize opening 77a located below the left side exit.

On the other hand, in the "normal game state" of the fifth embodiment, the balls distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 are first sent to the in-unit normal symbol gate 0.1 seconds after being distributed from the distribution device 73. 76a and flows out from the right side exit ``1.9 seconds'' after passing through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit.

Therefore, when the ball that enters the alternate sorting unit 71 is sorted to the left path 74, it enters the special drawing 1 first prize opening 77a "1 second" after being sorted by the sorting device 73, and enters the right side path 74. If the prize is distributed to the route 75, the prize is entered into the special drawing 1 second prize opening 77b ``2 seconds'' after the distribution by the distribution device 73. As a result, there is a time lag in the timing of winning into each winning hole 77a, 77b, so even if the winning is related to the first lottery game with the same first special symbol, the player will not know which winning hole 77a, 77b won the prize. becomes possible.

Further, by making the left path 74 shorter (more compact), the area occupied by the entire alternate distribution unit 71 can be reduced, which can contribute to improving the degree of freedom in designing the pachinko machine 10.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 44(a), if the ball is distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73, it will flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 "2 seconds" after the timing of the distribution. It is composed of In addition, "0.1 seconds" after the ball is distributed to the right path 75, the ball passes through the unit normal symbol gate 76a buried in the right path 75, and the normal symbol is generated by passing through the unit normal symbol gate 76a. A lottery opportunity is obtained, and the variable display of the normal symbol is started on the condition that there are no reserved balls of the normal symbol.

The variable display in the "normal gaming state" of the fifth embodiment is performed for "3 seconds". Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is longer than the time required from the timing when the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit until it flows out from the right side exit, the variable display time of the normal symbol is longer than the time required for the ball to flow out from the right side exit. It passes through the arrangement position of the separation appearance board 79b3 and enters the special drawing 1 second prize opening 77b as it is.

In addition, as shown in FIG. 44(b), when a ball is hit to the right in the "normal game state", the ball that passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b hits the right end of the right side separating and appearing plate 79b4 after "1 second". reach the position of the part. In addition, since the variable display time of the normal symbols in the "normal game state" is "3 seconds", before the variable display of the normal symbols based on passing through the right side normal symbol gate 76b ends, that is, the right side based on the variable display Before the separation and retraction plate 79b4 enters the protruding state, it flows out to the downstream side of the normal electric unit 79 (downward side of the game board 13).

Furthermore, even if the balls enter the ball continuously, it is difficult for the normal symbols to hit in the "normal game state", and it takes a long time for the right side separation and reappearance plate 79b4 to maintain the protruding state after a hit. The time required for the right side decelerating portion 79k (see FIGS. 43(a) to 43(c)) to roll the upper surface of the right side separating and retracting plate 79b4 from the right end to the left end is "2 seconds". 2.5 seconds”.

As a result, while the right side separating and retracting plate 79b4 maintains the protruding state, it does not roll to the outer special drawing 2 winning opening 78a side, but while rolling on the upper surface of the right side separating and retracting plate 79b4. When the right side separating and retracting plate 79b4 is displaced to the retracted state, it flows down to the downstream side of the normal electric unit 79 (downward side of the game board 13). Furthermore, when the right side normal symbol gate 76b detects passage of a ball in the "normal game state", it is configured to sound an alarm. As a result, the player can be made to play a left-handed game without having to play a right-handed game in the "normal gaming state."

In this way, in the "normal game state" of the fifth embodiment, the ball that enters the alternate distribution unit 71 in a left-handed game is either the special figure 1 first winning hole 77a or the special figure 1 second winning hole. 77b, a game in which a first lottery game with a first special symbol can be executed is performed.

Next, with reference to FIG. 43(b) and FIG. 45, the gameplay in the "latency probability variation state" of the fifth embodiment will be explained.

FIG. 43(b) shows the behavior of a ball that enters from the distribution ball entry opening 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the unit side separation ingress/egress plate when hitting from the left in the "latency probability variation state" of the fifth embodiment. 79b3 is a schematic diagram for explaining the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the unit side separating and retracting plate 79b3. FIG.

Further, FIG. 45(a) shows the falling timing of the ball distributed to the right path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the variable display of the normal symbol when hitting left in the "latency probability variation state" of the fifth embodiment. FIG. 45(b) is a timing chart showing the protrusion time of the unit-side separation and reappearance plate 79b3, and FIG. It is a timing chart showing the falling timing of the ball that has flowed into the ball (passed through the right side normal symbol gate 76b), the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the right side separating and appearing plate 79b4.

First, as shown in FIG. 43(b), the balls distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73 in the "latency probability variation state" of the fifth embodiment are ``One second'' after being distributed from 73, it flows out from the left side exit of the left side path 74 and enters the special drawing 1 first prize opening 77a arranged below the left side exit.

On the other hand, in the "latency probability variation state" of the fifth embodiment, the ball distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 first becomes normal within the unit after "0.1 seconds" after being distributed from the distribution device 73. It passes through the symbol gate 76a and flows out from the right exit of the right path 75 "1.9 seconds" after passing through the unit normal symbol gate 76a.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 45(a), if the ball is distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73, it will flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 "2 seconds" after the timing of the distribution. It is composed of In addition, "0.1 seconds" after the ball is distributed to the right path 75, the ball passes through the unit normal symbol gate 76a buried in the right path 75, and the normal symbol is generated by passing through the unit normal symbol gate 76a. A lottery opportunity is obtained, and variable display of normal symbols is started.

The variable display in the "latency probability variation state" of the fifth embodiment is performed for "0.5 seconds". Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time required for the ball to flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 from the timing when the ball passes through the unit normal symbol gate 76a, the ball passes through the unit side separation appearance plate 79b3. The result of the variable display is derived at the timing when the arrangement position of is reached.

Furthermore, in the "latency probability variation state" of the fifth embodiment, the winning probability of the normal symbol is configured to be easier to win than in the "normal game state". Furthermore, the protrusion time of the unit-side separation appearance plate 79b3 in the "latency probability variation state" of the fifth embodiment is "2 seconds", which is the same as in the "normal game state", but after the variable display starts, the unit-side separation The total time from when the protrusion plate 79b3 protrudes to when it retracts is "2.5 seconds".

Therefore, after the ball passes through the unit normal symbol gate 76a until it reaches the left end position of the unit side separation and retraction plate 79b3, the unit side separation and retraction plate 79b3 becomes in a protruding state and maintains that state. There is a high possibility that As a result, the ball that flows out of the right side exit of the right path 75 and reaches the left end position of the unit side separation and retrieval plate 79b3 collides with the unit side separation and retrieval plate 79b3, causing the upper surface of the unit side separation and retrieval plate 79b3 to collide with the unit side separation and retrieval plate 79b3. It rolls toward the right end and is guided toward the outer special drawing 2 winning opening 78a side.

Here, in the pachinko machine 10 of the fifth embodiment, a deceleration section corresponding to the unit side separation protruding and retracting plate 79b3 is not provided. As a result, the time required for the ball to roll from the right end to the left end on the upper surface of the unit side separating and retracting plate 79b3 is configured to take "0.5 seconds".

Therefore, in the "latency probability variation state" of the fifth embodiment, the time required for the ball to roll from the left end to the right end of the unit side separation and appearance plate 79b3 is "0.5 seconds", and the right path 75 The projecting state of the unit-side separation and retraction plate 79b3 is maintained until the ball flowing out from the right side outlet has completely rolled from the left end to the right end of the unit-side separation and retraction plate 79b3. Therefore, the ball flowing out from the right exit of the right path 75 can win into the outer special figure 2 winning opening 78a.

In addition, as shown in FIG. 45(b), when a ball is hit to the right in the "latency probability variation state", the ball that passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b hits the right side separation appearance plate 79b4 after "1 second". Reach the rightmost position. Further, the variable display time of the normal symbol in the "latency probability variation state" of the fifth embodiment is "0.5 seconds". Furthermore, the winning probability of the normal symbol in the "latent probability varying state" of the fifth embodiment is set higher than that in the "normal gaming state".

As a result, the variable display time of the normal symbols is shorter than the time from passing through the right side normal symbol gate 76b until reaching the right end position of the right side separation and appearance board 79b4, and the winning probability of the normal symbols is also high. When the ball that has passed through the normal symbol gate 76b reaches the right end position of the right side separation and retraction plate 79b4, there is a high possibility that the right side separation and retraction plate 79b4 is in a protruding state.

However, while the time it takes for the right-side separation and retraction plate 79b4 to maintain its protruding state after hitting is "2 seconds," the time required to roll the upper surface of the right-side separation and retraction plate 79b4 from the right end to the left end is "2 seconds". 2.5 seconds. As a result, the ball that rolled from the right end to the left end of the right side separation and retrieval plate 79b4 rolls to the outer special figure 2 prize opening 78a side while the right side separation and retrieval plate 79b4 maintains the protruding state. When the right side separating and retracting plate 79b4 is displaced to the retracted state, it flows down from its rolling position to the downstream side of the normal power unit 79 (downward side of the game board 13). Furthermore, when the right normal symbol gate 76b detects passage of a ball in the "latency probability variation state", it is configured to sound an alarm. As a result, the player can be made to play a left-handed game without having to play a right-handed game in the "latency probability variation state."

In this way, in the "latency probability variation state" of the fifth embodiment, the ball that enters the alternate distribution unit 71 in a left-handed game is either the special figure 1 first prize opening 77a or the outer special figure 2 winning hole. 78a, the game is configured such that a first lottery game with a first special symbol and a second lottery game with a second special symbol are alternately executed.

Next, with reference to FIG. 43(c) and FIG. 46, the gameplay in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fifth embodiment will be explained. FIG. 43(c) explains the behavior of the right side separation and reappearance plate 79b4 and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the right side separation and reappearance plate 79b4 when hitting right in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fifth embodiment. FIG.

Further, FIG. 46(a) shows the falling timing of the ball distributed to the right path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the variable display of the normal symbol when hitting left in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fifth embodiment. 46(b) is a timing chart showing the protrusion time of the unit-side separating and retracting plate 79b3, and FIG. It is a timing chart showing the falling timing of the ball (passed through the right side normal symbol gate 76b), the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the right side separation appearance plate 79b4.

First, as shown in FIG. 43(c), in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fifth embodiment, the ball that passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b and flows into the normal electric unit 79 flows directly to the downstream side. Then, "1 second" after passing through the right side normal symbol gate 76b, it reaches the position of the right end of the right side separating and appearing plate 79b4.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 46(b), when the ball passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b, an opportunity to draw a normal symbol is obtained, and variable display of the normal symbol is started. The variable display in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fifth embodiment is performed for "0.5 seconds." The ball that has passed through the right side normal symbol gate 76b is configured to reach the right end position of the right side separating and appearing plate 79b4 "1 second" after the timing of passing through the right side normal symbol gate 76b. Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time from when the ball passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b to the right end of the right side separation and appearance board 79b4, the ball reaches the right end of the right side separation and appearance board 79b4. The result of the variable display has been derived at the timing when the position of the part is reached.

Further, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fifth embodiment, the winning probability of the normal symbol is configured to be easier to win than in the "normal gaming state". Furthermore, the protrusion time of the right-side separation appearance plate 79b4 in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fifth embodiment is "5 seconds", and the total time from the start of the variable display until the right-side separation appearance plate 79b4 protrudes and retracts. is "5.5 seconds".

Therefore, after the ball passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b until it reaches the right end position of the right side separation and appearance board 79b4, there is a possibility that the right side separation and appearance board 79b4 becomes in a protruding state and maintains that state. is high. As a result, the ball that reached the right end position of the right side separation and retrieval plate 79b4 collides with the right end of the right side separation and retrieval plate 79b4, and from that position rolls on the upper surface of the right side separation and retrieval plate 79b4 toward the left end, and outwards. The player begins to be guided to the special drawing 2 prize opening 78a side.

Furthermore, the time required for the ball to roll from the right end to the left end of the right side separation/appearance plate 79b4 is "2.5 seconds", but as described above, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fifth embodiment, Since the time from the start of the variable display until the right side separation and retraction board 79b4 protrudes and retracts is "5.5 seconds," the ball that passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b has the right side separation and retraction board 79b4 maintain its protruding state. While doing so, the upper surface of the right side separating and retracting plate 79b4 completely rolls from the right end to the left end, and is guided to the outside special figure 2 winning opening 78a side.

In addition, a plurality of balls that have continuously flowed into the normal electrical unit 79 from the ball that triggered the execution of the variable display of the normal symbols are displayed as outside special symbols while the right side separation and reappearance plate 79b4 maintains the protruding state. It is configured so that it is guided to the 2nd winning opening 78a side and winning can be won to the outer special drawing 2nd winning opening 78a. Specifically, in the fifth embodiment, when the balls are fired at intervals of "0.6 seconds" and the balls pass through the right side normal symbol gate 76b at each interval, three balls are additionally sent to the outside. You will be guided to the special drawing 2 prize opening 78a side.

That is, in the fifth embodiment, when the right side separation and retraction plate 79b4 is in the protruding state once, it is configured so that the lottery opportunity for the second lottery game of the second special symbol can be obtained four times. Therefore, by executing the right-handed game in the "probability fluctuation state", it is easier to obtain multiple lottery opportunities for the second lottery game with the second special symbol, and a predetermined prize ball (i.e., 2 balls/1 prize). This allows the player to play the game without significantly damaging the balls he or she owns.

In addition, by configuring the ball so that it does not pass above the special drawing 1 second prize opening 77b when the ball is hit to the right, the unit side separation and retraction plate 79b3 and the right side separation and retraction plate 79b4 are displaced from the protruding state to the retracted state. When this happens, it is possible to prevent the ball rolling on the upper surface of the right side separation and reappearance plate 79b4 from winning the special figure 1 second prize opening 77b. The first lottery game based on winning in the special figure 1 second prize opening 77b has a lower probability of transitioning to the "probability fluctuation state" than the second lottery game based on winning in the outer special figure 2 prize opening 78a. In the "Probability Fluctuation State", the player does not want to execute the first lottery game which is disadvantageous to the player. Therefore, according to the present invention, in the "probability fluctuation state", it is possible to make it easier for the player to win the ball into the outer special figure 2 winning hole 78a, which is advantageous for the player, and the above-mentioned gaming properties can be realized.

Furthermore, a unit-side separation and retraction plate 79b3 is arranged above the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b, and when the unit side separation and retraction plate 79b3 maintains the protruding state, it closes the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b. It is configured to prevent the ball from entering the special drawing 1 second prize opening 77b. Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state", if the ball that rolled toward the left end on the upper surface of the right side separation and appearance plate 79b4 flows down with force and rolls to the special drawing 1 second prize opening 77b side, Also, the unit side separating and retracting plate 79b3 prevents the ball from entering the special figure 1 second prize opening 77b and guides the ball to the outer special figure 2 winning opening 78a side again. Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state", the ball can be won only in the outer special figure 2 winning hole 78a that is advantageous for the player, and the above-mentioned gaming properties can be reliably realized.

As shown in FIG. 45(a), when the ball is hit to the left in the "probability variation state" of the fifth embodiment, the ball is routed to the right by the distribution device 73, as in the "latent probability variation state". 75, it is configured to flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 "2 seconds" after the timing of the distribution. In addition, "0.5 seconds" after the ball is distributed to the right path 75, the ball passes through the unit normal symbol gate 76a buried in the right path 75, and the normal symbol is generated by passing through the unit normal symbol gate 76a. A lottery opportunity is obtained, and variable display of normal symbols is started.

The variable display in the "probability fluctuation state" is performed for "0.5 seconds". Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time required from when the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit until it flows out from the right side exit, the ball is at the left end position of the unit side separation appearance plate 79b3. At the timing when , the variable display result has been derived.

In addition, in the "probability fluctuation state", the winning probability of the normal symbol is configured to be easier to win than in the "normal gaming state". Further, the protrusion time of the unit-side separation appearance and retraction plate 79b3 in the "probability fluctuation state" is longer than in the "normal game state" by "5 seconds". Therefore, the total time from the start of the variable display until the unit-side separation and retraction plate 79b3 protrudes and retracts is "5.5 seconds."

Therefore, between the time the ball passes through the unit normal symbol gate 76a and the time when the ball reaches the installation position of the unit side separation and retrieval plate 79b3, the unit side separation and retrieval plate 79b3 becomes in a protruding state and maintains that state. There is a high possibility that there are. As a result, the ball that has reached the placement position of the unit-side separation and retraction plate 79b3 collides with the left end of the unit-side separation and retraction plate 79b3, and from that position rolls toward the right end on the upper surface of the unit-side separation and retraction plate 79b3. , and is guided to the outside special drawing 2 prize opening 78a side.

Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fifth embodiment, the ball that enters the alternate distribution unit 71 in a left-handed game is placed in the special figure 1 first prize opening 77a and the outer special figure 2 prize opening 78a. While winning alternately, the ball that enters the normal electric unit 79 from the right side normal symbol gate 76b in a right-handed game is configured so that it can easily enter the outer special figure 2 winning hole 78a. The second lottery game with the second special symbol, which is advantageous to the player, is more likely to be played if the player continuously plays the right-handed game with winning assistance, rather than the left-handed game with no assistance. It is configured.

As explained above, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the fifth embodiment, in a left-handed game, in the "normal game state", the player enters the special figure 1 first winning hole 77a or the special figure 1 second winning hole 77b. The first lottery game with the first special symbol based on the winning of the special symbol 1 based on the winning in the first prize opening 77a is played in the "latent probability fluctuation state" and the first lottery game with the first special symbol based on the winning with the first prize opening 77a of the special symbol 1 and the outside. It is possible to perform a game with a second lottery game of a second special symbol based on winning in the special figure 2 winning hole 78a. In addition, in a right-handed game, it is possible to perform a game using a second lottery game with a second special symbol based on winning in the outer special figure 2 winning hole 78a in the "probability fluctuation state". Therefore, by varying the variations of the winning holes 77, 78a that can win prizes in each of the three game states, it is possible to provide variations to the game and improve the interest of the game.

In addition, by arranging the outer special figure 2 winning hole 78a on the outside of the alternate distribution unit 71, and configuring it so that the ball does not pass above the special figure 1 second winning hole 77b even when the ball is hit to the right. , when the unit side separation and retrieval plate 79b3 and the right side separation and retrieval plate 79b4 are displaced from the protruding state to the retracted state, the ball rolling on the upper surface of the right side separation and retrieval plate 79b4 enters the special map 1 second prize opening 77b. It is possible to prevent winning. Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state", the ball can be won only in the outer special figure 2 winning hole 78a that is advantageous for the player, and the above-mentioned gaming properties can be realized.

Furthermore, a unit-side separation and retraction plate 79b3 is arranged above the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b, and when the unit side separation and retraction plate 79b3 maintains the protruding state, it closes the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b. It is configured to prevent the ball from entering the special drawing 1 second prize opening 77b. Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state", if the ball that rolled toward the left end on the upper surface of the right side separation and appearance plate 79b4 flows down with force and rolls to the special drawing 1 second prize opening 77b side, Also, the unit side separating and retracting plate 79b3 prevents the ball from entering the special figure 1 second prize opening 77b and guides the ball to the outer special figure 2 winning opening 78a side again. Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state", the ball can be won only in the outer special figure 2 winning hole 78a that is advantageous for the player, and the above-mentioned gaming properties can be reliably realized.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10 in the fifth embodiment has the same configuration as the first to fourth embodiments, and has the same effects.

<Sixth embodiment>
Next, the pachinko machine 10 in the sixth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 47 to 50. In the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a is buried in the right path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71, and the left end of the appearing board 79b is placed above the special symbol 1 second prize opening 77b. By making the variable display time of the normal symbols different between the "normal game state" and the "latency probability variation state" and varying the variations of the winning openings 77 and 78 that can win prizes, it is possible to improve the game. Variations are provided to increase the interest of the game.

However, when the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a is buried in the right path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71, there is a risk that chattering may occur if the movement of the ball in the right path 75 is not stable.

Moreover, by embedding the intra-unit normal symbol gate 76a in the alternate distribution unit 71, the number of parts in the alternate distribution unit 71 may increase, leading to an increase in manufacturing cost.

Furthermore, since it must be configured so that the left end of the appearance board 79b is located above the special drawing 1 second prize opening 77b of the alternate distribution unit 71, the alternate distribution unit 71 and the normal electric unit 79 It may be difficult to adjust the position of the

On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 10 of the sixth embodiment, only the right side normal symbol gate 76b of the normal electric unit 79 is provided as a device for obtaining a lottery opportunity for normal symbols, and the alternate distribution unit 71 is provided with a normal symbol gate 76b for obtaining a lottery opportunity for normal symbols. The configuration is such that a switch such as a normal symbol gate from which a trigger can be obtained is not provided.

In addition, a right side special figure 2 winning opening 78b is provided below the right exit of the right path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and at the lower left side of the left end of the appearance board 79b. The distribution unit 71 is configured so that an outer special drawing 1 winning opening 77d is provided on the right outer side thereof.

By changing the variable display time of the normal symbol and the protrusion time of the appearance board 79b according to each gaming state, in the "normal gaming state", the special drawing 1 first prize opening 77a and the right special drawing 2 winning A game that can win a prize is executed alternately in the opening 78b, and a game that can win a prize is executed in the outer special figure 1 winning hole 77d in the "latent probability fluctuation state", and a game that can win a prize in the outer special figure 1 prize opening 77d in the "probability fluctuation state". A game in which a prize can be won is executed in the mouth 78b.

By configuring in this way, it is possible to realize a game in which the variations of the winning holes 77a, 77d, and 78b that can win a prize are different for each game state, while preventing the detection of balls in the alternate distribution unit 71. By configuring this, chattering can be prevented from occurring. In addition, by realizing the above-mentioned gameplay only with the right side normal symbol gate 76b of the normal electric role unit 79, there is no need to arrange the normal symbol gate in the alternating distribution unit 71. It is possible to reduce the number of points and suppress manufacturing costs.

The pachinko machine 10 in the sixth embodiment will be described below, focusing on the differences from the pachinko machines 10 in the first to fifth embodiments. In the following description, the same elements as those in the first to fifth embodiments are denoted by the same reference numerals, and illustration and description thereof will be omitted.

Here, with reference to FIGS. 47 to 50, the game performance in each game state of the sixth embodiment, that is, the behavior of the ball based on the firing mode of the ball and the accompanying behavior of the appearance board 79b will be described.

FIG. 47 shows, in each game state of the sixth embodiment, the behavior of a ball that enters from the distribution ball entry port 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 when hitting left-handed, or the behavior of the ball that enters from the distribution ball entry port 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 when hitting right-handed, or the behavior of the ball that enters the ball from the distribution ball entry port 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 when hitting right-handed. It is a schematic diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball that enters from the right side normal symbol gate 76b and the behavior of the appearance board 79b. FIG. 47(a) shows the behavior of a ball that enters from the distribution ball entry opening 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the behavior of the appearance plate 79b when hitting to the left in the "normal game state" of the sixth embodiment. This is a diagram for explaining, and FIG. 47(b) shows the behavior of the appearing plate 79b and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the appearing plate 79b when hitting to the right in the "latency probability variation state" of the sixth embodiment. FIG. 47(c) shows the behavior of the protruding plate 79b and the rolling movement on the upper surface of the probabilistic plate 79b when hitting right in the “probability variation state” of the sixth embodiment. FIG. 3 is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball.

Further, FIG. 48(a) is a timing chart showing the falling timing of balls distributed to the right path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71 when hitting left in the "normal game state" of the sixth embodiment, FIG. 48(b) shows the falling timing of the ball flowing into the normal electric unit 79 (passing the right side normal symbol gate 76b) and the normal symbol when hitting right in the "normal game state" of the sixth embodiment. 7 is a timing chart showing the variable display of and the protrusion time of the protruding and retracting plate 79b.

In addition, in the configuration of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the normal power unit 79 in the sixth embodiment, the difference from the first embodiment is the configuration of the left path 74 and right path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71, and the unit The presence or absence of the inner normal symbol gate 76a, the arrangement position of the right side special figure 2 winning opening 78b, the arrangement position of the outer special drawing 1 winning opening 77d, the configuration of the right side integrated deceleration part 79m, and the left side distributed deceleration part The difference is in the configuration of 79n. Since the other configurations are the same as those in the first embodiment, their explanation will be omitted.

First, as shown in FIG. 47(a), the ball distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73 in the “normal game state” of the sixth embodiment is “1 second” after being distributed by the distribution device 73. ” After that, it flows out from the left side exit of the left side path 74 and enters the special drawing 1 first prize opening 77a located below the left side exit.

In addition, the balls distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 in the “normal game state” of the sixth embodiment also flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 “1 second” after being distributed from the distribution device 73. Then, the player wins a prize at the right side special drawing 2 winning slot 78b located below the right side exit.

Therefore, by making the left path 74 and the right path 75 shorter (more compact), the area occupied by the alternate distribution unit 71 as a whole can be reduced, which can contribute to improving the degree of freedom in designing the pachinko machine 10. .

In this case, as shown in FIG. 48(a), since the normal symbol gate is not provided on the right path 75, the lottery opportunity for the normal symbol cannot be acquired, and therefore the variable display of the normal symbol is not performed. As a result, the appearance board 79b cannot be in the protruding state either, but since the placement position of the appearance board 79b is not located at a position that inhibits winning to the right side special map 2 winning opening 78b, it is distributed to the right path 75. The ball enters the right special figure 2 prize opening 78b as it is.

Here, in the pachinko machine 10 of the sixth embodiment, only the right side normal symbol gate 76b of the normal electric unit 79 is provided as a device for obtaining a drawing opportunity for a normal symbol, and the alternate distribution unit 71 is provided as a device for obtaining a drawing opportunity for a normal symbol. The configuration is such that there is no switch such as a normal symbol gate that can obtain .

With this configuration, the above-mentioned gameplay can be achieved only with the right side normal symbol gate 76b of the normal electric unit 79, and there is no need to arrange a normal symbol gate in the alternating distribution unit 71. The number of parts in the sorting unit 71 can be reduced, and manufacturing costs can be suppressed.

Further, by configuring the alternate distribution unit 71 so that balls are not detected, chattering can be prevented from occurring.

The right-side collective speed reducer 79m of the normal electric unit 79 includes a plurality of rib-shaped back speed reducers (not shown) provided at the base (not shown) where the normal electric unit 79 contacts the game board 13; It is constituted by a plurality of rib-shaped front side reduction parts (not shown) provided on the back side (base side) of a cover part (not shown) located on the side facing the base.

As a result, in the pachinko machine 10 of the sixth embodiment, the ball that has reached the right end of the retractable board 79b rolls on the upper surface of the retractable board 79b, and by the time it reaches the center of the retractable board 79b, the ball reaches "1. It is configured to take 5 seconds. As a result, even if the protruding plate 79b is in the protruding state, if the protruding plate 79b is switched to the retracted state while the ball is colliding with the right integrated deceleration part 79m, the ball will roll on the upper surface of the protruding plate 79b. The ball is normally configured to flow out to the lower side of the electric unit 79.

The left side distributed deceleration part 79n of the normal electric unit 79 includes a rib-shaped rear side deceleration part (not shown) 1 provided at the base (not shown) where the normal electric unit 79 contacts the game board 13; It is comprised of one rib-shaped front side reduction part (not shown) provided on the back side (base side) of a cover part (not shown) located on the opposite side of the base part.

As a result, in the pachinko machine 10 of the sixth embodiment, the ball that has reached the central part of the appearing plate 79b rolls on the upper surface of the appearing plate 79b and reaches the left end of the appearing plate 79b by "1". It is designed to take a time of "seconds".

In addition, as shown in FIG. 48(b), when a right shot is made in the "normal game state" of the sixth embodiment, the ball that passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b will appear on the appearance board after "1 second". The rightmost position of 79b is reached. In addition, since the variable display time of the normal symbols in the "normal game state" is "3 seconds", the normal symbols appear before the variable display based on passing through the right side normal symbol gate 76b ends, that is, based on the variable display. Before the plate 79b is in the protruding state, it flows out to the downstream side of the normal electric unit 79 (downward side of the game board 13).

In addition, even if balls enter the game continuously, the system is configured so that it is difficult for the normal symbols to hit in the "normal game state". Furthermore, the time for the protruding and retracting plate 79b to maintain the protruding state due to the hit is "2 seconds", and the upper surface of the protruding and retracting plate 79b is rotated from the right end to the left end by the right integrated deceleration section 79m and the left distributed deceleration section 79n. The time required to move is "2.5 seconds", and the time required to roll the upper surface of the appearance plate 79b from the right end to the position above the outer special drawing 1 prize opening 77d by the right integrated deceleration part 79m is It becomes "1.5 seconds".

As a result, while the appearing plate 79b maintains the protruding state, it does not roll to the right side special figure 2 winning opening 78b side, and while rolling on the upper surface of the appearing plate 79b, the appearing plate 79b When it is displaced to the retracted state, it flows down to the downstream side of the normal electric unit 79 (downward side of the game board 13). On the other hand, while the appearance plate 79b maintains the protruding state, the ball is configured to roll up to the upper part of the outer special figure 1 winning opening 77d, but in the "normal game state", the right side normal symbol gate 76b It is configured to sound an alarm if it detects the passage of a ball. As a result, the player can be made to play a left-handed game without having to play a right-handed game in the "normal gaming state."

In this way, in the "normal game state" of the sixth embodiment, the ball that enters the alternate distribution unit 71 in a left-handed game is either the special figure 1 first winning hole 77a or the right special figure 2 winning hole 78b. In order to win alternately in any one of the above, the game is configured such that a first lottery game with a first special symbol and a second lottery game with a second special symbol are alternately executed.

Next, with reference to FIG. 47(b) and FIG. 49, the gameplay in the "latency probability variation state" of the sixth embodiment will be explained.

FIG. 47(b) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of the appearing plate 79b and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the appearing plate 79b when hitting right in the “latency probability variation state” of the sixth embodiment. It is a schematic diagram.

Further, FIG. 49(a) is a timing chart showing the falling timing of the ball distributed to the right path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71 when hitting left in the "latency probability variation state" of the sixth embodiment. , FIG. 49(b) shows the falling timing of the ball that has flowed into the normal electric unit 79 (passed through the right side normal symbol gate 76b) when hitting right in the "latency probability variation state" of the sixth embodiment, It is a timing chart showing the variable display of normal symbols and the protrusion time of the appearance board 79b.

First, as shown in FIG. 47(b), the ball that has passed through the right side normal symbol gate 76b and flowed into the normal power unit 79 in the "latency probability variation state" of the sixth embodiment continues to the downstream side. It flows down and reaches the right end position of the appearance plate 79b "1 second" after passing through the right side normal symbol gate 76b.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 49(b), if a right shot is made in the "latent probability variation state", a lottery opportunity for a normal symbol is obtained by the ball passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b. , the variable display of normal symbols starts. The variable display in the "latency probability variation state" of the sixth embodiment is performed for "0.5 seconds". The ball that has passed through the right side normal symbol gate 76b is configured to reach the right end position of the appearance board 79b "1 second" after the timing of passing through the right side normal symbol gate 76b. Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time from when the ball passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b to when it reaches the appearance board 79b, the timing when the ball reaches the right end position of the appearance board 79b is shorter. Here, the results of variable display are derived.

Furthermore, in the "latency probability variation state" of the sixth embodiment, the winning probability of the normal symbol is configured to be easier to win than in the "normal game state". Furthermore, the protrusion time of the appearance board 79b in the "latency probability variation state" of the sixth embodiment is "2 seconds", and the total time from the start of the variable display until the appearance board 79b protrudes and disappears is "2 seconds". .5 seconds".

Therefore, from when the ball passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b until it reaches the right end position of the protruding plate 79b, it is highly likely that the protruding plate 79b becomes in a protruding state and maintains that state. As a result, the ball that has reached the right end of the protruding plate 79b collides with the right end of the protruding plate 79b, rolls from that position on the upper surface of the protruding plate 79b toward the left end, and moves toward the alternate distribution unit 71. I started being guided.

Furthermore, the time required for the ball to roll from the right end to the left end of the appearance board 79b is "2.5 seconds", and the position above the outer special drawing 1 prize opening 77d from the right end of the appearance board 79b The time required for the ball to roll up to this point is 1.5 seconds. Further, as described above, since the time from the start of the variable display in the "latent probability varying state" of the sixth embodiment until the appearance board 79b protrudes and sinks in is "2.5 seconds", the right normal symbol gate The ball that passed through 76b rolls on the upper surface of the appearing plate 79b from the right end to the position above the outer special drawing 1 prize opening 77d while the appearing plate 79b maintains the protruding state, and at that timing, the ball passes through the appearing plate 79b. 79b is displaced from the protruding state to the retracted state. As a result, the ball rolling on the upper surface of the appearance board 79b falls to the downstream side, and can be won into the outer special figure 1 winning opening 77d.

Therefore, by executing the right-handed game in the "latency probability variation state", it is easier to obtain the lottery opportunity for the first lottery game with the first special symbol, and the predetermined prize balls (i.e., 2 balls/1 prize). This allows the player to play the game without significantly damaging the balls he or she owns.

As shown in FIG. 49(a), when a left-handed game is played in the "latency probability variation state" of the sixth embodiment, the ball distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73 is ``One second'' after being distributed from the left side route 74, the winnings flow out from the left side exit of the left side path 74 and enter the special drawing 1 first prize opening 77a located below the left side exit.

In addition, the ball distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 in the “latency probability variation state” of the sixth embodiment also exits from the right exit of the right path 75 “1 second” after being distributed by the distribution device 73. It flows out and enters the right special drawing 2 prize opening 78b located below the right side exit.

In addition, in the "latency probability variation state" of the sixth embodiment, when a left-handed game is played, winning assistance is not provided by the appearance board 79b etc., so the degree of advantage is the same as in the "normal game state". .

Therefore, in the "latency probability variation state" of the sixth embodiment, the ball that enters the normal electric unit 79 from the right side normal symbol gate 76b in a right-handed game is assisted by the winning board 79b and enters the outer special figure 1. Since the structure is configured so that it is easy to win a prize into the winning opening 77d, it is better to continuously play a right-handed game in which winning assistance is provided by the appearing board 79b, rather than playing a left-handed game in which winning assistance is not provided by the appearing board 79b. On the other hand, it is configured so that a game in which a first lottery game with a first special symbol can be executed is performed.

Next, with reference to FIG. 47(c) and FIG. 50, the gameplay in the "probability fluctuation state" of the sixth embodiment will be described. FIG. 47(c) is a schematic diagram for explaining the behavior of the appearing plate 79b and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the appearing plate 79b when hitting right in the “probability variation state” of the sixth embodiment. It is a diagram.

Further, FIG. 50(a) is a timing chart showing the falling timing of the ball distributed to the right path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71 when hitting left in the "probability fluctuation state" of the sixth embodiment, FIG. 50(b) shows the falling timing of the ball flowing into the normal electric unit 79 (passing the right side normal symbol gate 76b) and the normal symbol when hitting right in the "probability fluctuation state" of the sixth embodiment. 7 is a timing chart showing the variable display of and the protrusion time of the protruding and retracting plate 79b.

First, as shown in FIG. 47(c), in the "probability fluctuation state" of the sixth embodiment, the ball that passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b and flows into the normal electric unit 79 flows downstream as it is. Then, "1 second" after passing through the right side normal symbol gate 76b, it reaches the position of the right end of the appearance board 79b.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 50(b), when the ball passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b, an opportunity to draw a normal symbol is obtained, and variable display of the normal symbol is started. The variable display in the "probability fluctuation state" of the sixth embodiment is performed for "0.5 seconds." The ball that has passed through the right side normal symbol gate 76b is configured to reach the right end position of the appearance board 79b "1 second" after the timing of passing through the right side normal symbol gate 76b. Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time from when the ball passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b to when it reaches the appearance board 79b, the timing when the ball reaches the right end position of the appearance board 79b is shorter. Here, the results of variable display are derived.

Further, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the sixth embodiment, the winning probability of the normal symbol is configured to be easier to win than in the "normal gaming state". Further, the protrusion time of the appearance board 79b in the "probability fluctuation state" of the sixth embodiment is "5 seconds", and the total time from the start of variable display until the appearance board 79b projects and retracts is "5 seconds". 5 seconds.”

Therefore, from when the ball passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b until it reaches the right end position of the protruding plate 79b, it is highly likely that the protruding plate 79b becomes in a protruding state and maintains that state. As a result, the ball that has reached the right end of the projecting board 79b collides with the right end of the projecting board 79b, rolls from that position on the top surface of the projecting board 79b toward the left end, and moves toward the alternate distribution unit 71 side ( You will begin to be guided to the right special drawing 2 prize opening 78b side).

Then, the ball rolling from the right end of the protruding plate 79b toward the left end on the upper surface of the protruding plate 79b first collides with the right integrated deceleration section 79m provided on the right side of the normal electric unit 79, while colliding with the protruding plate 79b. Reach the central part of 79b. In the sixth embodiment, the time required for rolling from the right end to the center of the retractable plate 79b is 1.5 seconds.

In addition, the ball rolling from the center portion of the protruding plate 79b toward the left end on the upper surface of the protruding plate 79b collides with the left distributed deceleration portion 79n provided on the left side of the normal electric unit 79, while colliding with the left side distributed deceleration portion 79n provided on the left side of the normal electric unit 79. Reach the left end. The left distributed deceleration section 79n has a smaller number of deceleration sections than the right consolidated deceleration section 79m (for example, if the number of deceleration sections of the right side consolidated deceleration section 79m is "4", the number of deceleration sections of the left distributed deceleration section 79n Since the number is "2"), in the sixth embodiment, the time required for rolling from the center part to the left end part of the protruding/retracting plate 79b is configured to take "1 second".

That is, in the sixth embodiment, the time required to roll from the right end to the center of the protruding and retractable plate 79b is 1.5 seconds, and the time required to roll from the center to the left end of the protruding and retractable plate 79b is 1.5 seconds. Since the time is configured to take "1 second", the time required for the protrusion plate 79b to roll from the right end to the left end is "1.5 seconds" + "1 second" = "2.5 seconds" ”.

Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the sixth embodiment, the time required for the ball to roll from the right end to the left end of the appearance plate 79b is "2.5 seconds", but as described above, normally Since the time from the start of the variable display of symbols to when the appearance board 79b protrudes and retracts is "5.5 seconds," when the ball passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b, the appearance board 79b maintains its protruding state. During this time, the upper surface of the retractable board 79b is completely rolled from the right end to the left end, and is guided to the right side of the special figure 2 winning opening 78b.

In addition, a plurality of balls that have continuously flowed into the normal electric unit 79 from the ball that triggered the execution of the variable display of the normal symbols will enter the right side special figure 2 prize while the appearance board 79b maintains the protruding state. It is configured so that it is guided to the opening 78b side and can be won to the right special drawing 2 winning opening 78b. Specifically, in the sixth embodiment, when the balls are fired at intervals of "0.6 seconds" and the balls pass through the right side normal symbol gate 76b at each interval, three balls are additionally fired at the right side. You will be guided to the special drawing 2 prize opening 78b side.

That is, in the sixth embodiment, when the appearance board 79b is in the protruding state once, it is configured so that the lottery opportunity for the second lottery game of the second special symbol can be obtained four times. Therefore, by executing the right-handed game in the "probability fluctuation state", it is easier to obtain multiple lottery opportunities for the second lottery game with the second special symbol, and a predetermined prize ball (i.e., 2 balls/1 prize). This allows the player to play the game without significantly damaging the balls he or she owns.

As shown in FIG. 50(a), a left-handed game is played in the "probability variation state" of the sixth embodiment, and the ball distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73 is sent from the distribution device 73. ``One second'' after being sorted, the game flows out from the left side exit of the left side path 74 and enters the special drawing 1 first prize opening 77a located below the left side exit.

In addition, the balls distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 in the “probability fluctuation state” of the sixth embodiment also flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 “1 second” after being distributed from the distribution device 73. Then, the player wins a prize at the right side special drawing 2 winning slot 78b located below the right side exit.

In addition, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the sixth embodiment, when playing a left-handed game, winning assistance is not provided by the appearance board 79b etc., so the degree of advantage is the same as in the "latent probability fluctuation state". .

Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the sixth embodiment, the ball that enters the normal electric win unit 79 from the right side normal symbol gate 76b in a right-handed game is likely to enter the right side special figure 2 winning hole 78b. Therefore, it is better to play a game where the second lottery game with the second special symbol is more likely to be executed if you continuously play a right-handed game that has winning assistance than to play a left-handed game that does not have winning assistance. It is configured so that

As explained above, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the sixth embodiment, in a left-handed game, the first special symbol is displayed based on the winning to the special symbol 1 first prize opening 77a in the "normal game state". A game based on the first lottery game and the second lottery game of the second special symbol based on winnings in the right side special figure 2 winning hole 78b can be performed. In addition, in a right-handed game, the first lottery game of the first special symbol based on winning in the outer special figure 1 winning hole 77d is played in the "latency probability variation state", and the right side in the "probability variation state". A game based on a second lottery game with a second special symbol based on winnings in the special figure 2 winning hole 78b can be performed. Therefore, by varying the variations of the winning holes 77a, 77d, and 78b that can win prizes in each of the three game states, it is possible to provide variations to the game and improve the interest of the game.

In addition, since the above gameplay can be achieved without arranging a normal symbol gate in the alternate distribution unit 71, the number of parts in the alternate distribution unit 71 can be reduced and an increase in manufacturing costs can be suppressed. can.

Furthermore, by configuring the alternate distribution unit 71 not to detect balls, it is possible to prevent chattering from occurring.

In addition, since it is not necessary to arrange the left end part of the appearance board 79b above the winning opening (right side special figure 2 winning opening 78b) provided in the alternating distribution unit 71, the alternating distribution unit 71 and the ordinary power unit There is no need to perform complicated work regarding position adjustment with respect to the pachinko machine 79, and the manufacturing burden on the pachinko machine 10 can be reduced.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10 in the sixth embodiment has the same configuration as the first to fifth embodiments, and has the same effects.

<Seventh embodiment>
Next, the pachinko machine 10 in the seventh embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 51 to 53. In the pachinko machine 10 in the first embodiment, the probability of winning a normal symbol is set to a low probability (i.e. 1/10) in the "normal game state" and high in the "latent probability variation state" and the "probability variation state". The probability is set to 9/10. In addition, the variable display time of normal symbols is set to a long time (i.e., 3 seconds) in the "normal game state", and a short time (i.e., "0") in the "latent probability fluctuation state" and "probability fluctuation state". .5 seconds”). Furthermore, the protrusion time of the appearance board 79b is set to a short time (i.e., "2 seconds") in the "normal game state" and "latency probability variation state", and to a long time (i.e., "5 seconds") in the "probability variation state". seconds).

In other words, the winning probability of a normal symbol and the variable display time of a normal symbol have the same settings for the "latent probability variation state" and the "probability variation state", and only the "normal game state" have different settings, while the appearance board The protrusion time 79b has the same settings for the "normal game state" and the "latency probability variation state", and is different only for the "probability variation state".

Therefore, regarding the winning probability of the normal symbols, the variable display time of the normal symbols, and the protrusion time of the appearance plate 79b, in the "latent probability variation state", various behaviors regarding the normal symbols are set to be advantageous (that is, the winning probability is high). probability, the variable display time is short, or the protrusion time is long), or the winning probability is low (i.e., the probability of winning is low, the variable display time is long, or the prominence time is short). This makes it difficult for players to understand the game specifications, leading them to avoid playing games in the pachinko machine 10 with the above-mentioned game specifications, and there is a risk that the operation of the pachinko machine 10 will decrease.

On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 10 of the seventh embodiment, in the "normal game state" and the "latency probability variation state", the winning probability of the normal symbol, the variable display time of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the appearance board 79b are set. The setting is disadvantageous, and the winning probability of the normal symbol, the variable display time of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the appearing board 79b are set to be advantageous only in the "probability fluctuation state". Based on the above settings, it is configured to realize a gaming experience in which variations of the winning holes 77, 78 that can win a prize are different for each gaming state.

With this configuration, it is possible to provide a pachinko machine 10 that is unlikely to be turned away by players by making the winning openings 77, 78 different for each gaming state and providing game specifications that are easy for players to understand. , it is possible to prevent a decrease in the operation of the pachinko machine 10.

The pachinko machine 10 according to the seventh embodiment will be described below, focusing on the points that are different from the pachinko machines 10 according to the first to sixth embodiments. In the following description, the same elements as those in the first to sixth embodiments are denoted by the same reference numerals, and illustrations and explanations thereof will be omitted.

First, with reference to FIG. 51, the winning probability of the normal symbol for each gaming state, the variable display time of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the appearing board 79b in the seventh embodiment will be explained. FIG. 51(a) is a schematic diagram schematically showing an example of the random number table 202f per common figure stored in the ROM 202 of the seventh embodiment. Moreover, FIG.51(b) is a schematic diagram which showed typically an example of 202 g of general pattern fluctuation time tables memorize|stored in ROM202 of 7th Embodiment. Further, FIG. 51(c) is a schematic diagram schematically showing an example of the normal power control table 202h stored in the ROM 202 of the seventh embodiment.

As shown in FIG. 51(a), in the pachinko machine 10 of the seventh embodiment, the number of winning values of the random number counter C4 per common figure in the "normal gaming state" and the "latency probability variation state" is 50. The value "50 to 99" is stored in the random number table 202f per normal figure. That is, the winning probability of the normal symbols in the "normal game state" and the "latency probability variation state" is set to be 50/100=1/2.

On the other hand, in the case of the "probability fluctuation state", the number of values of the random number counter C4 per common figure that becomes a hit is 90, and the values "10 to 99" are stored in the random number table 202f per common figure. In other words, the winning probability of the normal symbol in the "probability fluctuation state" is set to be 90/100=9/10.

Next, as shown in FIG. 51(b), in the pachinko machine 10 of the seventh embodiment, the variable display time of the normal symbols set in the "normal game state" and the "latency probability variation state" is "3 seconds". ” is defined in the general figure fluctuation time table 202g. In other words, in the "normal game state" and the "latency probability variation state", the time from the start of the variable display of the normal symbols until the derivation of the stop symbols is set to be "3 seconds" without fail.

On the other hand, the variable display time of the normal symbol set in the case of the "probability fluctuation state" is defined in the ordinary symbol fluctuation time table 202g to be "0.5 seconds". That is, in the "probability fluctuation state", the time from the start of the variable display of the normal symbols until the derivation of the stop symbols is set to be "0.5 seconds" without fail.

Next, as shown in FIG. 51(c), in the pachinko machine 10 of the seventh embodiment, the protrusion of the appearance board 79b is set when a normal symbol is won in the "normal game state" or the "latent probability variable state". The time is specified in the normal power control table 202h to be "2 seconds". That is, in a game state other than the "probability fluctuation state", when a normal symbol is won, the protrusion time of the appearance board 79b is set to be "2 seconds" without fail.

On the other hand, the protrusion time of the appearance board 79b, which is set when a normal symbol is won in the "probability fluctuation state", is defined in the normal electric role control table 202h to be "5 seconds". That is, in the "probability fluctuation state", when a normal symbol is won, the protrusion time of the appearance board 79b is set to be "5 seconds" without exception.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the seventh embodiment, the variations in the winning/failure probability of the normal symbols, the variable display time of the normal symbols, and the protrusion time of the appearing board 79b are set to be the same in the "normal game state" and the "latent probability variable state". , and are configured such that only the "probability fluctuation state" differs. Specifically, in the "normal game state" and the "latent probability variable state", the probability of winning or failing the normal symbols is low, the variable display time of the normal symbols is long, and the protrusion time of the appearing board 79b is low. It is set for a short time. In addition, in the "probability fluctuation state", the probability of success or failure of the normal symbols is set to be high, the variable display time of the normal symbols is short, and the protrusion time of the appearance board 79b is set to be long. .

In the seventh embodiment, in the "normal game state" and the "latent probability variation state" in which the settings related to the normal symbols are disadvantageous, in the "normal game state", by playing the left-handed game, the special The game state is set such that a prize can be won in the 1st prize opening 77a or the special figure 1 2nd prize opening 77b, and in the "latency probability variation state", by playing a right-handed game, it is possible to win in the special figure 1 2nd prize opening 77b. Make the game easier. In addition, by performing a right-handed game in the "probability fluctuation state" in which the settings regarding the normal symbols are advantageous, the game state is set such that it is easy to win a prize in the special figure 2 winning hole 78. Therefore, by changing the winning openings 77 and 78 that can be won for each gaming state and making the game specifications easy for players to understand, it is possible to provide a pachinko machine 10 that is unlikely to be turned away by players. It is possible to prevent a decrease in operation.

Next, with reference to FIG. 52, the general figure fluctuation process (S111), which is one process of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17) executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110 in the seventh embodiment, will be described. . FIG. 52 is a flowchart showing the normal figure variation process (S111) of the seventh embodiment. In the normal pattern variation process (S111) of the seventh embodiment, the variable display time of the normal pattern is set to be a long time (i.e., 3 seconds) in the "normal game state" and the "latent probability variation state". However, in the "probability fluctuation state", it is set to be a short time (ie, "0.5 seconds").

Specifically, in S451 of the normal pattern fluctuation process (S111) of the seventh embodiment, it is determined whether the state is the "normal game state" or the "latent probability fluctuation state" (S451), and as a result of the determination, " If it is determined that the state is "normal game state" or "latent probability variation state" (S451: Yes), the variable display time of the normal symbol is set to "3 seconds" (S408), and the process moves to S410. . On the other hand, if it is determined that it is not the "normal game state" or the "latent probability fluctuation state" (S451: No), that is, if it is the "probability fluctuation state", the variable display time of the normal symbol is "0.5 seconds". ” (S409), and the process moves to S410.

In the process of S410, it is determined whether or not the stop symbols in the variable display of normal symbols, that is, the variable display of normal symbols is appropriate, with reference to the random number table 202f per normal symbol according to the gaming state (S410). Specifically, in the "normal game state" or "latent probability variable state", the group for "normal game state" and "latent probability variable state" in the random number table 202f per normal figure is referred to, and the normal figure held ball is The value of the random number counter C4 per ordinary symbol stored in the execution area 203i is determined, and the stop symbol of the variable display of the ordinary symbol (that is, the validity of the ordinary symbol) is determined. In addition, in the "probability fluctuation state", the value of the random number counter C4 per regular symbol stored in the regular symbol holding ball execution area 203i is determined by referring to the group for "probability fluctuation state" in the random number table 202f per regular symbol. Then, the stop symbol of the variable display of the normal symbol (that is, whether the normal symbol is valid or not) is determined. After the process of S410, the normal figure fluctuation process (S111) is ended and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17).

In addition, the protrusion time of the appearance board 79b based on the winning of the normal symbol is "2 seconds" in the "normal game state" and "latent probability variation state" in the normal electric role control process (S104), as in the first embodiment. and is set to "5 seconds" in the "probability fluctuation state" (see FIG. 51(c)).

With this configuration, a pachinko machine 10 that is less likely to be turned away by players is provided by making uniform settings for various drawings and behaviors related to normal symbols for each gaming state, and providing game specifications that are easy for players to understand. As a result, it is possible to prevent the performance of the pachinko machine 10 from decreasing.

Next, with reference to FIG. 53, the game performance in each game state of the seventh embodiment, that is, the behavior of the ball based on the shooting mode of the ball and the accompanying behavior of the appearance board 79b will be described.

FIG. 53 shows, in each game state of the seventh embodiment, the behavior of a ball entering from the distribution ball entry port 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 when hitting left-handed, or the behavior of a ball entering from the distribution ball entry port 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 when hitting right-handed. It is a schematic diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball that enters from the right side normal symbol gate 76b and the behavior of the appearance board 79b. FIG. 53(a) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball that enters from the distribution ball entry opening 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 when hitting left in the "normal game state" of the seventh embodiment. FIG. 53(b) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of the appearing plate 79b and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the appearing plate 79b when hitting right in the “latency probability variation state” of the seventh embodiment. FIG. 53(c) is for explaining the behavior of the protruding plate 79b and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the probabilistic plate 79b when hitting right in the "probability variation state" of the seventh embodiment. This is a diagram.

In addition, in the configuration of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the normal electric role unit 79 in the seventh embodiment, the difference from the first embodiment is the presence or absence of the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a and the special figure 1 enlargement guide section. 77e, the arrangement position of the normal electrical unit 79 (protruding/retracting plate 79b) with respect to the alternate distribution unit 71, and the arrangement position of the deceleration parts 79d and 79e in the normal electrical unit 79 are different. . Since the other configurations are the same as those in the first embodiment, their explanation will be omitted.

First, as shown in FIG. 53(a), the ball distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73 in the “normal game state” of the seventh embodiment is “2 seconds” after being distributed by the distribution device 73. ” After that, it flows out from the left side exit of the left side path 74 and enters the special drawing 1 first prize opening 77a located below the left side exit.

In addition, the balls distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 in the “normal game state” of the seventh embodiment also flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 “2 seconds” after being distributed from the distribution device 73. Then, the player wins a prize at the right side special drawing 2 winning slot 78b located below the right side exit.

In this case, since the right path 75 is not provided with a normal symbol gate that triggers the normal symbol lottery, even if the ball passes through the right path 75, the normal symbol lottery trigger cannot be acquired, so the normal symbol can be changed. No display is performed. As a result, the appearance board 79b cannot be in the protruding state either, and the ball distributed to the right path 75 enters the special drawing 1 second prize opening 77b as it is.

Here, in the pachinko machine 10 of the seventh embodiment, only the right side normal symbol gate 76b of the normal electric unit 79 is provided as a device for obtaining a lottery trigger for normal symbols, and the alternate distribution unit 71 is provided as a device for obtaining a lottery trigger for normal symbols. The configuration is such that there is no switch such as a normal symbol gate that can obtain .

With this configuration, the above-mentioned gameplay can be achieved only with the right side normal symbol gate 76b of the normal electric unit 79, and there is no need to arrange a normal symbol gate in the alternating distribution unit 71. The number of parts in the sorting unit 71 can be reduced, and manufacturing costs can be suppressed.

Further, by configuring the alternate distribution unit 71 so that balls are not detected, chattering can be prevented from occurring.

In addition, when a right shot is performed in the "normal game state" of the seventh embodiment, the ball that passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b reaches the position of the right end of the appearance board 79b after "1 second". In addition, since the variable display time of the normal symbols in the "normal game state" is "3 seconds", the normal symbols appear before the variable display based on passing through the right side normal symbol gate 76b ends, that is, based on the variable display. Before the plate 79b is in the protruding state, it flows out to the downstream side of the normal electric unit 79 (downward side of the game board 13).

In addition, even if balls enter the ball continuously, the system is configured such that it is less likely to hit a normal symbol in the "normal game state" than in the "probability variation state." Furthermore, the time for the protruding and retracting plate 79b to maintain the protruding state due to the hit is "2 seconds", and the outer decelerating part 79d and the inner decelerating part 79e roll on the upper surface of the protruding and retracting plate 79b from the right end to the left end. The time required for this is "2.5 seconds", and the time required for the outer deceleration part 79d to roll the top surface of the retractable board 79b from the right end to the position above the special drawing 1 second prize opening 77b is "1". .5 seconds”.

As a result, while the protruding plate 79b maintains its protruding state, it does not roll to the special figure 2 winning hole 78 side, and while it is rolling on the upper surface of the protruding plate 79b toward the left end, the protruding plate 79b When the plate 79b is displaced to the retracted state, it flows down to the downstream side of the normal electric unit 79 (downward side of the game board 13). On the other hand, while the appearance board 79b maintains the protruding state, the ball can roll up to the upper part of the special figure 1 second prize opening 77b, but in the "normal game state", the right side normal symbol gate When 76b detects the passage of a ball, it is configured to sound an alarm. As a result, the player can be made to play a left-handed game without having to play a right-handed game in the "normal gaming state."

In this way, in the "normal game state" of the seventh embodiment, the ball that enters the alternate distribution unit 71 in a left-handed game is either the special figure 1 first prize opening 77a or the special figure 1 second prize opening. 77b, a game in which a first lottery game with a first special symbol can be executed is performed.

Next, as shown in FIG. 53(b), the ball that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b and entered the normal electric unit 79 in the "latency probability variation state" of the seventh embodiment continues to the downstream side. It flows down and reaches the right end position of the appearance board 79b "1 second" after passing through the right side normal symbol gate 76b. In this case, the ball that has passed through the right side normal symbol gate 76b reaches the right end position of the appearance plate 79b after "1 second".

In addition, since the variable display time of the normal symbol in the "latency probability variation state" is performed for "3 seconds", the variable display time of the normal symbol based on the passage of the right side normal symbol gate 76b ends, that is, based on the variable display. Before the protrusion plate 79b enters the protruding state, it flows out to the downstream side of the normal electric unit 79 (downward side of the game board 13).

Furthermore, if the balls enter the ball continuously, the system is configured so that it is difficult for the symbols to hit normally in the "latency probability variation state". Furthermore, the time for the protruding and retracting plate 79b to maintain the protruding state due to the hit is "2 seconds", and the outer decelerating part 79d and the inner decelerating part 79e roll on the upper surface of the protruding and retracting plate 79b from the right end to the left end. The time required for this is "2.5 seconds", and the time required for the outer deceleration part 79d to roll the top surface of the retractable board 79b from the right end to the position above the special drawing 1 second prize opening 77b is "1". .5 seconds”.

As a result, while the protruding plate 79b maintains its protruding state, it does not roll to the special figure 2 winning hole 78 side, and while it is rolling on the upper surface of the protruding plate 79b toward the left end, the protruding plate 79b When the plate 79b is displaced to the retracted state, it flows down to the downstream side of the normal electric unit 79 (downward side of the game board 13).

On the other hand, while the appearance plate 79b maintains the protruding state, the ball that has continuously passed through the right side normal symbol gate 76b is configured to be able to roll up to the upper part of the special figure 1 second prize opening 77b. In addition, when the right side normal symbol gate 76b detects passage of a ball in the "latency probability variation state", the alarm is configured not to sound. Furthermore, as described above, in the "latent probability variation state", although the winning probability of the normal symbol is lower than in the "probability variation state", there is a 1/2 probability of winning and the appearing board 79b is displaced to the protruding state. It is configured.

Therefore, by executing the right-handed game in the "latency probability variation state", it is easier to obtain the lottery opportunity for the first lottery game with the first special symbol, and the predetermined prize balls (i.e., 2 balls/1 prize). This allows the player to play the game without significantly damaging the balls he or she owns.

In addition, in the "latency probability variation state" of the seventh embodiment, a left-handed game is played, and the ball that is distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73 is released "2 seconds" after being distributed by the distribution device 73. It flows out from the left side exit of the left side path 74 and enters the special drawing 1 first prize opening 77a located below the left side exit.

In addition, the ball distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 in the “latency probability variation state” of the seventh embodiment also exits from the right side exit of the right path 75 “2 seconds” after being distributed by the distribution device 73. It flows out and enters the special drawing 1 second prize opening 77b located below the right side exit.

In addition, in the "latency probability variation state" of the seventh embodiment, if a left-handed game is played, winning assistance is not provided by the appearance board 79b etc., so the degree of advantage is the same as in the "normal game state". .

Therefore, in the "latency probability variation state" of the seventh embodiment, the ball that enters the normal electric unit 79 from the right side normal symbol gate 76b in a right-handed game is assisted by the winning board 79b and enters the special figure 1. 2. Since it is configured to make it easier to win a prize into the winning opening 77b, it is better to continuously play a right-handed game in which winning assistance is provided by the appearing and appearing board 79b, rather than playing a left-handed game in which winning assistance is not provided by the appearing and appearing board 79b. It is configured such that a game in which a first lottery game with a first special symbol can be executed is performed.

Next, as shown in FIG. 53(c), the ball that has passed through the right side normal symbol gate 76b and flowed into the normal electric unit 79 in the "probability fluctuation state" of the seventh embodiment flows directly to the downstream side. Then, "1 second" after passing through the right side normal symbol gate 76b, it reaches the position of the right end of the appearance board 79b.

In this case, when the ball passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b, an opportunity to draw a normal symbol is obtained, and variable display of the normal symbol is started. The variable display in the "probability fluctuation state" of the seventh embodiment is performed for "0.5 seconds". The ball that has passed through the right side normal symbol gate 76b is configured to reach the right end position of the appearance board 79b "1 second" after the timing of passing through the right side normal symbol gate 76b. Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time from when the ball passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b to the right end of the appearance board 79b, the ball is at the right end of the appearance board 79b. At the timing reached, the result of the variable display has been derived.

Further, in the "probability variation state" of the seventh embodiment, the winning probability of the normal symbol is configured to be easier to win than in the "normal game state" and the "latent probability variation state". Further, the protrusion time of the appearance board 79b in the "probability fluctuation state" of the seventh embodiment is "5 seconds", and the total time from the start of the variable display until the appearance board 79b projects and retracts is "5 seconds". 5 seconds.”

Therefore, from when the ball passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b until it reaches the right end position of the protruding plate 79b, it is highly likely that the protruding plate 79b becomes in a protruding state and maintains that state. As a result, the ball that has reached the right end position of the projecting board 79b collides with the right end of the projecting board 79b, rolls from that position on the upper surface of the projecting board 79b toward the left end, and moves toward the alternate distribution unit 71 side (specially The player begins to be guided to the prize opening 78 side in Figure 2).

The ball rolling from the right end of the protruding plate 79b toward the left end on the upper surface of the protruding plate 79b first collides with the outer deceleration portion 79d provided on the outside of the normal electric unit 79, while colliding with the outer decelerating portion 79d provided on the outside of the normal electric unit 79. reach the middle part of. In the seventh embodiment, the time required for rolling from the right end to the center of the retractable plate 79b is 1.5 seconds.

Further, the ball rolling from the center portion of the protruding plate 79b toward the left end on the upper surface of the protruding plate 79b collides with the inner deceleration part 79e provided inside the normal electric unit 79, while colliding with the left end of the protruding plate 79b. reach the department. The inner speed reducer 79e has a smaller number of speed reducers than the outer speed reducer 79d (for example, if the number of speed reducers in the outer speed reducer 79d is 4, the number of speed reducers in the inner speed reducer 79e is 2). '') Therefore, in the seventh embodiment, the time required for rolling from the center portion of the protruding/retracting plate 79b to the left end portion is “1 second”.

That is, in the seventh embodiment, the time required to roll from the right end to the center of the protruding and retractable plate 79b is 1.5 seconds, and the time required to roll from the center to the left end of the protruding and retractable plate 79b is 1.5 seconds. Since the time is configured to take "1 second", the time required for the protrusion plate 79b to roll from the right end to the left end is "1.5 seconds" + "1 second" = "2.5 seconds" ”.

Therefore, in the "probability fluctuating state" of the seventh embodiment, the time required for the ball to roll from the right end to the left end of the appearing plate 79b is "2.5 seconds", but as described above, normally Since the time from the start of the variable display of symbols to when the appearance board 79b protrudes and retracts is "5.5 seconds," when the ball passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b, the appearance board 79b maintains its protruding state. During this time, the upper surface of the retractable board 79b is completely rolled from the right end to the left end, and is guided to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side.

In addition, a plurality of balls that have continuously flowed into the normal electric unit 79 from the ball that triggered the execution of the variable display of the normal symbols are kept in the special figure 2 prize opening while the appearance board 79b maintains the protruding state. The player is guided to the 78 side and is configured to be able to win into the special drawing 2 winning hole 78. Specifically, in the seventh embodiment, when the ball launch interval is "0.6 seconds" and the balls pass through the right normal symbol gate 76b at each interval, three balls are additionally special. You will be guided to the winning opening 78 side in FIG.

That is, in the seventh embodiment, when the appearance board 79b is in the protruding state once, it is configured so that the lottery opportunity for the second lottery game of the second special symbol can be obtained four times. Therefore, by executing the right-handed game in the "probability fluctuating state" in which winning assistance is given to the special symbol 2 winning hole 78, it becomes easier to obtain multiple lottery opportunities for the second lottery game with the second special symbol, By awarding a predetermined prize ball (namely, 2 balls/1 prize), it is possible to allow the player to play the game without significantly damaging the balls he or she owns.

In addition, in the seventh embodiment, after the first ball passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b, the fifth and subsequent balls are rolled on the upper surface of the projecting board 79b while the projecting board 79b projects. In order to displace from the state to the immersed state, a special figure is provided above the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b and guides the ball above the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b to the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b. Coupled with the configuration of the 1 enlargement guide section 77e, there is a possibility that a prize will be won in the special map 1 second prize opening 77b. Therefore, in the "probability variation state", it is possible to create a game that requires the skill to always play the game with the number of balls fired by right-handed players being 4 or less, and to improve the interest of the game.

Further, in the "probability variation state" of the seventh embodiment, a left-handed game is played, and the ball that is distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73 is sent to the left side 2 seconds after being distributed by the distribution device 73. It flows out from the left side exit of the path 74 and enters the special drawing 1 first prize opening 77a located below the left side exit.

Furthermore, the balls distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 in the “probability fluctuation state” of the seventh embodiment also flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 “2 seconds” after being distributed from the distribution device 73. Then, you win the special drawing 1 second prize opening 77b located below the right side exit.

In addition, in the "probability variation state" of the seventh embodiment, when playing a left-handed game, winning assistance is not provided by the appearance board 79b etc., so the degree of advantage is the same as in the "latent probability variation state". .

Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the seventh embodiment, the ball that enters the normal electric winning unit 79 from the right side normal symbol gate 76b in a right-handed game is likely to enter the special drawing 2 winning hole 78. Therefore, it is easier to execute the second lottery game with the second special symbol by continuously playing a right-handed game where winning assistance is provided than by playing a left-handed game where winning assistance is not performed. is configured to take place.

As explained above, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the seventh embodiment, in a left-handed game, in the "normal game state", the player enters the special figure 1 first winning hole 77a or the special figure 1 second winning hole 77b. A first lottery game with a first special symbol based on winnings can be performed. In addition, in a right-handed game, the first lottery game of the first special symbol based on the winning in the special symbol 1 second winning hole 77b is played in the "latent probability fluctuation state", and the game is performed in the "probability fluctuation state". A game based on a second lottery game with a second special symbol based on winnings in the special figure 2 winning hole 78 can be performed. Therefore, by varying the variations of the winning holes 77a, 77b, and 78 that can win prizes in each of the three game states, it is possible to provide variations to the game and improve the interest of the game.

In addition, in the "normal game state" and the "latent probability variable state", the winning probability of the normal symbol, the variable display time of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the appearance board 79b are set unfavorably, and only the "probability variable state" is normal. The winning probability of the symbol, the variable display time of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the appearing board 79b are set to be advantageous. By configuring in this way, the winning openings 77a, 77b, and 78 that can win prizes are different for each gaming state, while the various drawings and behaviors related to normal symbols are set uniformly for each gaming state, making it easy for players to understand. By providing easy-to-play game specifications, it is possible to provide a pachinko machine 10 that is unlikely to be avoided by players, and to prevent a decline in the performance of the pachinko machine 10.

In addition, since the above gameplay can be achieved without arranging a normal symbol gate in the alternate distribution unit 71, the number of parts in the alternate distribution unit 71 can be reduced and an increase in manufacturing costs can be suppressed. can.

Furthermore, by configuring the alternate distribution unit 71 not to detect balls, it is possible to prevent chattering from occurring.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10 in the seventh embodiment has the same configuration as the first to sixth embodiments, and has the same effects.

<Eighth embodiment>
Next, the pachinko machine 10 of the eighth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 54 to 58. In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, left-handed games are recommended in the "normal game state" and "latency probability variation state", and right-handed games are recommended in the "probability variation state", and each game state Since the firing mode of the ball is fixed in each game, and the winning openings 77 and 78 that can win prizes are different for each game state, the firing style is fixed, making the game monotonous and reducing the above-mentioned effect of increasing interest. It can be difficult to demonstrate one's potential.

On the other hand, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the eighth embodiment, both the left-handed game and the right-handed game can be executed in the "latency probability variation state", and the firing mode can be selected by the player. At the same time, by changing the variations of the winning openings 63a, 77a, 77f, 78c that can win for each gaming state, it is possible to change the winning openings 77a, 77f, 78c that can win according to the player's intention. It is possible to add gameplay and improve the interest of the game.

Hereinafter, the pachinko machine 10 in the eighth embodiment will be described, focusing on the points that are different from the pachinko machines 10 in the first to seventh embodiments. In the following description, the same elements as those in the first embodiment to the seventh embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals, and illustration and description thereof will be omitted.

First, with reference to FIG. 54, the winning probability of the normal symbol for each gaming state, the variable display time of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the appearance board 79b in the eighth embodiment will be explained. FIG. 54(a) is a schematic diagram schematically showing an example of the random number table 202f per common figure stored in the ROM 202 of the eighth embodiment. Moreover, FIG.54(b) is the schematic diagram which showed typically an example of 202g of general pattern fluctuation time tables memorize|stored in ROM202 of 8th Embodiment. Furthermore, FIG. 54(c) is a schematic diagram schematically showing an example of the normal electric utility control table 202h stored in the ROM 202 of the eighth embodiment.

As shown in FIG. 54(a), in the pachinko machine 10 of the eighth embodiment, the number of values of the random number counter C4 per normal figure that is a win in all game states is 90, and the value is "10 to 99". is stored in the random number table 202f per ordinary figure. In other words, the probability of winning a normal symbol in any gaming state is set to be 90/100=9/10.

Next, as shown in FIG. 54(b), in the pachinko machine 10 of the eighth embodiment, the variable display time of the normal symbols set in the "normal gaming state" and the "latency probability variation state" is "3 seconds". ” is defined in the general figure fluctuation time table 202g. In other words, in the "normal game state" and the "latency probability variation state", the time from the start of the variable display of the normal symbols until the derivation of the stop symbols is set to be "3 seconds" without fail.

On the other hand, the variable display time of the normal symbol set in the case of the "probability fluctuation state" is defined in the ordinary symbol fluctuation time table 202g to be "0.5 seconds". That is, in the "probability fluctuation state", the time from the start of the variable display of the normal symbols until the derivation of the stop symbols is set to be "0.5 seconds" without fail.

Next, as shown in FIG. 54(c), in the pachinko machine 10 of the eighth embodiment, the protrusion of the appearance board 79b is set when a normal symbol is won in the "normal game state" or the "latent probability variable state". The time is specified in the normal power control table 202h to be "2 seconds". That is, in a game state other than the "probability fluctuation state", when a normal symbol is won, the protrusion time of the appearance board 79b is set to be "2 seconds" without fail.

On the other hand, the protrusion time of the appearance board 79b, which is set when a normal symbol is won in the "probability fluctuation state", is defined in the normal electric role control table 202h to be "3 seconds". That is, in the "probability fluctuation state", when a normal symbol is won, the protrusion time of the appearance board 79b is set to be "3 seconds" without fail.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the eighth embodiment, variations in the winning/failure probability of the normal symbols, the variable display time of the normal symbols, and the protrusion time of the appearing board 79b are the "normal gaming state", the "latent probability variation state", and the "probability probability variation state". In particular, the probability of winning the normal symbol is the same in all gaming states, and in the "variable probability state", the winning probability is different from that in the "normal gaming state" and the "variable latent probability state". The projecting time of the projecting/retracting plate 79b is configured to be slightly longer (ie, from "2 seconds" to "3 seconds").

Next, with reference to FIGS. 55 to 58, the game performance in each game state of the eighth embodiment, that is, the behavior of the ball based on the firing mode of the ball and the behavior of the appearance plate 79b accompanying it will be explained.

FIG. 55 shows, in each game state of the eighth embodiment, the behavior of a ball that enters from the distribution ball entry port 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 when hitting left-handed, or the behavior of the ball that enters the ball entering from the distribution ball entry port 72 of alternate distribution unit 71 when hitting right-handed. It is a schematic diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball that enters from the right side normal symbol gate 76b and the behavior of the appearance board 79b. FIG. 55(a) explains the behavior of a ball entering from the distribution ball entry port 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the behavior of the appearance board 79b when hitting left-handed in the "normal game state" of the eighth embodiment. FIG. 55(b) is a diagram for determining whether a ball enters the ball from the distribution ball entry port 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 when the ball is hit to the left or right in the "latency probability variation state" of the eighth embodiment. It is a diagram for explaining the behavior of the ball, the behavior of the ball that enters the normal electric unit 79, the behavior of the appearing plate 79b, and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the appearing plate 79b, FIG. 55(c) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of the appearing plate 79b and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the appearing plate 79b when hitting right in the “probability fluctuation state” of the eighth embodiment. 55(d) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the normal power unit 79 taken along line BB in FIG. 55(a).

Further, FIG. 56(a) shows the falling timing of the ball distributed to the right path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the variable display of the normal symbol when hitting left in the "normal game state" of the eighth embodiment. , and the protrusion time of the appearance board 79b. FIG. 56(b) is a timing chart showing the protrusion time of the appearance board 79b, and FIG. It is a timing chart showing the falling timing of the ball (which has passed through the normal symbol gate 76b), the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the appearing board 79b.

In addition, in the configuration of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the normal power unit 79 in the eighth embodiment, the difference from the first embodiment is the configuration of the left path 74 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the configuration of the alternate distribution unit 71. The configuration of the right side depth second passage 75b of the right side path 75, the configuration of the in-unit general prize opening 63a of the alternating distribution unit 71, and the arrangement position of the right side special figure 2 second prize opening 78c of the alternate distribution unit 71 , the configuration of the special figure 2 guide part 78d of the alternate distribution unit 71, the configuration of the outer special figure 1 second prize opening 77f, and the configuration of the right side collective deceleration part 79m and the left side distributed deceleration part 79n in the normal electric unit 79. The difference is that Since the other configurations are the same as those in the first embodiment, their explanation will be omitted.

As shown in FIG. 55(a), the left path 74 of the eighth embodiment is a path along which the balls guided to the left side in the alternate distribution unit 71 by the distribution device 73 flow down. A left side exit is provided on the lower left side of this left side path 74, through which the balls flowing down the left side path 74 flow out, and a special drawing 1 first prize opening 77a is provided below the left side exit. . Therefore, the ball guided to the left path 74 is configured to enter the special drawing 1 first prize opening 77a after flowing down the left path 74.

Further, the left path 74 has a predetermined length as a downstream path for balls, and in the pachinko machine 10 of the eighth embodiment, the balls distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73 are It is configured so that it takes "1 second" from the time it flows into the port 74 to the time it reaches the left side exit. That is, the balls distributed to the left side by the distribution device 73 flow out from the left side exit "1 second" after the timing and enter the special drawing 1 first prize opening 77a.

As shown in FIG. 55(a), the right path 75 of the eighth embodiment is a path along which the balls guided to the right side in the alternate distribution unit 71 by the distribution device 73 flow down. A right side exit is provided on the lower right side of this right side path 75, through which the balls flowing down the right side path 75 flow out, and a right side special drawing 2 second prize opening 78c is provided below the right side exit. There is. Further, the left end portion of the retractable plate 79b of the normal power unit 79 is located below the right side exit.

This right side path 75 is provided with an in-unit normal symbol gate 76a, and the time required for the ball that has flowed into the right side path 75 to be discharged from the right side exit of the right side path 75 is increased. A right-hand side second deep passage 75b is formed in the second passage 75b. The ball distributed to the right side path 75 by this right side depth second path 75b is configured to flow out from the right side exit of the right side path 75 "4.4 seconds" after passing through the unit normal symbol gate 76a. ing.

A special figure 2 guide portion 78d is provided in the right side special figure 2 second prize opening 78c. This special figure 2 guide part 78d is made wider than the winning opening width of the right special figure 2 second winning opening 78c so that the ball flowing down from the appearance board 79b can be easily guided to the right special figure 2 second winning opening 78c. (For example, the size is 1.5 times the winning opening width of the right side special figure 2 second winning opening 78c). As a result, even if the protruding plate 79b is in the protruding state, if the protruding plate 79b switches to the retracted state while the ball is colliding with the left distributed deceleration part 79n, the ball will roll on the upper surface of the protruding plate 79b. The ball that was playing flows down to the special figure 2 guide section 78d and is configured so that it can be won in the right side special figure 2 second prize opening 78c.

On the left side of the right special drawing 2 second winning opening 78c (on the right side of the special drawing 1 first winning opening 77a), an in-unit general winning opening 63a is arranged. When a ball enters the general winning hole 63a in this unit, only a predetermined number (for example, three) of prize balls are paid out, and the first lottery game and the second lottery game are not executed. has been done. It is configured such that a ball that rolls on the upper surface of the exit/exit board 79b and flows down from the left end portion of the exit/exit board 79b can enter the general winning opening 63a within the unit.

The right integrated deceleration section 79m of the normal electric unit 79 includes a plurality of rib-shaped rear side deceleration sections 79m1 and 79m3 provided on the base 79y where the normal electric unit 79 contacts the game board 13, and the opposing side of the base 79y. It is constituted by a plurality of rib-shaped front side deceleration parts 79m2 and 79m4 provided on the back side (base 79y side) of the cover part 79x located at.

As a result, in the pachinko machine 10 of the eighth embodiment, the ball that has reached the right end of the appearing plate 79b rolls on the upper surface of the appearing plate 79b, and the ball rolls on the upper surface of the appearing plate 79b (the outer special figure 1 second It is configured so that it takes 1.5 seconds to reach the prize opening 77f). As a result, even if the protruding plate 79b is in the protruding state, if the protruding plate 79b is switched to the retracted state while the ball is colliding with the right integrated deceleration part 79m, the ball will roll on the upper surface of the protruding plate 79b. The ball that was playing is configured so that it enters the outer special drawing 1 second prize opening 77f.

The left distributed deceleration section 79n of the normal electric unit 79 is located on the opposite side of the rib-shaped rear side deceleration section 79n1 provided on the base 79y where the normal electric unit 79 contacts the game board 13 and the base 79y. and a rib-shaped front speed reduction section 79n2 provided on the back side (base 79y side) of the cover section 79x.

As a result, in the pachinko machine 10 of the eighth embodiment, the ball that has reached the center of the protruding plate 79b rolls toward the left end on the upper surface of the protruding plate 79b until it reaches the left end of the protruding plate 79b. The configuration is such that it takes "1 second" to complete.

As shown in FIG. 55(a), the balls distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73 in the “normal game state” of the eighth embodiment are distributed “1 second” after being distributed by the distribution device 73. It flows out from the left side exit of the left side path 74 and enters the special drawing 1 first prize opening 77a located below the left side exit.

On the other hand, in the "normal game state" of the eighth embodiment, the balls distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 are first sent to the in-unit normal symbol gate 0.1 seconds after being distributed from the distribution device 73. 76a, and after passing through the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a, a predetermined length (e.g. , 4 cm) and a predetermined length (for example, 4 cm) that is folded back toward the front from the second back passage and slopes slightly downhill (not shown in the drawing). ) and the second front passage (not shown) on the right side, and 4.4 seconds after passing through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, the right side of the right side passage 75 is reached. flows out from the exit. That is, the liquid flows out from the right exit of the right path 75 "4.5 seconds" after the timing at which it is distributed from the distribution device 73 to the right path 75 .

In this case, as shown in FIG. 56(a), if the ball is distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73, it will flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 "4.5 seconds" after the timing of the distribution. is configured to do so. In addition, "0.1 seconds" after the ball is distributed to the right path 75, the ball passes through the unit normal symbol gate 76a buried in the right path 75, and the normal symbol is generated by passing through the unit normal symbol gate 76a. A lottery opportunity is obtained, and the variable display of the normal symbol is started on the condition that there are no reserved balls of the normal symbol.

The variable display in the "normal gaming state" of the eighth embodiment is performed for "3 seconds". Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time required for the ball to flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 from the timing when the ball passes through the unit normal symbol gate 76a, the ball passes through the unit side separation appearance plate 79b3. At the timing when the leftmost position of is reached, the result of the variable display is derived.

Further, in the "normal game state" of the eighth embodiment, the winning probability of the normal symbol is configured to be easy to win as in other game states. Furthermore, the protruding time of the appearing board 79b in the "normal game state" of the eighth embodiment is "2 seconds", and the total time from when the variable display of the normal symbols starts until the appearing board 79b projects and retracts is "2 seconds". It says "5 seconds".

Therefore, after the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a within the unit until it reaches the position where the retractable board 79b is placed, the retractable board 79b is likely to be in a protruding state and maintain that state. As a result, the ball that flows out from the right side exit of the right path 75 and reaches the placement position of the appearance board 79b rolls toward the left end on the upper surface of the appearance board 79b, and is guided to the general prize opening 63a in the unit. .

In addition, as shown in FIG. 56(b), when a right-handed ball is played in the "normal game state", the ball that passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b hits the right end of the appearance board 79b after "1 second". reach the position. In addition, since the variable display time of the normal symbols in the "normal game state" is "3 seconds", the normal symbols appear before the variable display based on passing through the right side normal symbol gate 76b ends, that is, based on the variable display. Before the plate 79b is in the protruding state, it flows out to the downstream side of the normal electric unit 79 (downward side of the game board 13).

Further, even if the ball enters the ball continuously, the time for the ball to hit and maintain the protruding state of the protruding plate 79b is "2 seconds" (see FIG. 54(c)), and the protruding plate 79b The time required to roll the top surface from the right end to the left end is 2.5 seconds.

As a result, while the appearing plate 79b maintains the protruding state, it does not roll above the right side special figure 2 second prize opening 78c, and while it is rolling on the upper surface of the appearing plate 79b, When the plate 79b is displaced to the retracted state, it flows down to the downstream side of the normal electric unit 79.

On the other hand, while the appearance plate 79b maintains the protruding state, the ball that has continuously passed through the right side normal symbol gate 76b is configured to be able to roll up to the upper part of the outer special figure 1 second prize opening 77f. However, when the right side normal symbol gate 76b detects the passage of a ball in the "normal game state", it is configured to sound an alarm sound. As a result, the player can be made to play a left-handed game without having to play a right-handed game in the "normal gaming state."

In this way, in the "normal game state" of the eighth embodiment, the balls that enter the alternate distribution unit 71 are alternately placed in either the special drawing 1 first prize opening 77a or the in-unit general prize opening 63a. In order to win a prize, a first lottery game with a first special symbol and a game in which a predetermined number of prize balls can be obtained are performed. The in-unit general winning hole 63a only pays out a predetermined number of prize balls, and obtains a lottery opportunity for a special symbol like the outside special drawing 1 second winning hole 77f or the right special drawing 2 second winning hole 78c. Never. In other words, although a jackpot or the like cannot be awarded based on the chance of drawing a special symbol, it is configured so that a certain gaming value of a prize ball can be obtained. Therefore, in the "normal game state", even if the appearance plate 79b is in the protruding state and the ball is prevented from entering the right special drawing 2 second prize opening 78c, the ball cannot be won in the in-unit general prize opening 63a. The player is given a predetermined prize ball to the player, thereby suppressing the player's dissatisfaction due to the fact that the ball is prevented from entering the right special drawing 2 second prize opening 78c, and so as not to lose interest in the game. can do.

Next, with reference to FIG. 55(b) and FIG. 57, the gameplay in the "latency probability variation state" of the eighth embodiment will be explained.

FIG. 55(b) shows the behavior of a ball entering from the distribution ball entry opening 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the behavior of a ball that enters the ball from the normal ball input port 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 when hitting left or right in the “latency probability variation state” of the eighth embodiment. It is a figure for explaining the behavior of the ball that entered the winning unit 79, the behavior of the appearing and disappearing plate 79b, and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the appearing and disappearing plate 79b.

Further, FIG. 57(a) shows the falling timing of the ball distributed to the right path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the variable display of the normal symbol when hitting left in the "latency probability variation state" of the eighth embodiment. FIG. 57(b) is a timing chart showing the protrusion time of the appearance plate 79b, and FIG. It is a timing chart showing the falling timing of the ball (which passed through the right side normal symbol gate 76b), the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the appearing board 79b.

First, as shown in FIG. 55(b), the ball that was distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73 in the “latency probability variation state” of the eighth embodiment is “1” after being distributed by the distribution device 73. seconds later, it flows out from the left side exit of the left side path 74 and enters the special drawing 1 first prize opening 77a located below the left side exit.

On the other hand, in the "latency probability variation state" of the eighth embodiment, the balls distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 in a left-handed game are distributed by the distribution device 73 as in the "normal game state". Pass through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit after "0.1 seconds", go through the second depth passage 75b on the right side, and exit on the right side of the right path 75 "4.4 seconds" after passing through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit. flows out from. That is, the liquid flows out from the right exit of the right path 75 "4.5 seconds" after the timing at which it is distributed from the distribution device 73 to the right path 75 .

In this case, as shown in FIG. 57(a), if the ball is distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73, it will flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 "4.5 seconds" after the timing of the distribution. is configured to do so. In addition, "0.1 seconds" after the ball is distributed to the right path 75, the ball passes through the unit normal symbol gate 76a buried in the right path 75, and the normal symbol is generated by passing through the unit normal symbol gate 76a. A lottery opportunity is obtained, and the variable display of the normal symbol is started on the condition that there are no reserved balls of the normal symbol.

The variable display in the "latency probability variation state" of the eighth embodiment is performed for "0.5 seconds". Furthermore, in the "latency probability variation state" of the eighth embodiment, if the variable display of the normal symbol is won, the appearance plate 79b is configured to protrude for "2 seconds". Therefore, the total time of the variable display time of the normal symbols and the protrusion time of the right side appearance plate 79b2 is longer than the time required from the timing when the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit until it flows out from the right exit of the right path 75. Since the ball is short, the ball distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 passes through the placement position of the appearance plate 79b after the result of the variable display is derived and the appearance plate 79b protrudes and then retracts. Win the prize directly to the right special drawing 2 second prize opening 78c.

On the other hand, in the "latency probability variation state" of the eighth embodiment, even if a ball passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b during a right-handed game, the alarm sound is not output. In other words, both left-handed games and right-handed games are configured to be executable.

Here, as shown in FIG. 57(b), if a right shot is made in the "latency probability variation state", a lottery opportunity for a normal symbol is obtained when the ball passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b, Variable display of normal symbols starts. The variable display in the "latency probability variation state" of the eighth embodiment is performed for "0.5 seconds". The ball that has passed through the right side normal symbol gate 76b is configured to reach the right end position of the appearance board 79b "1 second" after the timing of passing through the right side normal symbol gate 76b. Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time from when the ball passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b to the right end of the appearance board 79b, the ball is at the right end of the appearance board 79b. At the timing reached, the result of the variable display has been derived.

In addition, in the "latent probability variation state" of the eighth embodiment, the winning probability of the normal symbol is configured to be easy to win as in other gaming states. Furthermore, the protrusion time of the appearance board 79b in the "latency probability variation state" of the eighth embodiment is "2 seconds", and the total time from the start of the variable display of the normal symbol until the appearance board 79b protrudes and disappears. is "2.5 seconds".

Here, with reference to FIG. 55(d), the configuration of the deceleration parts 79m and 79n of the normal power unit 79 of the eighth embodiment will be described. FIG. 55(d) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the normal power unit 79 taken along line BB in FIG. 55(a).

As shown in FIG. 55(d), when the protruding plate 79b is in the protruding state, the balls flowing into the right path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71 collide with the left side portion of the protruding plate 79b in the protruding state. The inclination of the retractable board 79b causes the upper surface of the retractable board 79b to roll toward the left side of the game board 13 (see FIG. 3) when viewed from the front, that is, toward the unit general prize opening 63a side.

Specifically, the ball rolling on the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b from the left side of the retractable plate 79b rolls on the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b without colliding with the deceleration part or the like. It flows out from the left end. In the eighth embodiment, the time required for rolling from the left side portion of the protruding/retracting plate 79b to the left end portion is configured to take “0.5 seconds”.

Furthermore, when the protruding plate 79b is in the protruding state, the ball that has passed through the right side normal symbol gate 76b of the normal electric unit 79 collides with the right end of the protruding plate 79b, and is caused by the inclination of the protruding plate 79b. The upper surface of the retractable plate 79b rolls toward the left side of the game board 13 (see FIG. 3) when viewed from the front, that is, toward the alternate distribution unit 71 side.

Specifically, the ball rolling from the right end of the protruding plate 79b to the left end on the upper surface of the protruding plate 79b first moves to the first rear right intensive reduction unit provided on the base 79y side of the normal electric unit 79. 79m1, the direction of travel is changed by the collision, and the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b rolls toward the cover portion 79x. Then, it collides with the first front-right collective deceleration part 79m2 provided on the cover part 79x side of the normal electric unit 79, and the collision changes the traveling direction again, and the upper surface of the protruding plate 79b is moved to the base 79y. Roll to the side. After that, it collides with the second rear right intensive deceleration part 79m3 provided on the base 79y side of the normal electric unit 79, and the collision changes the traveling direction again, causing the upper surface of the protruding plate 79b to move toward the cover part 79x side. Roll. Then, it collides with the second front-right integrated deceleration part 79m4 provided on the cover part 79x side of the normal electric unit 79, and the collision changes the traveling direction again, and the upper surface of the protruding plate 79b is moved to the base 79y. While rolling to the side, it reaches the central part of the recessed and retracted plate 79b. In the eighth embodiment, the time required for rolling from the right end of the protruding/retracting plate 79b to the center portion is configured to take "1.5 seconds".

Then, the ball that has passed through the center part of the protruding plate 79b collides with the back left distributed deceleration part 79n1 provided on the base 79y side of the normal electrical unit 79, and the collision changes the traveling direction, and the ball passes through the protruding plate 79b. The upper surface of is rolled toward the cover portion 79x side. Then, it collides with the front left distributed deceleration part 79n2 provided on the cover part 79x side of the normal electrical unit 79, and due to the collision, the traveling direction is changed again, and the upper surface of the protruding plate 79b is moved toward the base part 79y side. While rolling, it flows out from the left end of the retractable plate 79b.

That is, in the eighth embodiment, the time required to roll from the right end to the center of the protruding and retractable plate 79b is 1.5 seconds, and the time required to roll from the center to the left end of the protruding and retractable plate 79b is 1.5 seconds. Since the time is configured to take "1 second", the time required for the protrusion plate 79b to roll from the right end to the left end is "1.5 seconds" + "1 second" = "2.5 seconds" ”.

As a result, in the "latency probability variation state", while the appearing board 79b maintains the protruding state, the upper surface of the appearing board 79b is moved toward the left end without rolling to the right side special drawing 2 second prize opening 78c side. When the protruding/retracting plate 79b is displaced to the retracted state during rolling, it flows down to the downstream side of the normal electric unit 79. However, in the "latency probability variation state", while the appearance plate 79b maintains the protruding state, the ball that has passed through the right side normal symbol gate 76b does not roll above the right side special symbol 2 second prize opening 78c. On the other hand, since it is configured to be able to roll above the outer special drawing 1 second prize opening 77f, when the retractable board 79b is displaced from the protruding state to the retracted state, the retractable board 79b rolls on the upper surface of the retractable board 79b. The ball that was playing can be won in the outer special drawing 1 second prize opening 77f.

Therefore, by executing the right-handed game in the "latency probability variation state" of the eighth embodiment, it is easy to obtain the lottery opportunity for the first lottery game with the first special symbol, and the predetermined prize ball (i.e., 2 This allows the player to play the game without significantly damaging the balls he or she owns.

In this way, in the "latency probability variation state", both the left-handed game and the right-handed game are configured to be executable, the firing mode is configured to be selectable by the player, and the left-handed game and the right-handed game are executed. By varying the variations of the winning openings 77a, 77f, and 78c that can win prizes, a new gameplay feature is provided in which the winning openings 77a, 77f, and 78c that can win prizes can be changed according to the player's intention, and the game is improved. You can improve your interest.

Further, in the pachinko machine 10 of the eighth embodiment, in the "latent probability variation state", in a left-handed game, the game is executed without winning assistance by the appearing board 79b, while in a right-handed game, the appearing board 79b is used to execute the game without winning assistance. A game in which it is easy to win a prize is executed in the special figure 1 second prize opening 77f. By configuring in this way, the conditions for winning a prize (Special Figure 1 first prize opening 77a and right side Special Figure 2 second prize opening 78c) are the same as in the "normal gaming state", but it is difficult to win a prize, but it is difficult to win a prize. The player can obtain a lottery opportunity for the second lottery game with the second special symbol, which has a large gaming value for the player, or the conditions for winning a prize in the prize opening (outer special figure 1 second prize opening 77f) are easier to win than in the "normal game state". However, it is possible to select the game mode including the obtainable game value, such as whether to obtain a lottery opportunity for the first lottery game with the first special symbol that is not advantageous to the player. Therefore, the player can appropriately select the gaming nature (gambling nature) that he or she desires in the "latency probability variation state", and the interest in the game can be improved.

Next, with reference to FIG. 55(c) and FIG. 58, the gameplay in the "probability fluctuation state" of the eighth embodiment will be explained.

FIG. 55(c) is a schematic diagram for explaining the behavior of the appearing plate 79b and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the appearing plate 79b when hitting right in the “probability variation state” of the eighth embodiment. It is a diagram.

Further, FIG. 58(a) shows the falling timing of the ball distributed to the right path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the variable display of the normal symbol when hitting left in the "probability fluctuation state" of the eighth embodiment. , and the protrusion time of the appearance plate 79b. FIG. 58(b) is a timing chart showing the protrusion time of the appearance plate 79b. FIG. It is a timing chart showing the falling timing of the ball (which has passed through the normal symbol gate 76b), the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the appearing board 79b.

First, as shown in FIG. 55(c), in the "probability fluctuation state" of the eighth embodiment, the ball that passes through the right normal symbol gate 76b and flows into the normal electric unit 79 flows downstream as it is. Then, "1 second" after passing through the right side normal symbol gate 76b, it reaches the position of the right end of the appearance board 79b.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 58(b), when the ball passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b, an opportunity to draw a normal symbol is obtained, and variable display of the normal symbol is started. The variable display in the "probability fluctuation state" of the eighth embodiment is performed for "0.5 seconds". The ball that has passed through the right side normal symbol gate 76b is configured to reach the right end position of the appearance board 79b "1 second" after the timing of passing through the right side normal symbol gate 76b. Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time from when the ball passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b to the right end of the appearance board 79b, the ball is at the right end of the appearance board 79b. At the timing reached, the result of the variable display has been derived.

In addition, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the eighth embodiment, the winning probability of the normal symbol is configured to be easy to win as in other gaming states. Furthermore, the protrusion time of the appearance board 79b in the "probability fluctuation state" of the eighth embodiment is "3 seconds", and the total time from the start of the variable display until the appearance board 79b projects and retracts is "3. 5 seconds.”

Therefore, from when the ball passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b until it reaches the right end position of the protruding plate 79b, it is highly likely that the protruding plate 79b becomes in a protruding state and maintains that state. As a result, the ball that reached the position of the right end of the appearing board 79b collides with the right end of the appearing board 79b, rolls from that position on the upper surface of the appearing board 79b toward the left end, and wins the second prize of the right side special figure 2. It begins to be guided toward the mouth 78c side.

Furthermore, the time required for the ball to roll from the right end to the left end of the appearance board 79b is "2.5 seconds", but as described above, the start of the variable display in the "probability fluctuation state" of the eighth embodiment Since the time it takes for the protruding plate 79b to protrude and retract is 3.5 seconds, the ball that passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b will disappear from the protruding plate while the protruding plate 79b maintains its protruding state. It rolls on the upper surface of 79b from the right end to the left end. However, since the time it takes for the ball that first passed through the right side normal symbol gate 76b to roll to the left end of the appearance board 79b is "3.5 seconds", the timing when the ball reaches the left end of the appearance board 79b is The protruding/retracting plate 79b is displaced from the protruding state to the retracted state. Therefore, the ball that was rolling on the upper surface of the retractable board 79b at the timing of the transition from the protruding state to the retracted state flows down to the downstream side of the retractable board 79b (downward side of the game board 13).

As described above, the time from the start of the variable display in the "probability fluctuation state" of the eighth embodiment until the appearance plate 79b protrudes and retracts is "3.5 seconds". Therefore, the ball that has passed through the right side normal symbol gate 76b starts to roll on the upper surface of the recessive board 79b from the right end while the retractable board 79b maintains its protruding state, but above the special symbol 2 guide section 78d. Since the protruding/retracting plate 79b may change from the protruding state to the retracted state while rolling from the center position to the left end position of the protruding/retracting plate 79b, it is arranged downstream from the rolling position. It flows down to the special figure 2 guiding part 78d and can be won in the right side special figure 2 second prize opening 78c.

In addition, a plurality of balls that have continuously flowed into the normal electric unit 79 from the ball that triggered the execution of the variable display of the normal symbols are transferred to the right side special figure 2 while the appearance plate 79b maintains the protruding state. The player is guided to the 2nd winning opening 78c side and is configured to be able to win the right special drawing 2nd winning opening 78c. Specifically, in the eighth embodiment, when the ball launch interval is "0.6 seconds" and the ball passes through the right normal symbol gate 76b at each interval, one ball is additionally special. The guide portion 78d in FIG. 2 is guided upward. That is, in the eighth embodiment, when the appearance board 79b is in the protruding state once, it is configured so that the lottery opportunity for the second lottery game of the second special symbol can be obtained twice. Therefore, by executing the right-handed game in the "probability fluctuation state", it is easier to obtain multiple lottery opportunities for the second lottery game with the second special symbol, and a predetermined prize ball (i.e., 2 balls/1 prize). This allows the player to play the game without significantly damaging the balls he or she owns.

In the eighth embodiment, after the first ball passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b, the third and subsequent balls are rolled on the upper surface of the projecting board 79b when the projecting board 79b projects. Since the state changes from the state to the immersed state, the ball rolling on the intrusion plate 79b above the outer special figure 1 second prize opening 77f may end up winning the outer special figure 1 second prize opening 77f. be. Therefore, in the "probability variation state", it is possible to create a game that requires the skill to always play the game with the number of balls fired by right-handed players being 2 or less, and to improve the interest of the game.

Note that, as shown in FIG. 58(a), when the ball is hit to the left in the "probability variation state" of the eighth embodiment, when the ball is distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73, the ball is not distributed. The liquid is configured to flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 "4.5 seconds" after the timing. In addition, "0.1 seconds" after the ball is distributed to the right path 75, the ball passes through the unit normal symbol gate 76a buried in the right path 75, and the normal symbol is generated by passing through the unit normal symbol gate 76a. A lottery opportunity is obtained, and variable display of normal symbols is started.

The variable display in the "probability fluctuation state" of the eighth embodiment is performed for "0.5 seconds". Further, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the eighth embodiment, if the variable display of the normal symbol is won, the appearance board 79b is configured to protrude for "3 seconds". Therefore, the total time of the variable display time of the normal symbol and the protrusion time of the appearance board 79b is longer than the time required from the timing when the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit until it flows out from the right exit of the right path 75. Since the ball is short, the ball distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 will pass through the placement position of the appearance plate 79b after the variable display result is derived and the appearance plate 79b will protrude and then retract, and will pass through the placement position of the appearance plate 79b and move to the right side. Win a prize in the special drawing 2 second prize opening 78c.

In addition, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the eighth embodiment, when playing a left-handed game, winning assistance is not provided by the appearance board 79b etc., so the degree of advantage is the same as in the "latent probability fluctuation state". .

Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the eighth embodiment, the ball that enters the normal electric prize unit 79 from the right side normal symbol gate 76b in a right-handed game enters the right special symbol 2 second prize opening 78c. Since it is configured to be easy to play, it is easier to execute the second lottery game with the second special symbol if you continuously play a right-handed game where winning assistance is provided, rather than a left-handed game where there is no winning assistance. It is configured so that games can be played.

As described above, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the eighth embodiment, both the left-handed game and the right-handed game can be executed in the "latency probability variation state", and the player can select the firing mode. The winning holes 77a, 77f, 78c can win according to the player's intention by differentiating the variations of the winning holes 77a, 77f, 78c that can win in left-handed games and right-handed games. It is possible to improve the interest of the game by adding a new gameplay feature of being able to change the game.

In addition, in the pachinko machine 10 of the eighth embodiment, in a left-handed game, the game is executed without winning assistance by the appearance board 79b, while in a right-handed game, the appearance board 79b is used to execute the game without the winning assistance provided by the outside special figure 1 second prize opening 77f. To make a player play a game that is easy to win. By configuring in this way, the conditions for winning a prize (Special Figure 1 first prize opening 77a and right side Special Figure 2 second prize opening 78c) are the same as in the "normal gaming state", but it is difficult to win a prize, but it is difficult to win a prize. The player can obtain a lottery opportunity for the second lottery game with the second special symbol, which has a large gaming value for the player, or the conditions for winning a prize in the prize opening (outer special figure 1 second prize opening 77f) are easier to win than in the "normal game state". However, it is possible to select the game mode including the obtainable game value, such as whether to obtain a lottery opportunity for the first lottery game with the first special symbol that is not advantageous to the player. Therefore, the player can appropriately select the gaming nature (gambling nature) that he or she desires in the "latency probability variation state", and the interest in the game can be improved.

Although the present invention has been described above based on the above embodiments, the present invention is not limited to the above embodiments in any way, and it is easy to make various modifications and improvements without departing from the spirit of the present invention. It can be inferred that For example, the numerical values listed in the above embodiment are merely examples, and it is of course possible to employ other numerical values.

Further, it is naturally possible to configure any of the configurations of the modified examples shown below by combining the configurations of the above embodiments. Furthermore, it is naturally possible to configure any of the configurations of the following modified examples in combination with each configuration of one or more other modified examples. In these cases, further effects can be achieved by applying each configuration. The following explanation will be based on the component numbers used in the description of the first embodiment, but it is of course possible to replace them with the component numbers of the same type or similar components in other embodiments.

<Modification 1>
In each of the above embodiments, regarding the alternate distribution unit 71, the distribution ball entrance 72, the distribution device 73, the left route 74, the right route 75, the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, the special figure 1 winning opening 77, and the special figure 2 The prize opening 78 and the like were unitized into one alternate distribution unit 71. On the other hand, each of the members 72 to 78 may be configured as a separate member, or each of the members 72 to 78 may be configured as a unit so as to be different from the alternate distribution unit 71. With this configuration, although the number of parts increases, it becomes easy to replace each member 72 to 78 in the event of a failure, and the efficiency of maintenance work for the pachinko machine 10 can be improved.

<Modification 2>
In each of the embodiments described above, regarding the normal electric unit 79, the right side normal symbol gate 76b, the retractable plate 79b, the deceleration part 79c, etc. are unitized into one normal electric unit 79. On the other hand, the above-mentioned members 76b, 79b, 79c may be configured as separate members, or each member 76b, 79b, 79c may be configured as a unit unlike the normal electric unit 79. good. With this configuration, although the number of parts increases, each member 76b, 79b, 79c can be easily replaced in the event of failure, and the efficiency of maintenance work for the pachinko machine 10 can be improved.

<Modification 3>
In each of the embodiments described above, the alternate distribution unit 71 and the normal power unit 79 are configured as separate units. On the other hand, the alternate distribution unit 71 and the normal power unit 79 may be integrated. When changing the variations of the winning openings 77 and 78 that can be won for each game state of the present invention, the arrangement position of the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the position of the ordinary electric unit 79 The relationship with the placement position of the protruding board 79b is important, but if a mistake occurs in the screw fixing work (for example, a misalignment of the installation position) during the manufacturing process of the pachinko machine 10, the gameplay of the present invention may be affected. There is a possibility that this cannot be achieved. Therefore, by unitizing the alternate distribution unit 71 and the ordinary electric unit 79, the arrangement position of the special drawing 1 second prize opening 77b of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the appearance board 79b of the ordinary electric unit 79 can be changed. There is no need to adjust the arrangement position of the player, and it becomes possible to reliably realize the gameplay of the present invention.

<Modification 4>
In each of the embodiments described above, the protrusion pattern (time) of the appearance/removal board 79b in each gaming state is configured to be one pattern or two patterns. On the other hand, the protrusion pattern (time) of the appearance board 79b in each game state may be selected from three or more patterns by lottery. With this configuration, it is possible to diversify the destinations of the balls rolling on the upper surface of the appearance board 79b, and by further enriching the variations of the winning openings 77 and 78 that can win for each gaming state. , it is possible to improve the interest of the game by realizing a variety of gameplay features.

<Modification 5>
In each of the above embodiments, the variable display time of the normal symbols in each gaming state is fixed (for example, "3 seconds" in the "normal gaming state", and "0.0 seconds" in the "latent probability variable state" and "probability variable state"). 5 seconds, etc.). On the other hand, a plurality of patterns may be provided for the variable display time of the normal symbols in each gaming state, and the pattern may be selected by lottery. Specifically, for example, in the "latency probability variation state", patterns such as "0.5 seconds", "1 second", "3 seconds", etc. are set as patterns for the variable display time of the normal symbol, and the corresponding pattern is selected by lottery. Configure to select a pattern. With this configuration, the end timing of the variable display time of the normal symbol differs in each gaming state, and the timing at which the appearance board 79b becomes in the protruding state also changes, so that the winning openings 77, 78 that can win in each gaming state It is possible to improve the interest of the game by further enriching the variations and realizing diverse gameplay.

<Modification 6>
In each of the above-mentioned embodiments, in the lottery of each special symbol, only one of the "15R probability variable jackpot" and the "7R latent probability variable jackpot" is awarded. On the other hand, it is configured to draw a jackpot different from the above-mentioned jackpot (for example, a "non-probable variable jackpot" or a so-called "sudden definite variable jackpot (2R definite variable jackpot)") or a "small win" different from the jackpot. It's okay. With this configuration, when a player wins a jackpot, the game value given to the player is different, thereby creating variations in the game and realizing diverse gameplay, thereby increasing the interest of the game. be able to.

In particular, when a "small win" is provided in a special symbol lottery, when the small win is won, the opening/closing mode of the central large prize opening 65a, etc., is the same as or similar to the jackpot for which a "latent probability fluctuation state" is given (i.e. , if it is a "7R latent probability strange jackpot", it is a "7R small win" in which the opening/closing operation of the central prize opening 65a is performed 7 times in the same way as the "7R latent probability strange jackpot", etc.), so that the player can receive " It is difficult to distinguish between the "normal gaming state" and the "latent probability variation state." By configuring in this way, it is possible to create a gameplay that allows players to guess which game state the game is in, and to improve the interest of the game.

It should be noted that the "small win" is a lottery result in which the opening and closing of the central large prize opening 65a, etc. is executed, but unlike the "15R probability variable jackpot" and the "7R latent probability variable jackpot", the transition of the gaming state is not executed.

<Modification 7>
In each of the embodiments described above, the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b is configured such that the ball can roll, and the speed of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b is reduced by the speed reducer 79c provided in the normal electric unit 79. The above gameplay was achieved by slowing down the speed. On the other hand, the structure is configured so that the speed reduction part 79c or the like is not provided, and a flow groove or the like is provided on the upper surface of the protruding/retracting plate 79b in which the ball flows in a meandering manner, thereby decelerating the descending speed of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the protruding/retracting plate 79b. You may. By configuring in this way, there is no need to provide the deceleration part 79c etc. in the normal electrical unit 79, so the structure of the normal electrical unit 79 can be simplified, and the mold for parts can be simplified. The manufacturing cost of the normal electric unit 79 can be reduced.

<Modification 8>
In each of the above embodiments, the game nature of the present invention is realized by using the retractable board 79b that is displaced between the protruding state and the retracted state, and changing the protruding timing and protruding time of the retractable board 79b in each game state. It was configured. On the other hand, the game nature of the present invention may be realized by using a rotary blade member and changing the actuation timing and operation time of the blade member in each game state. Specifically, for example, a blade member is arranged on the downstream side of the right side normal symbol gate 76b, and when the blade member is in an inactive state (for example, in an upright state), a ball passing through the right side normal symbol gate 76b is caused by the blade member. It is configured so that it collides with the outside (non-rolling side) and flows directly to the downstream side. On the other hand, in the operating state where the blade member is rotated (tilted 120 degrees to the right from the upright state), the ball that has passed through the right side normal symbol gate 76b collides with the inside (rolling side) of the blade member, and the blade member It is configured to roll with the inner side facing the alternate distribution unit 71 side. With this configuration, it is easier to recognize whether or not the region in which the blade member itself operates has been driven to a greater extent than the driving manner due to the protrusion and retraction of the protruding and retracting plate 79b. It is possible to make it easier for the player to recognize whether or not he or she has won based on the display.

<Modification 9>
In each of the above embodiments, a plurality of deceleration parts 79c and the like are provided that collide with the balls rolling on the upper surface of the protruding plate 79b, so that the protruding plate 79b flows down (rolls) from the right end position where the protruding plate 79b is arranged to the left end position. By causing the ball to collide with the deceleration part 79c, etc., the falling velocity of the rolling ball is reduced, and even when the ball rolls on the upper surface of the retractable board 79b in the "normal game state", the right end of the retractable board 79b The structure was such that the ball could not completely roll from the position to the leftmost position. In contrast, by using another configuration that delays the falling speed of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the appearing board 79b, from the right end position where the appearing board 79b is placed in the "normal game state" etc. to the left end position. It may be configured so that the ball does not flow down (roll) completely.

Specifically, for example, there is a back passage in which the ball can flow down in the depth direction of the game board 13 (see FIG. 3) when viewed from the front at the right end position of the projecting board 79b, and the game board 13 is opened from the back side of the back passage. By folding back toward the front side, a front passage is provided for allowing the ball to flow down to the left end position of the protrusion plate 79b, and when the ball flows down to the left end position of the protrusion plate 79b, the ball changes depending on whether or not the protrusion plate 79b protrudes. It may also be configured to change the direction of flow. Alternatively, for example, a rotating member that rotates the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b at a predetermined interval longer than the time it takes for the ball to roll from the right end to the left end may be used to rotate the ball while it is stored in the storage section of the rotating member. The member is configured to rotate and release the balls stored in the storage portion at a predetermined release position. By configuring in this way, when the ball moves from the right end position to the left end position of the appearing board 79b in the "normal game state" etc., it takes more time than the projecting time of the appearing board 79b. may be configured.

<Modification 10>
In each of the embodiments described above, when the protruding/retracting plate 79b is displaced to the protruding state, the entire protruding/retracting plate 79b is protruded at once, and also when the protruding/retracting plate 79b is displaced from the protruding state to the retracted state, the entire protruding/retractable plate 79b is retracted at once. Was. On the other hand, when protruding the protruding plate 79b, a part of the protruding plate 79b is configured to protrude first, and then other parts are protruded, and even when retracting, a part of the protruding plate 79b is It may be configured so that it is immersed first and then other parts are immersed.

Specifically, for example, a right end drive mechanism (for example, a solenoid) connected to the right end portion of the protruding/retracting plate 79b and a left end drive mechanism (for example, a solenoid) connected to the left end portion of the protruding/retracting plate 79b are provided. , When the variable display of the normal symbol is won and the protruding board 79b is displaced from the retracted state to the protruding state, the right end side drive mechanism is driven first, so that the right end side of the protruding board 79b is first displaced to the protruding state. let After that (for example, after "1 second"), the left end side drive mechanism is driven, so that the left end side of the protruding/retracting plate 79b is also displaced to the protruding state, and the entire protruding/retracting plate 79b is configured to be in the protruding state.

When the protruding and retractable plate 79b is to be displaced to the retracted state, the right end drive mechanism is driven first, thereby first displacing the right end of the protrusive and retractable plate 79b to the retracted state. Thereafter (for example, after "1 second"), the left end side drive mechanism is driven, so that the left end side of the retractable plate 79b is also displaced to the retracted state, so that the entire retractable board 79b is configured to be in the retracted state.

With this configuration, the ball cannot roll from the right end position of the protruding plate 79b after the protruding plate 79b starts to be displaced to the retracted state, but at that timing, the ball cannot roll on the upper surface of the protruding plate 79b. Since the left end side of the appearance board 79b maintains the protruding state, the ball continues to roll on the upper surface of the appearance board 79b and can roll to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side. Therefore, when the protruding and retracting plate 79b is displaced from the protruding state to the retracted state, the ball rolling on the upper surface of the protruding and retracting plate 79b completely rolls on the upper surface of the protruding and retracting plate 79b to the right end direction, and then rolls on the upper surface of the protruding and retracting plate 79b. By making it difficult for the moving ball to flow down to the downstream side of the appearance board 79b (downward side of the game board 13), the ball rolling on the upper surface of the appearance board 79b is prevented from winning the special map 1 second prize opening 77b. Can be done. Therefore, balls can be reliably won into the winning holes 77 and 78 assumed in each gaming state.

<Modification 11>
In each of the above embodiments, when a ball wins in the special drawing 1 winning hole 77 or the special drawing 2 winning hole 78, the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 etc. is acquired based on the winning timing and a jackpot lottery is performed. It was composed. On the other hand, instead of each winning hole 77, 78, a plurality of predetermined winning areas may be provided, and when a ball flows into the winning area, a gaming value corresponding to the winning area may be awarded. good. Specifically, for example, there is a first winning area in which a first gaming value (for example, "7R time-saving jackpot") is awarded when balls flow in, and a first winning area where balls flow in to give a first gaming value higher than the first gaming value. A second winning area is provided in which a second game value (for example, "15R guaranteed strange jackpot") is awarded. Then, the driving mode of the appearance board 79b may be changed depending on the game state, so that whether or not the ball flows down to each winning area may be changed. It should be noted that each winning hole 77, 78 and the above winning area may be used together. With this configuration, it is possible to increase the variety of games and contribute to increasing the interest of the games.

<Modification 12>
In the second embodiment, the central part of the retractable board 79b of the normal electric unit 79 is configured to be located between the right exit of the right path 75 and the special figure 1 second prize opening 77b, and the retractable board 79b The length from the right end to the center portion (downstream position from the right path 75) and from the center portion (downstream position from the right path 75) to the left end are the same length, and the outer speed reducer 79d and the inner speed reducer 79e The configurations were made different from each other so that the falling speed of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b was changed. On the other hand, the length from the downstream position of the right path 75 to the left end of the projection board 79b is set longer than the length from the right end of the projection board 79b to the downstream position of the right path 75 (for example, , twice or more). With this configuration, the placement position of the protruding and retracting plate 79b can be closer to the alternate distribution unit 71 side, and the horizontal overlap portion of the normal power unit 79 with respect to the alternate distribution unit 71 increases, so that the alternate The installation area for the distribution unit 71 and the normal electric unit 79 can be further reduced, and the degree of freedom in board design in the game area can be increased.

<Modification 13>
Each of the embodiments described above has a so-called ST type game specification in which a predetermined number of "probability fluctuation states" are always given after the jackpot ends, regardless of which jackpot is won. On the other hand, a so-called loop type game specification may be adopted in which the "probability fluctuation state" is maintained after the jackpot ends until the next jackpot occurs. With this configuration, even in a pachinko machine with a loop type game specification, the pattern of entering the winning hole that can win a prize differs depending on the playing state, thereby increasing the variety of games and increasing the interest of the game. can contribute.

<Modification 14>
In each of the embodiments described above, a variable display of normal symbols is performed based on the passage of a ball to the normal symbol gate 76, and when a winning result is derived from the variable display, the appearance plate 79b is set in a protruding state for a predetermined period of time. It was configured. On the other hand, the projecting/retracting plate 79b may be configured to be displaced to the protruding state based on the ball entering a predetermined ball entering means. With this configuration, it is possible to create a game in which the ball enters the ball entering means in order to bring the projecting plate 79b into a protruding state, thereby improving the interest of the game. The projecting/retracting plate 79b may be configured to be displaced to the retracted state based on a predetermined number (for example, two) of balls entering the ball entry means when the projecting/retracting board 79b is in the protruding state. With this configuration, it is possible to create a game in which the ball is not allowed to enter the ball entering means in order to prevent the protruding and retractable board 79b from being retracted, thereby improving the interest of the game. .

<Modification 15>
In each of the above embodiments, the variable display time of the normal symbols, the winning probability of the normal symbols, and the protrusion time of the appearance board 79b are changed depending on the gaming state, so that the ball enters each winning hole 77, 78. It was configured to change the pattern. On the other hand, the conditions for changing the variable display time of the normal symbols, the winning probability of the normal symbols, and the protrusion time of the appearing board 79b are events that may occur during the game and are set in advance. It may also be configured to change based on one event occurring. For example, if a ball enters a predetermined winning opening (ball entrance), or when a special symbol variation effect is executed a predetermined number of times, a predetermined number of balls enter a predetermined winning opening (ball entrance). An example is a case where (for example, two balls) are won (balls entered).

<Modification 16>
In each of the above embodiments, the behavior of the ball is made constant by the passage wall of the alternate distribution unit 71, and the occurrence of chattering due to the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit is prevented. In contrast, the passage walls of the alternate distribution unit 71 are made of rubber or a resin member with elasticity to absorb the impact of the balls (reduce the kinetic energy of the balls) and stabilize the behavior of the balls. After that, it may be configured to pass through the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a. With this configuration, chattering can be prevented from occurring.

<Modification 17>
In each of the above embodiments, the ball is configured to be able to roll on the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b, and the ball can be rolled from the upstream side to the downstream side of the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b by the deceleration part 79c provided in the normal electric unit 79. The above gameplay was achieved by slowing down the falling speed of the ball. On the other hand, without providing the deceleration part 79c or the like, a depth passage extending in the depth direction of the game board 13 is provided at a predetermined position on the upstream side of the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b, and a folding passage that returns from the depth direction to the front side of the game board 13 An outlet is provided at a specific position on the downstream side of the upper surface of the appearance plate 79b, and the flow time for flowing down from a predetermined position on the appearance plate 79b to the specific position is set to a predetermined time necessary to realize the game specifications of the present invention (for example, 2.5 seconds).

With this configuration, there is no need to provide the normal power unit 79 with a fine speed reduction section 79c, etc., so the configuration of the normal power unit 79 can be simplified. In addition, since the depth passage and the turning passage can secure the movement time of the ball depending on the depth direction of the pachinko machine 10, the longer the depth passage and the turning passage are made, the longer the horizontal length of the reappearance plate 79b becomes. can be made shorter, and the retractable plate 79b can be made more compact in the lateral direction. As a result, by reducing the area occupied in the horizontal direction by the retractable board 79b, it is possible to contribute to improving the degree of freedom in designing the pachinko machine 10, which is highly constrained in the horizontal direction.

<Modification 18>
In each of the embodiments described above, the ball enters the winning hole 78, etc., which is advantageous for the player, by the projection plate 79b being in the protruding state (operating state). On the other hand, when the retractable board 79b is in the retracted state (non-operating state), the ball enters the winning hole 78 etc. that is advantageous for the player, and when the retractable board 79b is in the protruding state (operating state), the ball enters the winning hole 78 etc. that is advantageous for the player. It may be configured so that the ball does not enter the winning hole 78 or the like.

<Modification 19>
In the fourth embodiment, the left side protruding and retracting plate 79b1 and the right side protruding and retracting plate 79b2 are arranged so as to protrude outward from the outer shape of the alternate distribution unit 71. On the other hand, the left protruding and retracting plate 79b1 and the right protruding and retracting plate 79b2 may be configured so as not to protrude outward from the outer shape of the alternate distribution unit 71.

<Modification 20>
In each of the embodiments described above, by changing the variable display time of the normal symbols and the driving pattern of the appearance board 79b for each game state, the lottery trigger for each special symbol or the prize opening 77 etc. where a predetermined number of prize balls can be won can be set. The ball entering pattern was configured to vary depending on the game state. On the other hand, the variable display time of the normal symbols and the drive pattern of the appearance board 79b may be changed for each game state, and the inflow pattern to the symbol gate other than the winning opening or the out opening may be changed. With this configuration, a variety of games can be created by combining a wide variety of inflow patterns to the symbol gates and out ports, which do not necessarily lead to winning prizes, and inflow patterns to winning ports, which can win prizes. You can realize your sexuality.

In the above embodiment, each command is sent from the main controller 110 to the audio lamp controller 113, and the audio lamp controller 113 instructs the display controller 114 to display. Commands may also be sent directly from the control device 110 to the display control device 114. Alternatively, the display control device 114 may be connected to the audio lamp control device 113 so that the display control device 114 sends commands to the audio lamp control device 113 instructing the output of each audio and lighting of the lamp. Furthermore, the audio lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114 may be configured as one control device. By incorporating these into one control device, the number of parts can be reduced and an increase in the cost of the pachinko machine can be suppressed.

In the above embodiment, the variation that becomes a jackpot during the variation performance of the third symbol (special symbol) that is suspended and executed triggered by the ball entering the special symbol 1 winning hole 77 or the special symbol 2 winning hole 78 (starting prize winning) The case where a "pending change notice" is performed in the executed symbol and the pending symbol to determine whether or not there is a production has been explained. On the other hand, whether there is a variable display of normal symbols that is suspended and executed triggered by the ball passing through the normal symbol gate 76 (starting winning) that results in a hit (stops at the "○" symbol). In addition to or instead of whether there is a variable performance that will be a jackpot during the variable performance of the third symbol, the player may be informed using the normal symbol holding lamp 84, the third symbol display device 81, etc. You may notify. Thereby, the player can grasp whether there is a variable display that is a win among the variable displays of normal symbols that are on hold, or among the variable displays of normal symbols that are being executed and on hold. Therefore, it is possible to estimate whether or not the normal symbol will be a hit before executing the variable display of the normal symbol. Some gaming machines enhance the gameplay depending on whether or not the symbols hit, and this is particularly effective for such gaming machines.

In the above embodiment, a case has been described in which the demonstration effect is to stop and display the third symbol consisting of the main symbol to which numbers "0" to "9" are not attached, but it is not necessarily limited to this. , a third symbol consisting of a main symbol with numbers or a main symbol without numbers may be stopped and displayed in a translucent state. Alternatively, only the back image may be changed without displaying the third symbol. Furthermore, a character or a back image that is completely different from the third symbol or back image used in the variable effect may be displayed.

In the above embodiment, a case has been described in which the third symbol display device 81 in which the variable effect is performed executes a "suspended change notice" which is one form of continuous notice effect, but this is not necessarily limited to this. The machine 10 is provided with a fourth symbol display device different from the third symbol display device 81, and the fourth symbol is displayed on the fourth symbol display device in conjunction with the variable performance executed by the third symbol display device 81. , executes a continuous notice performance (hereinafter referred to as "continuous notice performance" including "pending change notice") that is different from "pending change notice" or "pending change notice" and is executed across multiple variable performances. You may. In this case, the fourth symbol display device may be controlled by the display control device 114 or the audio lamp control device 113. Furthermore, by providing the pachinko machine 10 with an accessory different from each movable accessory that operates according to various performances, and operating the accessory in a predetermined manner together with the variable production, a continuous preview performance can be executed. Good too. Furthermore, under the control of the audio lamp control device 113, the continuous notice performance may be executed by outputting the sound for the continuous notice performance from the sound output device 226 of the pachinko machine 10. A continuous preview performance may be executed by lighting or blinking 29 to 33 together with the variable performance.

As a result, each time a variable performance (dynamic display) is performed on the third symbol display device 81 (and special symbol display device 37), symbols are continuously displayed on the fourth symbol display device, or accessories are displayed in a predetermined manner. By operating in this manner, by outputting a sound from the sound output device 226, or by lighting or flashing the illumination parts 29 to 33, it is possible to give the player a sense of expectation of a jackpot. In addition, the player usually continues playing the game by watching the third symbol display device 81 where the variable performance is performed, but the symbols are displayed by a fourth symbol display device different from the third symbol display device 81. , a continuous notice effect is performed by the operation of the accessory, the sound output from the sound output device 226, or the lighting/blinking of the illumination parts 29 to 33, so that the player is shown a different effect than usual. This can be easily recognized. In addition, continuous notice performances can be easily performed continuously by simple controls such as displaying symbols on the fourth symbol display device, operating accessories, outputting audio from the audio output device 226, or lighting/blinking the illumination sections 29 to 33. A preview performance can be performed.

Furthermore, if the continuous preview performance is performed by audio output from the audio output device 226 or lighting or flashing of the illumination parts 29 to 33, the control of the continuous preview performance is performed by the audio lamp control device 113, so that when starting a winning prize, By having the main control device 110 perform the correctness judgment and the lottery processing at the start of the fluctuation, the audio lamp control device 113 to perform the continuous notice performance, and the display control device 114 to perform the fluctuation performance, the pachinko machine 10 continuously performs the lottery process. When performing a preview effect, each control device can be assigned to each process. Therefore, since it is possible to prevent the load from being concentrated on one control device, the performance required of the MPU of each control device can be kept low.

In addition, the display of the symbols for continuous preview performance on the third symbol display device 81, the display of the symbols for continuous preview performance on the fourth symbol display device, the operation of the accessory in a predetermined manner, and the sound from the audio output device 226. A continuous preview performance may be performed by combining at least two or more of the output and lighting or blinking of the illumination parts 29 to 33 and controlling each in conjunction with each other. Thereby, it is possible to execute more diverse continuous preview effects. In addition, the execution method of the continuous notice performance (display on the third symbol display device 81, display on the fourth symbol display device, operation of accessories, audio output from the audio output device 226, lighting or blinking of the illumination parts 29 to 33) , or a combination thereof), we have prepared multiple continuous preview performance modes that are selected depending on the gaming status after the end of the continuous preview performance ("15R guaranteed strange jackpot", "7R hidden probability strange jackpot", miss). It's okay.

In the above embodiment, the main controller 110 controls the number of reserved balls added by "1" by voice lamp control when there is a winning (starting winning) in the special drawing 1 winning hole 77 or the special drawing 2 winning hole 78. A case has been described in which each counter C1 to C3, CS1 acquired from the counter buffer 203c due to the starting prize is included as is in the pending ball count command notified to the device 113, and is transmitted to the audio lamp control device 113. However, the types of counters included in the held pitch count command may be part of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1, or may include values of other counters. In addition, when the main control device 110 notifies the audio lamp control device 113 of the values of each counter acquired in connection with the start winning, the information indicating the values of each of these counters is included in the held ball count command and notified. Instead, information indicating the values of each counter may be included in a command other than the held pitch count command, and these values may be notified to the audio lamp control device 113. Another command may be a dedicated command that notifies the voice lamp control device 113 of the value of each counter acquired in conjunction with a start-up winning, or a command that sends other information such as a fluctuation pattern command or a stop symbol command by voice. The command for notifying the lamp control device 113 may include the values of each counter acquired in conjunction with the winning start. As another command, when notifying the audio lamp control device 113 of the value of each counter acquired with the start winning, the value of each counter to be notified is specified in the fluctuating performance corresponding to which number of holds. Information indicating whether this is the case may also be included. As a result, the voice lamp control device 113 stores each of the hold information included in the command in any of the first to fourth hold information areas corresponding to the hold count, based on the information regarding the hold count included in the command. Counter values can be stored.

In the above embodiment, winnings to the special figure 1 winning hole 77 and special figure 2 winning hole 78, and passing through the normal symbol gate 76 are configured to be suspended up to four times each, but the maximum number of reserved balls is The number is not limited to four, and may be set to three or less, or five or more (for example, eight). In addition, the number of reserved balls for the variable performance based on winnings in the special drawing 1 winning hole 77 or the special drawing 2 winning hole 78 is displayed numerically or divided into four in a part of the third symbol display device 81. The area may be displayed in a different manner (for example, color or lighting pattern) for the number of reserved balls, and a light-emitting member such as a lamp is provided separately from the special symbol display device 37, and the light-emitting member It may be configured to notify the number of pitches.

Further, as shown in the above embodiment, the variable display that is the variable display of the third symbol is not limited to scrolling the symbol as identification information in the vertical direction on the display screen of the third symbol display device 81, The display may be performed by moving the symbols horizontally or along a predetermined path such as an L-shape. In addition, the variable display of a symbol is not limited to a variable display of a symbol; for example, a display in which one or more characters are displayed in a wide variety of motions or changes together with the symbol or separately from the symbol. This also includes display. In this case, one or more characters are used as the third symbol.

In each of the above embodiments, when executing a variation effect, a case has been described in which a high-speed variation is displayed in which all symbol rows Z1 to Z3 are scrolled at a high speed to such an extent that the player cannot see them. Instead, all symbol rows Z1 to Z3 may be displayed in a reduced size to the extent that they are not visible, or all symbol rows Z1 to Z3 may be displayed as snow noise-like images in which a large number of white dots are randomly displayed. Good too.

The present invention may be implemented in a pachinko machine or the like of a different type from the above embodiment. For example, there are pachinko machines (commonly known as 2-hit and 3-hit machines) that increase the expected jackpot value until you hit the jackpot once and hit the jackpot multiple times (for example, 2 or 3 times). It may also be implemented as Furthermore, after a jackpot symbol is displayed, the pachinko machine may be implemented as a pachinko machine that generates a special game that provides a predetermined game value to the player, with the necessary condition of landing a ball in a predetermined area. Furthermore, the present invention may be implemented in a pachinko machine that has a winning device having a special area such as a V zone, and enters a special gaming state with the requirement that a ball be won in the special area. Furthermore, in addition to the pachinko machine, the present invention may be implemented as various gaming machines such as arepachi, mahjong ball, slot machine, and a so-called gaming machine that is a combination of a pachinko machine and a slot machine.

Note that the slot machine is a well-known slot machine in which, for example, the symbols are changed by operating a control lever after inserting a coin and determining the symbol active line, and the symbols are stopped and fixed by operating a stop button. It is something. Therefore, the basic concept of a slot machine is that it is equipped with a display device that variably displays an identification information string consisting of a plurality of pieces of identification information, and then definitively displays the identification information. The changing display of the identification information is started, and the changing display of the identification information is stopped due to the operation of a stop operation means (for example, a stop button) or after a predetermined period of time has elapsed, and the display is confirmed. A slot machine that generates a special game that gives a predetermined gaming value to the player, with the necessary condition that the combination of identification information at the time is a specific one, and in this case, the gaming medium is typically coins, medals, etc. Examples include:

Further, as a specific example of a gaming machine that is a combination of a pachinko machine and a slot machine, it is equipped with a display device that displays a symbol row consisting of a plurality of symbols in a variable manner, and then displays the symbol in a fixed manner, and is equipped with a handle for launching a ball. Here are some things that are not. In this case, after a predetermined amount of balls are thrown in based on a predetermined operation (button operation), the pattern starts to fluctuate due to, for example, the operation of the operating lever, and the fluctuation of the symbol starts due to, for example, the operation of the stop button, or As time passes, the fluctuation of the symbols is stopped, and a special game is generated in which the player is given a predetermined gaming value with the necessary condition that the determined symbol at the time of the stop is a so-called jackpot symbol. In this case, a large number of balls are paid out into the lower tray. If such a gaming machine is used instead of a slot machine, only balls can be treated as the gaming value in the gaming hall, which reduces the gaming value seen in current gaming halls where pachinko machines and slot machines coexist. Problems such as the burden on equipment due to separate handling of medals and balls and restrictions on where gaming machines can be installed can be resolved.

Below, concepts of various inventions included in the above-described embodiments in addition to the gaming machine of the present invention will be shown.
<Group A: Changing the entry pattern for each game state>
Traditionally, gaming machines such as pachinko machines have been used to shoot game media such as balls toward a gaming area provided on a gaming board, and then insert the gaming media into one of multiple ball entrances provided in the gaming area. There is a system in which a lottery is conducted based on the entry of a ball, and when a player wins in the lottery, a predetermined gaming value is awarded to the player (for example, Patent Document 1 (Unexamined Japanese Patent Publication No. 2012-231902)).

However, in the above-mentioned gaming machine, the winnings to the plurality of ball openings are fixed depending on the gaming situation, making the game monotonous, and there is still room for improvement in this respect.

The inventions of group A were made in view of the circumstances exemplified above, and their purpose is to provide a gaming machine that can improve the interest of gaming.

A firing means for firing a game ball (for example, ball firing unit 112a),
A first ball entry means (for example, special drawing 1 first prize opening 77a or special drawing 1 second prize opening 77b) into which the game ball fired by the firing means can enter;
a first information acquisition means (for example, a first holding ball storage area 203d) that acquires first information based on the game ball entering the first ball entrance means;
a second ball entry means (for example, special figure 2 prize opening 78) into which the game ball fired by the launch means is different from the first ball entry means;
a second information acquisition means (for example, second holding ball storage area 203e) that acquires second information based on the game ball entering the second ball entrance means;
determination means for determining the first information acquired by the first information acquisition means or the second information acquired by the second information acquisition means (for example, S324 of the fluctuation start process (S310));
A gaming machine comprising a gaming value granting means (for example, a central grand prize opening 65a or a right side grand prize opening 67a) that grants a predetermined gaming value to a player based on a determination result by the determining means,
a gaming state setting means (for example, jackpot processing (S103)) capable of setting a gaming state after the gaming value is given by the gaming value giving means;
A movable means (for example, a retractable plate 79b) that changes the downward direction of the game ball ejected from the ejecting means;
A driving means (for example, solenoid 209 (protrusion/retraction plate solenoid)) for driving the movable means;
By changing the driving mode of the movable means by the driving means based on the gaming state set by the gaming state setting means, the first entry point into which the game ball fired from the firing means can enter. Ball entering pattern changing means (for example, alternate distribution unit 71) for changing the ball entering pattern of the ball means or the second ball entering means;
A gaming machine A0 characterized by comprising:

According to the game machine A0, the game ball is fired by the firing means, and the game ball fired by the firing means is configured to be able to enter the first ball entering means, and the game ball is configured to enter the first ball entering means. First information is acquired by the first information acquisition means based on the ball being hit. Further, the game ball fired by the firing means is configured to be able to enter a second ball entering means different from the first ball entering means, and based on the game ball entering the second ball entering means, the second ball entering means is The second information is acquired by the second information acquisition means. Then, the determining means determines the first information acquired by the first information acquiring means or the second information acquired by the second information acquiring means, and based on the determination result by the determining means, the gaming value imparting means A predetermined gaming value is awarded to the player. Here, the gaming state setting means is configured to be able to set the gaming state after the gaming value is given by the gaming value giving means. Further, the downward direction of the game ball fired from the firing means is changed by the movable means, and the movable means is driven by the driving means. Then, the ball entry pattern changing means changes the driving mode of the movable means by the driving means based on the game state set by the game state setting means, so that the game ball fired from the firing means can enter the ball. The ball entering pattern of the first ball entering means or the second ball entering means is changed. As a result, variations in the game can be achieved by changing the drive mode of the movable means according to the game state and changing the ball entry pattern of the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means into which the game ball can enter. It has the effect of enriching it and increasing interest.

Note that "first information" and "second information" are information in which the information in a predetermined part to be acquired is the same, but the information in parts other than the predetermined part is different, or the information to be acquired is different. They are completely different and included. Specifically, for example, when acquiring A information (for example, jackpot random number information), B information (for example, jackpot type information), and C information (for example, special drawing 1 winning slot winning information) as the first information, , a case where A information, B information, and D information (for example, special drawing 2 winning information) is acquired as the second information is included. Further, for example, when A information, B information, and C information are acquired as the first information, a case is included in which E information, F information, and G information are acquired as the second information.

In addition, "the ball entry pattern of the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means in which the game ball can enter" refers to, for example, the entry pattern in which the ball can enter only the first ball entry means, or the ball entry pattern in which the ball enters the second ball entry means. A ball entering pattern that allows the ball to enter only the ball entering means, a ball entering pattern that allows the ball to enter both the first ball entering means and the second ball entering means, or a ball entering pattern that allows the ball to enter the first ball entering means and the second ball entering means. Examples include entry patterns in which the balls may enter alternately.

In gaming machine A0,
A third ball entrance means (for example, the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a or the right side ordinary symbol gate 76b) into which the game ball fired by the firing means can enter;
a third information acquisition means (for example, a regular ball holding ball storage area 203h) that acquires third information based on the game ball entering the third ball entrance means;
a third determination means (for example, a random number table per normal figure 202f) for determining the third information acquired by the third information acquisition means;
The driving means includes:
Driving the movable means based on the determination result of the third determination means,
The movable means is
a first ball entering state in which the game ball can enter the first ball entering means by being driven in a first driving mode by the driving means;
By being driven by the driving means in a second driving mode different from the first driving mode, it is difficult (impossible) for the game ball to enter the first ball entering means, while the second ball entering means and a second ball entering state where the game ball is guided to the second ball entry state.
The ball entry pattern changing means is
A second ball entry possible period changing means for changing the period of the second ball entry possible state based on the game state set by the game state setting means (for example, S704 of the normal electric role control process (S104)) A gaming machine A1 is characterized in that it is equipped with the following.

According to gaming machine A1, in addition to the effects provided by gaming machine A0, the following effects are achieved. That is, the game ball fired by the firing means is configured to be able to enter the third ball entering means, and the third information acquisition means acquires the third information based on the game ball entering the third ball entering means. is obtained. Then, the third information acquired by the third information acquisition means is determined by the third determination means. Furthermore, the movable means is driven by the driving means based on the determination result of the third determining means. Here, the movable means is driven in the first driving mode by the driving means, so that the game ball can enter the first ball entering means, and the movable means is driven in the first driving mode by the driving means. By being driven in a second driving mode different from the second ball entering means, it is possible to make it difficult (impossible) for the game ball to enter the first ball entering means, while making it possible to make a second ball entry that guides the game ball to the second ball entering means. It is configured to be able to be displaced into a state and a state. Then, the second ball entry possible period changing means provided in the ball entry pattern changing means changes the period of the second ball entry possible state based on the gaming state set by the gaming state setting means. As a result, the driving mode of the movable means is changed according to the gaming state, for example, by lengthening the period of the second ball entry possible state, the period of the first ball entry possible state is shortened, or the second ball entry possible state is shortened, or the second ball entry possible state is shortened. By shortening the period of the state and lengthening the period of the first ball entry possible state, and by varying the entry pattern of the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means into which the game ball can enter, the game This has the effect of increasing interest by providing a rich variety of options.

In gaming machine A1,
The pitching pattern changing means includes:
A gaming machine A2 comprising: a first ball entry possible period changing means for changing the period of the first ball entry possible state based on the gaming state set by the gaming state setting means.

According to gaming machine A2, in addition to the effects provided by gaming machine A1, the following effects are achieved. That is, the period of the first ball entry possible state is changed by the first ball entry possible period changing means provided in the ball entry pattern changing means, based on the gaming state set by the gaming state setting means. As a result, the driving mode of the movable means is changed according to the gaming state, for example, by lengthening the period of the first ball entry possible state and shortening the period of the second ball entry possible state, or by shortening the period of the second ball entry possible state, or by increasing the period of the first ball entry possible state, By shortening the period of the state and lengthening the period of the second ball entry possible state, and by changing the entry pattern of the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means into which the game ball can enter, the game can be played. This has the effect of increasing interest by providing a rich variety of options.

In gaming machine A1 or A2,
Variable display execution means (for example, ordinary symbol display) that executes variable display of identification information (for example, variable display of ordinary symbols) on the display means (for example, ordinary symbol display device 83) based on the determination result of the third determination means. variation processing (S111)),
A variable time changing means (for example, a normal figure variable time table 202g) for changing the execution time of the variable display by the variable display executing means based on the gaming state set by the gaming state setting means,
The second ball entry allowed period changing means includes:
Timing changing means (for example, A gaming machine A3 characterized in that it is provided with S407) of the normal figure variation process (S111).

According to gaming machine A3, in addition to the effects provided by gaming machine A1 or A2, the following effects are achieved. That is, based on the determination result by the third determining means, the variable display execution means executes variable display of the identification information on the display means, and the variable time changing means executes the variable display of the identification information on the display means based on the gaming state set by the gaming state setting means. , the execution time of the variable display by the variable display execution means is changed. Then, by changing the execution time of the variable display by the timing changing means provided in the second ball entering possible period changing means, the movable means changes from the first ball entering possible state to the second ball entering possible state. The timing at which the state changes is changed. As a result, the execution time of the variable display is changed according to the game state, and the timing at which the second ball enters the possible state is changed, and the timing of the first ball entering means or the second ball entering means in which the game ball can enter is changed. By varying the ball entry patterns, it is possible to increase the variety of games and increase the interest.

In gaming machine A3,
The first ball entry allowed period changing means includes:
a second timing change means for changing the timing at which the movable means is displaced from the second ball entering possible state to the first ball entering possible state by changing the execution time of the variable display by the variable time changing means; A gaming machine A4 characterized by comprising:

According to the gaming machine A4, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine A3, the following effects are achieved. That is, by changing the execution time of the variable display by the variable time changing means by the second timing changing means provided in the first ball entering possible period changing means, the movable means changes from the second ball entering possible state to the first ball entering possible state. The timing of the transition to the ballable state has been changed. As a result, the execution time of the variable display is changed according to the game state, and the timing at which the first ball enters the possible state is changed, so that the first ball entering means or the second ball entering means in which the game ball can enter is changed. By varying the ball entry patterns, it is possible to increase the variety of games and increase the interest.

In any of gaming machines A1 to A4,
The movable means is
When the second ball entering state is reached, the first ball entering means is blocked by the movable means, and the closing rolling means (e.g., in the protruding state) allows the game ball to roll on the upper surface of the movable means. ),
A game machine A5 characterized in that the second ball entry means is provided on the downstream side where the game ball rolled on the upper surface of the movable means by the closing rolling means flows down.

According to gaming machine A5, in addition to the effects provided by gaming machines A1 to A4, the following effects are achieved. That is, when the movable means is in the state where the second ball can be entered by the closing rolling means provided in the movable means, the game ball is placed on the upper surface of the movable means while blocking the first ball entering means with the movable means. Constructed to be able to roll. A second ball entry means is provided on the downstream side where the game ball rolled on the upper surface of the movable means by the closing rolling means flows down. As a result, when the movable means enters the second ball entering state, the movable means blocks the first ball entering means to prevent the game ball from entering the first ball entering means, and the upper surface of the movable means is closed. The game ball rolls and enters the second ball entering means provided on the downstream side. As a result, by varying the entry patterns of the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means through which game balls may enter, it is possible to enrich the variation of the game and improve interest. .

In gaming machine A5,
The first ball entry means includes:
A predetermined first ball entry means (for example, special map 1 first prize opening 77a),
A specific first ball entry means different from the predetermined first ball entry means (for example, special map 1 second prize opening 77b),
The ball entry pattern changing means is
Sorting means (for example, sorting device 73) that sequentially distributes the downward direction of the game balls fired by the firing means into at least two directions;
a first path (for example, the left path 74) through which the game balls distributed by the distribution means pass;
A second route (for example, the right route 75) through which game balls distributed by the distribution means pass next to the game balls distributed to the first route,
providing the predetermined first ball entry means on the downstream side of the first path;
providing the specific first ball entry means on the downstream side of the second path;
A gaming machine A6 characterized in that the movable means is provided downstream of the second path and upstream of the specific first ball entry means.

According to the gaming machine A6, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine A5, the following effects are achieved. That is, the first ball entering means is provided with a predetermined first ball entering means and a specific first ball entering means different from the predetermined first ball entering means. Here, the distributing means provided in the entering ball pattern changing means sequentially distributes the downward direction of the game balls fired by the ejecting means into at least two directions, and the game balls distributed by the distributing means are distributed into the first direction. After the game balls distributed to the first route, the game balls distributed by the distribution means pass through the second route. Further, a predetermined first ball entering means is provided on the downstream side of the first path, and a specific first ball entering means is provided on the downstream side of the second path. A movable means is provided on the downstream side of the second path and upstream of the specific first ball entry means. As a result, the movable means provided upstream of the specific first ball entering means allows the game ball to enter the specific first ball entering means without the closing rolling means functioning (i.e., the first A state in which the ball can enter the specified first ball entering means), or a state in which the rolling means at the time of occlusion functions and it is difficult for the game ball to enter the specific first ball entering means, but a state in which the game ball can enter the second ball entering means ( That is, it is possible to generate a second ball entry possible state). Therefore, for example, in a predetermined gaming state, the distributing means sequentially distributes game balls to the predetermined first ball entering means and the specific first ball entering means, while in other gaming states, the distributing means distributes the game balls to the predetermined first ball entering means. Game balls can be sequentially distributed to the first ball entering means and the second ball entering means. As a result, by varying the ball entry patterns of the predetermined first ball entry means, specific first ball entry means, or second ball entry means through which the game ball may enter, the variety of games is enriched and the interest is improved. The effect is that you can.

In gaming machine A6,
A gaming machine A7 characterized in that a portion of the second path is provided with the third ball entry means (for example, the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a) through which the game ball can pass.

According to the gaming machine A7, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine A6, the following effects are achieved. That is, a third ball entry means through which the game ball can pass is provided in a portion of the second path. That is, the game ball guided to the second route is configured to always enter the third ball entry means. Thereby, after the game ball guided to the second path enters the third ball entering means, it is driven based on the determination result of the third determining means based on the passage of the game ball to the third ball entering means. Depending on the movable means, whether the ball enters the specific first ball entry means or the second ball entry means is configured to be different. Therefore, for example, by changing the conditions for driving the movable means (winning probability, variable display time, or drive time), the specific first ball entering means or the first ball entering means into which the game ball flowing down the second path can enter can be changed. The ball entering patterns of the two ball entering means can be made different, which has the effect of increasing the variety of games and increasing the interest.

In gaming machine A7,
The second route is
It is configured such that a predetermined time (for example, "1.9 seconds") is required from when a game ball enters the third ball entering means until the game ball reaches a position where the movable means is disposed. ,
The variable display execution means includes:
The variable execution time is at least one of a first execution time longer than the predetermined time (for example, "3 seconds") and a second execution time shorter than the predetermined time (for example, "0.5 seconds"). display is possible and
The gaming state setting means includes:
a predetermined first gaming state (for example, “normal gaming state”);
a second gaming state that is different from the first gaming state (for example, a “latency probability variation state”);
configured to be able to set any one of the first gaming state and a third gaming state (for example, a "probability fluctuation state") different from the second gaming state,
The pitching pattern changing means includes:
a first ball entry pattern means that performs the variable display in the first execution time in the first game state (for example, performs the variable display in "3 seconds");
a second ball entry pattern means that performs the variable display at the second execution time in the second game state (for example, performs the variable display at "0.5 seconds");
A game characterized by comprising: third ball entry pattern means (for example, executing the variable display in "0.5 seconds") for performing the variable display in the second execution time in the third game state. Machine A8.

According to gaming machine A8, in addition to the effects provided by gaming machine A7, the following effects are achieved. That is, the second path is configured such that a predetermined time is required from when the game ball enters the third ball entering means until the game ball reaches the position where the movable means is disposed. Further, the first time execution means provided in the variable display execution means performs the variable display for a first execution time longer than a predetermined time, and the second time execution means also provided in the variable display execution means performs the variable display for a predetermined time. Variable display is performed in a shorter second execution time. Here, the gaming state setting means selects one of a predetermined first gaming state, a second gaming state different from the first gaming state, and a third gaming state different from the first gaming state and the second gaming state. The gaming state of the game is configured to be settable. Then, the first ball entering pattern means provided in the ball entering pattern changing means performs variable display in the first time execution in the first game state, and the second ball entering pattern means also provided in the ball entering pattern changing means. The variable display is performed in the second time execution in the second game state by the means, and the variable display is performed in the second time execution in the third game state by the third ball entry pattern means, which is also provided in the ball entry pattern changing means. It will be done. As a result, the execution time of the variable display is changed according to the game state, and the timing at which the second ball enters the possible state is changed, and the timing of the first ball entering means or the second ball entering means in which the game ball can enter is changed. By varying the ball entry patterns, it is possible to increase the variety of games and increase the interest.

In gaming machine A8,
The firing means is
a first firing mode means for firing a game ball in a predetermined first firing mode (for example, control regarding a left-handed game);
a second firing mode means for firing a game ball in a second firing mode different from the first firing mode by the first firing mode means (for example, control regarding a right-handed game);
In the first gaming state and the second gaming state, a game regulating means for regulating the game in the second firing mode (for example, in the "normal gaming state" and the "latency probability variation state", the alarm sound is not heard in the left-handed game). output, alarm sound output in right-handed games),
In the third game state, a game non-restriction means that does not restrict the game according to the second firing mode (for example, in the "probability fluctuation state", an alarm sound is not output for both left-handed games and right-handed games). A gaming machine A9 characterized by the following.

According to the gaming machine A9, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine A8, the following effects are achieved. That is, the first firing mode means provided on the firing means fires the game ball in a predetermined first firing manner, and the second firing mode means also provided on the firing means fires the game ball in the first firing manner of the first firing manner means. The game ball is fired in a second firing manner that is different from the firing manner. The game regulating means regulates the game in the second firing mode in the first gaming state and the second gaming state, and the game non-regulating means is configured so that the game in the second firing mode is not regulated in the third gaming state. be done. As a result, the launching mode of the game ball is set for each gaming state, and the first ball entering means, second ball entering means, movable means, etc. are arranged according to the setting, and the game ball enters for each gaming state. This has the effect that it is possible to realize a game in which the ball entering patterns of the first ball entering means or the second ball entering means can be made different.

Furthermore, "restricting games" refers to stopping controls related to games, outputting notification information such as alarm sounds, or stopping only some functions related to gaming machines (e.g., launch control). A case is exemplified. On the other hand, "not regulating gaming" means not stopping gaming-related controls, not outputting notification information such as alarm sounds, or all functions including some gaming-related functions (e.g., firing control). An example is a case where the function is not stopped.

In gaming machine A9,
The third ball entry means is
a predetermined third ball entrance means (for example, the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a) into which the game ball fired in the first firing mode by the first firing mode means can enter;
A specific third ball entrance means (for example, right side normal symbol gate 76b) into which the game ball fired in the second firing mode by the second firing mode means can enter,
It is configured such that a second predetermined time (for example, "1 second") is required from when the game ball enters the specific third ball entering means until it reaches the arrangement position of the movable means,
the first execution time is longer than the second predetermined time;
The gaming machine A10 is characterized in that the second execution time is shorter than the second predetermined time.

According to the gaming machine A10, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine A9, the following effects are achieved. That is, a predetermined third ball entering means allows the game ball launched in the first firing mode by the first firing mode means to enter the third ball entering means, and the game ball is fired in the second firing mode by the second firing mode means. A specific third ball entry means is provided into which a game ball that has been played can enter. Further, it is configured such that a second predetermined time is required from when the game ball enters the specific third ball entry means until it reaches the position where the movable means is disposed. As the execution time of the variable display, the first execution time is set longer than the second predetermined time, and the second execution time is set shorter than the second predetermined time. As a result, it is possible to change whether or not the game ball that enters the specific third ball entering means has finished the variable display by the time it reaches the arrangement position of the movable means depending on the gaming state, and the variable display can be changed depending on the game state. It becomes possible to change whether or not to put the movable means into the driving state based on the execution result of the display. As a result, by varying whether or not the game ball that has entered the specific third ball entry means can enter the second ball entry means by the movable means depending on the game state, a rich variety of games can be enjoyed. This has the effect of increasing interest.

In any of gaming machines A8 to A10,
The driving means includes:
a first drive pattern means for driving the movable means to enter the second ball entering state for a predetermined first drive time (for example, "2 seconds");
a second drive pattern means for driving the movable means so that the second ball enters the state during a second drive time (for example, "5 seconds") longer than the first drive time;
The first ball entry pattern means and the second ball entry pattern means drive the movable means by the first drive pattern means,
A game machine A11 characterized in that the third ball entry pattern means drives the movable means by the second drive pattern means.

According to gaming machine A11, in addition to the effects provided by gaming machines A8 to A10, the following effects are achieved. That is, the movable means is driven by the first drive pattern means provided on the drive means for a predetermined first drive time so that the second ball can enter the state, and the second drive pattern means also provided on the drive means The movable means is driven by the pattern means during a second drive time that is longer than the first drive time so as to be in the second ball entering state. The movable means is driven by the first driving pattern means by the first ball entering pattern means and the second ball entering pattern means, and the movable means is driven by the second driving pattern by the third ball entering pattern means. As a result, in the first game state or the second game state, the movable means is driven during the first drive time to enter the second ball entering state, while in the third game state, the movable means is driven during the first drive time, and the second ball enters the state. During a second driving time period, which is longer than the first driving time period of the movable means in the gaming state, the movable means can be driven to maintain the second ball entering state. Therefore, in the third game state, a state in which the game ball easily enters the second ball entering means is generated, and the state of whether or not the game ball easily enters the second ball entering means is made different for each gaming state. This has the effect of increasing the variety of games and increasing interest.

In the gaming machine A11,
The gaming machine A12 is characterized in that the second drive time is longer than the total time of the second execution time and the second predetermined time.

According to the gaming machine A12, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine A11, the following effects are achieved. That is, the second driving time is configured to be longer than the total time of the second execution time and the second predetermined time. Thereby, in the third game state, the movable means can be driven during the second drive time to maintain the second ball entry possible state. Therefore, in the first game state or the second game state, the movable means is driven during the first drive time to enter the second ball entry possible state, while in the third game state, the game ball is not allowed to enter the second ball entry means. By creating a state in which it is easy for the ball to enter the ball, and by varying the state of whether or not it is easy for the game ball to enter the second ball entry means for each game state, it is possible to enrich the variation of the game and improve the interest. , there is an effect.

In the gaming machine A11 or A12,
The rolling means when closed is
configured to require a third predetermined time (for example, "2.5 seconds") to roll from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means,
The gaming machine is
Upstream guide means for guiding the game ball that has entered the specific third ball entering means to the upstream side of the movable means (for example, the right end of the normal symbol gate 76b of the normal electric unit 79 and the right end of the appearance plate 79b) ), comprising:
The first driving time is shorter than the third predetermined time (or the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time),
The gaming machine A13 is characterized in that the second drive time is longer than the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time.

According to the gaming machine A13, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine A11 or A12, the following effects are achieved. That is, it is configured such that the third predetermined period of time is required for the closing rolling means to roll from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means. Further, the game ball that has entered the specific third ball entering means is guided to the upstream side of the movable means by the upstream guide means provided in the gaming machine. The first driving time is shorter than the third predetermined time (or the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time), and the second driving time is the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time. It is set to be longer. As a result, when the movable means is driven for the first driving time, the movable means can be changed from the second ball entering state to the first ball entering state before the game ball has completely rolled from the upstream side to the downstream side of the moving means. Drive to state. On the other hand, when the movable means is driven by the second driving means, the game ball that has entered the specific third ball entering means is guided to the upstream side of the movable means, and then from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means. While rolling, the second ball entering state of the movable means is maintained. Therefore, when the movable means is driven for the second driving time, the game ball that has entered the specific third ball entering means can be caused to enter the second ball entering means. As a result, by varying whether or not the game ball that has entered the specific third ball entry means can enter the second ball entry means by the movable means depending on the game state, a rich variety of games can be enjoyed. This has the effect of increasing interest.

In the gaming machine A13,
The firing means is
The game ball can be fired at intervals of the fourth predetermined time (for example, "0.6 seconds"),
The gaming machine A14 is characterized in that the second drive time is longer than the total time of the second predetermined time, the third predetermined time, and the fourth predetermined time.

According to the gaming machine A14, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine A13, the following effects are achieved. That is, the firing means is configured to be able to fire the game ball at a fourth predetermined interval, and the second drive time is set to be longer than the total time of the second predetermined time, the third predetermined time, and the fourth predetermined time. ing. Thereby, depending on the game state, whether or not a plurality of game balls that have successively entered the specific third ball entry means can be continuously entered into the second ball entry means by the movable means can be varied. This has the effect of increasing the variety of games and increasing interest.

In any of gaming machines A5 to A14,
A gaming machine A15 characterized in that it includes a delaying means (for example, a deceleration section 79c) that delays the falling speed of the game balls rolled by the rolling means at the time of closure.

According to gaming machine A15, in addition to the effects provided by gaming machines A5 to A14, the following effects are achieved. That is, the falling speed of the game balls rolling by the rolling means at the time of closure is delayed by the delay means. This makes it possible to equalize (constantly) and lengthen the time during which the game ball stays on the upper surface of the rolling means at the time of closure. Therefore, by increasing the residence time on the rolling means at the time of blockage compared to the case where there is no delay means, in order to realize the gameplay of the present invention, the second entry possible state of the movable means is made possible in each game state. This makes it easier to design game specifications such as adjustments. Furthermore, the more the delay means delays the falling speed of the game balls, the shorter the overall length of the rolling means at the time of closure can be, and the more compact the movable means can be.

In any of gaming machines A10 to A15,
In the first game state or the second game state, when a game ball enters the specific third ball entering means, the game ball includes a notification means (for example, an alarm sound) that makes a predetermined notification. Gaming machine A16.

According to gaming machine A16, in addition to the effects provided by gaming machines A10 to A15, the following effects are achieved. That is, in the first game state or the second game state, when a game ball enters the specific third ball entering means, a predetermined notification is performed by the notification means. As a result, the game with a firing mode different from the firing mode set for each gaming state is regulated, and the ball entering pattern of the first ball entering means or the second ball entering means set for each gaming state is made different. This has the effect of reliably realizing the gameplay.

<Group B: Change the entry pattern depending on the placement of the winning hole and the firing mode of the ball>
Conventionally, gaming machines such as pachinko machines have been used to shoot game media such as balls toward a gaming area provided on a gaming board, and then insert the gaming media into one of a plurality of ball entrances provided in the gaming area. There is a system in which a lottery is conducted based on the entry of balls, and when a player wins in the lottery, a predetermined gaming value is awarded to the player (for example, Patent Document 1 (Unexamined Japanese Patent Publication No. 2012-231902).

However, in the above-mentioned gaming machine, the winnings to the plurality of ball openings are fixed depending on the gaming situation, making the game monotonous, and there is still room for improvement in this respect.

The inventions in group B were made in view of the circumstances exemplified above, and their purpose is to provide a gaming machine that can improve the interest of gaming.

A first firing mode (for example, a left-handed game) in which a game ball is fired toward at least a first area of the game area (for example, the left side of the game board 13 of the third symbol display device 81 when viewed from the front); A firing means capable of firing a game ball in a second firing mode (for example, a right-handed game) for firing a game ball toward a different second area (for example, the right side of the game board 13 of the third symbol display device 81 when viewed from the front) (for example, the ball firing unit 112a),
A first ball entry means that is arranged in the first area of the game area and into which the game ball fired by the shooting means can enter (for example, the special drawing 1 first winning opening 77a or the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77a). mouth 77b) and
a second ball entry means (for example, special figure 2 prize opening 78) that is arranged in the first area of the game area and into which the game ball fired by the shooting means can enter;
A movable means (for example, a retractable plate 79b) that changes the downward direction of the game ball ejected from the ejecting means;
A third ball entrance means (for example, the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a or the right side ordinary symbol gate 76b) into which the game ball fired by the firing means can enter;
a lottery means (for example, a random number counter C4 per normal figure) that performs a lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the third ball entry means;
A driving means (for example, a solenoid 209 (a solenoid for a retractable plate)) that drives the movable means based on the lottery result of the lottery means,
The movable means is
When driven by the drive means, the game ball guide means guides the game ball launched into the second area to the first area (for example, control regarding the configuration of the upper surface of the reappearance board 79b and the variable display of normal symbols) ), A gaming machine B0 is characterized by comprising:

According to the gaming machine B0, the firing means has a first firing mode in which the game ball is fired toward at least a first area of the gaming area, and a second firing mode in which the game ball is fired toward a second aspect different from the first area. The game ball is configured to be able to be fired in a firing mode, and a first ball entry means is disposed in a first region of the game area into which a game ball fired by the firing means can enter, and also in the first area of the game area. A second ball entering means is arranged into which the game ball fired by the firing means can enter. Furthermore, the movable means changes the flowing direction of the game ball fired by the firing means. Here, the game ball ejected by the ejection means is configured to be able to enter the third ball entry means, and a lottery is conducted by the lottery means based on the entry of the game ball into the third ball entry means. The movable means is driven by the driving means based on the lottery result of the lottery means. When the movable means is driven by the driving means, the game ball launched into the second region is guided to the first region by the game ball guide means provided on the movable means. Thereby, by driving the movable means, the game ball launched towards the second area can be guided to the first area, and depending on whether or not the movable means is driven, the game ball can be guided to the first area. Whether or not the game ball enters the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means can be varied. Therefore, by varying the entry pattern of the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means through which the game ball enters depending on each launch mode, it is possible to enrich the variation of the game and improve the interest. effective.

Note that "the ball entry pattern of the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means in which the game ball can enter" refers to, for example, the entry pattern in which the ball can enter only the first ball entry means, or the ball entry pattern in the second ball entry means. A ball entering pattern that allows the ball to enter only the ball entering means, a ball entering pattern that allows the ball to enter both the first ball entering means and the second ball entering means, or a ball entering pattern that allows the ball to enter the first ball entering means and the second ball entering means. Examples include entry patterns in which the balls may enter alternately.

In gaming machine B0,
The game ball guiding means is
When guiding a game ball launched into the second area to the first area, first ball entry difficulty means (for example, making it difficult (impossible) for the game ball to enter the first ball entry means) , in the appearance board 79b, a part corresponding to the upper part of the special drawing 1 second prize opening 77b),
A second ball entry guide means for guiding the game ball to the second ball entry means (for example, a part on the left end side from a part corresponding to the upper part of the special drawing 1 second prize opening 77b in the appearance board 79b). A gaming machine B1 is characterized in that:

According to gaming machine B1, in addition to the effects provided by gaming machine B0, the following effects are achieved. That is, when a game ball launched into the second area is guided to the first area by the first ball entry difficult means provided in the game ball guide means, it is difficult for the game ball to enter the first ball entry means. This is considered difficult (impossible), and the game ball is guided to the second ball entry means by the second ball entry guide means, which is also provided in the game ball guide means. Thereby, when guiding a game ball launched into the second area to the first area, the game ball can be guided to the second ball entering means while preventing the game ball from entering the first ball entering means. I can do it. Therefore, by varying the entry pattern of the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means into which the game ball can enter depending on each launch mode, it is possible to enrich the variation of the game and improve the interest. effective.

In gaming machine B1,
The first ball entry means includes:
A predetermined first ball entry means (for example, special drawing 1 first prize opening 77a) disposed in the first area;
a specific first ball entry means (for example, special figure 1 second prize opening 77b) disposed closer to the second region than the predetermined first ball entry means in the first region;
the second ball entering means is arranged between the specific first ball entering means and the predetermined first ball entering means;
A game machine B2 characterized in that the second ball entry guide means is provided closer to the second ball entry means than the first ball entry difficult means.

According to gaming machine B2, in addition to the effects provided by gaming machine B1, the following effects are achieved. That is, the first ball entering means includes a predetermined first ball entering means disposed in the first region and a specific first ball entering means disposed closer to the second region than the predetermined first ball entering means in the first region. It is provided. Here, the second ball entering means is arranged between the specific first ball entering means and the predetermined first ball entering means, and the second ball entering means is located closer to the second ball entering means than the first ball entering difficult means. provided. As a result, when guiding a game ball launched into the second area to the first area, the game ball is prevented from entering the specific first ball entering means provided on the second area side, and the second ball is guided to the second area. A game ball can be guided to the ball means. Therefore, by varying the entry pattern of the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means into which the game ball can enter depending on each launch mode, it is possible to enrich the variation of the game and improve the interest. effective.

In gaming machine B2,
The game ball guiding means is
Common guide means for guiding the game ball from the upstream side of the game ball guide means in the direction in which the specific first ball entering means and the second ball entering means are arranged (for example, on the appearance board 79b, the special figure 1 second winning a portion on the right end side from a portion corresponding to the upper part of the mouth 77b),
The gaming machine B3 is characterized in that the second ball entry guide means is longer than the common guide means.

According to gaming machine B3, in addition to the effects provided by gaming machine B2, the following effects are achieved. That is, the common guide means provided in the game ball guide means guides the game ball from the upstream side of the game ball guide means in the direction in which the specific first ball entering means and the second ball entering means are arranged. The second ball entry guide means is configured to be longer than the common guide means. That is, when guiding a game ball from the second region toward the specific first ball entry means or second ball entry means in the first region, the specific first ball entry means and second ball entry means arranged in the first region The length of the second ball entering means for guiding the game ball to the second ball entering means is made longer than the length of the common guiding means for commonly guiding the game ball to the ball means. By configuring in this way, the arrangement ratio of the second ball entering guide means in the first area increases, and the horizontal overlapping portion of the game ball guide means with respect to the first area increases. As a result, the installation area in the lateral direction of the second ball entering means, the specific first ball entering means, and the game ball guiding means as a whole can be reduced, and there is an effect that the degree of freedom in designing the board surface in the gaming area can be increased.

In any of gaming machines B0 to B3,
A gaming state setting means (for example, jackpot processing (S103)) that can set the gaming state based on the establishment of a predetermined condition (for example, jackpot completion);
The game ball guiding means is
Based on the gaming state set by the gaming state setting means, the driving mode of the movable means by the driving means is changed to guide the game ball launched into the second region to the first region. A game machine B4 characterized in that it is provided with a driving mode changing means (for example, a normal electric combination winning control process (S104)) for changing whether or not.

According to gaming machine B4, in addition to the effects provided by gaming machines B0 to B3, the following effects are achieved. That is, the gaming state setting means is configured to be able to set the gaming state based on the establishment of a predetermined condition. Then, the driving mode changing means provided in the game ball guiding means changes the driving mode of the movable means by the driving means based on the gaming state set by the gaming state setting means, so that the ball is fired into the second area. Whether or not the game ball that has been played is guided to the first area is changed. As a result, the game ball is guided to the first ball entering means or the second ball entering means provided in the first area based on the gaming state, and the game ball enters the first ball entering means or the second ball entering means. By changing whether or not it is possible to hit a ball, variations can be provided to the game, and the game can be made more interesting.

In gaming machine B4,
The drive mode changing means is
A first pattern for driving the movable means for a predetermined first driving time (for example, "2 seconds") in order to guide the game ball launched into the second area to the specific first ball entering means. means and
Driving the movable means for a second driving time (for example, "5 seconds") longer than the first driving time in order to guide the game ball launched into the second area to the second ball entering means. a second pattern means for
A gaming machine B5 comprising: a lottery drive means for driving the movable means by either the first pattern means or the second pattern means based on a lottery result by the lottery means.

According to the gaming machine B5, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine B4, the following effects are achieved. That is, in order to guide the game ball launched into the second area to the specific first ball entry means by the first pattern means provided in the drive mode changing means, the movable means is operated for a predetermined first drive time. Driven. Also, in order to guide the game ball launched into the second area to the second ball entering means by the second pattern means provided in the drive mode changing means, the second driving time is longer than the first driving time. , the movable means are driven. Then, the movable means is driven by the lottery drive means by either the first pattern means or the second pattern means based on the lottery result by the lottery means. As a result, the game effect is created in which the game ball is entered into the specific first ball entry means or the game ball is entered into the second ball entry means, and the interest of the game can be improved. There is.

In gaming machine B4 or B5,
Variable display execution means (for example, ordinary symbol fluctuation processing) that executes variable display of identification information (for example, variable display of ordinary symbols) on the display means (for example, ordinary symbol display device 83) based on the lottery result of the lottery means. (S111)),
The driving means includes:
Driving the movable means when predetermined specific identification information (for example, "○" symbol) appears in the variable display executed by the variable display execution means;
The game ball guiding means is
Variable time changing means (for example, standard figure fluctuation time table 202g) that changes the execution time of the variable display by the variable display execution means based on the gaming state set by the gaming state setting means;
The apparatus further includes a timing changing means (for example, S407 of the general pattern variation process (S111)) for changing the timing at which the movable means is driven by changing the execution time of the variable display by the variable time changing means. A game machine B6 characterized by the following.

According to the gaming machine B6, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine B4 or B5, the following effects are achieved. That is, based on the lottery result by the lottery means, the variable display execution means executes variable display of the identification information on the display means. When predetermined identification information appears in the variable display executed by the variable display execution means, the movable means is driven by the drive means. Here, based on the game state set by the game state setting means, the execution time of the variable display by the variable display execution means is changed by the variable time change means provided in the game ball guide means. Furthermore, the timing at which the movable means is driven is changed by changing the execution time of the variable display using the variable time changing means, which is also provided in the game ball guiding means. As a result, the execution time of the variable display is changed according to the game state, and the drive timing of the movable means is varied, thereby changing the ball entry pattern of the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means in which the game ball can enter. By making the games different, it is possible to increase the variety of games and increase the interest.

In any of gaming machines B1 to B6,
Sorting means (for example, sorting device 73) that sequentially distributes the downward direction of the game balls fired by the firing means into at least two directions;
a first path (for example, the left path 74) through which game balls distributed by the distribution means pass;
A second route (for example, right-hand route 75) through which the game balls distributed by the distribution means pass after the game balls distributed to the first route,
providing the predetermined first ball entry means on the downstream side of the first path;
providing the specific first ball entry means on the downstream side of the second path;
A gaming machine B7 characterized in that the movable means is provided downstream of the second path and upstream of the specific first ball entering means.

According to gaming machine B7, in addition to the effects provided by gaming machines B1 to B6, the following effects are achieved. That is, the distributing means sequentially distributes the downward direction of the game balls fired by the ejecting means into at least two directions, and the game balls distributed by the distributing means pass through the first path, and Next to the game balls distributed to the route, the game balls distributed by the distribution means pass through the second route. Further, a predetermined first ball entering means is provided on the downstream side of the first path, and a specific first ball entering means is provided on the downstream side of the second path. A movable means is provided downstream of the second path and upstream of the specific first ball entry means. As a result, the movable means provided upstream of the specific first ball entering means allows the game ball to enter the specific first ball entering means without the closing rolling means functioning (i.e., the first A state in which the ball can enter the specified first ball entering means), or a state in which the rolling means at the time of occlusion functions and it is difficult for the game ball to enter the specific first ball entering means, but a state in which the game ball can enter the second ball entering means ( That is, it is possible to generate a second ball entry possible state). Therefore, for example, in a predetermined gaming state, the distributing means sequentially distributes game balls to the predetermined first ball entering means and the specific first ball entering means, while in other gaming states, the distributing means distributes the game balls to the predetermined first ball entering means. Game balls can be sequentially distributed to the first ball entering means and the second ball entering means. As a result, by varying the ball entry patterns of the predetermined first ball entry means, specific first ball entry means, or second ball entry means through which the game ball may enter, the variety of games is enriched and the interest is improved. The effect is that you can.

In gaming machine B7,
A gaming machine B8 characterized in that a portion of the second path is provided with the third ball entry means (for example, the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a) through which the game ball can pass.

According to gaming machine B8, in addition to the effects provided by gaming machine B7, the following effects are achieved. That is, a third ball entry means through which the game ball can pass is provided in a part of the second path. That is, the game ball guided to the second route is configured to always enter the third ball entry means. Thereby, after the game ball guided to the second path enters the third ball entering means, it is driven based on the determination result of the third determining means based on the passage of the game ball to the third ball entering means. Depending on the movable means, whether the ball enters the specific first ball entry means or the second ball entry means is configured to be different. Therefore, for example, by changing the conditions for driving the movable means (winning probability, variable display time, or driving time), the specific first ball entering means or the first ball entering means into which the game ball flowing down the second path can enter can be changed. The ball entering patterns of the two ball entering means can be made different, which has the effect of increasing the variety of games and increasing the interest.

In gaming machine B8,
The second route is
The game ball is configured such that a predetermined time (for example, "1.9 seconds") is required after the game ball enters the third ball entry means until the game ball reaches the placement position of the movable means. ,
The variable display execution means includes:
Variable in at least one of a first execution time (e.g., "3 seconds") longer than the predetermined time and a second execution time (e.g., "0.5 seconds") shorter than the predetermined time. display is possible and
The gaming state setting means includes:
a predetermined first gaming state (for example, “normal gaming state”);
a second gaming state that is different from the first gaming state (for example, a “latency probability variation state”);
configured to be able to set any one of the first gaming state and a third gaming state (for example, a "probability fluctuation state") different from the second gaming state,
The ball entry pattern changing means is
a first ball entry pattern means that performs the variable display in the first execution time in the first game state (for example, performs the variable display in "3 seconds");
a second ball entry pattern means that performs the variable display at the second execution time in the second game state (for example, performs the variable display at "0.5 seconds");
A game characterized by comprising: third ball entry pattern means (for example, executing the variable display in "0.5 seconds") for performing the variable display in the second execution time in the third game state. Machine B9.

According to the gaming machine B9, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine B8, the following effects are achieved. That is, the second path is configured such that a predetermined time is required from when the game ball enters the third ball entering means until the game ball reaches the position where the movable means is disposed. Further, the first time execution means provided in the variable display execution means performs the variable display for a first execution time longer than a predetermined time, and the second time execution means also provided in the variable display execution means performs the variable display for a predetermined time. Variable display is performed in a shorter second execution time. Here, the gaming state setting means selects one of a predetermined first gaming state, a second gaming state different from the first gaming state, and a third gaming state different from the first gaming state and the second gaming state. The gaming state of the game is configured to be settable. Then, the first ball entering pattern means provided in the ball entering pattern changing means performs variable display in the first time execution in the first game state, and the second ball entering pattern means also provided in the ball entering pattern changing means. The means performs a variable display in the second time execution in the second game state, and the variable display is performed in the second time execution in the third game state by the third ball entry pattern means also provided in the ball entry pattern changing means. It will be done. As a result, the execution time of the variable display is changed according to the game state, and the timing at which the second ball enters the possible state is changed, and the timing of the first ball entering means or the second ball entering means in which the game ball can enter is changed. By varying the ball entry patterns, it is possible to increase the variety of games and increase the interest.

In gaming machine B9,
The third ball entry means is
a predetermined third ball entry means (for example, an in-unit normal symbol gate 76a) into which a game ball fired in the first firing mode by the firing means can enter;
a specific third ball entrance means (for example, the right side normal symbol gate 76b) into which the game ball fired in the second firing mode by the firing means can enter;
It is configured such that a second predetermined time (for example, "1 second") is required from when the game ball enters the specific third ball entering means until it reaches the arrangement position of the movable means,
the first execution time is longer than the second predetermined time;
The gaming machine B10 is characterized in that the second execution time is shorter than the second predetermined time.

According to the gaming machine B10, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine B9, the following effects are achieved. That is, the third ball entering means has a predetermined third ball entering means into which a game ball fired in the first firing mode by the firing means can enter, and a game ball fired in the second firing mode by the firing means can enter. A specific third ball entering means capable of receiving a ball is provided. Further, it is configured such that a second predetermined time is required from when the game ball enters the specific third ball entry means until it reaches the position where the movable means is disposed. As the execution time of the variable display, the first execution time is set longer than the second predetermined time, and the second execution time is set shorter than the second predetermined time. As a result, it is possible to change whether or not the game ball that enters the specific third ball entering means has finished the variable display by the time it reaches the arrangement position of the movable means depending on the game state, and the variable display can be changed depending on the game state. It becomes possible to change whether or not to put the movable means into the driving state based on the execution result of the display. As a result, by varying whether or not the game ball that has entered the specific third ball entry means can enter the second ball entry means by the movable means depending on the game state, a rich variety of games can be enjoyed. This has the effect of increasing interest.

In the gaming machine B10,
The movable means is
configured to require a third predetermined time (for example, "2.5 seconds") to roll from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means,
Upstream guide means for guiding the game ball that has entered the specific third ball entering means to the upstream side of the movable means (for example, the right end of the normal symbol gate 76b of the normal electric unit 79 and the right end of the appearance plate 79b) ), comprising:
The first drive time is shorter than the third predetermined time,
The gaming machine B11 is characterized in that the second drive time is longer than the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time.

According to the gaming machine B11, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine B10, the following effects are achieved. That is, it is configured such that the third predetermined time is required to roll from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means. Further, the upstream guide means guides the game ball that has entered the specific third ball entering means to the upstream side of the movable means. The first drive time is set to be shorter than the third predetermined time, and the second drive time is set to be longer than the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time. As a result, when the movable means is driven for the first driving time, the movable means can be changed from the second ball entering state to the first ball entering state before the game ball has completely rolled from the upstream side to the downstream side of the moving means. Drive to state. On the other hand, when the movable means is driven by the second driving means, the game ball that has entered the specific third ball entering means is guided to the upstream side of the movable means, and then from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means. While rolling, the second ball entering state of the movable means is maintained. Therefore, when the movable means is driven for the second driving time, the game ball that has entered the specific third ball entering means can be caused to enter the second ball entering means. As a result, by varying whether or not the game ball that has entered the specific third ball entry means can enter the second ball entry means by the movable means depending on the game state, a rich variety of games can be enjoyed. This has the effect of increasing interest.

In the gaming machine B11,
The firing means is
The game ball can be fired at intervals of the fourth predetermined time (for example, "0.6 seconds"),
The gaming machine B12 is characterized in that the second drive time is longer than the total time of the second predetermined time, the third predetermined time, and the fourth predetermined time.

According to the gaming machine B12, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine B11, the following effects are achieved. That is, the firing means is configured to be able to fire the game ball at a fourth predetermined interval, and the second drive time is set to be longer than the total time of the second predetermined time, the third predetermined time, and the fourth predetermined time. ing. Thereby, it is possible to vary whether or not a plurality of game balls that have successively entered the specific third ball entry means can be continuously entered into the second ball entry means by the movable means depending on the gaming state. This has the effect of increasing the variety of games and increasing interest.

In any of gaming machines B0 to B12,
A game machine B13 characterized in that it includes a delay means (for example, a deceleration section 79c) that delays the falling speed of the game ball guided by the game ball guide means.

According to the gaming machine B13, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machines B0 to B12, the following effects are achieved. That is, the delay means delays the falling speed of the game ball guided by the game ball guide means. Thereby, the time during which the game ball is guided by the game ball guide means can be made uniform (constant) and extended. Therefore, by lengthening the guiding time by the game ball guiding means compared to the case where there is no delay means, in order to realize the gameplay of the present invention, it is possible to adjust the second ball entering state of the movable means for each gaming state. This makes it easier to design game specifications. Furthermore, the more the delay means delays the falling speed of the game ball, the more the overall length of the movable means can be shortened, and the entire movable means can be made more compact.

In any of gaming machines B10 to B13,
In the first game state or the second game state, when a game ball enters the specific third ball entering means, the game machine is characterized by comprising a notification means (for example, an alarm sound) that makes a predetermined notification. A gaming machine B14.

According to the gaming machine B14, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machines B10 to B13, the following effects are achieved. That is, in the first game state or the second game state, when a game ball enters the specific third ball entering means, a predetermined notification is performed by the notification means. As a result, the game with a firing mode different from the firing mode set for each gaming state is regulated, and the ball entering pattern of the first ball entering means or the second ball entering means set for each gaming state is made different. This has the effect of reliably realizing the gameplay.

<Group C: The game value obtained varies depending on the driving mode of the movable means>
Conventionally, in gaming machines such as pachinko machines, a game medium such as a ball is fired toward a game area provided on a game board, and the game medium enters one of a plurality of ball entrances provided in the game area. A lottery is conducted based on the entry of balls, and a predetermined gaming value is awarded to the player if the player wins in the lottery.

In addition, each ball entrance has different characteristics, and the game results are set to change depending on the entrance the ball enters, such as the gaming value given depending on the entrance the ball enters. A gaming machine has been proposed. Such gaming machines are equipped with a sorting device that alternately distributes gaming media flowing into a predetermined route to each ball entry port, thereby preventing the winnings from being concentrated in a specific ball entry port and increasing the interest of the game. (For example, Patent Document 1 (Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2012-231902)).

However, in the above-mentioned gaming machine, the balls that enter each ball entry port are regularly and alternately distributed to a predetermined path, so the game value awarded does not change and the game becomes monotonous. However, there is still room for improvement in this regard.

The inventions in group C were made in view of the circumstances exemplified above, and their purpose is to provide a gaming machine that can improve the interest of gaming.

A first ball entry means into which a game ball can enter (for example, special map 1 prize opening 77);
a second ball entry means (for example, special figure 2 winning hole 78) into which a game ball can enter and which is different from the first ball entry means;
a first gaming value imparting means (e.g., jackpot type table 202b1 for special drawing 1) capable of imparting a predetermined first gaming value based on the game ball entering the first ball entering means; ,
A second gaming value imparting means that is capable of imparting a second gaming value different from the first gaming value based on the game ball entering the second ball entering means (for example, a jackpot for special drawings 2). Type table 202b2),
A movable means (for example, a retractable plate 79b) that changes the downward direction of the game ball;
A driving means (for example, solenoid 209 (protrusion/retraction plate solenoid)) for driving the movable means;
By changing the driving mode of the movable means by the driving means, it is possible to determine whether the first game value is given by the first game value giving means or the second game value is given by the second game value giving means. A gaming machine C0 characterized in that it is equipped with a grant changing means (for example, an alternate allocation unit 71).

According to the gaming machine C0, the game ball is configured to be able to enter the first ball entry means, and the game ball is also configured to be able to enter the second ball entry means different from the first ball entry means. Based on the game ball entering the first ball entering means, the first game value providing means is configured to be able to provide a predetermined first gaming value. Furthermore, the second game value providing means is configured to be able to provide a second game value different from the first game value based on the game ball entering the second ball entering means. Here, the moving means changes the flowing direction of the game ball, and the driving means drives the movable means. Then, by changing the manner in which the movable means is driven by the driving means, the granting change means changes whether the gaming value is granted by the first gaming value granting means or the second gaming value granting means. . This has the effect that by changing the drive mode of the movable means, the game value provided is varied, providing a game experience in which the game value obtained changes, and improving the interest of the game. .

Furthermore, "gaming value" refers to, for example, the number of prize balls directly awarded to the player, the number of jackpot rounds executed, the jackpot round execution time, etc., the high probability of a jackpot, and the high probability of transition between gaming states. Examples include the high probability of awarding a jackpot round that has been executed many times.

In addition, the "first gaming value" and the "second gaming value" may be such that a part of the gaming value awarded is the same, but the gaming value of the other part is different. , the game values awarded are completely different and included. Specifically, for example, when giving A gaming value (for example, 15 rounds), B gaming value (for example, 30 seconds open), and C gaming value (for example, "probability fluctuation state") as the first gaming value, This includes a case where A gaming value, B gaming value, and D gaming value (for example, "time reduction state") are provided as the second gaming value. For example, when assigning A gaming value, B gaming value, and C gaming value as the first gaming value, the second gaming value may be E gaming value (e.g., 5 rounds), F gaming value (e.g., 5 rounds), This includes cases where a G game value (for example, "Latent probability fluctuation state") is given.

In gaming machine C0,
The gaming machine C1 is characterized in that the second gaming value is one in which a benefit that is more advantageous to the player is more likely to be awarded than the first gaming value.

According to the gaming machine C1, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine C0, the following effects are achieved. That is, the second game value is configured to be more likely to be awarded a benefit that is more advantageous to the player than the first game value. As a result, it is possible to create playability in which the game ball is entered into the second ball entry means to which the second game value is given, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

In the gaming machine C0 or C1,
The first game value imparting means is
A first lottery means capable of deriving a predetermined first lottery result and a second lottery result that is advantageous for the player from the first lottery result as the first game value,
The second game value imparting means is
A second lottery means capable of deriving the first lottery result or (and) the second lottery result as the second game value,
The second lottery means is
A gaming machine C2 characterized in that the second lottery result is easily derived by the first lottery means.

According to the gaming machine C2, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine C0 or C1, the following effects are achieved. That is, the first lottery means provided in the first game value giving means derives, as the first game value, a predetermined first lottery result and a second lottery result that is more advantageous for the player than the first lottery result. The first lottery result and/or the second lottery result can be derived as the second game value by the second lottery means provided in the second game value giving means. The second lottery means is configured to more easily derive the second lottery result than the first lottery means. As a result, it is possible to create a gameplay that determines whether or not to acquire the lottery opportunity of the second lottery means that is likely to derive a second lottery result that is advantageous to the player, and the effect that the interest of the game can be improved. There is.

In gaming machine C2,
The driving means includes:
A first drive pattern means (for example, execution mode of variable display of normal symbols and appearance board 79b in “normal game state”),
A second drive pattern means for driving the movable means with a second drive pattern (for example, a "latent probability fluctuation execution mode of the variable display of the normal symbol and the appearance board 79b),
A third drive pattern means (for example, " a variable display of normal symbols and an execution mode of the appearance board 79b in the "probability fluctuation state",
The grant changing means is
A game machine C3 characterized in that the movable means is driven by any one of the first drive pattern means, the second drive pattern means, or the third drive pattern means based on establishment of a predetermined condition.

According to the gaming machine C3, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine C2, the following effects are achieved. That is, the first drive pattern means provided in the drive means allows the first lottery means to easily acquire (or be able to acquire) a lottery opportunity, and the second lottery means to move in a first drive pattern that makes it difficult to obtain a lottery opportunity. The means are driven. Further, the movable means is driven by the second drive pattern means provided in the drive means in a second drive pattern that facilitates (can) obtain the lottery opportunity by the first lottery means and the lottery opportunity by the second lottery means. Ru. Further, the third drive pattern means provided in the drive means makes it difficult for the first lottery means to acquire a lottery opportunity, and the second lottery means easily acquires a lottery opportunity (can be obtained). is driven. Then, the movable means is driven by the application change means by either the first drive pattern means, the second drive pattern means, or the third drive pattern means based on the establishment of a predetermined condition. As a result, based on the establishment of a predetermined condition, the lottery triggers that are easy to obtain (can be obtained) differ depending on the drive pattern of the movable means, thereby providing a gameplay feature in which the gaming value obtained changes, giving variations to the game. This has the effect of increasing the interest of the game.

In addition, "establishment of a predetermined condition" means, for example, when a jackpot or small win is won, when the gaming state is changed, when a game ball enters a predetermined ball entry hole, when a dynamic An event that can occur when playing a game, such as when a display is executed a predetermined number of times, or when a predetermined number of game balls enter a specific ball entrance, and that is set in advance. is established.

In any of gaming machines C0 to C3,
A third ball entry means into which a game ball can enter (for example, an in-unit normal symbol gate 76a or a right-side normal symbol gate 76b),
The driving means includes:
A game machine C4 characterized in that the movable means is driven based on the entry of a game ball into the third ball entry means.

According to gaming machine C4, in addition to the effects provided by gaming machines C0 to C3, the following effects are achieved. That is, the game ball is configured to be able to enter the third ball entry means, and the movable means is driven by the drive means based on the entry of the game ball into the third ball entry means. This creates a game feature in which the game ball enters the third ball entering means in order to drive the movable means, and the game ball enters the third ball entering means and the movable means is activated. When activated, the effect is that it provides a game experience in which the game value obtained changes, enriches the variations of the game, and improves the interest of the game.

In any of the gaming machines C4,
a third information acquisition means (for example, a regular ball holding ball storage area 203h) that acquires third information based on the game ball entering the third ball entrance means;
a third determining means (for example, a random number table per normal figure 202f) for determining the third information acquired by the third information acquiring means;
Based on the determination result of the third determination means, variable display execution means (for example, ordinary symbol display device 83) executes variable display of identification information (for example, variable display of ordinary symbols) on the display means (for example, ordinary symbol display device 83). variation processing (S111)),
Based on the establishment of the predetermined condition, the execution time of the variable display by the variable display execution means is changed from a first execution time (for example, "3 seconds") to a second execution time shorter than the first execution time (for example, a variable time changing means (for example, a general figure variable time table 202g) for changing the time to "0.5 seconds",
The grant changing means is
The apparatus further includes a timing change means (for example, S407 of the general figure variation process (S111)) that changes the timing of driving the movable means by changing the execution time of the variable display by the variable time change means. A game machine C5 characterized by.

According to the gaming machine C5, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine C4, the following effects are achieved. That is, the third information is acquired by the third information acquisition means based on the game ball entering the third ball entrance means, and the third information acquired by the third information acquisition means is determined by the third determination means. Based on the determination result by the third determination means, the variable display execution means executes variable display of the identification information on the display means. Here, based on the establishment of a predetermined condition, the execution time of the variable display by the variable display execution means is changed from the first execution time to a second execution time shorter than the first execution time. The timing change means provided in the provision change means changes the execution time of the variable display using the variable time change means, thereby changing the timing at which the movable means is driven. As a result, the execution time of the variable display is changed based on the establishment of a predetermined condition, the timing at which the movable means is driven is varied, and the first ball entering means or the second ball entering means into which the game ball can enter is changed. By varying the ball entry patterns, it is possible to increase the variety of games and increase the interest.

Note that "the ball entry pattern of the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means in which the game ball can enter" refers to, for example, the entry pattern in which the ball can enter only the first ball entry means, or the ball entry pattern in the second ball entry means. A ball entering pattern that allows the ball to enter only the ball entering means, a ball entering pattern that allows the ball to enter both the first ball entering means and the second ball entering means, or a ball entering pattern that allows the ball to enter the first ball entering means and the second ball entering means. Examples include entry patterns in which the balls may enter alternately.

In any of gaming machines C0 to C5,
The movable means is
configured to be movable between a predetermined first position and a second position different from the first position,
When the second position is reached, the first ball entering means is blocked by the movable means, and the closing rolling means (for example, a protruding plate in a protruding state) allows the game ball to roll on the upper surface of the movable means. 79b),
A game machine C6 characterized in that the second ball entry means is provided on the downstream side of the flow of the game ball rolled on the upper surface of the movable means by the closing rolling means.

According to the gaming machine C6, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machines C0 to C5, the following effects are achieved. That is, the movable means is configured to be movable between the first position and the second position, and when the movable means is set to the second position by the closing rolling means provided in the movable means, the first ball entering means The game ball is configured to be able to roll on the upper surface of the movable means while blocking the space with the movable means. A second ball entry means is provided on the downstream side where the game ball rolled on the upper surface of the movable means by the closing rolling means flows down. As a result, when the movable means is in the second position, the movable means blocks the first ball entry means to prevent the game ball from entering the first ball entry means, and the game ball touches the upper surface of the movable means. The game ball rolls and enters the second ball entering means provided on the downstream side thereof. As a result, by varying the entry patterns of the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means through which game balls may enter, it is possible to enrich the variation of the game and improve interest. .

In gaming machine C6,
The first ball entry means includes:
A predetermined first ball entry means (for example, special map 1 first prize opening 77a),
A specific first ball entry means different from the predetermined first ball entry means (for example, special map 1 second prize opening 77b),
The grant changing means is
Sorting means (for example, distribution device 73) that sequentially distributes the downward direction of the game balls in at least two directions;
A first path (for example, the left path 74) through which the game balls distributed by the distribution means pass;
A second route (for example, the right route 75) through which game balls distributed by the distribution means pass next to the game balls distributed to the first route,
providing the predetermined first ball entry means on the downstream side of the first path;
providing the specific first ball entry means on the downstream side of the second path;
A gaming machine C7 characterized in that the movable means is provided downstream of the second path and upstream of the specific first ball entering means.

According to the gaming machine C7, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine C6, the following effects are achieved. That is, the first ball entering means is provided with a predetermined first ball entering means and a specific first ball entering means different from the predetermined first ball entering means. Here, by the distribution means provided in the provision change means, the downward direction of the game balls is sequentially distributed in at least two directions, and the game balls distributed by the distribution means pass through the first path, and After the game balls distributed to the first route, the game balls distributed by the distribution means pass through the second route. Further, a predetermined first ball entering means is provided on the downstream side of the first path, and a specific first ball entering means is provided on the downstream side of the second path. A movable means is provided on the downstream side of the second path and upstream of the specific first ball entry means. As a result, the movable means provided on the upstream side of the specific first ball entry means determines whether the ball can enter the specific first ball entry means without the rolling means at the time of closure functioning, or the state where the ball can enter the specific first ball entry means. The moving means functions to create a state in which it is difficult for the game ball to enter the specific first ball entry means, while the game ball can enter the second ball entry means. Therefore, based on the establishment of a predetermined condition, the game balls are sorted in order by the sorting means to the predetermined first ball entering means and the specific first ball entering means, or the game balls are sorted by the sorting means to the predetermined first ball entering means and the specific first ball entering means. The state in which game balls are sequentially distributed to the two ball entering means can be made different. As a result, by varying the ball entry patterns of the predetermined first ball entry means, specific first ball entry means, or second ball entry means through which the game ball may enter, the variety of games is enriched and the interest is improved. The effect is that you can.

In gaming machine C7,
A game machine C8 characterized in that a portion of the second path is provided with the third ball entry means (for example, the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a) through which the game ball can pass.

According to the gaming machine C8, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine C7, the following effects are achieved. That is, a third ball entry means through which the game ball can pass is provided in a part of the second path. That is, the game ball guided to the second route is configured to always enter the third ball entry means. Thereby, after the game ball guided to the second path enters the third ball entering means, it is driven based on the determination result of the third determining means based on the passage of the game ball to the third ball entering means. Depending on the movable means, whether the ball enters the specific first ball entry means or the second ball entry means is configured to be different. Therefore, for example, by changing the conditions for driving the movable means (winning probability, variable display time, or drive time), the specific first ball entering means or the first ball entering means into which the game ball flowing down the second path can enter can be changed. The ball entering patterns of the two ball entering means can be made different, which has the effect of increasing the variety of games and increasing the interest.

In gaming machine C8,
The second route is
The game ball is configured such that a predetermined time (for example, "1.9 seconds") is required after the game ball enters the third ball entry means until the game ball reaches the placement position of the movable means. ,
The variable display execution means includes:
The variable execution time is at least one of a first execution time longer than the predetermined time (for example, "3 seconds") and a second execution time shorter than the predetermined time (for example, "0.5 seconds"). display is possible and
The first drive pattern means performs the variable display at the first execution time,
The second drive pattern means performs the variable display at the second execution time,
A gaming machine C9, wherein the third drive pattern means performs the variable display during the second execution time.

According to the gaming machine C9, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine C8, the following effects are achieved. That is, the second path is configured such that a predetermined time is required from when the game ball enters the third ball entering means until the game ball reaches the position where the movable means is disposed. Further, the variable display execution means executes the variable display in at least one of the first execution time longer than the predetermined time and the second execution time shorter than the predetermined time. Then, the first drive pattern means performs a variable display during the first time execution, the second drive pattern means performs the variable display during the second time execution, and the third drive pattern means performs the variable display during the second time execution. It will be done. As a result, the execution time of the variable display is changed based on the establishment of a predetermined condition, and the timing at which the movable means reaches the second position is varied, and the timing at which the movable means reaches the second position is changed to the first ball entering means or the second ball entering means in which the game ball can enter. By varying the ball entry patterns of the means, it is possible to increase the variety of games and increase the interest.

In any of gaming machines C4 to C9,
A firing means for firing a game ball (for example, a ball firing unit 112a),
The firing means is
a first firing mode means for firing a game ball in a predetermined first firing mode (for example, control regarding a left-handed game);
a second firing mode means for firing a game ball in a second firing mode different from the first firing mode by the first firing mode means (for example, control regarding a right-handed game);
The third ball entry means is
a predetermined third ball entry means (for example, an in-unit normal symbol gate 76a) into which a game ball fired in the first firing mode by the first firing mode means can enter;
A specific third ball entry means (for example, the right side normal symbol gate 76b) into which the game ball fired in the second firing mode by the second firing mode means can enter,
It is configured such that a second predetermined time (for example, "1 second") is required from when the game ball enters the specific third ball entering means until it reaches the arrangement position of the movable means,
the first execution time is longer than the second predetermined time;
The gaming machine C10 is characterized in that the second execution time is shorter than the second predetermined time.

According to the gaming machine C10, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machines C4 to C9, the following effects are achieved. That is, the game ball is fired by the firing means, the game ball is fired in a predetermined first firing manner by the first firing mode means provided on the firing means, and the game ball is fired in a predetermined first firing manner by the second firing mode means also provided on the firing means. , the game ball is fired in a second firing mode different from the first firing mode of the first firing mode means. Then, a predetermined third ball entering means into which the game ball fired in the first firing mode by the first firing mode means can enter the third ball entering means, and the game ball is fired in the second firing mode by the second firing mode means. A specific third ball entry means is provided into which a game ball that has been played can enter. Further, it is configured such that a second predetermined time is required from when the game ball enters the specific third ball entry means until it reaches the position where the movable means is disposed. As the execution time of the variable display, the first execution time is set longer than the second predetermined time, and the second execution time is set shorter than the second predetermined time. Thereby, based on the establishment of the predetermined condition, it is possible to vary whether or not the game ball that has entered the specific third ball entering means has completed the variable display by the time it reaches the arrangement position of the movable means, Based on the execution result of the variable display, it is possible to change whether or not to put the movable means into the driving state. As a result, by varying whether or not the game ball that has entered the specific third ball entry means can enter the second ball entry means by the movable means based on the establishment of a predetermined condition, variations in the game can be achieved. It has the effect of enriching it and increasing interest.

In any of gaming machines C6 to C10,
The driving means is
a first time driving means for driving the movable means to the second position for a predetermined first driving time (for example, "2 seconds");
a second time driving means for driving the movable means to the second position for a second driving time (for example, "5 seconds") longer than the first driving time;
The first drive pattern means and the second drive pattern means drive the movable means by the first time drive means,
A game machine C11 characterized in that the third drive pattern means drives the movable means by the second time drive means.

According to the gaming machine C11, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machines C6 to C10, the following effects are achieved. That is, the movable means is driven to the second position for a predetermined first driving time by the first time driving means provided on the driving means, and the second time driving means also provided on the driving means drives the movable means to be in the second position for a predetermined first driving time. , the movable means is driven to the second position during a second driving time that is longer than the first driving time. The first drive pattern means and the second drive pattern means drive the movable means in the first time drive means, and the third drive pattern means drive the movable means in the second drive time. Thereby, the third drive pattern means can drive the movable means to maintain the second position during the second drive time. Therefore, the third driving pattern means generates a state in which the game ball easily enters the second ball entering means, and it is determined whether the game ball easily enters the second ball entering means depending on whether a predetermined condition is satisfied. This has the effect of increasing the variety of games and increasing interest by varying the status of whether or not to play.

In the gaming machine C11,
The rolling means when closed is
configured to require a third predetermined time (for example, "2.5 seconds") to roll from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means,
Upstream guide means for guiding the game ball that has entered the specific third ball entering means to the upstream side of the movable means (for example, the right side normal symbol gate 76b and the right end of the appearance plate 79b in the normal electric unit 79) ), comprising:
The first driving time is shorter than the third predetermined time (or the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time),
The gaming machine C12 is characterized in that the second drive time is longer than the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time.

According to the gaming machine C12, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine C11, the following effects are achieved. That is, the closing rolling means is configured to take the third predetermined time to roll from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means. Further, the upstream guide means guides the game ball that has entered the specific third ball entering means to the upstream side of the movable means. The first driving time is shorter than the third predetermined time (or the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time), and the second driving time is the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time. It is set to be longer. As a result, when the movable means is driven for the first driving time, the movable means is displaced from the second position to the first position before the game ball has completely rolled from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means. On the other hand, when the movable means is driven by the second driving means, the game ball that has entered the specific third ball entering means is guided to the upstream side of the movable means, and then from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means. The second position of the movable means is maintained during the rolling. Therefore, when the movable means is driven for the second driving time, the game ball that has entered the specific third ball entering means can be caused to enter the second ball entering means. As a result, by varying whether or not the game ball that has entered the specific third ball entry means can enter the second ball entry means by the movable means based on the establishment of a predetermined condition, variations in the game can be achieved. It has the effect of enriching it and increasing interest.

In the gaming machine C12,
The firing means is
The game ball can be fired at intervals of the fourth predetermined time (for example, "0.6 seconds"),
The gaming machine C13 is characterized in that the second drive time is longer than the total time of the second predetermined time, the third predetermined time, and the fourth predetermined time.

According to the gaming machine C13, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine C12, the following effects are achieved. That is, the firing means is configured to be able to fire the game ball at a fourth predetermined interval, and the second drive time is set to be longer than the total time of the second predetermined time, the third predetermined time, and the fourth predetermined time. ing. As a result, it is possible to determine whether or not a plurality of game balls that have successively entered the specific third ball entry means based on the establishment of a predetermined condition can be continuously entered into the second ball entry means by the movable means. This has the effect of increasing the variety of games and increasing interest.

In any of gaming machines C6 to C13,
A game machine C14 characterized in that it is provided with a delay means (for example, a deceleration section 79c) that delays the falling speed of the game balls rolled by the rolling means at the time of closure.

According to the gaming machine C14, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machines C6 to C13, the following effects are achieved. That is, the falling speed of the game balls rolling by the rolling means at the time of closure is delayed by the delay means. This makes it possible to equalize (constantly) and lengthen the time during which the game ball stays on the upper surface of the rolling means at the time of closure. Therefore, by increasing the residence time on the rolling means at the time of blockage compared to the case where there is no delay means, in order to realize the gameplay of the present invention, the movable means is in the second entry possible state for each game state. This makes it easier to design game specifications such as adjustments. Furthermore, the more the delay means delays the falling speed of the game ball, the more the overall length of the closing rolling means can be shortened, and the movable means as a whole can be made more compact.

In any of the gaming machines C10 to C14,
When the predetermined condition is not satisfied, the game ball is characterized by comprising a notification means (for example, an alarm sound) that makes a predetermined notification when a game ball enters the specific third ball entry means. Gaming machine C15.

According to the gaming machine C15, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machines C10 to C14, the following effects are achieved. That is, when the game ball enters the specific third ball entry means when the predetermined condition is not satisfied, the notification means makes a predetermined notification. This has the effect that it is possible to restrict the game with a firing mode different from the firing mode assumed as the game specification, and to reliably realize the game performance according to the assumed game specification.

<Group D: Achieves gameplay with only special and normal symbols>
Traditionally, gaming machines such as pachinko machines have been used to shoot game media such as balls toward a gaming area provided on a gaming board, and then insert the gaming media into one of multiple ball entrances provided in the gaming area. There is a system in which a lottery is conducted based on the entry of a ball, and when a player wins in the lottery, a predetermined gaming value is awarded to the player (for example, Patent Document 1 (Unexamined Japanese Patent Publication No. 2012-231902).

However, in the above-mentioned gaming machine, the winnings to the plurality of ball openings are fixed depending on the gaming situation, making the game monotonous, and there is still room for improvement in this respect.

The inventions of Group D have been made in view of the circumstances exemplified above, and their purpose is to provide a gaming machine that can improve the interest of gaming.

A first ball entry means into which a game ball can enter (for example, the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit or the right side normal symbol gate 76b), and first information based on the fact that the game ball has entered the first ball entry means. a first information acquisition means (for example, the general ball holding ball storage area 203h) that acquires the
a first determination means (for example, normal power control processing (S104)) that determines the first information acquired by the first information acquisition means;
A gaming machine comprising a movable means (for example, a retractable plate 79b) that is driven based on the determination result of the first determination means,
a second ball entry means (for example, special figure 1 first prize opening 77a) into which a game ball can enter and which is not affected by the driving of the movable means;
a third ball entry means into which a game ball can enter and which can be affected by the drive of the movable means (for example, special drawing 1 second winning hole 77b or special drawing 2 winning hole 78);
A second information acquisition means (for example, a first held ball storage area 203d or a second held ball storage area 203d or a second held ball storage area storage area 203e);
a second determination unit (for example, S324 of the fluctuation start process (S310)) that determines the second information acquired by the second information acquisition unit;
A gaming value imparting means (for example, the central grand prize opening 65a or the right side grand prize opening 67a) that grants a predetermined gaming value to the player based on the determination result by the second determining means;
Sorting means (for example, distribution device 73) that sequentially distributes the downward direction of the game balls in at least two directions;
a first path (for example, the left path 74) through which the game balls distributed by the distribution means pass;
A second route (for example, right-hand route 75) through which the game balls distributed by the distribution means pass after the game balls distributed to the first route,
providing the second ball entry means downstream of the first path;
providing the third ball entry means on the downstream side of the second path;
The movable means is
A game machine D0 characterized by comprising a ball entry pattern changing means for changing the direction of the game ball flowing down the second path.

According to the game machine D0, the game ball is configured to be able to enter the first ball entry means, and the first information is acquired by the first information acquisition means based on the game ball entering the first ball entry means. be obtained. The first information acquired by the first information acquisition means is determined by the first determination means, and the movable means is driven based on the determination result of the first determination means. Here, the game ball is configured to be able to enter the second ball entry means which is not affected by the drive of the movable means, and the game ball enters the third ball entry means which can be affected by the drive of the movable means. configured as possible. Then, second information is acquired by the second information acquisition means based on the game ball entering the second ball entrance means or the third ball entrance means, and the second information acquired by the second information acquisition means is determined by the second determining means. Then, based on the determination result by the second determining means, a predetermined gaming value is awarded to the player by the gaming value granting means. Here, the descending direction of the game balls is sequentially distributed in at least two directions by the distribution means, and the game balls distributed by the distribution means pass through the first route, and are also distributed to the first route. Next to the game balls, the game balls distributed by the distribution means pass through the second path. Further, a second ball entering means is provided downstream of the first path, and a third ball entering means is provided downstream of the second path. Then, the downward direction of the game ball flowing down from the second path is changed by the ball entering pattern changing means provided in the movable means. As a result, while the game ball enters the second ball entering means in a fixed manner, the moving direction of the game ball flowing down toward the third ball entering means is changed by the movable means to variably win a prize. I can do it. That is, when not affected by the driving of the movable means, the distribution means sequentially distributes the game balls to the second ball entering means and the predetermined third ball entering means, while being affected by the driving of the movable means. In this case, the distributing means can sequentially distribute the game balls to channels other than the second ball entering means and the predetermined third ball entering means. As a result, by changing the ball entry pattern of the second ball entry means or the third ball entry means through which the game ball enters using the movable means, it is possible to enrich the variation of the game and improve the interest. effective.

In addition, "can be affected by the driving of the movable means" refers to cases where a game ball enters the game ball whose direction of flow has been changed due to the movement of the movable means, or where the direction of flow has been changed due to the movement of the movable means not being driven. When a game ball that was not there enters the ball, when the flow path is expanded or contracted by driving the movable means, when the flow path is opened or closed by driving the movable means, or when the movable means is driven. Examples include cases where it becomes visible or difficult. On the other hand, "not affected by the driving of the movable means" means that the above-mentioned "could be affected" event does not occur, that is, when the downward direction of the game ball is not changed even if the movable means is driven, or when the movable When the channel is expanded or contracted by driving the means, there is no effect; when the width of the channel is not changed even when the movable means is driven; or when the visibility is not affected even when the movable means is driven. etc. are exemplified.

In addition, "first information" and "second information" may be information in which the information in a predetermined part to be acquired is the same but the information in parts other than the predetermined part is different, or the information to be acquired is They are completely different and included. Specifically, for example, when acquiring A information (for example, jackpot random number information), B information (for example, jackpot type information), and C information (for example, special drawing 1 winning slot winning information) as the first information, , a case where A information, B information, and D information (for example, special drawing 2 winning information) is acquired as the second information is included. Further, for example, when A information, B information, and C information are acquired as the first information, a case is included in which E information, F information, and G information are acquired as the second information.

Furthermore, "the ball entry pattern of the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means in which the game ball can enter" refers to, for example, the entry pattern in which the ball can enter only the first ball entry means, or the ball entry pattern in which the ball enters the second ball entry means. A ball entering pattern that allows the ball to enter only the ball entering means, a ball entering pattern that allows the ball to enter both the first ball entering means and the second ball entering means, or a ball entering pattern that allows the ball to enter the first ball entering means and the second ball entering means. Examples include entry patterns in which the balls may enter alternately.

In the gaming machine D0,
variable display execution means (for example, a normal symbol display device 83) that executes variable display of first identification information (for example, a normal symbol) when a game ball enters the first ball entering means;
A dynamic display that dynamically displays second identification information (for example, a special symbol) different from the first identification information when a game ball enters the second ball entry means and the third ball entry means. Execution means (for example, third symbol display device 81),
The third ball entering means includes:
A predetermined third ball entry means (for example, special drawing 1 second prize opening 77b),
A specific third ball entry means (for example, special map 2 winning hole 78) different from the predetermined third ball entry means,
The second determining means is
a first lottery means (for example, jackpot type table 202b1 for special drawing 1) that performs a first lottery based on the entry of a game ball into the second ball entry means or the predetermined third ball entry means;
A second lottery means (for example, a jackpot type table 202b2 for special drawings 2) that performs a second lottery different from the first lottery based on the entry of a game ball into the specific third ball entry means. A gaming machine D1 is characterized by the following.

According to the gaming machine D1, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine D0, the following effects are achieved. That is, when the game ball enters the first ball entering means, the variable display execution means executes the variable display of the first identification information, and the game ball enters the second ball entering means or the third ball entering means. By doing so, the dynamic display execution means dynamically displays the second identification information that is different from the first identification information. Further, the third ball entering means is provided with a predetermined third ball entering means and a specific third ball entering means different from the predetermined third ball entering means. Then, the first lottery means provided in the second determining means performs a first lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the second ball entering means or the predetermined third ball entering means, and the second determining means A second lottery, which is different from the first lottery, is performed by a second lottery means provided in the second lottery means, which is different from the first lottery, based on the entry of the game ball into the specific third ball entry means.

Conventionally, in order to clearly differentiate the entrance means through which game balls can enter, multiple non-electric accessories (for example, accessories other than electric accessories that are operated by electrical power) have been utilized. There are gaming machines that change the ball entry means that can (or are easy to) enter depending on the game state (for example, Patent Document 2 (Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2014-100432)).

However, in the gaming machines that use non-electric accessories mentioned above, since the gameplay is constructed using non-electric accessories that players are generally not familiar with, it is difficult for players to understand the game specifications. Have difficulty. As a result, players may avoid playing games on gaming machines whose gaming specifications are difficult to understand, and there is a risk that the performance of the gaming machines may not improve.

In addition, in the game machine equipped with the above-mentioned non-electric accessory, an operating member is provided inside the ordinary electric accessory, and a special mechanism that mechanically interlocks the operating member and the non-electric accessory is used to control the ball entering means. It is configured to change the manner in which the ball enters the ball. For this reason, the number of parts used in the game machine increases due to the special mechanism that mechanically interlocks the operating member and the non-electric accessory, which may increase manufacturing costs.

Furthermore, in the game machine equipped with the above-mentioned non-electric accessory, for example, in a plurality of game states such as the "normal game state" and the "first probability variation state", the ball enters the second ball entering means related to the second identification information. Since the configuration is such that only the first lottery of the second identification information is obtained in a plurality of game states, the state in which the ball can be played or the state where it is easy to enter the ball only into the predetermined third ball entry means, the lottery obtained is the same. Due to the second identification information, there is a risk that the game will become monotonous.

Therefore, according to the gaming machine D1, the variable display of the first identification information and the dynamic display of the second identification information, which are conventionally familiar to players, are used, and the second ball entry means and the third ball entry means are used. In addition to using a distributing means for distributing the game balls to each other, a predetermined third ball entering means and a specific third ball entering means are provided as the third ball entering means, and the downward direction of the game balls is changed by the movable means. It is configured to vary the ball entry pattern of the game ball to the predetermined third ball entry means or the specific third ball entry means. As a result, by driving the movable means based on the variable display result of the first identification information, which is familiar to players, without using a non-electric accessory, the ball entering means is triggered to dynamically display the second identification information. The entering patterns of game balls can be made different, making it easier for players to understand the specifications of the game. As a result, it is possible to solve the problem of players avoiding playing games due to difficulty in understanding the game specifications, resulting in low performance.

In addition, since the above gameplay is achieved without using special mechanisms such as non-electric accessories, it is possible to prevent an increase in the number of parts for special mechanisms and to avoid increasing the cost of the game machine. In addition, the above-mentioned gameplay can be realized.

In the gaming machine D1,
comprising a gaming state setting means (for example, jackpot processing (S103)) capable of setting a gaming state after the gaming value is given by the gaming value giving means;
The pitching pattern changing means includes:
Based on the game state set by the game state setting means, the execution time of the variable display by the variable display execution means is set from a first execution time (for example, "3 seconds") to a second execution time shorter than the first execution time. 2 variable time changing means (for example, general figure variable time table 202g) for changing the execution time to 2 execution times (for example, "0.5 seconds");
The variable time changing means changes the execution time of the variable display, thereby changing the timing of driving the movable means (for example, S407 of the general pattern variation process (S111)). A game machine D2 characterized by the following.

According to the gaming machine D2, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine D1, the following effects are achieved. That is, the game state setting means is configured to be able to set the game state after the game value is given by the game value giving means. Further, based on the game state set by the game state setting means, the execution time of the variable display by the variable display execution means is changed from the first execution time to the first execution time by the variable time change means provided in the ball entry pattern change means. The second execution time is changed to a second execution time shorter than the first execution time. Then, the timing changing means provided in the ball entry pattern changing means changes the execution time of the variable display by the variable time changing means, thereby changing the timing at which the movable means is driven. As a result, the execution time of the variable display is changed based on the game state, the timing at which the movable means is driven is varied, and the second ball entering means or the third ball entering means is able to enter the game ball. Having different patterns has the effect of increasing the variety of games and increasing interest.

In the gaming machine D1 or D2,
The movable means is
configured to be movable between a predetermined first position and a second position different from the first position,
When the second position is reached, the predetermined third ball entry means is blocked by the movable means, and the game ball can roll on the upper surface of the movable means (e.g., a rolling means in a protruding state). (top surface of plate 79b),
A game machine D3 characterized in that the specific third ball entry means is provided on the downstream side where the game ball rolled on the upper surface of the movable means by the closing rolling means flows down.

According to the gaming machine D3, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine D1 or D2, the following effects are achieved. That is, the movable means is configured to be displaceable between the first position and the second position, and when the movable means is in the second position by the closing rolling means provided in the movable means, the predetermined third entering ball is moved. The game ball is configured to be able to roll on the upper surface of the movable means while blocking the means with the movable means. Then, a specific third ball entering means is provided on the downstream side where the game ball rolled on the upper surface of the movable means by the rolling means at the time of closure flows down. Thereby, when the movable means is in the second position, the movable means blocks the predetermined third ball entry means to prevent the game ball from entering the predetermined third ball entry means, and the upper surface of the movable means is used for the game play. The ball rolls and the game ball enters a specific third ball entry means provided on the downstream side. As a result, by varying the entering patterns of the third ball entering means into which game balls can enter, it is possible to increase the variety of games and improve the interest.

In any of the gaming machines D0 to D3,
The first ball entry means includes:
A game machine D4, characterized in that a game ball is provided in a portion of the second path so that it can pass through.

According to the gaming machine D4, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machines D0 to D3, the following effects are achieved. That is, the first ball entry means is provided in a portion of the second path so that the game ball can pass through. That is, the game ball guided to the second route is configured to always enter the first ball entry means. Thereby, after the game ball guided to the second path enters the first ball entering means, it is driven based on the determination result of the first determining means based on the passage of the game ball to the first ball entering means. Depending on the movable means, whether the ball enters the predetermined third ball entry means or the specific third ball entry means is configured to be different. Therefore, for example, by changing the conditions for driving the movable means (winning probability, variable display time, or drive time), a predetermined third ball entering means or a specific ball entering means into which a game ball flowing down the second path can enter can be set. The ball entering pattern of the third ball entering means can be varied, which has the effect of increasing the variety of games and increasing the interest.

In gaming machine D4,
The second route is
The game ball is configured such that a predetermined time (for example, "1.9 seconds") is required from when the game ball enters the first ball entering means until the game ball reaches the placement position of the movable means. ,
The gaming state setting means includes:
a predetermined first gaming state (for example, “normal gaming state”);
a second gaming state that is different from the first gaming state (for example, a “latency probability variation state”);
configured to be able to set any one of the first gaming state and a third gaming state (for example, a "probability fluctuation state") different from the second gaming state,
The variable display execution means includes:
a first variable pattern means for performing the variable display for the first execution time in the first gaming state (for example, performing the variable display for "3 seconds");
a second variable pattern means for performing the variable display for the second execution time in the second gaming state (for example, performing the variable display for "0.5 seconds");
A gaming machine characterized by comprising: third variable pattern means (for example, executing the variable display in "0.5 seconds") for performing the variable display in the second execution time in the third gaming state. D5.

According to the gaming machine D5, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine D4, the following effects are achieved. That is, the second path is configured such that a predetermined time is required from when the game ball enters the predetermined first ball entering means until the game ball reaches the position where the movable means is disposed. Here, the gaming state setting means selects one of a predetermined first gaming state, a second gaming state different from the first gaming state, and a third gaming state different from the first gaming state and the second gaming state. The gaming state of the game is configured to be settable. Then, the first variable pattern means provided in the variable display execution means performs the variable display in the first time execution in the first gaming state, and the second variable pattern means also provided in the variable display execution means performs the variable display in the first time execution in the first game state. In the second game state, a variable display is performed for a second time period, and by the third variable pattern means, which is also provided in the variable display execution means, a variable display is performed for a second time period in a third game state. Thereby, the execution time of the variable display is changed according to the gaming state, and the timing at which the movable means starts to be driven is varied, and the predetermined third ball entering means or the specific third ball entering means into which the game ball can enter is changed. By varying the entry patterns of the balls, it is possible to increase the variety of games and increase the interest.

In any of gaming machines D2 to D5,
Equipped with a firing means capable of firing a game ball (for example, a ball firing unit 112a),
a first firing mode means for firing a game ball in a predetermined first manner by the firing means (for example, a left-handed game);
a second firing mode means for firing a game ball in a second firing mode different from the first firing mode by the first firing mode means (for example, right-handed game),
The first ball entry means includes:
a predetermined first ball entry means (for example, an in-unit normal symbol gate 76a) into which a game ball fired in the first firing mode by the first firing mode means can enter;
A specific first ball entrance means (for example, right side normal symbol gate 76b) into which the game ball fired in the second firing mode by the second firing mode means can enter,
It is configured such that a second predetermined time (for example, "1 second") is required from when the game ball enters the specific third ball entering means until it reaches the arrangement position of the movable means,
the first execution time is longer than the second predetermined time;
A gaming machine D6, wherein the second execution time is shorter than the second predetermined time.

According to the gaming machine D6, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machines D2 to D5, the following effects are achieved. That is, a predetermined first ball entrance means configured to be able to fire a game ball by the firing means, and into which a game ball fired in a first firing manner by the first firing mode means can enter the first ball entrance means; A specific first ball entering means is provided into which a game ball fired in the second firing mode by the second firing mode means can enter. Further, it is configured such that a second predetermined time is required from when the game ball enters the specific first ball entry means until it reaches the position where the movable means is disposed. As the execution time of the variable display, the first execution time is set longer than the second predetermined time, and the second execution time is set shorter than the second predetermined time. As a result, it is possible to change whether or not the game ball that has entered the specific first ball entering means has finished the variable display by the time it reaches the arrangement position of the movable means depending on the gaming state, and the variable display can be changed depending on the gaming state. It becomes possible to change whether or not to put the movable means into the driving state based on the execution result of the display. As a result, by varying whether or not the game ball that has entered the specific first ball entry means can enter the third ball entry means by the movable means depending on the game state, a rich variety of games can be enjoyed. This has the effect of increasing interest.

In the gaming machine D5 or D6,
A driving means (for example, a solenoid 209 (a solenoid for a retractable plate)) for driving the movable means from the first position to the second position,
The driving means includes:
a first drive pattern means for driving the movable means to the second position for a predetermined first drive time (for example, "2 seconds");
a second drive pattern means for driving the movable means to the second position during a second drive time (for example, "5 seconds") longer than the first drive time;
The ball entry pattern changing means is
In the first gaming state or the second gaming state, driving the movable means by the first drive pattern means,
A gaming machine D7 characterized in that, in the third gaming state, the movable means is driven by the second drive pattern means.

According to the gaming machine D7, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine D5 or D6, the following effects are achieved. That is, the movable means is configured to be able to be driven from the first position to the second position by the driving means, and the first driving pattern means provided in the driving means moves the movable means from the second position to the second position for a predetermined first driving time. The movable means is driven so as to be in the second position, and the second drive pattern means, which is also provided in the drive means, drives the movable means to the second position during a second drive time that is longer than the first drive time. Then, the ball entry pattern changing means drives the movable means with the first drive pattern means in the first game state or the second game state, and drives the movable means with the second drive pattern in the third game state. Thereby, in the third gaming state, the movable means can be driven to maintain the second position for a second driving time that is longer than the first driving time of the movable means in the first gaming state or the second gaming state. . Therefore, in the third game state, a state in which the game ball easily enters the specific third ball entering means is generated, and the state of whether or not the game ball easily enters the specific third ball entering means is determined for each gaming state. This has the effect of increasing the variety of games and increasing interest.

In gaming machine D7,
The gaming machine D8 is characterized in that the second drive time is longer than the total time of the second execution time and the second predetermined time.

According to the gaming machine D8, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine D7, the following effects are achieved. That is, the second drive time is configured to be longer than the total time of the second execution time and the second predetermined time. Thereby, in the third game state, during the second driving time, the movable means can be driven to maintain a state in which the game ball can enter the third ball entering means. Therefore, in the first gaming state or the second gaming state, the movable means is driven during the first driving time to bring the game ball into a state where the game ball can enter the third ball entering means, while in the third gaming state A state in which a game ball easily enters the third ball entering means is generated, and a state as to whether or not the game ball easily enters the third ball entering means is varied for each game state, thereby enriching the variation of the game. This has the effect of increasing interest.

In the gaming machine D7 or D8,
The rolling means when closed is
configured to require a third predetermined time (for example, "2.5 seconds") to roll from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means,
Upstream guide means for guiding the game ball that has entered the specific first ball entering means to the upstream side of the movable means (for example, the right end of the normal symbol gate 76b and the right end of the appearance board 79b in the normal electric unit 79) ), comprising:
The first driving time is shorter than the third predetermined time (or the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time),
A gaming machine D9, wherein the second drive time is longer than the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time.

According to the gaming machine D9, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine D7 or D8, the following effects are achieved. That is, it is configured such that the third predetermined period of time is required for the closing rolling means to roll from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means. Further, the upstream guide means guides the game ball that has entered the specific first ball entering means to the upstream side of the movable means. The first drive time is shorter than the third predetermined time (or the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time), and the second drive time is shorter than the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time. It is set to be longer than the total time. Thereby, when the movable means is driven for the first drive time, the movable means is driven from the second position to the first position before the game ball has completely rolled from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means. On the other hand, when the movable means is driven by the second driving means, the game ball that has entered the specific first ball entering means is guided to the upstream side of the movable means, and then from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means. During rolling, the second position of the movable means is maintained. Therefore, when the movable means is driven for the second driving time, the game ball that has entered the specific first ball entering means can be made to enter the specific third ball entering means. As a result, by varying whether or not the game ball that has entered the specific first ball entry means can enter the specific third ball entry means by the movable means depending on the game state, a rich variety of games can be created. The effect is that you can increase your interest by doing so.

In gaming machine D9,
The firing means is
The game ball can be fired at intervals of the fourth predetermined time (for example, "0.6 seconds"),
The gaming machine D10 is characterized in that the second drive time is longer than the total time of the second predetermined time, the third predetermined time, and the fourth predetermined time.

According to the gaming machine D10, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine D9, the following effects are achieved. That is, the firing means is configured to be able to fire the game ball at a fourth predetermined interval, and the second drive time is set to be longer than the total time of the second predetermined time, the third predetermined time, and the fourth predetermined time. ing. Thereby, depending on the game state, whether or not the plurality of game balls that have successively entered the specific first ball entry means can be continuously entered into the specific third ball entry means by the movable means is varied. This has the effect of increasing the variety of games and increasing interest.

In any of the gaming machines D1 to D10,
The gaming machine D11 is characterized in that the second lottery by the second lottery means is more likely to award benefits that are advantageous to the player than the first lottery by the first lottery means.

According to the gaming machine D11, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machines D1 to D10, the following effects are achieved. That is, the second lottery by the second lottery means is configured to be more likely to provide benefits that are more advantageous to the player than the first lottery by the first lottery means. As a result, it is possible to create playability in which the game ball is entered into the specific third ball entry means that can receive the second lottery, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game. .

In gaming machines D1 to D11,
The first lottery means is
It is possible to derive a predetermined first lottery result and a second lottery result that is advantageous for the player from the first lottery result,
The second lottery means is
A gaming machine D12 characterized in that the second lottery result is easily derived by the first lottery means.

According to the gaming machine D12, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machines D1 to D11, the following effects are achieved. That is, the first lottery means is configured to be able to derive a predetermined first lottery result and a second lottery result that is more advantageous for the player than the first lottery result. The second lottery means is configured to more easily derive the second lottery result than the first lottery means. As a result, it is possible to create a gameplay that determines whether or not to acquire the lottery opportunity of the second lottery means that is likely to derive a second lottery result that is advantageous to the player, and to improve the interest of the game. There is.

In any of gaming machines D4 to D12,
A game machine D13 characterized in that it is provided with a delay means (for example, a deceleration part 79c) that delays the falling speed of the game balls rolled by the rolling means at the time of closure.

According to the gaming machine D13, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machines D4 to D12, the following effects are achieved. That is, the falling speed of the game balls rolling by the rolling means at the time of closure is delayed by the delay means. This makes it possible to equalize (constantly) and lengthen the time during which the game ball stays on the upper surface of the rolling means at the time of closure. Therefore, in order to realize the gameplay of the present invention by increasing the residence time on the rolling means at the time of blockage compared to the case where there is no delay means, it is possible to adjust the drive time of the movable means for each game state. Game specifications can be designed easily. Furthermore, the more the delay means delays the falling speed of the game ball, the more the overall length of the closing rolling means can be shortened, and the movable means as a whole can be made more compact.

In any of gaming machines D5 to D13,
In the first game state or the second game state, when a game ball enters the specific first ball entering means, the game apparatus is characterized by comprising a notification means (for example, an alarm sound) that makes a predetermined notification. A gaming machine D14.

According to the gaming machine D14, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machines D5 to D13, the following effects are achieved. That is, in the first game state or the second game state, when a game ball enters the specific first ball entering means, a predetermined notification is performed by the notification means. As a result, the game with a firing mode different from the firing mode set for each gaming state is regulated, and the ball entering pattern of the second ball entering means or the third ball entering means set for each gaming state is made different. This has the effect of reliably realizing the gameplay.

<Group E: Claims of the fourth embodiment>
Conventionally, gaming machines such as pachinko machines have been used to shoot game media such as balls toward a gaming area provided on a gaming board, and then insert the gaming media into one of a plurality of ball entrances provided in the gaming area. There is a system in which a lottery is conducted based on the entry of balls, and when a player wins in the lottery, a predetermined gaming value is awarded to the player (for example, Patent Document 1 (Unexamined Japanese Patent Publication No. 2012-231902).

However, in the above-mentioned gaming machine, the winnings to the plurality of ball openings are fixed depending on the gaming situation, making the game monotonous, and there is still room for improvement in this respect.

The inventions in group E were made in view of the circumstances exemplified above, and their purpose is to provide a gaming machine that can improve the interest of gaming.

A first ball entry means into which a game ball can enter (for example, special drawing 1 first prize opening 77a);
a second ball entry means (for example, special figure 1 second prize opening 77b) into which a game ball can enter and which is different from the first ball entry means;
a lottery means (for example, jackpot type table 202b1 for special drawings 1) that performs a lottery based on the game ball entering the first ball entering means or the second ball entering means;
a gaming value granting means (for example, the central prize winning slot 65a) that grants a predetermined gaming value to the player based on the lottery result of the lottery means;
A passing means (for example, the distribution ball entrance 72) having an opening through which game balls can pass (for example, the entrance of the distribution ball entrance 72);
A first flow path (for example, left side path 74 or right side path 75 (right side deep path 75a)) through which the game balls that have passed through the passage means flow down;
a second flow path (for example, a flow path outside the alternate distribution unit 71) through which game balls that have not passed through the passage means flow down;
Sorting means (for example, a sorting device 73) that sequentially distributes game balls flowing down the first flow path to the first ball entering means and the second ball entering means;
a first position (for example, a recessed state) that makes it difficult for a game ball flowing down the second flow path to enter the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means; A movable means (for example, a left side projecting plate 79b1 and a right side projecting plate 79b2) that can be displaced to a second position (for example, a protruding state) where the ball can enter the second ball entering means;
a third ball entry means into which a game ball can enter and which is different from the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means (for example, the special figure 2 winning hole 78);
When the movable means is displaced to the second position, the game balls flowing down from the first flow path (or the second flow path) flow down toward the third ball entering means. (For example, a flow path between the special drawing 1 first prize opening 77a and the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b and above the special drawing 2 winning opening 78),
The lottery means is characterized by comprising a second lottery means (for example, a jackpot type table 202b2 for special drawings 2) that performs a lottery based on the game ball entering the third ball entry means. A gaming machine E0.

According to the gaming machine E0, the game ball is configured to be able to enter the first ball entering means and the second ball entering means different from the first ball entering means, and the first ball entering means or the second ball entering means A lottery is conducted by a lottery means based on the entry of game balls into the game ball. Then, based on the lottery result of the lottery means, a predetermined game value is awarded to the player by the game value granting means. Here, the game balls that have passed through the passage means having the opening flow down the first flow path, and the game balls that have not passed through the passage means flow down the second flow path. Further, the game balls flowing down the first channel are sequentially distributed to the first ball entering means and the second ball entering means by the distributing means. On the other hand, a movable means that can be displaced to the first position or the second position is provided, and when the movable means is in the second position, the game ball flowing down the second flow path is moved to the first ball entering means or the second entering means. The ball may enter the ball means. Here, a third ball entering means different from the first ball entering means or the second ball entering means is provided, and when the movable means is displaced to the second position by the third flow path, the first ball entering means ( The game balls flowing down from the second flow path are flowed down toward the third ball entering means. Then, the second lottery means provided in the lottery means performs a lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the third ball entry means. Thereby, when the movable means is in the first position, the game ball passing through the passing means and flowing down the first flow path is made to enter the first ball entering means and the second ball entering means in order. be able to. Further, when the movable means is in the second position, the game ball flowing down the second channel without passing through the passing means can be caused to enter the first ball entering means or the second ball entering means. . Furthermore, when the movable means is in the second position, the game ball that passes through the passage means and flows down the first flow path (or the game ball that flows down the second flow path without passing through the passage means), It is possible to cause the ball to enter the third ball entry means. Therefore, depending on the driving mode of the movable means, the ball entry patterns of the first ball entry means, the second ball entry means, or the third ball entry means into which the game balls flowing down the respective channels can enter may be varied. This has the effect of increasing the variety of games and increasing interest.

Note that the "ball entry pattern of the first ball entry means, second ball entry means, or third ball entry means in which a game ball can enter" refers to, for example, an entry pattern in which a game ball can enter only into the first ball entry means. pattern, an entry pattern that allows the ball to enter only the second ball entry means, an entry pattern that allows the ball to enter only the third ball entry means, an entry pattern that allows the ball to enter the first ball entry means and the second ball entry means. A ball pattern, a ball entering pattern that allows the ball to enter the second ball entering means and the third ball entering means, a ball entering pattern that allows the ball to enter the first ball entering means and the third ball entering means, or a ball entering pattern that allows the ball to enter the first ball entering means Examples include a ball entry pattern in which the ball may enter the second ball entry means and the third ball entry means in order.

In the gaming machine E0,
The movable means is
When the second position is reached, the first ball entering means or the second ball entering means is blocked by the movable means, and a rolling means when closed allows the game ball to roll on the upper surface of the movable means ( For example, the gaming machine E1 is characterized in that it includes a left protruding and retractable plate 79b1 and a right protruding and retractable plate 79b2.

According to the gaming machine E1, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine E0, the following effects are achieved. That is, when the movable means is in the second position by the closing rolling means provided in the movable means, the upper surface of the movable means is closed while the first ball entering means or the second ball entering means is blocked by the movable means. The game ball is configured to be rollable. As a result, when the movable means is in the second position, the movable means blocks the first ball entering means or the second ball entering means and allows the game ball to enter the first ball entering means or the second ball entering means. The game ball can roll on the upper surface of the movable means while preventing the game ball from entering the third ball entering means of the third flow path. Therefore, by varying the ball entering patterns of the first ball entering means, second ball entering means, or third ball entering means into which the game ball can enter depending on the drive mode of the movable means, the variation of the game is enriched and the game is made more interesting. It has the effect of being able to improve

In the gaming machine E0 or E1,
The third ball entering means includes:
A gaming machine E2 characterized in that it is disposed between the first ball entering means and the second ball entering means, and downstream from the first ball entering means and the second ball entering means.

According to the gaming machine E2, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine E0 or E1, the following effects are achieved. That is, the third ball entering means is disposed between the first ball entering means and the second ball entering means and on the downstream side of the first ball entering means and the second ball entering means. Thereby, when the movable means is in the second position, the game ball can be caused to flow down to the third ball entering means from both the first ball entering means side and the second ball entering means side, and each ball entering means It is possible to realize the gameplay of changing the ball entering pattern. Therefore, by efficiently arranging the first ball entering means, the second ball entering means, and the third ball entering means and reducing the area occupied by each ball entering means, the gaming machine can be improved while realizing the above-mentioned gameplay. This has the effect of contributing to an improvement in the degree of freedom in design.

In any of gaming machines E0 to E2,
The movable means is
a first movable means (for example, a left-side projecting and retracting plate 79b1) disposed between the first flow path and the first ball entering means;
a second movable means (for example, right side projecting and retracting plate 79b2) disposed between the first flow path and the second ball entering means;
A game machine E3 characterized in that it includes an interlocking drive means (for example, a solenoid 209 (a solenoid for a retractable plate)) that interlocks and drives the first movable means and the second movable means.

According to the gaming machine E3, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machines E0 to E2, the following effects are achieved. That is, as movable means, a first movable means is provided between the first flow path and the first ball entry means, and a second movable means is provided between the first flow path and the second ball entry means. The first movable means and the second movable means are driven in conjunction with each other by the interlocking drive means. As a result, the first movable means and the second movable means are respectively driven in conjunction with each other, so even if the game balls are distributed in the first channel, the game balls are transferred to the third ball entering means. It becomes possible to make it flow down. Therefore, by varying the ball entering patterns of the first ball entering means, second ball entering means, or third ball entering means into which the game ball can enter depending on the drive mode of the movable means, the variation of the game is enriched and the game is made more interesting. It has the effect of being able to improve

Note that "interlocking" means that two members are synchronized and in the same manner (for example, if one member protrudes, the other members also protrude, and if one member retracts, the other members also retract). Examples include a case in which one member is driven, a case in which another member is driven at the same time or after a predetermined period of time in relation to the driving of one member, a case in which two members are driven alternately, and the like.

In any of gaming machines E0 to E3,
A unit (for example, an alternate distribution unit 71) that integrally configures the passage means, the distribution means, and the first flow path,
The movable means is
a protruding means (for example, the left side portion of the left side protrusion plate 79b1 or the right side portion of the right side protrusion plate 79b2) that protrudes into the second flow path outside the outer shape of the unit;
The protruding means is
The gaming machine E4 is characterized in that it slopes downward from the second flow path toward the unit side.

According to the gaming machine E4, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machines E0 to E3, the following effects are achieved. That is, the passage means, the distribution means, and the first flow path are integrally constituted by the unit, and the protruding means of the movable means is provided to the second flow path outside the outer shape of the unit. The protrusion means is provided to be inclined downward from the second flow path toward the unit side. As a result, the game ball flowing down the second channel without passing through the passing means is guided toward the unit by the protruding means, and the ball enters the first ball entering means, the second ball entering means, or the third ball entering means. It is possible. Therefore, depending on the driving mode of the movable means, the ball entry patterns of the first ball entry means, the second ball entry means, or the third ball entry means into which the game balls flowing down the respective channels can enter may be varied. This has the effect of increasing the variety of games and increasing interest.

In any of gaming machines E0 to E4,
A fourth ball entry means into which game balls can enter (for example, a normal symbol gate 76c before sorting);
A third lottery means (for example, a random number table per normal figure 202f) that performs a lottery based on the game ball entering the fourth ball entrance means,
The movable means is
Driven based on the lottery result of the third lottery means,
The fourth ball entering means includes:
A gaming machine E5 characterized in that it is disposed between the opening and the distributing means.

According to the gaming machine E5, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machines E0 to E4, the following effects are achieved. That is, the game ball is configured to be able to enter the fourth ball entry means, and a lottery is performed by the third lottery means based on the game ball entering the fourth ball entry means, and the third lottery means The movable means is driven based on the lottery result. A fourth ball entering means is arranged between the opening of the passing means and the sorting means. As a result, the game ball passing through the passing means enters the fourth ball entering means, and then, by the movable means disposed on the downstream side, the ball enters the first ball entering means or enters the second ball entering means. The configuration is such that whether the ball hits the ball or the ball enters the third ball entry means is different. Therefore, for example, by changing the conditions for driving the movable means (winning probability, variable display time, or drive time), the movable means can be driven no matter which direction the game balls are distributed in the first channel. A ball entering pattern of a first ball entering means, a second ball entering means, or a third ball entering means in which a game ball can enter depending on whether or not the movable means is driven. This has the effect of increasing the variety of games and increasing interest.

In any of gaming machines E0 to E5,
a gaming state setting means (for example, jackpot processing (S103)) capable of setting a gaming state after the gaming value is given by the gaming value giving means;
a second position period changing means for changing the period in which the movable means is in the second position based on the gaming state set by the gaming state setting means (for example, S704 of the normal electric role control process (S104)); A gaming machine E6 characterized by comprising the following.

According to the gaming machine E6, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machines E0 to E5, the following effects are achieved. That is, the game state setting means is configured to be able to set the game state after the game value is given by the game value giving means. Then, the second position period changing means changes the period during which the movable means is in the second position based on the gaming state set by the gaming state setting means. As a result, the period in which the movable means is in the second position is changed according to the gaming state, and the ball entry pattern of the first ball entry means, second ball entry means, or third ball entry means in which the game ball can enter can be changed. By making the games different, it is possible to increase the variety of games and increase the interest.

In gaming machine E6,
A variable display execution means (for example, a common symbol) that executes a variable display of identification information (for example, a variable display of a common symbol) on a display means (for example, a common symbol display device 83) based on the lottery result of the third lottery means. variation processing (S111)),
Based on the game state set by the game state setting means, the execution time of the variable display by the variable display execution means is set from a first execution time (for example, "3 seconds") to a second execution time shorter than the first execution time. 2 execution time (for example, "0.5 seconds");
The first flow path is
A predetermined first time that requires a first predetermined time (for example, "1.6 seconds") from when the game ball enters the fourth ball entering means until the game ball reaches the placement position of the movable means. 1 channel (for example, the left channel 74 in the fourth embodiment);
A specific first step that requires a second predetermined time (for example, "5.1 seconds") from when a game ball enters the fourth ball entering means until the game ball reaches the placement position of the movable means. 1 flow path (for example, the right path 75 in the fourth embodiment),
The first ball entry means is arranged on the downstream side of the predetermined first flow path,
The second ball entry means is arranged downstream of the specific first flow path,
The first execution time (3 seconds) is longer than the first predetermined time (1.6 seconds) and shorter than the second predetermined time (5.1 seconds),
A gaming machine E7 characterized in that the second execution time (0.5 seconds) is shorter than the first predetermined time (1.6 seconds) and the second predetermined time (5.1 seconds).

According to the gaming machine E7, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine E6, the following effects are achieved. That is, based on the lottery result by the third lottery means, the variable display execution means executes variable display of the identification information on the display means. Further, based on the game state set by the game state setting means, the variable time changing means changes the execution time of the variable display by the variable display execution means from the first execution time to a second execution time shorter than the first execution time. Be changed. Here, the predetermined first flow path of the first flow path takes a first predetermined time from when the game ball enters the fourth ball entering means until the game ball reaches the arrangement position of the movable means. Similarly, the specific first flow path of the first flow path is configured such that the first flow path is configured such that the first flow path has a first flow path from when a game ball enters the fourth ball entering means until the game ball reaches the arrangement position of the movable means. 2. It is configured to take a predetermined amount of time. A first ball entering means is arranged downstream of the predetermined first channel, and a second ball entering means is arranged downstream of the specific first channel. Further, the first execution time is set longer than the first predetermined time and shorter than the second predetermined time, and the second execution time is set shorter than the first predetermined time and the second predetermined time. Thereby, it is possible to change whether or not the game ball that has entered the fourth ball entering means has finished the variable display by the time it reaches the arrangement position of the movable means depending on the gaming state, and the variable display can be changed. It becomes possible to change whether or not to put the movable means into the driving state based on the execution result. As a result, depending on the game state, the game ball that has entered the fourth ball entering means is caused to enter the first ball entering means, the second ball entering means, or the third ball entering means by the movable means. By varying the method of entering the ball, it is possible to increase the variety of games and increase the interest.

In gaming machine E7,
The interlocking drive means
a first drive pattern means for driving the movable means to the second position for a predetermined first drive time (e.g. "2 seconds");
a second drive pattern means for driving the movable means to the second position for a second drive time (e.g., "5 seconds") longer than the first drive time;
The first predetermined time (1.6 seconds) is shorter than the second execution time (0.5 seconds) and the first drive time (2 seconds),
The second predetermined time (5.1 seconds) is longer than the total time (5 seconds) of the first execution time (3 seconds) and the first drive time (2 seconds), and the second execution time (0.5 seconds) and the second driving time (5 seconds).

According to the gaming machine E8, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine E7, the following effects are achieved. That is, the movable means is driven to the second position for a predetermined first drive time by the first drive pattern means provided in the interlocking drive means. Further, the movable means is driven to the second position during a second drive time period which is longer than the first drive time period by a second drive pattern means also provided in the interlock drive means. Then, the first predetermined time is set shorter than the second execution time and the first drive time. Further, the second predetermined time is set to be longer than the total time of the first execution time and the first driving time, and shorter than the total time of the second execution time and the second driving time.

As a result, when the variable display is executed in the first execution time and the driving time of the movable means is driven in the first driving time, the game balls flowing down into the predetermined first flow path are At the timing when the ball has flown down to the position, the execution of the variable display has not been completed and the opportunity for the movable means to displace has not arrived. The ball is thrown into the field. In addition, when the variable display is executed in the first execution time and the driving means of the movable means is driven in the first driving time, the game balls flowing down the specific first channel are located at the arrangement position of the movable means. At the timing when the variable display has finished, the movable means has been driven from the first position to the second position based on the execution result of the variable display, and has returned to the first position again. The ball enters the second ball entry means without changing its direction of flow.

Further, when the variable display is executed in the second execution time and the driving time of the movable means is driven in the first driving time, the game balls flowing down into the predetermined first channel are located at the arrangement position of the movable means. At the timing at which the variable display has been executed, the movable means is driven from the first position to the second position based on the execution result of the variable display, and the state of the second position is maintained. The downward direction is changed by the means, and the ball enters the third ball entering means. On the other hand, when the variable display is executed in the second execution time and the driving time of the movable means is driven in the first driving time, the game ball flowing down into the specific first channel is located at the arrangement position of the movable means. At the timing when the variable display has finished, the movable means has been driven from the first position to the second position based on the execution result of the variable display, and has returned to the first position again. The ball enters the second ball entry means without changing its direction of flow.

Furthermore, when the variable display is executed in the second execution time and the driving time of the movable means is driven in the second driving time, the game balls flowing down into the predetermined first channel are located at the arrangement position of the movable means. At the timing at which the variable display has finished, the movable means is driven from the first position to the second position based on the execution result of the variable display, and the state of the second position is maintained. The downward direction is changed by the means, and the ball enters the third ball entering means. Further, when the variable display is executed in the second execution time and the driving time of the movable means is driven in the second driving time, the game ball flowing down into the specific first channel is located at the arrangement position of the movable means. At the timing at which the variable display has finished, the movable means is driven from the first position to the second position based on the execution result of the variable display, and the state of the second position is maintained. The downward direction is changed by the means, and the ball enters the third ball entering means.

Therefore, by changing the execution time of the variable display and the drive time of the movable means, the first ball entering means, the second ball entering means, or the third ball entering means into which the game balls flowing down the respective channels can enter. By varying the ball entering patterns of the ball means, there is an effect that it is possible to increase the variety of the game and improve the interest.

In the gaming machine E8,
The movable means is
When the second driving pattern means is driven to the second position during the second driving time, the game ball flowing down the second flow path can be guided to the third ball entering means. The gaming machine E9 is characterized by the following.

According to the gaming machine E9, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine E8, the following effects are achieved. That is, when the movable means is driven to the second position by the second drive pattern means during the second drive time, the game ball flowing down the second flow path can be guided to the third ball entering means. be done. Thereby, the game ball flowing down the second flow path can be caused to enter the third ball entry means, so that it is possible to input the game ball from any of the flow channels to the first ball entry means, the second ball entry means, or the third ball entry means. By configuring the game ball so that it can enter the game ball, there is an effect that it is possible to increase the variety of games and improve the interest.

In any of gaming machines E7 to E9,
The specific first flow path is
a back direction channel through which the game ball flows down in the depth direction when viewed from the front;
A gaming machine E10 characterized in that it includes a front flow path which is configured by folding back from the back flow path to the front side when viewed from the front, and allows the game balls to flow down in the front direction when viewed from the front.

According to the gaming machine E10, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machines E7 to E9, the following effects are achieved. That is, the game ball is flown down in the depth direction when viewed from the front through the back flow path provided in the specific first flow path, and the front flow path configured by turning back from the back flow path toward the front side when viewed from the front, The game ball is flown down in the front direction when viewed from the front.

Here, when the game ball flowing down the specific first channel is configured to require a second predetermined time to flow down the specific first channel, the length of the specific first channel is set to a predetermined length. It is necessary to configure the flow path to be longer than the first flow path. However, the vertical width of the gaming machine is larger than the horizontal width of the entire gaming machine, and the design constraints on the left and right widths are greater than the design constraints on the top and bottom widths. Therefore, if the specific first flow path is installed laterally in the front view of the game machine, the specific first flow path will occupy a predetermined area in the game area, reducing the degree of freedom in designing other game components. There is a risk that it may become a factor.

Therefore, by configuring the specific first flow path in the depth direction when viewed from the front rather than the horizontal direction when viewed from the front of the gaming machine, it is possible to reduce the area occupied by the specific first flow path in the horizontal direction when viewed from the front of the gaming area. This has the effect of contributing to an improvement in the degree of freedom in designing gaming machines.

In any of the gaming machines E1 to E10,
A delay means (for example, a left outer speed reducer 79g, a left inner speed reducer 79h, a right outer speed reducer 79i, or a right inner speed reducer 79j) for delaying the falling speed of the game ball rolling by the blocking rolling means. A gaming machine E11 is characterized in that:

According to the gaming machine E11, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machines E1 to E10, the following effects are achieved. That is, the falling speed of the game balls rolling by the rolling means at the time of closure is delayed by the delay means. This makes it possible to equalize (constantly) and lengthen the time during which the game ball stays on the upper surface of the rolling means at the time of closure. Therefore, by increasing the residence time on the rolling means at the time of blockage compared to the case without the delay means, in order to realize the gameplay of the present invention, the period of the second position of the movable means for each gaming state can be increased. Game specifications such as adjustments can be designed easily. Furthermore, the more the delay means delays the falling speed of the game balls, the shorter the overall length of the rolling means at the time of closure can be, and the more compact the movable means can be.

<Group F: Claims of the eighth embodiment>
Traditionally, gaming machines such as pachinko machines have been used to shoot game media such as balls toward a gaming area provided on a gaming board, and then insert the gaming media into one of multiple ball entrances provided in the gaming area. There is a system in which a lottery is conducted based on the entry of a ball, and when a player wins in the lottery, a predetermined gaming value is awarded to the player (for example, Patent Document 1 (Unexamined Japanese Patent Publication No. 2012-231902).

However, in the above-mentioned gaming machines, since the firing mode of the game medium that is preset in the gaming state is fixed, the ball entrance into which the ball can enter is also fixed in each gaming state, making the game monotonous. Therefore, there is still room for improvement in this respect.

The inventions of group F were made in view of the circumstances exemplified above, and their purpose is to provide a gaming machine that can improve the interest of gaming.

A firing means capable of firing a game ball (for example, ball firing unit 112a),
a first firing mode means for firing a game ball in a predetermined first firing manner by the firing means (for example, a left-handed game);
a second firing mode means for firing a game ball in a second firing mode different from the first firing mode by the first firing mode means (for example, a right-handed game);
A gaming machine comprising a gaming state setting means (for example, jackpot processing (S103)) that sets a gaming state based on establishment of a predetermined condition,
a first ball entry means (for example, special figure 1 first prize opening 77a) into which the game ball fired in the first shooting mode can enter;
a second ball entry means (for example, right side special figure 2 second prize opening 78d) into which the game balls fired in the first firing mode and the second firing mode can enter;
a third ball entry means (for example, the outer special figure 1 second prize opening 77f) into which the game ball fired in the second firing mode can enter;
Based on the gaming state set by the gaming state setting means, the first ball entering means, the second ball entering means, or the third ball entering means into which the game ball fired by the first firing mode means can enter. In addition to changing the entry pattern of the ball means, the entry of the first ball entry means, the second ball entry means, or the third ball entry means into which the game ball launched by the second launch mode means can enter. Ball entry pattern changing means for changing the ball pattern (for example, right-handed games are prohibited in the "normal game state" of the eighth embodiment, ball entry into the special figure 1 first prize opening 77a by left-handed games, "hidden" Entering the ball into the special figure 1 first entrance hole 77a and the right side special figure 2 second winning hole 78d in a left-handed game and the ball entering the outer special figure 1 second winning hole 77f in a right-handed game in the "probability fluctuation state" , or a ball entering the right-side special figure 2 second prize opening 78d in a right-handed game in a "probability fluctuation state").

According to the gaming machine F0, the game ball is configured to be able to be fired by the firing means, the game ball is fired by the firing means in a predetermined first firing manner, and the game ball is fired by the firing means in a predetermined first firing manner, and the game ball is fired by the firing means in a predetermined first firing manner. , the game ball is fired in a second firing manner different from the first firing manner by the first firing manner means. Then, the gaming state setting means sets the gaming state based on the establishment of a predetermined condition. Here, the first ball entry means is configured to allow the game balls fired in the first firing mode to enter, and the second ball entry means is configured to allow the game balls fired in the first and second firing modes to enter the first ball entry means. The game ball is configured to be able to enter the ball, and the game ball fired in the second shooting mode is configured to be able to enter the third ball entry means. Then, the ball entering pattern changing means determines the first ball entering means and the second ball entering means into which the game ball fired by the first firing mode means can enter, based on the game state set by the game state setting means. Or, the ball entry pattern of the third ball entry means is changed, and the first ball entry means, second ball entry means, or third ball entry means into which the game ball fired by the second ball entry means can enter. The entry pattern is changed. Thereby, it is possible to change the ball entering means that can enter the ball based on the gaming state and the shooting mode of the game ball. Therefore, by varying the ball entry patterns of the ball entry means that can be used for each game state, it is possible to increase the variety of games and improve the interest.

In addition, "establishment of a predetermined condition" means, for example, when a jackpot or small win is won, when the gaming state is changed, when a game ball enters a predetermined ball entry hole, when a dynamic An event that can occur when playing a game, such as when a display is executed a predetermined number of times, or when a predetermined number of game balls enter a specific ball entrance, and that is set in advance. is established.

In addition, "ball entry pattern of the first ball entry means, second ball entry means, or third ball entry means in which a game ball can enter" means, for example, an entry pattern in which a game ball can enter only into the first ball entry means. pattern, a ball entry pattern that allows the ball to enter only the second ball entry means, a ball entry pattern that allows the ball to enter only the third ball entry means, a ball entry pattern that allows the ball to enter the first ball entry means and the second ball entry means. A ball pattern, a ball entry pattern that allows the ball to enter the first ball entry means and the second ball entry means alternately, a ball entry pattern that allows the ball to enter the second ball entry means and the third ball entry means, and a second ball entry pattern. A ball entry pattern that allows balls to enter the means and the third ball entry means alternately, a ball entry pattern that allows balls to enter the first ball entry means and the third ball entry means, and the first ball entry means and the third ball entry means. A ball entry pattern in which the ball enters alternately into the first ball entry means, a second ball entry means, and a third ball entry means, or a ball entry pattern in which the ball enters the first ball entry means and the second ball entry means. Examples include a ball entry pattern in which the ball may enter the means and the third ball entry means in order.

In the gaming machine F0,
A movable means (for example, a retractable plate) that can be displaced between a first position that does not affect the direction of the flowing game ball and a second position that is displaced from the first position and affects the direction of the flowing game ball. 79b) and
A movable mode changing means (for example, normal electric role control processing (S104)) that changes the displacement mode of the movable means based on the gaming state set by the gaming state setting means,
The gaming state setting means includes:
Based on the establishment of the predetermined condition, a predetermined first gaming state (e.g., "normal gaming state") to a second gaming state (e.g., "latent probability varying state"), or the first gaming state or the first gaming state. It is configured to be changeable from the second gaming state to the third gaming state (for example, "probability fluctuation state"),
The movable mode changing means is
In the first game state, the game ball fired in the first firing mode can enter the first ball entry means, but it is difficult (impossible) to enter the second ball entry means. a first drive pattern means (for example, the winning pattern in the "normal gaming state" of the eighth embodiment) that drives the movable means as shown in FIG.
In the second gaming state, the game ball fired in the first firing mode can be entered into the first ball entering means and the second ball entering means, and the game ball can be fired in the second shooting mode. a second driving pattern means for driving the movable means so that the game ball can enter the third ball entering means (for example, the winning pattern in the "latent probability fluctuating state" of the eighth embodiment);
In the third game state, a third drive pattern means (for example, an eighth winning pattern in the “probability fluctuation state” of the embodiment),
The ball entry pattern changing means is
In the first gaming state, a second firing regulating means for regulating the firing of game balls in the second firing mode (for example, outputting an alarm sound in the "normal gaming state" in the eighth embodiment);
In the second gaming state and the third gaming state, the second firing possibility means that does not restrict the firing of game balls in the second firing mode (for example, the "latency probability fluctuation state" or "probability fluctuation state" in the eighth embodiment) (non-output of an alarm sound in a "fluctuation state").

According to the gaming machine F1, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine F0, the following effects are achieved. That is, the movable means is configured to be movable between a first position that does not affect the direction of flow of the game balls flowing down and a second position that is displaced from the first position and affects the direction of flow of the game balls that flow down. Based on the game state set by the game state setting means, the displacement state of the movable means is changed by the movable state changing means. Further, the gaming state setting means is configured to be able to change from a predetermined first gaming state to a second gaming state, or from the first gaming state or the second gaming state to a third gaming state, based on the establishment of a predetermined condition. Ru. Here, the first driving pattern means provided in the movable mode changing means allows the game ball fired in the first firing mode to enter the first ball entering means in the first game state. 2. The movable means is driven so that it is difficult (impossible) for the ball to enter the ball entering means. Further, the second drive pattern means provided in the movable mode changing means allows the game ball fired in the first shooting mode to enter the first ball entering means and the second ball entering means in the second game state. At the same time, the movable means is driven so that the game ball fired in the second firing mode can enter the third ball entrance means. Further, the third driving pattern means provided in the movable mode changing means causes the movable means to be configured such that the game ball fired in the second firing mode can enter the second ball entering means in the third game state. Driven. Then, in the first game state, the firing of the game ball in the second firing mode is regulated by the second firing regulating means provided in the ball entering pattern changing means. Furthermore, the second firing enable means provided in the ball entering pattern changing means does not restrict the firing of the game ball in the second firing mode in the second game state and the third game state. As a result, by changing the downward direction of the game ball by the movable means and regulating the execution of the game ball launch mode for each game state, it is possible to vary the ball entry means that can enter the ball for each game state. In particular, the first ball entering means and the second ball entering means can enter the game ball into the second ball entering means in the first firing mode, and the third ball entering means can enter the second ball entering means in the second shooting mode. By configuring the game ball so that it can enter the ball, the player can select the firing mode and play the game. Therefore, by varying the ball entry patterns of the ball entry means that can be used for each game state, it is possible to enrich the variation of the game and improve interest.

In addition, "regulating the firing of game balls in the second firing mode" means, for example, providing a detection switch at the downstream position of the game ball fired in the second firing mode, and detecting the game ball by the detection switch. A speaker or the like is controlled to output an alarm sound or the like when the game ball is fired in the second firing mode, or the player is forced to shoot the game ball itself in the second firing mode. An example is a case where control of a means is suppressed (prohibited). Furthermore, "not restricting the firing of game balls in the second firing mode" means, for example, controlling not to output the above-mentioned alarm sound, or suppressing (prohibiting) the firing of game balls in the second firing mode. Examples include not executing control.

In the gaming machine F0 or F1,
a first lottery means (for example, jackpot type table 202b1 for special drawing 1) that performs a first lottery based on the entry of a game ball into the first ball entry means or the third ball entry means;
a second lottery means (for example, a jackpot type table 202b2 for special drawings 2) that performs a second lottery based on the entry of a game ball into the second ball entry means;
The gaming machine F2 is characterized in that the second lottery by the second lottery means is more likely to award benefits that are advantageous to the player than the first lottery by the first lottery means.

According to the gaming machine F2, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine F0 or F1, the following effects are achieved. That is, the first lottery means performs the first lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the first ball entry means or the third ball entry means, and the second lottery means performs the game based on the entry of the game ball into the second ball entry means. A second lottery is conducted based on the ball's entry. The second lottery by the second lottery means is configured to be more likely to provide a benefit that is more advantageous to the player than the first lottery by the first lottery means. As a result, it is possible to create a game in which the game ball is entered into the second ball entry means that allows the player to receive the second lottery, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

In gaming machine F1 or F2,
The movable means is
When the second position is reached, the second ball entering means and the third ball entering means are blocked by the movable means, and a rolling means at the time of closing allows the game ball to roll on the upper surface of the movable means ( For example, the gaming machine F3 is characterized in that it is provided with a protruding retractable plate 79b (upper surface).

According to the gaming machine F3, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine F1 or F2, the following effects are achieved. That is, when the movable means is in the second position by the closing rolling means provided in the movable means, the upper surface of the movable means is closed while the second ball entering means and the third ball entering means are closed by the movable means. The game ball is configured to be rollable. As a result, when the movable means is in the second position, the movable means blocks the second ball entering means and the third ball entering means and allows the game ball to enter the second ball entering means and the third ball entering means. If the movable means is displaced from the second position to the first position while the game ball is rolling on the upper surface of the movable means, the game ball will move downstream from the place where it is rolling at that point. Constructed to flow downstream. As a result, by changing the ball entry pattern of the second ball entry means or the third ball entry means into which the game ball can enter depending on the timing at which the movable means is displaced from the second position to the first position, the game can be improved. This has the effect of increasing the variety and increasing interest.

In gaming machine F3,
A fourth ball entry means into which a game ball can enter (for example, the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a or the right-hand normal symbol gate 76b);
a third lottery means (for example, random number table 202f per normal figure) that performs a third lottery based on the game ball entering the fourth ball entrance means;
A variable display execution means (for example, a variable display of ordinary symbols) that executes a variable display of identification information (for example, a variable display of ordinary symbols) on a display means (for example, the ordinary symbol display device 83) based on the lottery result of the third lottery means. variation processing (S111)),
Based on the game state set by the game state setting means, the execution time of the variable display by the variable display execution means is set from a first execution time (for example, "3 seconds") to a second execution time shorter than the first execution time. 2. A variable time changing means (for example, a general figure variable time table 202g) for changing the execution time to 2 execution times (for example, "0.5 seconds");
When predetermined specific identification information (for example, a "○" symbol) appears in the variable display executed by the variable display execution means, the movable means is moved from a predetermined first position to a position different from the first position. A driving means (for example, a solenoid 209 (a solenoid for a retractable plate)) for driving to two positions,
The fourth ball entering means includes:
a predetermined fourth ball entry means (for example, an in-unit normal symbol gate 76a) into which a game ball fired in the first firing mode by the first firing mode means can enter;
A specific fourth ball entrance means (for example, right side normal symbol gate 76b) into which the game ball fired in the second firing mode by the second firing mode means can enter,
The driving means includes:
a first drive time means for driving the movable means to the second position for a predetermined first drive time (e.g., "2 seconds");
a second drive time means for driving the movable means to the second position for a second drive time (e.g., "3 seconds") longer than the first drive time;
An upstream guide means for guiding the game ball that has entered the specific fourth ball entering means to the upstream side of the movable means (for example, an upstream guide means between the right side normal symbol gate 76b and the right end of the appearance board 79b in the normal electric unit 79). between), and
The rolling means when closed is
It is configured such that a first rolling time (for example, "1.5 seconds") is required for rolling from the upstream side of the movable means to directly above the third ball entering means,
In order to roll from the upstream side of the movable means to just above the second ball entering means, the second rolling time is longer than the first rolling time (for example, "1.9 seconds" to "2.5 seconds"). ”),
The gaming machine is
It is configured such that a first predetermined time (for example, "4.5 seconds") is required from when the game ball enters the predetermined fourth ball entry means until it reaches the arrangement position of the movable means,
It is configured such that a second predetermined time (for example, "1 second") is required from when the game ball enters the specific fourth ball entering means until it reaches the arrangement position of the movable means,
The first drive pattern means includes:
performing the variable display during the first execution time, and driving the movable means during the first driving time;
The second drive pattern means:
performing the variable display during the second execution time, and driving the movable means during the first drive time;
The third drive pattern means:
performing the variable display during the second execution time, and driving the movable means during the second driving time;
The first predetermined time (4.5 seconds) is
longer than the first execution time (3 seconds), shorter than the total time (5 seconds) of the first execution time (3 seconds) and the first driving time (2 seconds), and the second execution time (0. 5 seconds) and the first drive time (2 seconds) (2.5 seconds),
The second predetermined time (1 second) is
shorter than the first execution means (3 seconds) and longer than the second execution time (0.5 seconds);
The total time (2.5 seconds) of the second execution time (0.5 seconds) and the first drive time (2 seconds) is:
The total time of the second predetermined time (1 second) and the first rolling time (1.5 seconds) is less than or equal to (2.5 seconds),
The total time (3.5 seconds) of the second execution time (0.5 seconds) and the second driving time (3 seconds) is equal to the second predetermined time (1 second) and the second rolling time ( The gaming machine F4 is characterized in that the total time is less than or equal to (2.9 seconds to 3.5 seconds).

According to the gaming machine F4, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine F3, the following effects are achieved. That is, the game ball is configured to be able to enter the fourth ball entering means, and the third lottery is performed by the third lottery means based on the game ball entering the fourth ball entering means. Then, based on the lottery result of the third lottery means, the variable display execution means executes variable display of the identification display on the display means, and based on the gaming state set by the gaming state setting means, the variable time changing means , the execution time of the variable display by the variable display execution means is changed from the first execution time to a second execution time shorter than the first execution time. Moreover, when predetermined specific identification information appears in the variable display executed by the variable display execution means, the movable means is driven by the drive means. Here, the fourth ball entering means includes a predetermined fourth ball entering means into which a game ball launched in the first shooting mode by the first shooting mode means can enter, and a second shooting mode by the second shooting mode means. A specific fourth ball entry means is provided into which the game ball launched by the player can enter. Further, the movable means is driven to the second position for a predetermined first driving time by the first driving time means of the driving means, and the second driving means of the driving means also drives the movable means to the second position for a predetermined first driving time. During the time, the movable means is driven into the second position. Then, the game ball that has entered the specific fourth ball entering means is guided to the upstream side of the movable means by the upstream guide means. Here, the closing rolling means is configured to require a first rolling time to roll from the upstream side of the movable means to just above the third ball entering means, and the second ball entering means from the upstream side of the movable means to the second ball entering means. It is configured to require a second rolling time in order to roll to just above the ball means. Further, it is configured such that a first predetermined time is required after the game ball enters the predetermined fourth ball entry means until it reaches the arrangement position of the movable means, and the game ball enters the specific fourth ball entry means. It is configured such that a second predetermined time is required after the ball is sphericated until it reaches the position where the movable means is disposed. Here, by the first drive pattern means, the variable display is performed in the first execution time, and the movable means is driven in the first drive time. Further, by the second drive pattern means, the variable display is performed in the second execution time, and the movable means is driven in the first drive time. Further, by the third drive pattern means, the variable display is driven in the second execution time, and the movable means is driven in the second drive time. The first predetermined time is set to be longer than the first execution time, shorter than the total time of the first execution time and the first drive time, and longer than the total time of the second execution time and the first drive time. Further, the second predetermined time is set shorter than the first execution time and longer than the second execution time. Here, the total time of the second execution time and the first driving time is set to be less than or equal to the total time of the second predetermined time and the first rolling time. Further, the total time of the second execution time and the second driving time is set to be equal to or less than the total time of the second predetermined time and the second rolling time.

That is, in the first game state, the variable display ends and the movable means can be driven to the second position at the timing when the game ball enters the predetermined fourth ball entering means and reaches the arrangement position of the movable means. It is composed of Further, in the first game state, the variable display is executed at the timing when the game ball enters the specific fourth ball entering means and reaches the arrangement position of the movable means. Further, in the second gaming state, at the timing when the game ball enters the predetermined fourth ball entering means and reaches the arrangement position of the movable means, the variable display ends and the movable means is driven to the second position. The time is configured to end. Further, in the second gaming state, the variable display ends and the movable means is driven to the second position at the timing when the game ball enters the specific fourth ball entering means and reaches the arrangement position of the movable means. In addition, the movable means is configured to be displaced from the second position to the first position at the timing when the game ball rolls through the closing rolling means to just above the third ball entering means. Furthermore, in the third game state, the variable display ends and the movable means is driven to the second position at the timing when the game ball enters the specific fourth ball entering means and reaches the arrangement position of the movable means. In addition, the movable means is configured to be displaced from the second position to the first position at the timing when the game ball rolls through the closing rolling means to just above the second ball entering means.

As a result, in the first game state, the game ball can enter the first ball entering means, and in the first firing mode of the second game state, the game ball can enter the first ball entering means and the second ball entering means. The game state is set in which the ball can enter the ball, and in the second firing mode of the second game state, the game state is set in which the game ball can enter the third ball entering means, and in the third game state, the second ball enters. A game state is set in which a game ball can enter the means. Therefore, by changing the variable display time and the driving time of the movable means for each game state, the falling direction of the game ball can be changed and the ball entering means that can enter the ball can be changed. It is possible to use different ball entering means that can enter the game ball, and in particular, the game ball can be entered into the second ball entering means by the first ball entering means and the second ball entering means in the first firing mode, and By configuring the game ball to be able to enter the third ball entry means in the second launch mode, the player can select the launch mode and play the game. Therefore, by varying the ball entry patterns of the ball entry means that can be used for each game state, it is possible to enrich the variation of the game and improve interest.

In gaming machine F4,
The second firing regulating means includes:
A gaming machine F5, characterized in that it is provided with a notification means (for example, an alarm sound) that gives a predetermined notification when a game ball enters the specific fourth ball entry means in the first game state.

According to the gaming machine F5, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine F4, the following effects are achieved. That is, in the first game state, when a game ball enters the specific fourth ball entry means, a predetermined notification is given by the notification means provided in the second shot regulation means. This restricts the game in a firing mode different from the firing mode set for each gaming state, and allows the first ball entering means, second ball entering means, or third ball entering means set for each gaming state to be played. This has the effect that it is possible to reliably realize the gameplay of having different ball patterns.

In any of gaming machines F1 to F5,
Sorting means for sequentially sorting the flowing direction of the flowing game balls into at least two directions;
a first path through which game balls distributed by the distribution means pass;
a second route through which the game balls distributed by the distribution means pass after the game balls distributed to the first route;
providing the first ball entry means on the downstream side of the first path;
providing the second ball entry means on the downstream side of the second path;
A game machine F6 characterized in that the movable means is provided downstream of the second path and upstream of the second ball entry means.

According to the gaming machine F6, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machines F1 to F5, the following effects are achieved. That is, the descending game balls are sequentially distributed in at least two directions by the distribution means, and the game balls distributed by the distribution means pass through the first route, and are also distributed to the first route. The game balls distributed by the distribution means pass through the second route after the game balls distributed by the distribution means. Further, a first ball entering means is provided on the downstream side of the first path, and a second ball entering means is provided on the downstream side of the second path. A movable means is provided on the downstream side of the second path and upstream of the second ball entry means. As a result, the movable means provided on the upstream side of the second ball entry means allows the rolling means at the time of closure to function, and whether the game ball is difficult to enter the second ball entry means or the rolling means at the time of closure functions. It is possible to generate a situation in which it is possible to enter the game ball into the second ball entry means without having to do so. Therefore, for example, in a predetermined game state, the distributing means sequentially distributes the game balls to the first ball entering means, while in other game states, the distributing means distributes the game balls to the first ball entering means and the second ball entering means. You can sort the game balls in order. As a result, by varying the ball entry patterns of the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means through which game balls may enter, it is possible to enrich the variation of the game and improve interest. .

In gaming machine F6,
In the first gaming state, when the movable means is in the second position, the game ball distributed to the second route by the distribution means does not enter the second ball entering means, A gaming machine F7 characterized in that it is equipped with a fifth ball entry means (for example, an in-unit general prize opening 63a) into which the game ball can enter.

According to the gaming machine F7, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine F6, the following effects are achieved. That is, since the movable means is in the second position, when the game ball that has been sorted to the second route by the sorting means does not enter the second ball entering means, the game ball enters the fifth ball entering means. Configured to be spherical. Thereby, in the first game state, the game ball is configured to be able to enter the first ball entering means and the fifth ball entering means, and in the second game state, the game ball can enter the first ball entering means and the second ball entering means. The game ball is configured to be able to enter the means. Therefore, by varying the ball entry patterns of the ball entry means that can be used for each game state, it is possible to enrich the variation of the game and improve interest.

In gaming machine F7,
The gaming machine F8 is characterized in that the fifth ball entering means only pays out (prize balls) a predetermined number of game balls.

According to the gaming machine F8, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine F7, the following effects are achieved. That is, only a predetermined number of game balls are paid out by the game balls entering the fifth ball entering means. That is, when a game ball enters the fifth ball entering means, unlike the second ball entering means, a predetermined lottery is not performed, and only the payout of the game ball is performed. Therefore, in the first gaming state, even if the movable means is in the second position and the entering of the game ball into the second ball entering means is inhibited, the game ball may not be allowed to enter the fifth ball entering means. The effect is that it is possible to give a predetermined gaming value to the player, suppress the dissatisfaction of the player due to the obstruction of the entry of the game ball into the second ball entry means, and prevent the player from losing interest in the game. There is.

In any of gaming machines F0 to F8,
Provided on the upstream side of the second ball entry means is a widening means (for example, special figure 2 guide portion 78d) configured to be wider than the opening of the second ball entry means,
A gaming machine F9 characterized in that the game ball that has been flown down by the widening means enters the second ball entering means.

According to gaming machine F9, in addition to the effects provided by gaming machines F0 to F8, the following effects are achieved. That is, a widening means formed wider than the opening of the second ball entering means is provided on the upstream side of the second ball entering means, and the game ball that is flown down to the widening means enters the second ball entering means. Ru. Thereby, it is possible to increase the number of game balls that enter the second ball entering means, and for example, when the movable means is displaced from the second position to the first position, the ball rolls on the upper surface of the movable means. It is possible to make it easier to enter the game ball into the second ball entry means. Therefore, the configuration is such that the game balls can easily enter the second ball entering means, and it is possible to easily provide gaming value to the player.

In any of gaming machines F6 to F9,
The second route is
a back direction channel through which the game ball flows down in the depth direction when viewed from the front;
A gaming machine F10 comprising: a front flow path which is configured by folding back from the back flow path toward the front side when viewed from the front, and allows the game balls to flow down toward the front when viewed from the front.

According to the gaming machine F10, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machines F6 to F9, the following effects are achieved. That is, the game ball is flown down in the depth direction when viewed from the front through the back flow path provided in the second path, and the front flow path configured by turning back from the back flow path to the front side when viewed from the front The game ball is flown down toward the front.

Here, when the game ball flowing down the second path is configured to require a first predetermined time to flow down the second path, the length of the second path is configured to be a constant length. There is a need. However, the vertical width of the gaming machine is larger than the horizontal width of the entire gaming machine, and the design constraints on the left and right widths are greater than the design constraints on the top and bottom widths. Therefore, if the second route is extended laterally in the front view of the gaming machine, the second route will occupy a predetermined area in the gaming area, which will reduce the degree of freedom in designing other gaming components. There is a risk.

Therefore, by configuring the second route in the depth direction when viewed from the front rather than the horizontal direction when viewed from the front, it is possible to reduce the area occupied by the second route in the horizontal direction when viewed from the front of the gaming area. This has the effect of contributing to an improvement in the degree of freedom in design.

In any of gaming machines F3 to F10,
A gaming machine F11 characterized in that it is equipped with a delaying means (for example, a right-side integrated speed reduction section 79m or a left-side distributed speed reduction section 79n) that delays the falling speed of the game balls rolling by the blocking rolling means.

According to the gaming machine F11, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machines F3 to F10, the following effects are achieved. That is, the falling speed of the game balls rolling by the rolling means at the time of closure is delayed by the delay means. This makes it possible to equalize (constantly) and lengthen the time during which the game ball stays on the upper surface of the rolling means at the time of closure. Therefore, by increasing the residence time on the rolling means at the time of blockage compared to the case without the delay means, in order to realize the gameplay of the present invention, the period of the second position of the movable means for each gaming state can be increased. Game specifications such as adjustments can be designed easily. Furthermore, the more the delay means delays the falling speed of the game ball, the more the overall length of the closing rolling means can be shortened, and the movable means as a whole can be made more compact.

<G group: Chattering prevention when detecting a ball whose flowing direction has been switched>
Conventionally, in gaming machines such as pachinko machines, a game medium such as a ball is fired toward a game area provided on a game board, and the game medium enters one of a plurality of ball entrances provided in the game area. A lottery is conducted based on the entry of balls, and a predetermined gaming value is awarded to the player if the player wins in the lottery.

In such gaming machines, a flow direction changing means is provided to change the flow path of the game media flowing into a predetermined path, and by changing the flow direction of the game media flowing down the gaming area, it is possible to improve the interest of the game. (For example, Patent Document 1 (Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2012-231902)).

However, in the gaming machine described above, when the detection switch or the like detects the game medium whose flowing direction has been changed by the flowing direction changing means, when the playing medium immediately after the flowing direction has been changed is detected, the flowing direction is changed by the flowing direction changing means. Since the behavior of the game medium is not stable, such as when the game medium swings in a complicated manner, there is a risk that a false detection by the detection switch may occur.

The inventions of group G have been made in view of the circumstances exemplified above, and are aimed at providing a gaming machine in which false detection of gaming balls is unlikely to occur.

A firing means capable of firing a game ball (for example, ball firing unit 112a),
a first ball entry means (for example, the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a) into which the game ball fired by the firing means can enter;
a detection means (for example, a second ball entrance switch) for detecting a game ball that has entered the first ball entrance means;
A gaming machine comprising: a gaming value imparting means (for example, a normal electric role control process (S104)) that imparts a predetermined gaming value to a player based on the detection of a gaming ball by the detection means,
A downward direction changing means (for example, a sorting device 73) for changing the downward direction of the game ball ejected by the ejecting means before the game ball enters the first ball entering means;
Flowing mode stabilizing means that adjusts the falling mode of the game ball whose flowing direction has been changed by the flowing direction changing means (for example, the passage of the right path 75 from the sorting device 73 to the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a in the second embodiment) wall) and,
The first ball entry means includes:
A gaming machine G0, characterized in that it is disposed downstream of the flow mode stabilizing means.

According to the game machine G0, the game ball is configured to be able to be ejected by the ejection means, and the game ball ejected by the ejection means is configured to be able to enter the first ball entry means. Then, the detection means detects the game ball that has entered the first ball entry means, and based on the detection of the game ball by the detection means, the game value giving means gives a predetermined game value to the player. . Here, before the game ball fired by the firing means enters the first ball entering means, the flowing direction of the game ball is changed by the flowing direction changing means, and the flowing direction is changed by the flowing direction changing means. The falling mode of the game ball is adjusted by the flowing mode stabilizing means. The first ball entering means is disposed downstream of the falling state stabilizing means. As a result, when the flowing direction has been changed by the flowing direction changing means, it is possible to cause the game ball to enter the first ball entering means after the flowing manner of the game ball has been adjusted by the flowing manner stabilizing means. can. Therefore, since the detection means can detect the entry of a game ball when the behavior of the game ball entering the first ball entry means is stable, erroneous detection of a game ball at the first ball entry means may occur. This has the effect of making it more difficult to do.

In addition, "adjusting the falling pattern of the game ball" means, for example, when rolling the game ball so that the behavior of the game ball is constant, or when rolling the game ball so that the downward direction of the game ball is in one direction. When configuring a passage, when the game ball is allowed to fall freely so that the downward direction is vertically downward, or when the impact caused by the collision of the game ball is absorbed by an elastic member to reduce the kinetic energy of the game ball in a predetermined direction. etc. are exemplified.

In gaming machine G0,
The flow direction changing means is
A switching means (for example, a configuration of a rotating shaft portion 73a, a center plate portion 73b, and a right receiving plate 73d) for switching the downward direction of the game ball to a right angle or a substantially right angle,
The flow mode stabilizing means includes:
A predetermined distance (for example, the distance of one ball) is formed between the switching means and the first ball entering means (for example, a right path between the sorting device 73 and the in-unit normal symbol gate 76a). 75 aisle walls)
Gaming machine G1 is characterized by the following.

According to the gaming machine G1, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine G0, the following effects are achieved. That is, by the switching means provided in the flowing direction changing means, the flowing direction of the game ball is switched to a right angle or a substantially right angle. Then, a predetermined distance is formed between the switching means and the first ball entry means by the flow mode stabilizing means. As a result, even when the downward direction of the game ball is switched to a right angle or a substantially right angle by the switching means, a predetermined distance is formed between the switching means and the first ball entering means, and the predetermined distance is The behavior of the game ball can be stabilized while the game ball is flowing down. Therefore, since the detection means can detect the entry of a game ball when the behavior of the game ball entering the first ball entry means is stable, erroneous detection of a game ball at the first ball entry means may occur. This has the effect of making it more difficult to do.

In gaming machine G0 or G1,
The detection means includes:
A gaming machine G2 characterized by detecting a game ball flowing downward vertically or substantially vertically downward.

According to the gaming machine G2, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine G0 or G1, the following effects are achieved. That is, the detection means detects the game ball flowing downward vertically or approximately vertically downward. As a result, a game ball that is freely falling vertically downward or approximately vertically downward can be detected by the detection means, thereby detecting a game ball with stable behavior that is unlikely to cause events such as the game ball hitting a wall and bouncing up. This has the effect of making it difficult for the first ball entering means to erroneously detect a game ball.

In any of gaming machines G0 to G2,
A movable means (for example, a retractable plate 79b) that is movable between a predetermined first position and a second position that changes the downward direction of the game ball fired from the firing means, which is different from the first position;
a driving means (for example, a solenoid 209 (a solenoid for a retraction plate)) that drives the movable means based on the entry of a game ball into the first ball entry means;
a second ball entry means into which a game ball can enter when the movable means is in the first position (for example, special figure 1 second prize opening 77b);
A gaming machine G3 characterized in that it includes a third ball entry means (for example, a special figure 2 winning hole 78) into which a game ball can enter when the movable means is in the second position.

According to gaming machine G3, in addition to the effects provided by gaming machines G0 to G2, the following effects are achieved. That is, the movable means changes the downward direction of the game ball ejected from the ejection means, and the movable means is driven by the drive means based on the entry of the game ball into the first ball entry means. When the driving means does not drive the movable means, the game ball is configured to be able to enter the second ball entering means, and when the driving means drives the movable means, the game ball enters the third ball entering means. Configured to be spherical. Thereby, the ball entering means that can enter the ball can be varied depending on the movable means that is driven based on the entry of the game ball into the first ball entering means. Therefore, by preventing false detection by the first ball entry means, it is possible to vary the entry patterns of the ball entry means that can enter the ball, and it is possible to enrich the variation of the game and improve the interest. effective.

Note that the "entering pattern of the ball entering means that allows the game ball to enter" includes, for example, an entry pattern that allows the ball to enter only the second ball entering means, or a ball entering pattern that allows the ball to enter only the third ball entering means. A ball entry pattern, a ball entry pattern that allows the ball to enter both the second ball entry means and the third ball entry means, or a ball entry pattern that allows the ball to enter the second ball entry means and the third ball entry means alternately. Examples include patterns.

In gaming machine G3,
The gaming value imparting means is
A game machine G4 characterized in that, as the game value, the driving means drives the movable means from the first position to the second position.

According to the gaming machine G4, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine G3, the following effects are achieved. That is, the movable means is driven by the driving means from the first position to the second position as a game value by the game value giving means. Thereby, as a mode of imparting game value, the ball entering means that can enter the ball can be varied depending on the movable means that is driven based on the entry of the game ball into the first ball entering means. Therefore, the ball entering patterns of the ball entering means that can enter the ball can be varied, and there is an effect that the variation of the game can be enriched and the interest can be improved.

In gaming machine G3 or G4,
a first lottery means (for example, jackpot type table 202b1 for special drawing 1) that performs a first lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the second ball entry means;
a second lottery means (for example, a jackpot type table 202b2 for special drawings 2) that performs a second lottery different from the first lottery based on the entry of a game ball into the third ball entry means;
The gaming machine G5 is characterized in that the second lottery by the second lottery means is more likely to award benefits that are advantageous to the player than the first lottery by the first lottery means.

According to the gaming machine G5, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine G3 or G4, the following effects are achieved. That is, the first lottery means performs the first lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the second ball entry means. Further, the second lottery means performs a second lottery, which is different from the first lottery, based on the entry of the game ball into the third ball entry means. The second lottery by the second lottery means is configured to be more likely to provide benefits that are more advantageous to the player than the first lottery by the first lottery means. As a result, by preventing erroneous detection of a game ball by the first ball entry means, the game quality of whether or not a game ball is entered into the third ball entry means, which can receive the second lottery, can be improved. This has the effect of making it possible to reliably realize the above, thereby increasing the interest of the game.

In any of gaming machines G3 to G5,
A fourth ball entry means into which a game ball can enter (for example, special figure 1 first prize opening 77a), which is different from the second ball entry means and the third ball entry means;
Sorting means for sequentially distributing the downward direction of the game balls fired by the firing means into at least two directions;
A first route (for example, the left route 74) through which the game balls distributed according to the distribution pass;
A second route (for example, right-hand route 75) through which the game balls distributed by the distribution means pass after the game balls distributed to the first route,
providing the fourth ball entry means on the downstream side of the first path;
providing the second ball entry means on the downstream side of the second path;
A gaming machine G6 characterized in that the movable means is provided downstream of the second path and upstream of the second ball entry means.

According to gaming machine G6, in addition to the effects provided by gaming machines G3 to G5, the following effects are achieved. That is, the game ball is configured to be able to enter the fourth ball entry means different from the second ball entry means and the third ball entry means, and the distribution means allows the game balls fired by the firing means to flow in at least two directions. The game balls that are sorted by the sorting means pass through the first route, and the game balls that are sorted by the sorting means after the first route pass through the first route. Pass through 2 routes. Further, a fourth ball entering means is provided downstream of the first path, and a second ball entering means is provided downstream of the second path. A movable means is provided on the downstream side of the second path and upstream of the second ball entry means. Thereby, the movable means provided upstream of the second ball entering means can generate different situations as to whether or not the game ball can enter the second ball entering means. Therefore, by varying the entry patterns of the ball entry means into which game balls can enter, it is possible to increase the variety of games and improve the interest.

In gaming machine G6,
A gaming machine G7 characterized in that a part of the second path is provided with the first ball entry means (for example, an in-unit normal symbol gate 76a) through which the game ball can pass.

According to the gaming machine G7, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine G6, the following effects are achieved. That is, a first ball entry means through which the game ball can pass is provided in a part of the second path. That is, the game ball guided to the second route is configured to always enter the first ball entry means. As a result, after the game ball guided to the second path enters the first ball entering means, whether or not the ball enters the second ball entering means depends on the movable means arranged downstream thereof. It is configured as follows. Therefore, for example, by changing the conditions for driving the movable means (winning probability, variable display time, or drive time), it is possible to determine whether or not the game ball flowing down the second path will enter the second ball entering means. This has the effect of increasing the variety of games and increasing interest.

In any of gaming machines G3 to G7,
a gaming state setting means (for example, jackpot processing (S103)) capable of setting a gaming state after the gaming value is given by the gaming value giving means;
a first information acquisition means (for example, a regular ball holding ball storage area 203h) that acquires first information based on the fact that a game ball enters the first ball entrance means;
a first determining means (for example, a random number table per normal figure 202f) for determining the first information acquired by the first information acquiring means;
Variable display execution means (for example, ordinary symbol display) that executes variable display of identification information (for example, variable display of ordinary symbols) on the display means (for example, ordinary symbol display device 83) based on the determination result of the first determination means. fluctuation processing (S111));
The driving means is
Driving the movable means when predetermined specific identification information (for example, "○" symbol) appears in the variable display executed by the variable display execution means;
By changing the driving mode of the movable means by the drive means based on the game state set by the game state setting means, the game ball ejected from the ejection means can enter the second input chamber. A gaming machine G8 comprising a ball entry pattern changing means (for example, an alternate distribution unit 71) for changing the ball means or the third ball entry means.

According to gaming machine G8, in addition to the effects provided by gaming machines G3 to G7, the following effects are achieved. That is, the game ball is fired by the firing means, and the game state setting means is configured to be able to set the game state after the game value is given by the game value giving means. First information is acquired by the first information acquisition means based on the game ball entering the first ball entrance means. Then, the first determination means determines the first information acquired by the first information acquisition means, and based on the determination result by the first determination means, the variable display execution means causes the display means to variably display the identification information. executed. When predetermined identification information appears in the variable display executed by the variable display execution means, the movable means is driven by the drive means. Then, the ball entry pattern changing means changes the driving mode of the movable means by the driving means based on the game state set by the game state setting means, so that the game ball fired from the firing means can be placed in the first possible ball entry mode. The second ball entering means or the third ball entering means is changed. As a result, erroneous detection of the first ball entering means is prevented, and the drive mode of the movable means is changed according to the entry of the game ball into the first ball entering means and the gaming state at that time, and the game ball is By varying the ball entering patterns of the second ball entering means or the third ball entering means that allow the ball to enter, it is possible to reliably realize the set game specifications and increase the variety of games and improve the interest. There is an effect that it can be done.

In gaming machine G8,
The pitching pattern changing means includes:
Drive time changing means (for example, S704 of the normal electric role control process (S104)) for changing the drive time of the variable display by the drive means based on the game state set by the game state setting means. The gaming machine G9 is characterized by:

According to gaming machine G9, in addition to the effects provided by gaming machine G8, the following effects are achieved. That is, the driving time changing means provided in the ball entering pattern changing means changes the driving time of the movable means based on the gaming state set by the gaming state setting means. As a result, the driving mode of the movable means is changed according to the gaming state, for example, by lengthening the driving time of the movable means, the period during which a ball does not enter the second ball entering means is shortened, or the driving mode of the movable means is changed. By shortening the length of time, the period during which a game ball can enter the second ball entering means is lengthened, and by varying the entry pattern of the second ball entering means or the third ball entering means in which a game ball can enter, the game can be improved. This has the effect of increasing the variety and increasing interest.

In gaming machine G8 or G9,
Variable time changing means (for example, standard figure fluctuation time table 202g) that changes the execution time of the variable display by the variable display execution means based on the game state set by the game state setting means;
The apparatus further includes a timing changing means (for example, S407 of the general figure variation process (S111)) for changing the timing at which the movable means is driven by changing the execution time of the variable display using the variable time changing means. A gaming machine G10 featuring the following.

According to the gaming machine G10, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine G8 or G9, the following effects are achieved. That is, based on the gaming state set by the gaming state setting means, the variable time changing means changes the execution time of the variable display by the variable display executing means. Then, the timing changing means changes the timing for driving the movable means by changing the execution time of the variable display using the variable time changing means. As a result, the execution time of the variable display is changed according to the gaming state, and the timing at which the movable means is driven is varied, and the ball entering pattern of the second ball entering means or the third ball entering means in which the game ball can enter. By making the games different, it is possible to increase the variety of games and increase the interest.

In any of gaming machines G3 to G10,
The movable means is
When driven by the driving means, the second ball entry means is blocked by the movable means, and a closing rolling means (for example, a protruding plate in a protruding state) allows the game ball to roll on the upper surface of the movable means. 79b),
A game machine G11 characterized in that the third ball entry means is provided on the downstream side of the flow of the game ball rolled on the upper surface of the movable means by the closing rolling means.

According to the gaming machine G11, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machines G3 to G10, the following effects are achieved. That is, when the movable means is driven by the driving means, the game ball can roll on the upper surface of the movable means while blocking the second ball entry means by the movable means by the rolling means at the time of closing provided in the movable means. It is composed of A second ball entry means is provided on the downstream side where the game balls rolled on the upper surface of the movable means by the closing rolling means flow down. With this, when the movable means is driven, the movable means blocks the second ball entry means to prevent the game ball from entering the second ball entry means, and the game ball rolls on the upper surface of the movable means. Then, the game ball is caused to enter the third ball entry means provided on the downstream side. As a result, by varying the ball entry patterns of the second ball entry means or the third ball entry means into which game balls can enter, it is possible to enrich the variation of the game and improve interest. .

In any of gaming machines G8 to G11,
The second route is
The game ball is configured such that a predetermined time (for example, "1.9 seconds") is required after the game ball enters the first ball entering means until the game ball reaches the placement position of the movable means. ,
The variable display execution means includes:
The variable execution time is at least one of a first execution time longer than the predetermined time (for example, "3 seconds") and a second execution time shorter than the predetermined time (for example, "0.5 seconds"). display is possible and
The gaming state setting means includes:
a predetermined first gaming state (for example, “normal gaming state”);
a second gaming state that is different from the first gaming state (for example, a “latency probability variation state”);
configured to be able to set any one of the first gaming state and a third gaming state (for example, a "probability fluctuation state") different from the second gaming state,
The pitching pattern changing means includes:
a first ball entry pattern means that performs the variable display in the first execution time in the first game state (for example, performs the variable display in "3 seconds");
a second ball entry pattern means that performs the variable display at the second execution time in the second game state (for example, performs the variable display at "0.5 seconds");
A game characterized by comprising: third ball entry pattern means (for example, executing the variable display in "0.5 seconds") for performing the variable display in the second execution time in the third game state. Machine G12.

According to gaming machine G12, in addition to the effects provided by gaming machines G8 to G11, the following effects are achieved. That is, the second path is configured such that a predetermined time is required from when the game ball enters the first ball entering means until the game ball reaches the position where the movable means is disposed. Further, the first time execution means provided in the variable display execution means performs the variable display for a first execution time longer than a predetermined time, and the second time execution means also provided in the variable display execution means performs the variable display for a predetermined time. Variable display is performed in a shorter second execution time. Here, the gaming state setting means selects one of a predetermined first gaming state, a second gaming state different from the first gaming state, and a third gaming state different from the first gaming state and the second gaming state. The gaming state of the game is configured to be settable. Then, the first ball entering pattern means provided in the ball entering pattern changing means performs variable display in the first time execution in the first game state, and the second ball entering pattern means also provided in the ball entering pattern changing means. The variable display is performed in the second time execution in the second game state by the means, and the variable display is performed in the second time execution in the third game state by the third ball entry pattern means, which is also provided in the ball entry pattern changing means. It will be done. As a result, the execution time of the variable display is changed according to the game state, and the timing at which the movable means is driven is varied, and the second ball entering means or the third ball entering means into which the game ball can enter can be changed. Having different patterns has the effect of increasing the variety of games and increasing interest.

In gaming machine G12,
The firing means is
a first firing mode means for firing a game ball in a predetermined first firing mode (for example, a left-handed game);
a second firing mode means for firing a game ball in a second firing mode different from the first firing mode by the first firing mode means (for example, right-handed game),
The first ball entering means includes:
a predetermined first ball entry means (for example, an in-unit normal symbol gate 76a) into which a game ball fired in the first firing mode by the first firing mode means can enter;
A specific first ball entrance means (for example, right side normal symbol gate 76b) into which the game ball fired in the second firing mode by the second firing mode means can enter,
It is configured such that a second predetermined time (for example, "1 second") is required from when the game ball enters the specific first ball entering means until it reaches the arrangement position of the movable means,
the first execution time is longer than the second predetermined time;
A gaming machine G13, wherein the second execution time is shorter than the second predetermined time.

According to the gaming machine G13, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine G12, the following effects are achieved. That is, the game ball is fired in a predetermined first firing manner by the first firing mode means provided on the firing means, and the game ball is fired in a predetermined first firing manner by the second firing manner means also provided on the firing means. The game ball is fired in a second firing manner that is different from the firing manner. Then, a predetermined first ball entering means that allows a game ball launched in a first firing mode by the first ball entering means to enter the first ball entering means, and a game ball fired in a second firing mode by the second shooting mode means. A specific first ball entry means is provided into which a game ball that has been played can enter. Further, it is configured such that a second predetermined time is required from when the game ball enters the specific first ball entry means until it reaches the position where the movable means is disposed. As the execution time of the variable display, the first execution time is set longer than the second predetermined time, and the second execution time is set shorter than the second predetermined time. As a result, it is possible to change whether or not the game ball that has entered the specific first ball entering means has finished the variable display by the time it reaches the arrangement position of the movable means depending on the gaming state, and the variable display can be changed depending on the gaming state. It becomes possible to change whether or not to put the movable means into the driving state based on the execution result of the display. As a result, by varying whether or not the game ball that has entered the specific first ball entry means can enter the third ball entry means by the movable means depending on the game state, a rich variety of games can be enjoyed. This has the effect of increasing interest.

In gaming machine G13,
The driving means is
a first drive pattern means for driving the movable means for a predetermined first drive time (e.g., "2 seconds");
a second drive pattern means for driving the movable means for a second drive time (for example, "5 seconds") longer than the first drive time;
The rolling means when closed is
configured to require a third predetermined time (for example, "2.5 seconds") to roll from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means,
Upstream guide means for guiding the game ball that has entered the specific first ball entering means to the upstream side of the movable means (for example, the right end of the normal symbol gate 76b of the normal electric unit 79 and the right end of the appearance plate 79b) ), comprising:
The first driving time is shorter than the third predetermined time (or the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time),
The gaming machine G14 is characterized in that the second drive time is longer than the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time.

According to the gaming machine G14, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine G13, the following effects are achieved. That is, the first drive pattern means provided on the drive means drives the movable means for a predetermined first drive time, and the second drive pattern means also provided on the drive means drives the movable means for a predetermined first drive time. During the second drive time, the movable means is driven. Further, the closing rolling means is configured to require a third predetermined time to roll from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means. Further, the upstream guide means guides the game ball that has entered the specific first ball entering means to the upstream side of the movable means. The first drive time is shorter than the third predetermined time (or the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time), and the second drive time is shorter than the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time. It is set to be longer than the total time. As a result, when the movable means is driven for the first drive time, the movable means is brought out of its driving state before the game ball has completely rolled from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means. On the other hand, when the movable means is driven by the second driving means, the game ball that has entered the specific first ball entering means is guided to the upstream side of the movable means, and then from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means. The driving state of the movable means is maintained during rolling. Therefore, when the movable means is driven for the second driving time, the game ball that has entered the specific first ball entering means can be caused to enter the third ball entering means. As a result, by varying whether or not the game ball that has entered the specific first ball entry means can enter the third ball entry means by the movable means depending on the game state, a rich variety of games can be enjoyed. This has the effect of increasing interest.

<H group: Configuration of reduction section>
Conventionally, in gaming machines such as pachinko machines, a game medium such as a ball is fired toward a game area provided on a game board, and the game medium enters one of a plurality of ball entrances provided in the game area. A lottery is conducted based on the entry of a ball, and when a player wins in the lottery, a predetermined gaming value is awarded to the player (for example, Patent Document 1 (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012 -231902)).

However, the gaming machine has a configuration in which the vertical width of the entire gaming machine is larger than the horizontal width, and the design constraints on the left and right widths are larger than the design constraints on the top and bottom widths. Therefore, when arranging parts that extend in the horizontal direction, the parts occupy a predetermined area in the game area of the game board, and there is a risk that the degree of freedom in designing other game parts will be reduced.

The inventions of Group H have been made in view of the circumstances exemplified above, and their purpose is to provide a gaming machine that can contribute to improving the degree of freedom in designing gaming machines.

A firing means for firing a game ball (for example, ball firing unit 112a),
a game area in which game balls fired by the firing means flow downward;
A movable means (for example, a retractable board 79b) provided in the game area and that changes the downward direction of the game ball;
A gaming machine comprising a driving means (for example, a solenoid 209 (a solenoid for a retractable plate)) that displaceably drives the movable means,
The game ball is movable from a predetermined position on the upper surface of the movable means (for example, upstream of the retractable plate 79b) to a specific position provided laterally downstream of the predetermined position (for example, downstream of the retractable plate 79b). a moving means (for example, the upper surface of the protruding and retractable plate 79b),
A gaming machine H0 characterized in that it includes a delaying means (for example, a deceleration section 79c) that delays the movement time of the game ball that is moved from the predetermined position to the specific position by the moving means.

According to the game machine H0, a game ball is fired by the firing means, the game ball fired by the firing means flows down the game area, and the flowing direction of the game ball is changed by the movable means provided in the game area. The movable means is driven to be displaceable by the driving means. Here, the game ball is configured to be movable by the moving means from a predetermined position on the upper surface of the movable means to a specific position provided laterally downstream of the predetermined position, and from the predetermined position to the specific position by the moving means. The moving time of the moving game ball is delayed by the delay means. As a result, the delay means delays the travel time for the game ball to move from the predetermined position of the movable means to a specific position on the downstream side in the lateral direction, making it possible to lengthen the travel time on the movable means compared to the case without the delay means. can. Therefore, for example, when it is desired to move a game ball from a predetermined position to a specific position provided on the downstream side in the lateral direction over a predetermined period of time, the longer the movement time of the game ball is delayed by the delay means, the more the movable means moves laterally. The length in the direction can be shortened, and the movable means can be made more compact in the lateral direction. As a result, by reducing the area occupied by the movable means in the lateral direction, it is possible to contribute to improving the degree of freedom in designing the gaming machine.

In gaming machine H0,
The delay means is
A game machine H1 characterized in that it includes a deceleration means (for example, a deceleration section 79c) that decelerates the downward speed of the game ball.

According to the gaming machine H1, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine H0, the following effects are achieved. That is, the speed of the game ball falling is reduced by the deceleration means provided in the delay means. As a result, the speed of the game ball flowing down from the predetermined position of the movable means to a specific position on the downstream side in the lateral direction is reduced by the deceleration means, and the travel time on the movable means can be lengthened compared to the case where there is no deceleration means. . Therefore, for example, when it is desired to move a game ball from a predetermined position to a specific position provided on the downstream side in the lateral direction over a predetermined period of time, the more the speed of the game ball is slowed down by the deceleration means, the more the movable means moves laterally. The length in the direction can be shortened, and the movable means can be made more compact in the lateral direction. As a result, by reducing the area occupied by the movable means in the lateral direction, it is possible to contribute to improving the degree of freedom in designing the gaming machine.

In the gaming machine H1,
The deceleration means is
While reducing the falling speed of the game ball moving in a predetermined direction (for example, from the upstream side to the downstream side of the retractable plate 79b) from the predetermined position of the movable means to the specific position (for example, the vertical speed of the deceleration part 79c) rib shape),
The speed of the game ball flowing down in a specific direction different from the predetermined direction (for example, the vertical direction flowing down from the right side exit of the right side path 75 to the special figure 1 second prize opening 77b) is not reduced (for example, the speed reduction part 79c Due to its shape, it is difficult to collide with balls from the vertical direction)
The gaming machine H2 is characterized by the following.

According to the gaming machine H2, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine H1, the following effects are achieved. That is, the speed reduction means reduces the falling speed of the game ball that moves in a predetermined direction from a predetermined position of the movable means to a specific position. On the other hand, depending on the deceleration means, the speed of the game ball flowing down in a specific direction different from the predetermined direction is configured not to be decelerated. That is, it is possible to reduce only the falling speed of the game balls flowing in from a predetermined direction, and maintain the falling speed of the game balls flowing in from a specific direction different from the predetermined direction. Therefore, the speed of the game balls flowing in from a direction other than the predetermined direction can be maintained and flowed down the game area, and it is possible to prevent the game balls from congesting or clogging the game balls from occurring in the game area. There is.

In gaming machine H2,
The movable means is
configured to be movable by the driving means between a predetermined first position and a second position different from the first position;
The transportation means is
comprising rolling means (for example, the upper surface of the projecting plate 79b) that allows the game ball to roll on the upper surface of the movable means when the movable means is in the second position;
The deceleration means is
A game machine H3 characterized in that the rolling means reduces the falling speed of the game ball rolling on the upper surface of the movable means.

According to the gaming machine H3, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine H2, the following effects are achieved. That is, the movable means is configured to be movable by the driving means between a predetermined first position and a second position different from the first position, and the movable means is moved to the second position by the rolling means provided in the moving means. In this case, the game ball is configured to be able to roll on the upper surface of the movable means. Then, the speed reduction means reduces the falling speed of the game ball rolling on the upper surface of the movable means by the rolling means. As a result, the speed of the game balls rolling on the upper surface of the movable means is reduced by the deceleration means, and the speed of the game balls rolling on the movable means is reduced compared to the case where there is no deceleration means. You can lengthen your travel time. Therefore, for example, when it is desired to move a game ball from a predetermined position to a specific position provided on the downstream side in the lateral direction over a predetermined period of time, the more the speed of the game ball is reduced by the deceleration means, the more the movable means The length in the lateral direction can be shortened, and the movable means can be made more compact in the lateral direction. As a result, by reducing the area occupied by the movable means in the lateral direction, it is possible to contribute to improving the degree of freedom in designing the gaming machine.

In gaming machine H2 or H3,
The deceleration means is
comprising a protruding means (for example, a back speed reduction part 79c1) that collides with the game ball flowing down in the predetermined direction,
The protruding means is
It is arranged so as not to collide with the game ball flowing down in the specific direction (for example, when the retractable board 79b is in the retracted state, the ball flowing down from the right exit of the right path 75 is arranged so as not to collide with the deceleration part 79c). (arranging the speed reducer 79c)
The gaming machine H4 is characterized by the following.

According to the gaming machine H4, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine H2 or H3, the following effects are achieved. That is, while the game ball flowing down in a predetermined direction is configured to collide with the protruding means provided on the deceleration means, the protruding means is arranged so that the game ball flowing down in a specific direction does not collide with the protruding means. Ru. That is, the game ball flowing down from a predetermined direction collides with the protrusion means and is decelerated, while the game ball flowing down from a specific direction is configured so as not to collide with the protrusion means and be decelerated. As a result, the movable means can be made more compact by reducing the speed of the game balls flowing in from a predetermined direction, and the speed of the game balls flowing in from a direction other than the predetermined direction can be maintained to allow the game balls to flow down the game area. This has the effect of preventing congestion of game balls or clogging of game balls in the game area.

In gaming machine H4,
one side member (for example, the base of the normal electric unit 79) provided on the back side of the movable means when viewed from the front;
The other side member (for example, the cover part of the normal electric unit 79) provided on the front side of the movable means in front view,
The protruding means is
a plurality of one-side protrusions (for example, back-side deceleration portion 79c1) protruding from the one-side member toward the other-side member;
a plurality of other-side protrusions (for example, front-side deceleration portions 79c2) protruding from the other-side member toward the one-side member;
The one side protrusion and the other side protrusion are
A game machine H5 characterized in that a game ball is arranged so as to meander between the one side protrusion and the other side protrusion.

According to the gaming machine H5, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine H4, the following effects are achieved. That is, one side member is provided on the back side of the movable means when viewed from the front, and the other side member is provided on the near side of the movable means when viewed from the front. Further, as the protruding means, a one side protrusion is provided to protrude from one side member toward the other side member, and an other side protrusion is provided to protrude from the other side member toward the one side member. provided. The one side protrusion and the other side protrusion are arranged so that the game ball meanderes between the one side protrusion and the other side protrusion. Thereby, it is possible to efficiently slow down the game balls flowing down the upper surface of the movable means, and there is an effect that it is possible to suppress the occurrence of ball clogging and the like.

In the gaming machine H5,
Predetermined position guiding means for guiding the game ball flowing downward in the vertical direction in the gaming area to the predetermined position of the movable means (for example, the right side path 75 or the part directly below the right side normal symbol gate 76b in the normal electric unit 79) , comprising:
The one side protrusion and the other side protrusion are
A gaming machine H6, characterized in that it is arranged at a position different from the predetermined position guided by the predetermined position guiding means.

According to the gaming machine H6, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine H5, the following effects are achieved. That is, the game ball flowing downward in the vertical direction in the game area is guided to a predetermined position of the movable means by the predetermined position guide means. The one side protrusion or the other side protrusion is arranged at a position different from the predetermined position guided by the predetermined position guide means.

Conventionally, if one side protrusion or the other side protrusion is placed at a position where the game ball flows downward in the vertical direction in the gaming area, the game ball collides with the one side protrusion or the other side protrusion, and the game ball collides with the one side protrusion or the other side protrusion. The behavior of the game ball is disturbed due to the collision, and the game ball flows out in an unintended direction (for example, the direction in which the game ball would be guided when the movable means is in the second position) even though the movable means is not in the second position. There is a risk that this may occur.

Therefore, in the gaming area, the one side protrusion or the other side protrusion is not arranged at a predetermined position where the game ball flowing downward in the vertical direction is guided, so that the falling speed of the game ball flowing downward in the vertical direction is reduced. , the speed is not reduced by the protrusion on one side or the protrusion on the other side. With this configuration, it is possible to prevent unexpected behavior of the game ball from occurring, and to prevent the game ball from flowing out in an unintended direction and entering an unexpected ball entry means. This has the effect of suppressing excessive provision of gaming value.

In the gaming machine H5 or H6,
The protruding means is
aggregation protrusion means arranged to aggregate the one side protrusion and the other side protrusion;
A gaming machine H7 characterized in that it is provided with distributed protrusion means that disposes the one-side protrusion and the other-side protrusion in a more dispersed manner than the aggregate protrusion means.

According to the gaming machine H7, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine H5 or H6, the following effects are achieved. That is, the one side protrusion and the other side protrusion are arranged in a concentrated manner by the consolidating protrusion means provided on the protrusion means, and the one side protrusion and the other side protrusion are arranged in a concentrated manner by the dispersion protrusion means also provided on the protrusion means. are arranged in a more dispersed manner than the convergence and protrusion means. That is, the falling speed of the game balls in the aggregate protruding means can be made slower than the falling speed of the game balls in the dispersing protruding means. As a result, for example, the falling speed of the game ball rolling on the upper surface of the movable means is slowed down in the part where the aggregation protrusion means is provided, and the aggregation protrusion means is provided in the part where the dispersion protrusion means is provided. Therefore, by arranging the ball entry means etc. on the downstream side of the movable means and changing the driving mode of the movable means, it is possible to make the game ball enter the ball entry means. Become. Therefore, by providing the aggregated protruding means and the distributed protruding means to the movable means, it is possible to enrich the variations of the game and contribute to improving the interest of the game.

In any of gaming machines H3 to H7,
It is characterized by providing a ball entry means into which a game ball can enter (for example, a special figure 2 prize opening 78) on the downstream side where the game ball rolled on the upper surface of the movable means by the rolling means flows down. Game machine H8.

According to the gaming machine H8, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machines H3 to H7, the following effects are achieved. That is, the game ball is configured to be able to enter the ball entry means provided on the downstream side where the game ball rolled on the upper surface of the movable means by the rolling means flows down. That is, when the game ball finishes rolling on the upper surface of the movable means while the movable means maintains the second position, the game ball enters the ball entering means, and the game ball rolls on the upper surface of the movable means. If the movable means is displaced from the second position to the first position during rolling, the game becomes such that the game ball cannot enter the ball entering means. Therefore, for example, if you want a game ball to enter the ball entering means in a predetermined game state, but you do not want the game ball to enter the ball entering means in another game state, in the other game state, the movable means When the game ball is rolling while decelerating the downward speed of the upper surface by the deceleration means, by changing the movable means from the second position to the first position, the game ball rolling on the upper surface of the movable means, It can be made to flow downstream from the rolling position. As a result, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent an unintended game ball from entering the ball entering means in a state other than a predetermined game state and excessively giving a game value.

<Group I: Balls enter the distribution means at regular intervals>
Conventionally, in gaming machines such as pachinko machines, a game medium such as a ball is fired toward a game area provided on a game board, and the game medium enters one of a plurality of ball entrances provided in the game area. A lottery is conducted based on the entry of a ball, and when a jackpot is won in the lottery, a predetermined gaming value is awarded to the player.

In such gaming machines, the gameplay is built on the premise that the game ball enters a predetermined path at predetermined lead-out intervals, and the interest of the game is improved (for example, Patent Document 3 (Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2016 -215050)).

However, due to unexpected behavior of the game ball in the gaming area, the game ball enters the predetermined route at an interval different from the above-mentioned predetermined derivation interval. There is a risk that the system will collapse and the interest in the game will decrease.

The inventions of Group I have been made in view of the circumstances exemplified above, and their purpose is to provide a gaming machine that can appropriately execute the set gaming characteristics and improve the interest of the game. .

A firing means for firing a game ball (for example, ball firing unit 112a),
A passing means (for example, the distribution ball entrance 72) having an opening (for example, the entrance of the distribution ball entrance 72) through which the game balls fired from the firing means can pass;
A path (for example, the right path 75) along which the game balls that have passed through the passage means flow down;
Ball entry means (for example, in-unit normal symbol gate 76a) that is arranged within the path and allows the game ball to enter;
Information acquisition means (for example, general ball holding ball storage area 203h) that acquires predetermined information based on the entry of the game ball into the ball entry means;
a determining means (for example, random number table 202f per ordinary figure) for determining the predetermined information acquired by the information acquiring means;
Based on the determination result of the determination means, the display means (for example, the ordinary symbol display device 83) displays a variable display of the identification information (for example, the ordinary symbol) for a predetermined first execution time (for example, "3 seconds"). variable display execution means (for example, general figure fluctuation processing (S111)) capable of executing (variable display of);
The variable display executed by the variable display execution means includes a movable means (e.g., a reappearance plate 79b) that is driven when predetermined specific identification information (e.g., "○" symbol) appears. ,
arranging the movable means downstream of the path;
A predetermined interval derivation means (for example, A gaming machine I0 characterized by comprising: a rotating body).

According to the gaming machine I0, the game ball is configured to be able to be fired by the firing means, and the game ball that is fired from the firing means is configured to be able to pass through an opening provided in the passing means. Then, the game ball that has passed through the passing means flows down the route. Furthermore, a ball entry means into which a game ball can enter is provided within the path, and predetermined information is acquired by the information acquisition means based on the entry of the game ball into the ball entry means. Then, the predetermined information acquired by the information acquisition means is determined by the determination means, and based on the determination result of the determination means, the variable display execution means displays the identification information in the display means for a predetermined first execution time. The variable display of is configured to be executable. Further, in the variable display executed by the variable display execution means, the movable means is driven when predetermined specific identification information appears. Here, a movable means is disposed on the downstream side of the path, and the predetermined interval derivation means derives the game balls to the opening at predetermined derivation intervals longer than the first execution time. That is, an opportunity to execute the variable display is acquired based on the game ball that has entered the path, and after the variable display is executed during the first execution time, the predetermined interval derivation means calculates the first execution time ( After a longer predetermined lead-out interval (the total time of the driving time of the movable means and the total time of the drive time of the movable means), the next game ball is led out to the opening having the ball entry means. As a result, the next game ball is suspended from passing through the ball entering means from the start to the end of the variable display, and the ball entering means can enter the ball according to the execution interval of the variable display, and the predetermined derivation is performed. It is possible to maintain the gameplay based on the premise that the ball enters the ball at intervals. Therefore, it is possible to appropriately execute the originally set game characteristics and improve the interest of the game.

<Group J: Outlet between alternate distribution unit and normal electric unit>
Conventionally, in gaming machines such as pachinko machines, a game medium such as a ball is fired toward a game area provided on a game board, and the game medium enters one of a plurality of ball entrances provided in the game area. A lottery is conducted based on the entry of a ball, and when a jackpot is won in the lottery, a predetermined gaming value is awarded to the player.

In such a gaming machine, a ball entry opening into which a ball can enter is set for each gaming state, and the gaming experience is built on the premise that the ball enters the path set according to the gaming state. (For example, Patent Document 4 (Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2014-100432)).

However, due to unexpected behavior of the game ball in the gaming area, the game ball enters a route other than the preset route, and the game is based on the premise that the game ball enters the route according to the game state. There is a risk that the character will be destroyed and the interest in the game will be reduced.

The inventions of group J were made in view of the businesses exemplified above, and their purpose is to provide a gaming machine that can appropriately execute set gaming features and improve the interest of gaming. .

A first firing mode (for example, a left-handed game) in which a game ball is fired toward a first area of the game area (for example, the left side of the game board 13 of the third symbol display device 81 when viewed from the front) is different from the first area. A firing means capable of firing a game ball in a second firing mode (for example, a right-handed game) that fires a game ball toward a second region (for example, the right side of the game board 13 of the third symbol display device 81 when viewed from the front); For example, a ball firing unit 112a),
A first ball entry means into which the game ball fired in the first shooting mode can enter (for example, special chart 1 first prize opening 77a or special chart 1 second prize opening 77b);
a path (for example, right path 75) that has an opening into which game balls can enter (for example, sorting ball entry port 72) and guides the game ball to the first ball entry means;
a second ball entrance means (for example, right side normal symbol gate 76b) into which the game ball fired in the second firing mode can enter;
A movable means (for example, a retractable plate 79b) that changes the downward direction of the game ball fired in the first firing mode or the second firing mode;
A driving means for driving the movable means (for example, a solenoid 209 (a solenoid for a retractable plate)),
The movable means is
comprising a game ball guide means (for example, the configuration of the upper surface of the retractable plate 79b) that guides the game ball fired in the second firing mode to the first area when driven by the drive means;
The opening is
disposed upstream of the second ball entry means in the gaming area;
A game machine J0 characterized in that a discharge means (e.g., an out port) for discharging game balls to outside the game area or to another area is provided between the opening and the second ball entry means. .

According to the gaming machine J0, the firing means has a first firing mode in which the game ball is fired toward a first area of the gaming area, and a second firing mode in which the game ball is fired toward a second aspect different from the first area. The game ball is configured to be able to be ejected in the first ejection mode, the game ball ejected in the first ejection mode is configured to be able to enter the first ball entry means, and the path has an opening into which the game ball can enter; A game ball is guided to the first ball entry means. The game ball fired in the second firing mode is configured to be able to enter the second ball entry means. Further, the movable means changes the downward direction of the game balls fired in the first firing mode or the second firing mode, and the driving means drives the movable means. Here, by the game ball guide means provided in the movable means, when driven by the drive means, the game balls fired in the second firing mode are guided to the first area. The opening is disposed upstream of the second ball entering means in the gaming area, and the ejecting means provided between the opening and the second ball entering means allows the gaming ball to be moved outside the gaming area or to another area. is discharged to. As a result, the game balls that are fired in the first firing mode and do not flow into the opening are discharged by the discharge means to the outside of the game area or to another area before flowing into the second ball entry means. It is possible to prevent game balls that have been fired in the firing mode and have not flown into the opening from entering the second ball entry means. Therefore, for example, if a game specification is set in which the game is played based on the first firing mode or the second firing mode depending on the gaming state, the preset gameplay may be appropriately executed for each gaming state. This has the effect of increasing the interest of the game.

<Group K: Sorting into unfavorable and advantageous positions>
Conventionally, gaming machines such as pachinko machines have been used to shoot game media such as balls toward a gaming area provided on a gaming board, and then insert the gaming media into one of a plurality of ball entrances provided in the gaming area. There is a system in which a lottery is conducted based on the entry of balls, and when a player wins in the lottery, a predetermined gaming value is awarded to the player (for example, Patent Document 1 (Unexamined Japanese Patent Publication No. 2012-231902).

However, in the gaming machine described above, the pattern of the balls flowing down the gaming area is fixed, making the game monotonous, and there is still room for improvement in this respect.

The inventions of group K were made in view of the circumstances exemplified above, and their purpose is to provide a gaming machine that can improve the interest of gaming.

A firing means for firing a game ball (for example, ball firing unit 112a),
The game ball ejected by the ejection means can enter the ball, and the advantageous ball entry means (for example, the special figure 2 prize opening 78 )and,
The game ball fired by the launching means can enter the ball, and when the game ball enters the ball, a disadvantageous ball entry means that provides a lower gaming value than the advantageous ball entry means or does not provide a gaming value (for example, out mouth) and
A gaming state setting means (for example, jackpot processing (S103)) capable of setting a gaming state;
A movable means (for example, a retractable plate 79b) that changes the downward direction of the game ball ejected from the ejecting means;
A driving means (for example, solenoid 209 (protrusion/retraction plate solenoid)) for driving the movable means;
By changing the driving mode of the movable means by the drive means based on the game state set by the game state setting means, the game ball fired from the shooting means can enter the game ball advantageously. or a ball entry pattern changing means (for example, a driving pattern of the appearance/removal plate 79b) for changing the ball entry pattern of the disadvantageous ball entry means;
A gaming machine K0 characterized by being equipped with.

According to the gaming machine K0, a game ball is fired by the firing means, the game ball fired by the firing means can enter the advantageous ball entry means, and the game ball enters the advantageous ball entry means. A predetermined gaming value is awarded to the player based on this. In addition, if the game ball fired by the firing means can enter the disadvantageous ball entry means and the game ball enters the disadvantageous entry means, a lower gaming value than the advantageous entry means is given or the game is No value is given. Here, the gaming state setting means is configured such that the gaming state can be set. Further, the downward direction of the game ball fired from the firing means is changed by the movable means, and the movable means is driven by the driving means. Then, by changing the driving mode of the movable means by the drive means by the ball entry pattern changing means based on the game state set by the game state setting means, it is advantageous that the game ball fired from the firing means can enter the ball. The ball entering pattern of the ball entering means or the disadvantageous ball entering means is changed. This allows for a rich variety of games by changing the driving mode of the movable means according to the game state and changing the ball entry patterns of the advantageous ball entry means or disadvantageous ball entry means in which the game ball can enter. This has the effect of increasing interest.

In addition, "a ball entry pattern of an advantageous ball entry means or an unfavorable ball entry means in which a game ball can enter" is, for example, an entry pattern that allows a ball to enter only into an advantageous ball entry means or a ball entry pattern that allows a ball to enter only into an unfavorable entry means. A ball entering pattern that allows a ball to enter, a ball entering pattern that allows a ball to enter both an advantageous ball entry means and a disadvantageous ball entry means, or a ball entry pattern that allows a ball to enter an advantageous ball entry means and an unfavorable ball entry means alternately. Examples include patterns.

In the gaming machine K0,
The pitching pattern changing means includes:
a first driving mode in which a game ball can enter the disadvantageous ball entry means;
A gaming machine K1 characterized in that the movable means can be driven by the driving means in a second driving mode in which it is difficult or impossible for a game ball to enter the disadvantageous ball entering means.

According to the gaming machine K1, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine K0, the following effects are achieved. That is, the ball entry pattern changing means causes the movable means to be set in a first drive mode in which the game ball can enter the disadvantageous ball entry means, and a first drive mode in which it is difficult or impossible for the game ball to enter the disadvantageous ball entry means. It is configured to be able to be driven in two driving modes. As a result, by changing the driving pattern of the movable means, it is possible to change whether or not the game ball enters the disadvantageous ball entering means, and the game ball enters the advantageous ball entering means or the disadvantageous ball entering means. By varying the ball entry patterns of the means, it is possible to increase the variety of games and increase the interest.

Note that the "first drive mode" may be any drive mode as long as the game ball can enter the disadvantageous ball entry means; for example, the movable means may be driven to cause the game ball to enter the disadvantageous ball entry means. Examples include a case where a game ball is led out to a ball, a case where a game ball enters the disadvantageous ball entering means as it is by not driving the movable means, and the like.

In the gaming machine K1,
The second driving mode is
A gaming machine K2 characterized in that the movable means closes the disadvantageous ball entry means.

According to the gaming machine K2, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine K1, the following effects are achieved. That is, by driving the movable means in the second driving mode, the disadvantageous ball entering means is closed by the movable means. As a result, when the movable means is driven in the second driving mode, it becomes impossible for the game ball to enter the disadvantageous ball entering means, and the game ball enters the disadvantageous ball entering means depending on the driving mode of the movable means. or not. Therefore, by varying the entry patterns of the advantageous entry means or the disadvantageous entry means through which the game ball may enter, there is an effect that it is possible to enrich the variation of the game and improve the interest.

In the gaming machine K2,
The movable means is
When driven by the drive means to the second drive mode, the closing rolling means (for example, in a protruding state) allows the game balls to roll on the upper surface of the movable means while closing the disadvantageous ball entering means. (upper surface of the appearing plate 79b),
The rolling means when closed is
A game machine K3 characterized in that a game ball rolling on the upper surface of the movable means is guided to the advantageous ball entry means.

According to the gaming machine K3, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine K2, the following effects are achieved. That is, when the movable means is driven by the drive means to the second drive mode, the closing rolling means provided in the movable means causes the upper surface of the movable means to be rotated while the disadvantageous ball entering means is closed by the movable means. The ball is configured to be able to roll. Then, the game ball rolling on the upper surface of the movable means is guided to the advantageous ball entry means by the rolling means when closed. As a result, when the movable means is in the second driving mode, the movable means blocks the disadvantageous ball entry means to prevent the game ball from entering the disadvantageous ball entry means, and the game ball rolls on the upper surface of the movable means. to guide the game ball to the advantageous ball entry means. As a result, by varying the ball entry patterns of the advantageous ball entry means or disadvantageous ball entry means through which the game ball may enter, there is an effect that it is possible to enrich the variations of the game and improve the interest.

Note that for any of the configurations of the gaming machines A0 to A16, the gaming machines B0 to B14, C0 to C15, D0 to D14, E0 to E11, F0 to F11, G0 to G14, H0 to H8, I0, A configuration limited to any one of J0, K0 to K3 may be applied.

Furthermore, for any of the configurations of the gaming machines B0 to B14, the gaming machines A0 to A16, C0 to C15, D0 to D14, E0 to E11, F0 to F11, G0 to G14, H0 to H8, I0, A configuration limited to any one of J0, K0 to K3 may be applied.

Furthermore, for any of the configurations of the gaming machines C0 to C15, the gaming machines A0 to A16, B0 to B14, D0 to D14, E0 to E11, F0 to F11, G0 to G14, H0 to H8, I0, A configuration limited to any one of J0, K0 to K3 may be applied.

Furthermore, for any of the configurations of the gaming machines D0 to D14, the gaming machines A0 to A16, B0 to B14, C0 to C15, E0 to E11, F0 to F11, G0 to G14, H0 to H8, I0, A configuration limited to any one of J0, K0 to K3 may be applied.

Furthermore, for any configuration of the gaming machines E0 to E11, the gaming machines A0 to A16, B0 to B14, C0 to C15, D0 to D14, F0 to F11, G0 to G14, H0 to H8, I0, A configuration limited to any one of J0, K0 to K3 may be applied.

Furthermore, for any of the configurations of the gaming machines F0 to F11, the gaming machines A0 to A16, B0 to B14, C0 to C15, D0 to D14, E0 to E11, G0 to G14, H0 to H8, I0, A configuration limited to any one of J0, K0 to K3 may be applied.

Furthermore, for any configuration of the gaming machines G0 to G14, the gaming machines A0 to A16, B0 to B14, C0 to C15, D0 to D14, E0 to E11, F0 to F11, H0 to H8, I0, A configuration limited to any one of J0, K0 to K3 may be applied.

Furthermore, for any of the configurations of the gaming machines H0 to H8, the gaming machines A0 to A16, B0 to B14, C0 to C15, D0 to D14, E0 to E11, F0 to F11, G0 to G14, I0, A configuration limited to any one of J0, K0 to K3 may be applied.

Furthermore, for any configuration of the gaming machine I0, the gaming machines A0 to A16, B0 to B14, C0 to C15, D0 to D14, E0 to E11, F0 to F11, G0 to G14, H0 to H8, A configuration limited to any one of J0, K0 to K3 may be applied.

Furthermore, for any configuration of the gaming machine J0, the gaming machines A0 to A16, B0 to B14, C0 to C15, D0 to D14, E0 to E11, F0 to F11, G0 to G14, H0 to H8, A configuration limited to any one of I0, K0 to K3 may be applied.

Furthermore, for any of the configurations of the gaming machines K0 to K3, the gaming machines A0 to A16, B0 to B14, C0 to C15, D0 to D14, E0 to E11, F0 to F11, G0 to G14, H0 to A configuration limited to any one of H8, I0, and J0 may be applied.

In these cases, further effects can be achieved by applying each configuration.

In any of the gaming machines A0 to A16, B0 to B14, C0 to C15, D0 to D14, E0 to E11, F0 to F11, G0 to G14, H0 to H8, I0, J0, K0 to K3, the gaming machine is A gaming machine K1 is characterized by being a slot machine. Among these, the basic configuration of a slot machine is that it is equipped with a variable display means that dynamically displays an identification information string consisting of a plurality of pieces of identification information, and then displays the identification information definitively, and that is The dynamic display of the identification information is stopped due to the operation of the stop operation means (stop button) or after a predetermined period of time has elapsed, and when the dynamic display of the identification information is stopped. and a special gaming state generating means for generating a special gaming state advantageous to the player, with the necessary condition that the confirmed identification information is specific identification information. In this case, typical examples of game media include coins and medals.

In any of the gaming machines A0 to A16, B0 to B14, C0 to C15, D0 to D14, E0 to E11, F0 to F11, G0 to G14, H0 to H8, I0, J0, K0 to K3, the gaming machine is A gaming machine K2 is a pachinko gaming machine. Among these, the basic structure of a pachinko game machine is that it is equipped with an operating handle, and in response to the operation of the operating handle, a ball is launched into a predetermined gaming area, and the ball is fired into an operating port located at a predetermined position within the gaming area. One example is one in which the identification information dynamically displayed on the display means is fixed and stopped after a predetermined period of time, with winning a prize (or passing through an operating port) as a necessary condition. In addition, when a special game state occurs, a variable prize winning device (big prize opening) disposed at a predetermined position in the gaming area is opened in a predetermined manner to make it possible to win balls, and a value corresponding to the number of prizes is awarded. Examples include those that are given value (including not only prize balls but also data written to magnetic cards, etc.).

In any of the gaming machines A0 to A16, B0 to B14, C0 to C15, D0 to D14, E0 to E11, F0 to F11, G0 to G14, H0 to H8, I0, J0, K0 to K3, the gaming machine is A gaming machine K3 is characterized by being a combination of a pachinko gaming machine and a slot machine. Among these, the basic configuration of the integrated gaming machine is as follows: ``Equipped with a variable display means that dynamically displays an identification information string consisting of a plurality of pieces of identification information and then definitively displays the identification information, and a starting operating means (for example, an operating lever). The dynamic display of the identification information is stopped due to the operation of the stop operation means (for example, a stop button) or after a predetermined period of time has elapsed. A special gaming state generating means for generating a special gaming state advantageous to the player with the necessary condition that the confirmed identification information at the time of stopping is specific identification information, and a ball is used as a gaming medium and the identification information is A gaming machine is configured such that a predetermined number of balls are required to start the dynamic display, and a large number of balls are paid out when a special gaming state occurs.

It should be noted that the "ball entering" into the "special figure 1 first winning hole 77a, special figure 1 second winning hole 77b, special figure 2 winning hole 78" described in the above embodiment is the "predetermined start-up" in the claims. The "values of counters C1 to C3, CS1" described in the above embodiment correspond to "information" acquired by the "acquisition means" in the claims, and the "values of counters C1 to C3, CS1" described in the above embodiment correspond to The "third symbol" corresponds to the "identification information" described in the claims, the "fluctuation effect" described in the above embodiment corresponds to the "dynamic display of identification information" described in the claims, The "jackpot symbol" described in the above embodiment corresponds to the "predetermined identification information" described in the claims, and the "jackpot" described in the above embodiment corresponds to the "predetermined gaming value" described in the claims. ” corresponds to

10 Pachinko machine (gaming machine)
65a Central prize opening (part of the means for giving gaming value)
67a Right side big prize opening (part of the gaming value imparting means)
71 Alternate distribution unit (part of ball entry pattern changing means, part of awarding changing means)
72 Sorting ball entrance (part of opening, part of passage means)
73 Sorting device (part of ball entry pattern changing means, part of sorting means, part of downstream direction changing means)
73a Rotating shaft part (part of switching means)
74 Left side route (part of the first route, part of the first flow path)
75 Right side path (part of the second path, part of the first flow path, part of the flow mode stabilizing means)
76a Normal symbol gate within the unit (part of the third ball entry means, part of the first ball entry means)
76b Right side normal symbol gate (part of the third ball entry means, part of the first ball entry means)
77a Special drawing 1 first prize opening (part of the first ball entry means, part of the predetermined first ball entry means, part of the second ball entry means)
77b Special drawing 1 second prize opening (part of the first ball entry means, part of the specific first ball entry means, part of the third ball entry means)
77f Outside special drawing 1 2nd prize opening (part of the 3rd ball entry means)
78 Special drawing 2 prize opening (part of the second ball entry means, part of the third ball entry means)
79 Ordinary electric unit (part of movable means)
79b Appearance board (part of movable means, part of game ball guide means, part of first ball entry difficult means, part of second ball entry guide means, part of moving means)
79b1 Left side retractable plate (part of movable means, part of rolling means when closed)
79b2 Right side retractable plate (part of movable means, part of rolling means when closed)
79c Reduction unit (part of delay means, part of deceleration means)
83 Normal symbol display device (part of display means)
110 Main control device (part of determination means)
112a Ball launch unit (part of launch means)
202b1 Jackpot type table for special drawing 1 (part of the first game value giving means, part of the first lottery means, part of the lottery means)
202b2 Jackpot type table for special drawing 2 (part of the second game value giving means, part of the second lottery means)
202f Random number table per normal figure (part of the third determination means)
202g General figure variable time table (part of variable time changing means)
203d First holding ball storage area (part of the first information acquisition means, part of the second information acquisition means)
203e Second holding ball storage area (part of second information acquisition means)
202g General figure variable time table (part of variable time changing means)
203h Normal ball holding area (part of the third information acquisition means, part of the first information acquisition means)
209 Solenoid (Solenoid for the retractable plate, part of the drive means)
C4 Random number counter per common map (part of the lottery method)
S103 Jackpot processing (part of gaming state setting means)
S104 Normal electric role control processing (part of the first determination means, part of the movable mode changing means, part of the game value giving means)
S111 Normal figure fluctuation processing (part of variable display execution means)
S324 (Part of determination means, part of second determination means)
S407 (Part of timing change means)

Claims (1)

A game ball can be launched in at least a first firing mode in which the game ball is launched toward a first region of the gaming area, and a second firing mode in which the game ball is launched toward a second region different from the first region. a firing means;
a first ball entry means disposed in the first region of the game area, into which a game ball fired by the shooting means can enter;
a second ball entry means disposed in the first area of the game area and capable of receiving a game ball fired by the shooting means;
a movable means for changing the downward direction of the game ball ejected from the ejecting means;
a third ball entry means into which the game ball launched by the launch means can enter;
a lottery means that performs a lottery based on the entry of game balls into the third ball entry means;
Driving means for driving the movable means based on the lottery result of the lottery means,
The movable means is
A game machine characterized by comprising: a game ball guide means that guides a game ball launched into the second area to the first area when driven by the drive means.

Images